Skip to main content

Full text of "Armstrong State College Catalog"

See other formats




• -• 

'■■>■-■• 



■••■■'•■"■,■'■'-•■■<■■;'■.'■"■■■ 

EraHraM&l 

:■■:■■■•■■■■•■•■■' 

feflMfli 



..-v.:v---- 



WK3 



■- ' ■■■-•v. 

llfilHI 









• ; Si ■-'• ■ ■ ' 

■•• ■ ":*-'*'■■■ ■•■■-;■■ 

V"- '■;-. ".'■'■' 
■>■-■■•■•.. 






1991-92 Catalog 



A senior residential college in Savannah, Georgia 



Accreditation: Armstrong State College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of tr 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award associate, baccalaureate, master^ 
and educational specialists degrees. 



Academic Calendar±j 



Fall, 1991 Winter, 1992 Spring, 1992 



(1 1 weeks) (1 1 weeks) (1 1 weeks) 



Summer, 1! 
Session I 
(4 & 8 weeks) 



Freshman Applications Due 


Aug. 27 


Dec. 13 


Mar. 10 


June 2 


June 30 


Registration 


Sept. 16-17 


Jan. 2 


Mar. 30 


June 22 


July 20 


First Day of Classes 


Sept. 18 


Jan. 3 


Mar. 31 


June 23 


July 21 


Mid-Term 


Oct. 22 


Feb. 5 


May 4 


July 6* 
July 20** 


July 31 


Last Day to Withdraw Without Penalty 


Oct. 22 


Feb. 5 


May 4 


July 6* 
July 20 ** 


July 31 


Advisement & Advanced Registration 


Oct. 28-Nov. 8 


Feb. 10-21 


May 4-1 5 


July 20-31 


July 20-31 


Last Day of Classes 


Nov. 26 


Mar. 13 


June 8 


July 17* 
Aug. 14** 


Aug. 14 


Reading Day 


Nov. 27 


Mar. 16 


June 9 






Final Examinations Begin 


Dec. 2 


Mar. 1 7 


June 10 


• July 20* 
Aug. 17** 


Aug. 17 


Final Examinations End 


Dec. 4 


Mar. 20 


June 12 


July 20* 
Aug. 17** 


Aug. 18 


Graduation 


Dec. 6 




June 12 






Holiday 


Nov. 28-29 


Jan. 20 




July 3 




Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test 
(SAT) 


Aug. 17 


Nov. 23 


Feb. 29 


May 30 




Collegiate Placement Exam (CPE) 


Aug. 5 
Sept. 9 
Oct. 22 


Dec. 10 
Feb. 4 
Mar. 23 


May 4 
June 15 







College Level Examination Program 
(CLEP) 



Oct. 1 



Jan. 21 



Apr. 7 



Regents' Test Application Deadline 



Oct. 



Jan. 21 



Apr. 14 



June 23 



June 29 



Aug. 11 



Regents' Test Administrations 



Oct. 28-29 



Feb.10-11 



May 4-5 



July 20-21 



CHAOS Orientation Sessions 



July 11,25 



Aug. 8 



Sept. 4,5 



+ All dates subject to change 
*Session I (4-week term) 
"Session II (8-week term) 



1991 



12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 



DECEMBER 
S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 



1992 



9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 



8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 



12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 



S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 



S M T W T F S 



9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 



^3* < • 






byuM 



frWM 





j i * * * 



Introduction 4 

The College/City 9 

Student Life 17 

Admissions 23 

Financial Information 37 

Academic Policies and Information 47 

Graduate Programs 67 

School of Arts and Sciences 87 

School of Health Professions 159 

Academic Divisions 185 

Special Programs 209 

Faculty/ Administration 21 9 

Index 232 



\»- 



r 




fir 



**.'-£,■ 



• v 



A3 



21*^ & 






r 1. 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 




As president of Armstrong State College, I am asked that questioil 
often — and my answer invariably depends on what prompted the query. | 

Yes, our academic programs are excellent. This fact shows best by hoy 

well our graduates do once they leave us. Today's world stresses jol 

readiness and career preparation and we place significant emphasis o 

assuring our graduates that they can compete with the best in the currer 

job market. Our graduates in 

fields such as health care and 

computer science generally 

have multiple job offers to 

consider. Health students 

consistently post passrates that 

exceed 95 percent on national 

licensing exams and elementary 

education graduates have 

earned 100 percent passrates 

on the Georgia Teacher 

Certification Test for the past 

seven years. Strong science and 

liberal arts programs produce 

excellent candidates for 

graduate study, pre-professional 

programs and today's job 

market. 

President Robert A. Burnett 




ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Outstanding academic programs? 
Dedicated teaching faculty? 
Extensive student self-governance? 
Low student-faculty ratios? 
Close-knit, friendly atmosphere? 
A beautiful campus? 

Career-oriented educational preparation? 
Effective job placement programs? 



s it our faculty? Many proudly say that they came to Armstrong because 
hey love the stimulation of classroom teaching. We keep our class sizes 
small so students and faculty really get to know one another. I like seeing 
students and professors discussing today's lecture over a cup of coffee 
I spending time on a research project that has gone far beyond the 
classroom assignment. 

rhen, too, I know that many students are very special. And we try to treat 
hem in a special way. Armstrong has a commitment to encouraging 
student involvement in campus-wide decisions. There are not very many 
Dther schools that allow students to determine how to spend student 
activities fees and promote student representation on all campus-wide 
standing committees. Leadership opportunities are available to everyone 
/vho wants to develop these skills. 

n short, I do not think that any one aspect distinguishes Armstrong State 
College from any other campus. The way all of these distinguishing 
: actors blend together is what makes Armstrong State College what it 
s-~a college that cherishes its tradition of excellence while looking 
: orward to meeting the challenges of the future. 



Robert A. Burnett 
President 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






"*£ 




Degree Programs § i : 

^ < c 


u 

I) 

c 
J 

a 


i 

"53 


7) 

- 
DC 
< 


ARTS Art 

Arts 

Drama/Speech 

English 

English (with Teacher Certification) 

General Studies 

History 

History 

(with Teacher Certification) 
Music 

Political Science 
Political Science 

(Public Administration) 
Political Science 

(with Teacher Certification) 
Psychology 


• 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 


• 
• 




• 


XI 
O 

z 
u 

o 


SCIENCE: Biology 
Biology 

(with Teacher Certification) 
Chemistry 
Chemistry 

(with Teacher Certification) 
Computer Science 
Criminal Justice 
Criminal Justice (Corrections) 
Criminal Justice (Law Enforcement) 
Mathematics 
Mathematics 

(with Teacher Certification) 

Physical Science 


• 
• 

• 
• 


• 
• 
• 




• 


z 


o 

D 
Q 
LU 


EDUCATION: Art Education 

Behavior Disorders 
Biology Education 
'Business Education 
Chemistry Education 
Early Childhood Education 
Early Elementary Education 
Elementary Education 
English Education 
General Science Education 
Health & Physical Education 
Learning Disabilities 
Mathematics Education 




• 




• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Degree Programs & 


Associate 
Bachelor's 
Master's 


Middle School Education 
Music Education 
v^w Physics Education 
BjwJ Science Education 

Secondary Education 
KJJK Social Science Education 
B^fl Social Studies 
■TtB Special Education 
Speech Correction 
Speech/Language Pathology 






• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 


• 

• 
• 

• 


HEALTH PROFESSIONS: 

Dental Hygiene 
Knfl Dentai Hygiene Education 

e*9 Health Science 
KnMB Medical Technology 
B«iJ Nursing 

Radiologic Technology 
Respiratory Therapy 




• 

• 
• 
• 


• 
• 
• 
• 


• 
• 


MINOR CONCENTRATIONS: 
(not listed elsewhere): 

American Civilization 

Anthropology 
Botany 

Communications 
Economics 

K'^B Engineering Studies 

■KB Film 

Kp»B Foreign Language 

ml^H Historical Archaeology 
Human Biology 

EfS International Studies 

■ £■ Library Media 

ft^J Linguistics 

■•■ Mental Health 

^^^B Museum/Preservation Studies 

B'^l Organizational Psychology 

KSfl Philosophy 

B-^B Physical Education 
Physical Science 
Physics 

Public Administration 
Russian Studies 
Sociology 
Teacher Education 
Zoology 
















ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Get started in college on the right foot 

Students often use their college catalog solely as a reference book — to look up rules 
regulations, and requirements. Yet merely browsing through its pages can yield £ 
tremendous amount of information about Armstrong State College as your academic 
home. This catalog can help you plot the best course for your years at ASC. Take time 
to take a look. 

You'll learn such facts as: 

— Armstrong supports a broad-based, pre-professional program in a variety of areas 
like business, dentistry, forestry, law, medicine, pharmacy, physical therapy, anc 
veterinary medicine. 

— Engineering studies students have several options for completing much of thei 
coursework at Armstrong before transferring to a regional school of engineering 

— A cooperative education program flourishes on campus 

— Evening classes are numerous 

— Off-campus classes as far away as Brunswick are available 

— A versatile schedule of non-credit, continuing education classes are offered 
each quarter. 

The many student services are also outlined. They range from career planning and jot 
placement to personal counseling and academic assistance programs. 

More than 30 student organizations meet religious, Greek, professional, academic, -am 
special interest needs. An active student governance program plans extensive studer 
activities throughout the year. Intercollegiate and intramural sports offer enjoyment fc 
spectators and participants alike. 

The current academic calendar is located on the inside front cover for yoi 
convenience in planning your year. A brief "Where to Write or Call" listing on the insid 
back cover may help you find the right place to get your questions answered quickl 
and accurately. The catalog is your guide to success on campus. Keep it handy an 
use it often. 

Admissions check list 

Applications cannot be considered until the college has received all require 
information. 

Freshman Students 

1 . Applications for Armstrong State College (with $10 non-refundable application fee) 

2. Official high school transcript 

3. Official record Of SAT Or ACT SCOreS (If you were graduated more than five years ag< 
appropriate placement test scores may substitute in many instances.) 

4. Certificate of Immunization 
Transfer Students 

1 . Application for Armstrong State College (with $10 non-refundable application fee) 

2. Official college transcript from each institution attended (if less than 36 quarter houi 

earned, submit high school transcript and SAT or ACT score also.) 




y 



10 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Statement of Purpose 

Armstrong State College, a senior college in the University System of Georgia, provides a range e 
strong academic programs and an environment for intellectual and cultural growth in the arts an< 
sciences, education, and health disciplines. The College pursues its purpose by promoting the fre 
exchange of ideas in a variety of undergraduate programs leading to degrees at the Associate am 
Baccalaureate levels." In affiliation with Georgia Southern University, graduate programs of region? 
significance are offered. Recognizing its regional educational responsibilities, the College offers bac 
calaureate programs at the Brunswick Center and courses on an as-needed basis throughout it 
service area. The College provides non-degree programs and activities through the Coastal Georgi 
Center for Continuing Education. 

Instruction 

Through instruction, the College ensures that students read and write effectively, and, through 
strong liberal arts core curriculum, promotes the acquisition of knowledge in humanities, mathematics 
the natural sciences, and the social sciences. The College prepares students in the methods c 
scholarly inquiry, research, and problem solving, and, in the process, encourages student commitmer 
to learning and to physical, emotional, and social development. Furthermore, the College helps sti 
dents to identify goals and the means of achieving them, as well as to understand and to respec 
people from diverse backgrounds and cultures. Additionally, it broadens the base of educations 
opportunities for students through formal and informal arrangements with other colleges and univei 
sities. 

Faculty, Students, and Staff 

The College recruits and retains faculty who are able teachers, supportive of its academic purpose 
and who are professional sources of knowledge and expertise. It seeks, recruits, and retains student 
whose interests, needs, and backgrounds are diverse and whose records indicate a likelihood c 
success. It strives to create a community of learners in which a sense of mutual trust and respect i 
evident. It encourages and supports an active intellectual, cultural, and social life on campus. I 
addition, the College recruits and retains a well-trained staff, sensitive to the needs of those it serve 
and committed to supporting its academic purpose. 

Administration 

The administration ensures equal opportunity and access to employment, admissions, and pre 
grams and services of the College without regard to age, sex, race, national origin, color, religion, c 
physical handicap. It encourages faculty research and development, and provides an environmer 
which enables faculty members to participate in the search for knowledge. It secures and manage 
funds necessary to maintain the College's academic programs, library, and support services. Fui 
thermore, the administration provides systems of campus governance which are responsive to th 
concerns of students, faculty, staff, and the Board of Regents. And finally, it acquires and maintain 
facilities and equipment necessary to support the College. 

Community Service 

A regional resource for information and expertise, the college is responsive to the unique education? 
and community service needs of its constituency. By combining efforts with the community, the colleg 
designs and conducts continuing education programs and offers a variety of cultural and athleti 
events. Moreover, it liberally shares its physical facilities and grounds for the betterment of the ace 
demic and cultural life of the community. 



PROGRAMS 



11 



History of the College 

Armstrong State College, a senior unit of the 
University System of Georgia, was founded in 
1935, as Armstrong Junior College, to help meet 
the needs for college level educational opportun- 
ities in the community. The college, as estab- 
lished by the City's Mayor and Aldermen, was 
housed in the beautiful Armstrong home, a gift to 
the city from the family of George F. Armstrong. 
Over the years the college occupied five addi- 
tional buildings in the Forsyth Park and Monterey 
Square areas. In 1959, as Armstrong College of 
Savannah, it became a two-year unit of the Uni- 
versity System. The Board of Regents conferred 
four-year status on Armstrong in 1964 and the 
college moved to its present 250 acre site, a gift 
from the Mills B. Lane Foundation, in December 
of 1965. Additional buildings joined the eight orig- 
inal structures as Armstrong added professional 
and graduate programs and tripled in size. 

The Fine Arts Center, including a 1,000 seat 
theatre/auditorium, the Health Professions Build- 
ing, a new apartment style residence complex, a 
library wing, and an academic computing center 
are among more recent additions. 

Armstrong State College, offers over 75 aca- 
demic programs and majors in the School of Arts 
and Sciences, the School of Health Professions, 
the Division of Education, and the Division of 
Physical Education and Athletics. 

The academic community includes approxi- 
mately 4000 students and 172 full-time faculty 
members. Armstrong State College was fully ac- 
credited as a senior institution by the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools in Decem- 
ber, 1968. with accreditation retroactive to Janu- 
ary 1, 1968, and was last reaccredited in 
December 1982. 

Location 

Armstrong students find much to enjoy about 
living in the cosmopolitan city of Savannah, the 
major urban area (pop. 200,000) in coastal Geor- 
gia. The college's 250 acre campus is located in 
a residential area of the city which promotes a 
feeling of freedom and security on campus. 

Savannah, Georgia's founding city, has all the 
historic and cultural variety of a metropolitan city 
with the added advantage of the ocean at its back 
door. A temperate climate encourages outdoor 
activities and recreation year round. Beach and 



river outings include sailing, boating, water skiing, 
sunning and beachcombing. Golf, tennis, fishing 
and hunting are also popular. 

A resident symphony orchestra, dance and 
theatre groups, and visiting entertainment groups 
regularly perform at the Civic Center. Special cel- 
ebrations and other festivals are scheduled 
throughout the year. 

The historic past lives in harmony with today's 
progress in Savannah. As a living laboratory for 
history, Savannah is unsurpassed yet the Savan- 
nah port is one of the busiest on the Atlantic 
coast. 

Community oriented leisure activities comple- 
ment on-campus happenings. A growing NCAA 
intercollegiate athletic program, active intramur- 
als, concerts, plays and special entertainment 
mean lots to do without leaving campus. 



Accreditation 

Armstrong State College has earned the follow- 
ing regional and special purpose accreditations: 
Armstrong State College is accredited by the 
Commission on Colleges of the Southern As- 
sociation of Colleges and Schools to award 
associate, baccalaureate, masters, and edu- 
cational specialists degrees. 
Associate Degree Nursing - by the National 
League for Nursing for the period 1985-1993. 
Baccalaureate Degree Nursing - by the National 
League for Nursing for the period 1983-1991. 
Criminal Justice - by the Criminal Justice Accre- 
ditation Council for the period 1981-1991. 
Dental Hygiene - by the Commission on Accred- 
itation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary Educa- 
tional Programs for the period 1985-1994. 
Medical Technology - by the Committee on Allied 
Health Education and Accreditation for the pe- 
riod 1990-1997. 
Music - by the National Association of Schools of 

Music for the period 1990-1994. 
Radiologic Technologies - by the Committee on 
Allied Health Education and Accreditation for 
the period 1987-1992. 
Respiratory Therapy Department - by the Com- 
mittee on Allied Health Education and Accre- 
ditation for the period 1987-1992. 
Teacher Education Programs - by the National 
Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Edu- 
cation for the period 1982-1991. 



12 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Development Activities 

The Office of Development promotes funding 
for college programs from sources supplemental 
to state appropriations and student fees. The col- 
lege participates in federal and other grant-sup- 
ported activities, and seeks assistance from 
alumni and friends. Gifts from private sources are 
accepted for various purposes such as athletics, 
instructional equipment, library books, matching 
funds for grants, scholarships and other restricted 
purchases. Unrestricted contributions are dis- 
bursed at the president's discretion. Gifts of any 
size can be used to add to the library collection 
in the name of an individual or agency. The Vice 
President for Student Affairs and Development 
can provide further information to any prospective 
donor. 

Alumni Association 

The Armstrong State College Alumni Associa- 
tion was organized in 1937 and is comprised of 
approximately 8,000 ASC graduates and former 
students. The Association promotes interaction 
among alumni, students, faculty, staff and friends 
of the College in order to strengthen the ties be- 
tween the alumni, the College and the commu- 
nity. Membership in the Association is open to all 
graduates and former students. 

An increasing percentage of the Association's 
budget provides scholarships for outstanding 
Armstrong students. Each academic year.the As- 
sociation awards The Arthur Gignilliat Entering 
Freshman Scholarship, the Class of 1937 Schol- 
arship and ten Alumni Association scholarships 
reflecting the Association's investment in Arm- 
strong State College students. 

Annual activities include: Armstrong Fest, the 
annual meeting, homecoming, class reunions, 
scholarship and athletic banquets, state and local 
legislative meeting and graduation receptions. In 
addition, the Association actively corresponds 
with alumni to promote campus and community 
events that enhance the College. 

The Association recognizes persons who have 
made outstanding contributions to the College by 
presenting The Distinguished Alumni Award, The 
Outstanding Alumni Service Award, The Distin- 
guished Citizen's Award and The Outstanding 
Faculty Award. 

FOCUS, the campus/alumni newspaper, is 
published twice a year. Alumni are encouraged 
to submit information for inclusion in FOCUS. 



The Office of Alumni Affairs maintains curren 
data on the graduates of the college and en 
courages any changes in information to be sub 
mitted. The Director of Alumni Affairs coordinates 
activities and schedules of events in cooperation 
with the Association and can provide additions 
information about alumni membership and in 
volvement opportunities. 

Two-Year Degree Programs 

The following two-year degrees are offered al 
preparation for higher degrees in the liberal art? 
and professions or as terminal professional de 
grees: 

Associate of Arts 

Associate of Applied Science in Criminal Just 
tice 

Associate of Science in Dental Hygiene 

Associate of Science in Nursing 

Associate of Science in Radiologic Technolc 
gies 

Associate of Science in Respiratory Therapy 

Four-Year Degree Programs 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of art, drarric 
speech, English, history, music, political scienc* 
and psychology. 

Bachelor of General Studies. 

Bachelor of Health Science. 

Bachelor of Music Education. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biolog 
chemistry, computer science, criminal justia 
and mathematical sciences. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majoi 
in Early Elementary Education; Middle School Ec 
ucation; Secondary Education in the teachin 
fields of Biology, Business (cooperative arrange 
ment with Savannah State College), Chemistr 
English, Mathematics, History, Political Scienct 
and K-1 2 programs in Art, Music, and Speec 
Correction. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Edi 
cation. 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

The College is authorized to offer Teacher Ec 
ucation programs, preparing students for certif 
cation by the Georgia State Department cr 
Education in the following areas: art, biologv 
business education, chemistry, early elemental 
education, English, general science, history, in 



PROGRAMS 



13 



dustrial arts, library media, mathematics, middle 
school education, music, physics, political sci- 
ence and social studies. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Armstrong State College offers courses appro- 
oriate for the first two years of baccalaureate pro- 
grams such as business, engineering, forestry, 
ndustrial management, pharmacy, physical ther- 
apy, physics, etc., not offered among its degree 
arograms, and it offers the pre-professional study 
appropriate for dentistry, law, medicine, veterinary 
medicine, and other professional fields. 

Regents Engineering Transfer 
Program 

Qualified students seeking a bachelor of en- 
gineering degree may begin their college studies 
at Armstrong State College through the Regents 
Engineering Transfer Program. Upon successful 
completion of the pre-engineering curriculum, 
students may transfer to the Georgia Institute of 
rechnology to complete the degree require- 
ments. It is expected that students in this pro- 
gram, like other Georgia Tech graduates, will 
"lormally require four to five and one-half years to 
complete the degree requirements, depending 
an their pre-college preparation, involvement in 
3xtra-curricular activities, and engineering major. 

Dual-Degree Programs 

Armstrong State College has dual-degree pro- 
grams in engineering with the Georgia Institute of 
fechnology, Auburn University, Clemson Univer- 
sity, Mississippi State University, and the Univer- 
sity of Florida. Upon completion of the first three 
/ears of academic work at Armstrong, the student 
Tiay enroll for two subsequent years at one of the 
aarticipating schools. Upon completing the re- 
quirements of the two cooperating schools, the 
student will receive a baccalaureate degree from 
Armstrong State College and a baccalaureate de- 
gree in the chosen field of engineering from the 
second school. 

Dual-degree programs in other fields are also 
available. At the Georgia Institute of Technology, 
candidates from Armstrong State College are el- 
igible to seek any degree offered in the sciences, 
mathematics, and management, as well as en- 
gineering. The Head of the Department of Chem- 



istry and Physics is the Armstrong Coordinator of 
these dual-degree programs and should be con- 
tacted for additional information. 

A dual-degree program in forestry and environ- 
mental management with Duke University is avail- 
able. Students complete three years of academic 
work at Armstrong State College, then enroll for 
two subsequent years at Duke University. Stu- 
dents who successfully complete the program re- 
ceive a B.S. in biology from Armstrong State 
College and a M.S. in either forestry or environ- 
mental management from Duke University. The 
Head of the Department of Biology should be 
contacted for additional information. 

Cooperative Education 
Program 

In the cooperative education program students 
typically alternate quarters between college and 
work. This program offers students valuable prac- 
tical experience as well as financial assistance in 
the form of compensation from the firms that em- 
ploy them. 

Cooperative opportunities are available to stu- 
dents in computer science and engineering, but 
are not limited to these majors. 

Cooperative students must register for the ap- 
propriate Cooperative Education Program course 
for quarters in which they work. These courses 
carry no credit and there is no charge for regis- 
tration. 

Students interested in applying for admission 
to the Cooperative Education program should 
contact the Co-op coordinator or Head of their 
major department. 

Evening Courses 

A wide selection of evening undergraduate and 
graduate level courses accommodate students 
who are employed during the day. Evening 
courses are scheduled to enable evening stu- 
dents to complete degree requirements in a va- 
riety of fields. 

Off Campus Courses and 
Programs 

Armstrong State College offers selected 
courses at off-campus sites to meet specific re- 
gional needs. Examples of possible locations in- 
clude The Coastal Georgia Center, Memorial 
Medical Center, Hinesville public schools, etc. 



14 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The Brunswick Center 

The Brunswick Center is a consortium com- 
posed of Brunswick College, Armstrong State 
College in Savannah, and Georgia Southern Uni- 
versity in Statesboro. It was authorized by the 
Board of Regents of the University System of 
Georgia in September 1986 and was organized 
for the purpose of establishing a residence center 
for baccalaureate degrees. However, all three 
participating institutions teach courses which ap- 
ply toward the degrees, and credit earned from 
any of these colleges through the Brunswick Cen- 
ter is accepted as residence credit by Armstrong 
State College. 

Degree Programs: 

The Brunswick Center offers programs of study 
leading to three degrees from Armstrong State 
College: 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing 

Bachelor of Science in Education with certifi- 
cation in early childhood education (K-9) or 
middle school education (5-8) 

Bachelor of General Studies, a broad-based 
general education degree with minor con- 
centrations in business, history, political sci- 
ence, and psychology 

Criteria for Admission: 

Anyone who has completed an associate de- 
gree or its equivalent is eligible for admission to 
Brunswick Center programs and courses. More- 
over, Brunswick College students who have 
sophomore standing and meet certain require- 
ments, including completion of all Core Curricu- 
lum English requirements and passing the 
Regents Test, may be admitted to Brunswick 
Center classes taught by the senior colleges. 
BSN students must have the RN license. Anyone 
who already has a baccalaureate degree also 
may be admitted as a nondegree student to take 
courses, particularly for teacher certification. 

Admission Procedures: 

Prospective students apply for admission to 
Armstrong State College and must meet all ad- 
mission requirements for that college. The ad- 
mission application process is handled through 
the Brunswick Center Office; the completed ap- 
plication and all transcripts of previous college 



work must be sent for preliminary processing ■ 
the Brunswick Center, which will then send th!_ 
documents to the ASC Admissions Office. • I 

After Admission: 

Once admitted to Armstrong State College A 
either of the other consortium institutions, stJ 
dents are allowed to take courses offered througl 
the Brunswick Center by all three institutions. Thl 
senior colleges accept all course work don: 
through the Brunswick Center as residency 
credit. Upper level courses taken by Brunswici 
College students will be applied toward their bacf 
calaureate degrees. 

The Coordinator of the Brunswick Centfl 
serves as the initial advisor for all students in m 
Center. He meets with each student to outline I 
overall program as well as to plan a schedu; 
each quarter. 

Registration for the Brunswick Center is don 
through the Center office at the time of Brunswici 
College registration. Students are encouraged j 
preregister for the next quarter during the spec' 
fied preregistration time each quarter. 

Graduation requirements in each degree aj 
set by Armstrong State College. The respectr 
department heads and the Registrar at ASC ce 
tify each candidate for graduation. 

All Brunswick Center students have full use 
the Brunswick College Library and other suppc 
services of Brunswick College. 

Fees: 

There is a $10 processing fee which must si 
company each application for admission to Air . 
strong State College. 

Tuition fees for both senior college courses ai 
junior college courses are collected at the curre 
rates set by the University System Board of R§ 
gents. Senior college students taking six or mc 
quarter hours at Brunswick College also must p 
student activity and athletic fees at this institutic 
Tuition fees are paid to Brunswick College. 

Financial Aid: 

Prospective students interested in seeking 
nancial aid should make application for their at. 
through the Financial Aid Office of their hon 
school. Financial aid application forms for Arr> 
strong State College may be obtained from til 
Brunswick Center Office. 



PROGRAMS 



15 



General Studies 

Associate and baccalaureate programs in gen- 
eral studies emphasize a liberal arts education 
and allow students to acquire a broad-based 
background in the arts and sciences. These de- 
grees are particularly attractive to students who 
desire the general intellectual growth which 
comes with a multi-disciplinary degree. 

Coastal Georgia Center for 
Continuing Education 

The Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Ed- 
xation was established in 1979 to combine the 
'esources of Armstrong State College's Com- 
Tiunity Services Division and Savannah State Col- 
ege's Extended Services Division. The Center 
Dperates a unified continuing education program 
dedicated to serving the people of Savannah, 
Chatham County, the State of Georgia and, for 
some programs, persons beyond those bound- 
aries. 

A wide variety of programs Is offered at Arm- 
strong State College, Savannah State College, 
tie Downtown Center and, when it is appropriate, 
at job sites, schools, community centers, and 
Dther locations in Savannah. Instructors are 
drawn from the faculties of both institutions, from 
qualified experts in the Savannah community, and 
'rem consultants throughout the region. 

On the Armstrong campus, the major com- 
nunity services/continuing education component 
Df the college is the short-course/conference pro- 
gram. This unit administers non-degree courses, 
:onferences, and seminars designed for area 
'esidents who do not wish to participate in the 
'egular credit classes offered by the college. 
These activities vary widely - some are related 
:o professional development, others reflect per- 
sonal interests, while others are recreational in 



nature. The Registrar maintains permanent rec- ' 
ords of persons participating in activities that 
meet certain criteria. 

Regional Criminal Justice 
Training Center 

The Armstrong State College Regional Criminal 
Justice Training Center is a regional training site 
for criminal justice employees, especially those in 
law enforcement. The region consists of nineteen 
counties; however, training is made available to 
all criminal justice employees throughout the 
State of Georgia. The basic mission of the Center 
is to provide certification classes for law enforce- 
ment and jail officers. In addition, there are nu- 
merous advanced and specialized courses for 
higher certification credits. The training center 
has seven full-time staff members and a large 
part-time instructor cadre. 

Armstrong State/ 

Savannah State 

Cross Enrollment Program 

A student enrolled at Savannah State College 
or at Armstrong State College taking AT LEAST 
10 QUARTER HOURS at one institution has the 
privilege of taking ONE COURSE at the other col- 
lege without paying an additional fee. A student 
usually would take two courses at the home col- 
lege paying full fees and one course at the other 
college which would be transferred back to the 
home college; or a student with at least a "B" 
AVERAGE (3.0) the preceding quarter may take 
three courses at the home college, paying full 
fees there, and register at the other college for 
one additional course without additional cost. 
Students majoring in Business Education may 
take more than one course in these subject 
areas. 



16 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 










5 F^*m 






ki'^NiNNiN* 



3 ! » 




/ 



wyt..r 







18 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Student Life 

One of the primary aims of the educational mis- 
sion at Armstrong State College is the total de- 
velopment of students. This growth process is 
enhanced by integrating opportunities for social, 
emotional, cultural, physical and spiritual devel- 
opment in addition to intellectual growth. The Of- 
fice of Student Affairs is committed to providing 
programs and services which foster an educa- 
tional environment which will assist students in 
achieving their full potential. The college encour- 
ages learning through involvement in the resi- 
dence center, student government, campus 
organizations, intramurals, and more. 

Residence Life and Food 
Service 

The residence center, completed in September 
of 1985, consists of three buildings which house 
64 students each. The apartment-style design en- 
courages student interaction without a loss of pri- 
vacy. Each two-bedroom suite, accommodating 
four students, has a bath and living room. All units 
are fully furnished, carpeted, and have unit-con- 
trolled heat and air conditioning. Phone jacks and 
an on-site coin laundry are added conveniences. 
Several units are equipped to accommodate 
handicapped students. The residence complex is 
staffed by a head resident and resident assist- 
ants. These students are chosen on the basis of 
leadership and willingness to serve their fellow 
students. 

Students who live in college housing are re- 
quired to participate in the 1 7-meal plan provided 
in the Memorial College Center. The plan includes 
three meals per day, Monday through Friday, one 
each on Saturday morning and Sunday evening. 
The meal plan is also available for students who 
do not choose to live in college housing. 

Housing applications and/or specific informa- 
tion should be requested from the Office of Ad- 
missions or the Director of Housing. 

Student Involvement 

The Orientation Program is designed to pro- 
mote social and academic adjustment of new stu- 
dents and transfer students. CHAOS 
(Communication, Help, Advisement, Orientation 
and Service) provides freshmen with the infor- 
mation, services and support essential to a suc- 



cessful transition into the Armstrong community, 
Participants in these one day summer CHAOS 
sessions receive individual attention from studenl 
leaders and staff as they acquire first hand ex- 
perience with academic advising, registration^ 
campus facilities, student activities, college poli- 
cies and procedures. The CHAOS program is a 
cooperative effort of Student Leaders and college 
staff. Competitive selection of student leaders oc- 
curs annually during Spring Quarter. Inquiries 
concerning CHAOS should be addressed to the 
Office of Student Affairs. An abbreviated orienta- 
tion program is scheduled for students new to the 
college prior to registration Winter, Spring, anc 
Summer Quarters. 

The Student Government Association is the 

official governing body of the students at Arm- 
strong State College. It assists in formulating e 
program of student services and activities, and il 
strives to express the will of the majority of stu- 
dents and to provide experience in democratic 
living. All students are automatically members ol 
the SGA and are entitled to vote in SGA elections 
Qualified students may seek positions of leader- 
ship in the Student Government Association. b> 
running for office during the Winter elections. 

Student Clubs and Organizations provide 
Armstrong State College students with opportun- 
ities to develop leadership skills, broaden thei: 
social and professional backgrounds, and make 
a significant contribution to the college and the 
community. They reflect the natural variety of in- 
terests found in a diverse student body. 
Religious: Baptist Student Union. 
Greek: Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority, Phi Ml 

Sorority, and Phi Sigma Chi Fraternity. 
Professional: Armstrong Biological Society 
American Chemical Society, American Insti- 
tute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, ASC 
Engineering Society, Association for Com- 
puting Machinery, Data Processing Manage- 
ment Association, Georgia Association 01 
Nursing Students, James Moore Wayne Law 
Club, Jr. American Dental Hygienists Asso- 
ciation, Medical Technology Student Asso- 
ciation, Music Educators National 
Conference, Radiologic Technology Associ- 
ation, National Society of Professional En- 
gineers, Respiratory Therapy Association, 
Student Georgia Association of Educators, 
and The E. B. Twitmeyer Society (Psychol- 
ogy). 



STUDENT LIFE 



19 



Special Interest: Armstrong Ebony Coalition, 
Band, Cheerleaders, Chorus, ASC Hispanic 
Society, International Students Association, 
Masquers, Pirateers, Vocal Ensemble, 
Women of Worth (WOW) and Marauders 
(Military Science). 

Academic Honor Societies recognize and 
encourage superior scholarship in many fields of 
study. Campus chapters include: Beta Beta Beta 
(Biology), Joel H. Hildebrand Honor Society 
(Chemistry), Kappa Delta Pi (Education), Phi Al- 
pha Theta (History), Phi Eta Sigma (Scholastic for 
freshmen), Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics), and 
ASC/GSC Nursing Honor Society. 

Student Publications provide opportunities 
for students to develop skills in creative writing, 
reporting, photography and design. The Geechee 
(yearbook), Inkwell (newspaper) and Calliope (lit- 
erary magazine) are all produced by students un- 
der the supervision of approved college advisors. 
They are financed primarily by the Student Activity 
Fund. 

Intramural and Recreation Offerings. The 

college places a high priority on its intramural and 
recreational offerings and provides a wide variety 
of activities including organized competitive 
sports. The physical education complex includes 
an indoor olympic-size pool, gymnasium and 
weight room. Outdoor facilities for tennis and field 
sports are adjacent. 

The Intercollegiate Athletics Program at 

Armstrong is affiliated with the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association (NCAA) Division II. Athletic 
scholarships are available to support student-ath- 
ietes who participate in the intercollegiate pro- 
gram. The men's athletic teams consist of 
basketball, baseball, tennis, and cross country. 
Women's teams include tennis, cross country, 
volleyball, and basketball. Cheerleaders are also 
sponsored. Armstrong State College is affiliated 
with the Peach Belt Athletic Conference. 

Cultural Opportunities on campus and off 
are an important aspect in the total educational 
process. Nationally known speakers, contempo- 
rary concerts, dances, popular films, exhibits and 
performances by outstanding classical and mod- 
ern artists from around the world complement the 
student's general education. These programs are 
selected and coordinated by the College Union 
Board. Student dramatic, choral, and instrumen- 
tal groups, under professional direction, have es- 



tablished distinguished traditions. On-campus 
offerings, such as the Faculty Lecture Series, 
broaden knowledge and interest in a non-class- 
room setting. The 1 ,000 seat Fine Arts Auditorium 
often hosts performances by the Savannah Sym- 
phony, area arts groups, and out-of-town troupes, 
such as the National Shakespeare Company and 
the Vienna Choir Boys. 

Student Services 

The Counseling Center serves students who 
are concerned about achieving educational and 
occupational goals and resolving personal prob- 
lems. Counselors offer individual conferences to 
students who seek help in choosing a major, set- 
ting career goals, studying, and dealing with ac- 
ademic demands or conflict with family or friends. 
Counselors give tests to measure interest and 
ability, provide information to explore education 
and work opportunities, and instruct students on 
the use of computerized career and study skills 
development programs. In addition, counselors 
often are able to provide information about col- 
lege policies, curriculum, and campus resources. 

Tests of interests, values, and abilities are 
available to students through counseling serv- 
ices. In addition, the following testing programs 
are administered by the counseling staff: Aca- 
demic Profile, ACT: Proficiency Examination Pro- 
gram (PEP), College-Level Examination Program 
(CLEP), DANTES Subject Standardized Tests 
(DSST), Graduate Record Examination (GRE), 
Major Field Achievement Test (MFAT), Medical 
College Admission Test (MCAT), Miller Analogies 
Test (MAT), National Teacher Examinations 
(NTE), and Regents' Testing Program. Other test- 
ing programs about which information is available 
include the Dental Admission Test (DAT), Grad- 
uate Management Admission Test (GMAT), Law 
School Admission Test (LSAT), Optometry Ad- 
mission Testing Program, Pharmacy College Ad- 
mission Test, and Veterinary Aptitude Test. 

Career Planning and Placement Services 

provides assistance with all aspects of career de- 
velopment. Students can get help with the early 
stages of career development such as selecting 
an academic major, gathering occupational in- 
formation and investigating career paths through 
individualized career counseling and computer- 
ized career guidance techniques. Experiential op- 
portunities such as part-time and temporary 



20 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



employment are coordinated by the office staff. 
Students closer to graduation may take advan- 
tage of one-on-one instruction and workshops for 
resume writing, interviewing skills and job search 
strategies. Job listings, referrals and on-campus 
interview services are also available to students 
and alumni registered with the office. All seniors 
are strongly urged to register with the office at 
least three quarters prior to graduation to estab- 
lish a placement file and become eligible for 
placement services. 

Veterans will find the Office of Financial Aid 
and Veterans Affairs helpful in advising about ad- 
missions procedures and services available to 
them. 

Handicapped Students are provided with 
needed services on an individual basis. After stu- 
dents are accepted to the college, if they have 
special needs as a result of a physical disability, 
they should plan to set up an appointment in the 
office of student affairs to discuss their disability 
as it relates to their educational program. The col- 
lege counselors and the vice president for stu- 
• dent affairs will then attempt to provide services 
so that each handicapped student has a positive 
educational experience at Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

The Minority Advisement Program helps mi- 
nority students develop interest in all facets of 
college life. A peer advisor offers one-on-one as- 
sistance to students in adjusting to personal and 
academic life on campus. In addition, social, cul- 
tural and educational activities designed to 
broaden all students' knowledge of Black people 
and their contributions to society are presented. 

The Adults Back to College Program meets 
the special needs and concerns of the non-tra- 
ditional student. Mature students who are begin- 
ning college or are returning after several years 
away will find that the A.B.C. program will ease 
their transition to student life and address their 
career and academic questions. 

The Academic Computing Center houses 
separate minicomputer and microcomputer facil- 
ities for student use. All machines in the Aca- 
demic Computing Center are connected to the 
campus wide network and allow access to file 
servers and other network services. There is also 
a separate Engineering micro computer lab with 
high perfomance Zenith color workstations and a 
Hewlitt-Packard high speed pen plotter. 



The Writing Center is a place where studentsj 
in all disciplines may come for help with their writ-j 
ing. Tutors in the Writing Center offer individual 
instruction in basic writing skills and provide guidJ 
ance in the preparation of essays, reports, and! 
research papers. The aim of the Writing Center isl 
not only to assist students in core composition) 
courses, but also to work with faculty to improve] 
writing across the curriculum. The center is ad-l 
ministered by the Department of Languages, Lit-I 
erature, and Dramatic Arts. 

Lane Library, built in 1966 and substantially! 
enlarged in 1975, supports the academic pro-l 
grams at Armstrong State College. To that end] 
library faculty provide individual assistance in us-l 
ing library resources as well as course-integrated]] 
instruction in the classroom. The traditional re-l 
pository role of academic libraries is enhanced: 
through computer-assisted database searching} 
compact disc information systems, and a sizeaJ 
ble collection of non-print materials. The library isL 
open over 85 hours weekly during academic ses- 
sions. 

The library collections consist of more thar] 
650,000 total items, including 158,000 book vol- 
umes, 488,000 microforms, and 35,000 records 
slides, motion pictures, kits, and videotapes. Ir 
addition, subscriptions are maintained to approx- 
imately 1 ,000 periodicals and newspapers. The ■ 
Florence Powell Minis Collection contains college 
archives, materials of local color, and first editions 
by Conrad Aiken and other Savannah authors. I 

Through participation in state, regional and na |j 
tional resource sharing agreements, materials [j 
which are not available on the Armstrong campus •- 
may be obtained from other libraries. Traditional 
reference services are complemented by com- 
puterized database searching, both online, by ref-lj 
erence librarians and at several compact disc 
stations by library users. 

Library programs at Armstrong seek to mee ■ 
the needs of each student in the course of stud^ 
while also preparing graduates for life-long learn- 
ing. 

The Book Store is the source of all requirec 
textbooks and course-related supplies. It also of- 
fers general supplies and a selection of imprintec 
apparel and gift items. 

Parking Regulations 

All vehicles driven on campus should display s 
college parking decal on the left rear bumper 
Free decals are available at the Public Safety Of- 
fice on Science Drive. 



STUDENT LIFE 



21 



All students, faculty, and staff are encouraged 
to become aware of the parking regulations. A 
set of regulations may be picked up in the Public 
Safety Office or Office of Student Affairs, and a 
copy is published in Students Illustrated . 







^ AM AMSr^i 







22 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 












V p 





\l 



24 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



General Admission Policies 

Armstrong State College welcomes students 
who wish to pursue a college-level program of 
study. Applicants must provide evidence of a rea- 
sonable possibility of academic success in col- 
lege in order to be admitted as a regular student. 
Applicants who do not meet the minimum require- 
ments for admission may be admitted under con- 
ditional or provisional status, or under other 
special categories described below (see pp 26). 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to 
employ appropriate assessment mechanisms to 
ascertain the suitability of applicants to enroll in 
the college and to deny enrollment or admission 
to individuals based upon the results of the as- 
sessment. 

Admission Requirements 

The following items are required of all appli- 
cants: 

1 . A completed Application for Admission - 
Forms are available from the Admissions 
Office. 

2. Official high school and/or college tran- 
scripts - Transcripts must be submitted 
directly to Armstrong State College by the 
high school or college. See Special Ad- 
missions section for exceptions. 

3. Official scores on the Scholastic Aptitude 
Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Ex- 
amination Board or the American College 
Testing Program (ACT). Applications and 
information may be obtained from the 
College Entrance Examination Board 
(Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540), 
or the American College Testing Program 
(3355 Lenox Road, N.E., Suite 320, At- 
lanta, Georgia, 33026-1332). An Institu- 
tional Scholastic Aptitude Test (ISAT) is 
offered quarterly through the Counseling 
and Placement Office. ISAT scores can 
be used only for admission to Armstrong 
State College. Exceptions to the SAT re- 
quirement are discussed in the Special 
Admissions section. 

4. Other requirements - The College may 
require any applicant to appear for a per- 
sonal interview and to take any achieve- 
ment, aptitude and psychological tests it 
deems appropriate in order to make a 



decision regarding the applicant's gen 
eral qualification for admission to the Col 
lege. 

Final acceptance or rejection of each applican 
is determined by the Director of Admissions anc 
is subject to the applicant's right of appeal to the 
Academic" Standing Committee prior to the be 
ginning of the desired quarter of entry. The com 
mittee will review the appeal and make 
recommendation to the President of the College 
who will render a decision. The College reserves 
the right to withdraw admission prior to or follow 
ing enrollment if the student becomes ineligible 
as determined by the standards of the College o 
Board of Regents. 

Armstrong State College reserves the right tc 
refuse to accept any or all of the credits from an* 
high school or other institution, notwithstanding 
its accredited status, when the College deter 
mines through investigation or otherwise that tru 
quality of instruction at such high school or insti 
tution is, for any reason, deficient or unsatisfac 
tory. The judgment of the College on this questioi 
shall be final. 

The College reserves the right to reject an.ap 
plicant who is not a resident of the State of Geor 
gia. All students enrolled at Armstrong Stat 
College are required to affirm that they will abid 
by the provisions of the Honor Code. 

Admission of Recent High 
School Graduates 

An applicant must be a graduate of an ac 
credited high school. Students graduating fror 
high school in the Spring of 1988, or later, rem 
meet the requirements of the College Preparator 
Curriculum (CPC) of the Board of Regents. Sti 
dents who lack required courses in any of the fiv 
areas must make up the deficiencies accordin 
to established guidelines. The following hig 
school courses are minimum requirements fc 
regular admission: 



Units 



English (4) 



Instructional 

Emphasis/ 

Courses 

*Grammar and usage 
*Literature (America 

and World) 
*Advanced compos 

tion skills 



ADMISSIONS 



25 



Science (3) 



Mathematics (3) 



Social Science (3) 



*Physical Science 
*At least two laboratory 
courses from Biology, 
Chemistry or Physics 
*Two courses in Alge- 
bra and one in Geom- 
etry 

*American History 
*World History 
*Economics and 
Government 
: oreign Language (2) *Two courses in one 
language emphasizing 
speaking (must be lis- 
tening, reading and 
writing) 

The minimum regular admission requirements 
o Armstrong State College are an SAT score of 
lot less than 380 on the verbal section and 380 
>n the math section individually, or an ACT score 
)f not less than 20 on the English section and 18 
)n the math section individually. Also a minimum 
!.0 grade point average on all academic courses 
3 required. All of the academic courses com- 
)uted in the high school grade point average will 
lave been taken in grades 9-12. 

D rovisional Admission 

Applicants to the College who do not meet the 
College Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) will be 
considered for provisional admission to the Col- 
9ge. The following represents the College's cri- 
eria for provisional admission: 

English - Students graduating with less than the 
our required units of English will be required to 
ake the Collegiate Placement Examination (CPE) 
i English and the CPE in Reading. Based on the 
student's score, the student would (1) exempt 
Developmental Studies English and/or Reading, 
>r (2) be placed in Developmental Studies Eng- 
sh and/or Reading. 

Mathematics - Students graduating with less than 
he three required units of mathematics will be 
equired to take the Collegiate Placement Ex- 
imination (CPE) in mathematics. Based on the 
student's score, the student would (1) exempt 
Developmental Studies mathematics, or (2) be 
)laced in Developmental Studies mathematics at 
he appropriate level. 

Science - Students graduating with less than the 
hree required units of science will be required to 



take an additional five quarter hour (for credit) 
course in a laboratory science. 

Social Science - Students graduating with less 
than the three required units of social science will 
be required to complete one additional five 
quarter hour (for credit) course chosen from ap- 
proved social science courses. 

Foreign Language - Students graduating with less 
than the two units of the same foreign language 
will be required to complete one additional five 
quarter hour (for credit) introductory foreign lan- 
guage course. 

All course work required as a result of a defi- 
ciency must be taken immediately. In the areas 
of social science, science, and foreign language, 
the student is required to complete the appropri- 
ate course with a "C" grade or better. Students 
receive credit for courses used to satisfy College 
Preparatory Curriculum deficiencies, but such 
credit may not be used to satisfy core curriculum 
or degree requirements. 

Exceptions to the CPC 
Requirement 

1 . Any applicant who graduated from high 
school prior to Spring of 1988 is exempt 
from CPC requirements. 

2. An applicant applying for any associate 
of applied science or associate of sci- 
ence degree program offered by Arm- 
strong State College is exempt from the 
CPC requirements. 

Conditional Admission 

An applicant who qualifies for admission to the 
College but who does not qualify for regular ad- 
mission will be granted conditional admission. A 
student is conditionally admitted to the College if 
any part of the SAT score (verbal or math) is less 
than 380. A student is conditionally admitted to 
the College if the ACT English is less than 20, or 
ACT Math is less than 18. An applicant who 
scores less than 250 verbal or 280 mathematics 
on the SAT (less than 13 on the ACT English or 
less than 14 on the ACT math) and has less than 
a 1 .8 high school grade point average on all ac- 
ademic courses will be denied admission to the 
College. 



26 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



All conditionally admitted students must take 
the Collegiate Placement Examination (CPE) in 
order to qualify for regular admission. This ex- 
amination must be taken before the student's ac- 
ceptance at the College. 

Any student placed in a course numbered be- 
low 100, either by his or her SAT (or ACT) scores, 
or by his or her CPE scores, will be considered 
a conditionally admitted Developmental Studies 
student. 

Any other courses taken prior to completing 
and passing appropriate parts of the CPE must 
be approved by the Developmental Studies 
Counselor or by an advisor within that depart- 
ment. 

A student in the Developmental Studies Pro- 
gram must have a schedule of classes approved 
by the Counselor in Developmental Studies or an 
advisor within that department each time the stu- 
dent registers. 

A conditionally admitted student will exit De- 
velopmental Studies in the following ways 

1 . Passing all required parts of the Colle- 
giate Placement Examination. 

2. If any required part of the CPE is not 
passed, the student will be required to 
enroll in the appropriate Developmental 
Studies course. Upon successful com- 
pletion of all required Developmental 
Studies courses and passing the CPE, 
the student will exit Developmental Stud- 
ies. 

A student in Developmental Studies will be 
given four quarters per area to successfully exit 
that area. A student failing to exit an area after 
four attempts will be subject to Developmental 
Studies suspension. Copies of the policies of the 
Developmental Studies Program may be ob- 
tained from the Developmental Studies Office. 

Credit by Examination 

Armstrong State College will grant up to one- 
fourth of the credit required in a college degree 
for satisfactory scores on the following examina- 
tions: 

ACT: Proficiency Examination 

Statistics 
Advanced Placement 

English Literature & Composition 

Calculus AB 

Calculus BC 



Chemistry 

American History 

European History 
ATP Achievement Tests 

American History 

European History 
College-Level Examination Program 

Humanities 

Natural Sciences 

Analysis and Interpretation of 
Literature 

College Composition 

College French 

College German 

College Spanish 

American Government 

American History I 

American History II 

Introductory Sociology 

Western Civilization I 

Western Civilization II 

Calculus with Elementary Functions 

College Algebra 

College Algebra-Trigonometry 
DANTES Subject Tests 

Astronomy 

Criminal Justice 

General Anthropology 
Academic departments select the examinatior 
and determine passing scores. The college crec 
awarded is the same as that earned by studen 
who complete the equivalent course(s). The le 
ter-grade "K" is used to identify credit by e 
amination and has no effect on the acaderr 
grade point average. The Office of the Registr 
adds courses and credit earned to the acaderr 
records of enrolled students. 

For additional information, please make inqui 
to the Office of the Registrar/Director of Admi 
sions, the Office of Student Affairs, or the he; 
of the appropriate academic department. 

College Credit for Military 
Experience and Training 

Students who wish to have their military exp 
rience and training evaluated for college cre< 
should submit a copy of appropriate forms to tl 
Registrar's office. Veterans should submit C 
Form 214 and active duty military personr 
should submit DD Form 295. Active duty Arr 
personnel and soldiers discharged since Octob 



ADMISSIONS 



27 



, 1986, should also provide the Registrar with a 
;opy of their Army/American Council on Educa- 
on Registry Transcript. 

Regents Engineering Transfer 
Program 

To be admitted to the Regents Engineering 
ransfer Program at Armstrong State College, 
tudents must have achieved at least: 

1 . 550 on the mathematics portion of the Scho- 
lastic Aptitude Test (SAT); and 

2. 450 on the verbal portion of the SAT; and 

3. 3.0 high school grade point average. 

This institution's faculty members have worked 
losely with Georgia Tech's faculty to assure a 
urriculum which is well-coordinated with that of 
ieorgia Tech. Specific times each quarter have 
een established for students to visit the Georgia 
ech campus and meet with representatives of 
leir anticipated major. 

Regents Engineering Transfer Program stu- 
ents who satisfactorily complete the pre-engi- 
eering curriculum and apply for transfer will be 
xepted to Georgia Tech. However, admission 
) the most popular majors, as for other Georgia 
sch students, will be based upon overall grade 
oint average, performance in the required pre- 
jquisite courses and availability of student 
Daces. 

Requirements of Transfers 

1. Transfer students completing high school in 
the Spring of 1988, or later, from non-Uni- 
versity System institutions will be required to 
submit their high school transcripts as part 
of their application process unless they have 
completed their freshman and sophomore 
years, completed an associate degree, or 
have more than 90 hours of transfer credit 
approved. This requirement also applies to 
students enrolled in University System pro- 
grams that do not require the College Prep- 
aratory Curriculum for admission. 

2. Transfer students completing high school in 
the Spring of 1988, or later, transferring from 
University System institutions will maintain 

•their CPC status as determined by the first 
University System institution making the orig- 
inal CPC evaluation. 
j 3, Transfer applicants completing high school 
prior to Spring of 1988 will follow the same 



procedure as freshman applicants except 
these applicants will not be required to meet 
the College Preparatory Curriculum require- 
ments. In addition, these applicants who 
have achieved sophomore standing at the 
time of entrance, will not be required to sub- 
mit their high school records. Such records 
may be required by the Office of Admissions, 
but normally the transcripts of previous col- 
lege records will suffice in place of the high 
school record. Transfer applicants must ask 
the Registrar, of each college they have pre- 
viously attended, to mail an official transcript 
of their records to the Office of Admissions 
at Armstrong State College, regardless of 
the transferability of the credits. 

4. Transfer applicants will not be considered for 
admission unless they are academically eli- 
gible to return to the college or university last 
attended, or unless the officials of the insti- 
tution last attended recommend the appli- 
cant's admission. 

5. Transfer applicants will be considered for 
admission to Armstrong State College, if, on 
all work attempted at other institutions, their 
academic performance as shown by their 
grade-point-average is equivalent to the 
minimum standard required by Armstrong 
State College students by comparable 
standing. Students not meeting the required 
GPA may be admitted on Good Standing, 
with Warning. (See chart under Academic 
Probation and Dismissal Policy in the "Aca- 
demic Regulations" section of this Catalog.) 

6. Credit will be given for transfer work in which 
students received a grade of "C" or above. 
Credit will also be given for transfer work in 
which the students received grades of "D", 
with the limitation that such credit from non- 
University System institutions will not exceed 
twenty-five percent of the total amount of 
credit accepted with grades of "C" or above. 
College credit will not be allowed for such 
courses as remedial English, remedial math- 
ematics, or remedial reading or courses 
basically of secondary school level. 

7. Credits earned at an institution which is not 
a member of the appropriate regional ac- 
crediting agency can be accepted on a pro- 
visional basis only. Students transferring 
from an institution which is not a member of 
a regional accrediting agency must achieve 
a "C" average on their first fifteen quarter 



28 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



hours of work at Armstrong in order to be 
eligible to continue. In certain areas they 
may be required to validate credits by ex- 
amination. In computing cumulative grade 
averages, only the work attempted at Arm- 
strong will be considered. 

8. The amount of credit that Armstrong will al- 
low for work done in another institution within 
a given period of time may not exceed the 
normal amount of credit that could have 
been earned at Armstrong during that time. 
A maximum of 100 quarter hours may be 
transferred from a junior college. At least half 
of the courses in the major must be taken 
at Armstrong. 

9. Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may consist of 
courses taken by correspondence, exten- 
sion, or examination. No correspondence 
courses may be used to meet the require- 
ments in the major field or the related fields 
for the Bachelor's degree or in English com- 
position or foreign language. No correspon- 
dence courses may be taken while a student 
is enrolled, without prior approval of the ap- 
propriate Dean and the head of the depart- 
ment in which the student is majoring. 

10. If the Core Curriculum requirements in Area 
I (Humanities), Area II (Sciences), and/or 
Area III (Social Sciences) have been com- 
pleted in a University System of Georgia in- 
stitution, each completed area will be 
accepted as having met the respective area 
requirement at Armstrong State College. 

11. An official evaluation of all previous college 
credit earned will be done during the first 
quarter of the applicant's attendance. Trans- 
fer credit will be awarded from institutions 
listed in the American Association of College 
Admission Officers and Registrars as being 
fully accredited. 

Developmental Studies 
Transfer Student Policy 

Conditionally admitted transfer students must 
meet the same admission requirements as indi- 
viduals admitted to the College for the first time. 
A complete record of the student's past remedial 
coursework and CPE scores must be on file in 
the Armstrong State College Registrar's Office 
before the student can be admitted. Further, con- 
ditionally admitted transfer students must be eli- 



gible to return to their previous institutions befor 
they will be considered for admission to Arrr 
strong State College. 

Readmission 

Students who have not been enrolled at Arm- 
strong during the current academic year (the ac 
ademic year begins with the Fall Quarter) mus 
apply for readmission on a form provided by th 
Office of The Registrar. Former students wri 
have not attended another college since leavim 
Armstrong may be readmitted, provided they ar 
not on suspension at the time they wish to reer 
ter. Former students who have attended anothe 
college since leaving Armstrong must meet re 
quirements as listed in the catalog in effect at th 
time of return. A student who is readmitted afte 
an absence from the college for more than tw 
years must meet degree requirements as listei 
in the catalog in effect at the time of his or he 
return. 

Transient Students 

Students enrolled in another college or univer 
sity may apply for temporary admission to Arrr 
strong State College. They must have writte 
approval from their Dean or Registrar that the 
are in good standing and have permission to tak 
specific courses at Armstrong State College t 
be transferred to their own institution when sa 
isfactorily completed. Transient students are ac. 
mitted for a specific period of time, normally on 
quarter. If they wish to remain at Armstrong Stat 
College longer than one quarter they must subrr 
additional statements from their Dean or Regk 
trar, or must meet all requirements for regular ac 
mission as a transfer student. 

Armstrong Students 
Transient Elsewhere 

Armstrong students who wish to take cours 
work at another college with the intent of applyin 
the courses to their academic record at Arrr 
strong may do so in accordance with regulator 
for transient status to another college. Studei 
must meet the requirements stipulated by th 
other college, and, in order to apply the credii 
toward their academic records at Armstron; 
must meet the academic regulations of Am. 
strong. Consult with the Registrar's Office for d< 
tails. 



ADMISSIONS 



29 



\ccelerated Program for 
High School Students 

Through this program for superior high school 
eniors, students may complete more than two- 
lirds of the freshman year of college before be- 
linning a regular college career. Students ac- 
epted into the program may choose any 
eshman course provided they meet course pre- 
squisites and receive permission from their high 
chool principal or counselor and their college 
dvisor. 

Students in this program may enroll for college 
redit in a maximum of two courses each quarter 
/hile completing their senior year of high school. 
Jpon graduation from high school, the student 
/ill be admitted as a regular college enrollee. 

Students forfeit the privilege of this program if 
ley receive a college course grade below C or 
ieir high school average in academic courses 
ills below B in any quarter. 

The College will consider students for this pro- 
ram only upon written recommendation of their 
igh school principals or counselors. 

To be admitted to the program, students must 
atisfy all of the following criteria: 

1. Written recommendation by the principal or 
counselor of the high school; 

2. Written consent of parent or guardian (if the 
student is a minor); 

3. Completion of the eleventh grade in an ac- 
credited high school; 

4. A combined verbal and mathematics SAT 
score of no less than 1,000, or ACT Com- 
posite no less than 25. 

5. A minimum high school grade-point-average 
on all academic courses of 3.0; 

8. Completion of the University System of 
Georgia's College Preparatory Curriculum 
(CPC) requirements with the following ex- 
ceptions: 

(a) Students with an SAT verbal score of at 
least 450 (or ACT English of at least 23) 
who have not completed the final unit 
of high school English and/or social 
studies will be permitted to fulfill these 
high school requirements with the ap- 
propriate college courses. 

(b) Students who have not completed the 
College Preparatory Curriculum re- 
quirements may be admitted through 
the joint enrollment program (see be- 



low) if they are enrolled in the necessary 
high school courses and scheduled to 
complete the requirements by the end 
of their senior year. 
With the exception of English and social 
studies courses taken by students with the 
required SAT or ACT score, a college course 
may not be used to fulfill both high school 
College Preparatory Curriculum require- 
ments and college degree requirements. 

Early Admission and Joint 
Enrollment Programs 

Armstrong State College offers an early admis- 
sion program for those students who have com- 
pleted the eleventh grade in high school and who 
have demonstrated outstanding academic poten- 
tial. The criteria for admission to this program are 
the same as those listed for the Accelerated Pro- 
gram. 

Additionally, the college offers a joint enroll- 
ment program which is an early admissions pro- 
gram allowing students to enroll full time at the 
College while remaining on the rolls of a local high 
school. After successfully meeting all established 
criteria for the Accelerated Program, students will 
be awarded high school diplomas at the end of 
their freshman year in college. For further infor- 
mation on this program, prospective applicants 
should consult with their high school counselors 
and request information from the Office of Ad- 
missions. 

Special Admission Categories 

GED 

An applicant who is not a high school graduate 
may be considered for admission based upon 
completion of the General Educational Develop- 
ment Examination (GED) with a score that satis- 
fies the minimum requirement of the State of 
Georgia (standard score average-45). A score re- 
port must be submitted directly to the College 
from the GED testing center where the student 
took the test, or by DANTES (2318 South Park 
Street, Madison. Wisconsin, 53713) if the student 
took the test through the United States Armed 
Forces Institute while in military service. If the ap- 
plicant's high school class graduated in the 
Spring of 1988 , or later, then all College Prepa- 



30 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ratory Curriculum (CPC) requirements must be 
met. The only exception to this requirement will 
be those applicants pursuing associate of sci- 
ence or associate of applied science degrees. 
These individuals are exempt from the CPC re- 
quirements. 

Delayed Admission 

Applicants who have not attended high school 
or college within the previous five years, and have 
earned fewer than 20 transferable quarter hours 
of college credit, are not required to take the SAT 
or ACT admissions test. However, these appli- 
cants will be required to take the Collegiate Place- 
ment Examination and complete any 
Developmental Studies requirements. Students 
admitted under this category must complete 30 
hours of college credit with a minimum 2.0 grade 
point average in order to be granted regular ad- 
mission status. 

Persons 62 Years of Age or Older 

Persons who are 62 years of age, or older, may 
enroll as regular students in credit courses on a 
"space available" basis without payment of fees, 
except for supplies, laboratory or special course 
fees. They must be residents of the State of Geor- 
gia and must present a birth certificate or com- 
parable written documentation of age to enable 
the Admissions Office to determine eligibility. 
They must meet all admission and degree re- 
quirements. 

International Students 

(All students who are citizens of countries other 
than the U.S.) 

It is recommended that international students 
begin their attendance at the college in the Fall 
Quarter. The college also recommends that in- 
ternational students attend an ELS language cen- 
ter prior to enrollment. 

Students from a country other than the United 
States who are interested in attending Armstrong 
must meet the following requirements before ap- 
plication is made: 
1. Meet the requirements of freshman appli- 
cants. International students must have 
completed the equivalent of a U.S. high 
school. However, College Preparatory Cur- 
riculum (CPC) requirements do not apply to 
these students. 



2. Have an official transcript of academic rec- 
ords mailed to the Office of Admissions a 
Armstrong with an official translation. 

3. If SAT or ACT scores are available, ask tha 
the results be sent to Armstrong. If these 
scores are not available, the student will be 
required to take the Collegiate Placemen 
Examination and take any such requirec 
coursework in accordance with the Devel 
opmental Studies Guidelines. 

4. A student whose native language is not Eng- 
lish must take the Test of English as a For 
eign Language (TOEFL) and score c 
minimum of 500 for consideration for admis 
sion to the College. 

5. Submit a statement of financial resources 
prior to attendance. 

6. Show proof of adequate health and life in 
surance. 

After completion of application form and sub 
mission of all required records, the College wi! 
make a decision on the application. If an appli 
cation is approved, the College will send an l-2( 
form (which the international student will use t< 
obtain a student visa). Upon arrival these stu 
dents may be tested in English composition fo 
class placement purposes. 

Admission of Veterans 

After having been accepted at Armstrong Stat 
College and upon receipt of Certification of el 
gibility and entitlement from the Veterans Admir 
istration, veterans may attend under Public La\ 
358 (Veterans Readjustment Benefit Act of 1 966; 
Public Law 815 (disabled), Public Law 894 (dis 
abled), Public Law 634 (war orphans), or Publi 
Law 631 (children of permanently disabled vel 
erans). Students under Public Laws 358, 631 , 63.; 
should be prepared to pay tuition and fees at trv 
time of registration. 



Vocational Rehabilitation 
Applicants 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocational Re 
habilitation or other community agencies muSj 
apply at least six weeks before the beginning c 
any quarter to insure proper processing of appli 
cations. 



ADMISSIONS 



31 



Requirements for Admission 

Art and Music Programs 

The college-level study of art and music re- 
quires considerable background as well as a 
liasic proficiency level. Those students who wish 
■ major in art are expected to show the faculty 

1 portfolio of previous work in at least one me- 
jljum. In music, placement examinations are re- 

uired of all entering students in music theory and 
pplied music. 

Requirements and 
Procedures for Admission 
o Health Programs 

ichool of Health Professions 
statement of Professional Standards 
(elated to Applicants and Students 

All applicants to and students enrolled in the 
chool of Health Professions must meet and con- 
nue to meet the approved professional stan- 
ards of the School and respective programs. 

1 . In order to meet the intellectual, physical and 
social competencies necessary to meet 
professional requirements, all applicants 
and students must be able to exhibit quali- 
ties of good judgment, mental strength and 
emotional stability. 

2. No applicant who may jeopardize the health 
and/or the well being of a patient, client, co- 
worker, or self, may be accepted into the 
School of Health Professions program or 
continue as a student within a program. 

3. The individual programs will inform each ap- 
plicant in writing of the standards which are 
related to the professional duties of the dis- 
cipline. 

4. The faculty of each program or department 
shall be responsible for applying the stan- 
dards for their students and prospective stu- 
dents. 

5. In all cases, final appeal may be brought to 
the attention of the Dean of Health Profes- 
sions who would appoint an Appeals com- 
mittee. 

isurance 

Because of contractual requirements, Health 
isurance is required of students in Associate 
'egree Nursing, Baccalaureate Degree Nursing, 



Medical Technology, Radiologic Technologies 
and Respiratory Therapy. Malpractice/Liability 
insurance is required of students in Associate 
Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate Degree Nursing, 
Dental Hygiene, Medical Technology, Radiologic 
Technologies and Respiratory Therapy. 

Associate Degree Nursing 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not in any way guarantee formal admission to the 
Associate Degree Nursing Program. It is impor- 
tant that the applicant for admission to this pro- 
gram file all papers required at least two quarters 
prior to the quarter in which the applicant wishes 
to begin nursing courses. 

The Admissions Committee of the Department 
of Associate Degree Nursing will act only on com- 
pleted applications. A student seeking admission 
to the program who has taken courses at another 
college must supply the ADN office with a current 
transcript. Admission decisions will normally be 
made in October for winter quarter, January for 
spring quarter, and April for fall quarter. After ad- 
mission to the program, the student must pay a 
$50.00 non-refundable Health Professions De- 
posit to reserve a seat in the program. This de- 
posit is applied to the student's first quarter 
matriculation fee. Students who qualify for admis- 
sion but who are not admitted because of lack of 
space may reapply for the following quarter's 
class. Students admitted for a given quarter must 
enter the program during that quarter or reapply 
for admission for any subsequent quarter. Deter- 
mination of admission to the program is a func- 
tion of the faculty. 

Transfer students must meet the criteria for ad- 
mission to the Department of Associate Degree 
Nursing as stated. Credit for nursing and science 
courses taken prior to application to the program 
must be approved by the Department of Asso- 
ciate Degree Nursing. It is recommended that 
nursing courses not be over one year old and 
science courses not be over five years old. Stu- 
dents wishing to be given credit for nursing 
courses which are over one year old and science 
courses which are over five years old may be 
required to validate current knowledge by exam- 
ination or be required to repeat these courses. 

The Associate Degree Nursing Program is ap- 
proved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is 
fully accredited by the National League for Nurs- 
ing (NLN). 



32 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Nursing 
Program is made on a space available basis and 
is limited to the best qualified students as deter- 
mined by the Associate Degree Nursing faculty. 
Admission criteria include: 

1 . Completion of ZOO 208 with a grade of "C" 
or better. 

2. Completion of CHE 201. 

3. Completion of MAT 101. 

4. Eligibility for ENG 101. 

5. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0. 

Time Limit for Program Completion 

Students must complete the Associate Degree 
Nursing Program within three consecutive aca- 
demic years from the date of their initial entry into 
the program. Students who do not complete the 
program within this time limit must reapply for ad- 
mission, meet current criteria for admission, and 
have their previous credits evaluated at the time 
of their subsequent admission. Students who are 
readmitted must meet course requirements in ef- 
fect at the time of their readmission. 



Readmission Procedures 

1 . The student must complete the readmission 
application for Armstrong State College and 
the Department of Associate Degree Nurs- 
ing. 

2. The student will be required to meet admis- 
sion and curriculum requirements in effect at 
the time of readmission. 

3. The student's readmission will be based 
upon space availability and recommenda- 
tion by the Department of Associate Degree 
Nursing. 



Baccalaureate Nursing 
Department 

Applicants to the program must be regularly 
admitted to Armstrong State College prior to mak- 
ing application to the nursing major. Students 
must meet the admission requirements of the De- 
partment of Baccalaureate Nursing to be eligible 
for admission to the nursing major. Admission to 
the nursing major is the function of the Faculty. 
Only completed applications will be considered. 



Students will be admitted to the nursing maj 
during Winter Quarter, Sophomore year. Studen 
who are not admitted may reapply when th'< 
meet admission criteria. 

Applicants may address the Head of the D 
partment of Baccalaureate Nursing if they requi 
additional information concerning admission pr 
cedures. 

The Bachelor of Science degree program is a 
proved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and 
fully accredited by the National League for Nur 
ing (NLN). 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission criteria include: 

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State Cc 
lege. 

2. A minimum SAT verbal score of 380. 

3. A minimum SAT mathematics score of 38 
(SAT scores will not be required for tho; 
applicants with Associate, Bachelor's 
Master's Degrees). 

4. A grade of "C" or better in each scient 
course. 

5. An adjusted GPA of 2.5 in all prerequisi 
course work attempted. 

Transfer Applicants and those with degrees 
other fields must meet the criteria established f 
admission to the nursing major. Transfer cre< 
will be awarded depending upon equivalency 
courses. These decisions will be determined 
the Nursing Faculty who will use actual cour 
outlines, descriptions, etc., supplied by the st 
dent. 

Registered Nurse applicants must meet the c 
teria established for admission to the nursing m 
jor and must also submit proof of licensure. 

Program Completion Requirements 

Students must complete the Baccalaures 
Nursing Program within four consecutive yes 
from the date of their initial admission to the nui 
ing major. Students who do not complete the pr 
gram within this time limit must apply f; 
readmission, meet current criteria for admissic 
and have their previous credits evaluated. SI, 
dents who are granted readmission must me 
course requirements in effect at the time of rea 
mission. 

Senior nursing students are required to take 
written comprehensive exam prior to graduatic 



ADMISSIONS 



33 



Readmission Procedures 

1 . The student must complete the readmission 
application for Armstrong State College and 
the nursing major. 

2. The student will be required to meet admis- 
sion and curriculum requirements in effect at 
the time of readmission. 

3. The student's admission will be based upon 
space available and recommendation by the 
Recruitment and Retention Committee of the 
Department of Baccalaureate Nursing. 



Associate Degree Dental 
Hygiene 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
lot in any way guarantee admission to the As- 
ociate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. Ap- 
>licants must first be accepted for admission to 
ie College with regular admission status before 
ie Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee eval- 
lates the applicant's application to the Associate 
)egree Program in Dental Hygiene. 

Admission to the program is limited in each 
lass. Students matriculate in the Fall Quarter of 
;ach year. Applications for admission should be 
:ompleted as soon as possible for the Fall 
luarter and must include a transcript of all aca- 
lemic work. 

Because of the heavy emphasis on science in 
ie dental hygiene curriculum, it is important that 
ne applicant have a strong foundation in biology 
md chemistry. 

Applicants who are on academic probation or 
uspension from another college will not be con- 
idered for admission to the program. Unless 
pecifically approved by the Head of the depart- 
nent, credit will not be accepted for courses 
aken in another school of dental hygiene. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
narked "For Dental Hygiene Only." 

Applicants may contact the head of the De- 
)artment of Dental Hygiene if they require addi- 
ional information concerning admission 
)rocedures. 

After admission to the Dental Hygiene Pro- 
gram, the student must pay a $50.00 nonrefund- 
able Health Programs Deposit to reserve a seat 
1 the program. This deposit is applied to the stu- 
dent's first quarter matriculation fee. 



Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Dental Hy- 
giene major is on a space available basis and is 
limited to the best qualified students as deter- 
mined by the Dental Hygiene Admissions Com- 
mittee. Admission criteria include: 
Regular Admission Criteria: 

1. Admission to Armstrong State College. 

2. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101 . 

3. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0. 
Conditional Admissions status may be granted 

to an applicant when the applicant does not meet 
the regular admissions criteria. Conditional ad- 
mission is granted on a space available basis. 
Conditional Admission Criteria: 

1 . Admission to Armstrong State College. 

2. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101. 

3. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 1.8. 
The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee will 

give special consideration to applicants who have 
completed one year of college work and who 
have completed CHE 201 or ZOO 208 (or their 
equivalents) with a grade of "C" or better. 

The applicant should request a personal inter- 
view with the Dental Hygiene Admissions Com- 
mittee to discuss the application after all 
credentials have been received. 

All students must have a minimum of 2.0 GPA 
overall to graduate. 

Readmission Procedures 

1 . The student must submit a written request 
for readmission to the Department Head one 
quarter prior to readmission. 

2. The student must have a minimum adjusted 
college GPA of 1.8. 

3. The student's readmission will be based on 
space availability and the recommendation 
of the dental hygiene admissions committee. 

Challenge Examinations 

Challenge examinations for specific dental hy- 
giene subject areas are available in the depart- 
ment. Contact the department head for 
information. 

Baccalaureate Degree 
Dental Hygiene Education 

Candidates for the program must be graduates 
of accredited associate degree dental hygiene 
programs and licensed as registered dental hy- 
gienists. 



34 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Students begin their course of sequenced den- 
tal hygiene courses in the Fall Quarter. Applica- 
tion for admission should be completed as soon 
as possible. 

Transfer credits are accepted for courses other 
than the professional sequence. A minimum of 45 
quarter hours must be earned at Armstrong State 
College for the Bachelor of Science Degree in 
Dental Hygiene Education to be awarded from 
this institution. The Office of the Registrar will 
evaluate all transfer credits. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Dental Hygiene Only". 

Applicants may contact the Head of the De- 
partment of Dental Hygiene at Armstrong State 
College if they require additional information con- 
cerning admission to the program. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1. One year of professional experience pre- 
ferred. This may include any dental-related 
work experience. 

2. A minimum 2.0 GPA on all previous college 
work. Students transferring from another col- 
lege must have this average to be consid- 
ered for admission. The 2.0 average must 
be maintained to date of actual matriculation 
in the program. 

How to Apply 

1 . Complete all application forms required for 
admission to Armstrong State College. Mark 
the application For Dental Hygiene Only. 
These forms are to be returned to the Office 
of Admissions. 

2. Complete the Dental Hygiene Bachelor of 
Science Application Form and return to the 
Department with a recent photograph. 

3. Submit National Board Scores to the De- 
partment of Dental Hygiene. Applicants 
should contact the head of the Department 
of Dental Hygiene if they require additional 
information. 



Associate Degree 
Respiratory Therapy 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not guarantee admission to the Respiratory Ther- 
apy Department. The department has a separate 



formal admissions process in addition to the ad 
mission process to Armstrong State College. 

Students are admitted to the program durinc 
the Fall quarter. The application process begin! 
during the Winter break preceding the desired ad 
mission date. Deadline for complete application! 
is June 1. Applications received after that dat( 
will be considered on a first come-first serve 
space-available basis. 

To meet contractual obligations with the clinica 
affiliates, the program requires students to submi 
a complete health history form and evidence o 
liability (malpractice) and health insurance prio 
to participation in clinical practicums. 

Applications for admission should be clearl; 
marked "For Respiratory Therapy Only." Appli 
cants may address the Head of the Respirator 
Therapy Department if they require additional in 
formation concerning admissions procedures. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State Col 
lege. 

2. Good standing with college at the time o 
student selection. 

Readmission to the 
Program 

Students who have been admitted to and hav< 
enrolled in the Associate Program in Respirator 
therapy but who have either withdrawn or havi 
been suspended from the program may apply fc 
readmission provided they are in good academii 
standing at the time they wish to reenter. 

A student who has been dismissed from thi 
program for any reason will not be eligible fc 
readmission. 



Associate Degree Radiologic 
Technologies Program 

Admission to Armstrong State College doe: 
not guarantee admission to the Radiologic Tech 
nologies Program. The Program has a separati 
formal admissions process in addition to the ad 
mission process to Armstrong State College. 

Students are normally only admitted to th< 
professional component of the program at th 
start of the Fall Quarter each year except fo 



ADMISSIONS 



35 



transfer students. Students may begin taking core 
courses at any time and need not have com- 
pleted the core courses prior to entry into the 
professional component. The application process 
begins in the Winter quarter of the year previous 
to desired admission. Qualified applicants will be 
considered on a first come-first admitted, space 
available basis. 

To meet contractual obligations with the clinical 
affiliates, the program requires students to submit 
a complete health history form, evidence of health 
insurance, and evidence of liability (malpractice) 
insurance prior to participation in clinical educa- 
tion courses. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Radiologic Technologies Only." Ap- 
plicants may address the Director of the Radio- 
logic Technologies program if they require 
additional information concerning admissions 
procedures. 

Criteria for Admission 

The actual determination of admission of ap- 
plicants to the program is a function of the Radio- 
logic Technologies Program Admissions 
Committee. Admissions are based on scholastic 
history, work experience, personal references, 
and a personal interview. 

The following are specific criteria for admission: 

1 . A minimum GPA of 2.5 in a high school cur- 
riculum. 

2. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in all science and 
mathematics courses in the high school cur- 
riculum. 

3. A minimum overall adjusted college GPA of 
2.0, if applicable. 

4. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in all mathematics 
and science courses at the college levels. 

Applicants who do not meet the criteria for ad- 
missions outlined above may still apply for ad- 
mission. Please contact the Program for 
information. 

After admission to the Radiologic Technology 
Program, the student must pay a $50.00 non-re- 
fundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve a 
seat in the program. This deposit is applied to the 
student's first quarter matriculation fee. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and have 
enrolled in the Associate Degree Program in en- 
siled in the Associate Degree Program in Radio- 



logic Technologies, but who have either 
withdrawn or been dismissed without prejudice 
from the program, may apply for readmission to 
the program only if they have a cumulative college 
GPA of 2.0 at the time they wish to reenter. The 
student's readmission will be based upon space 
availability and recommendation by the Radio- 
logic Technologies Admissions Committee. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Health Science 

Criteria for Admission to 
Program 

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

2. Eligible for MAT 101 and ENG 101. 

3. Adjusted college GPA of 2.0. 

4. Formal interview conducted by health sci- 
ence faculty members. 

5. Completed health science program appli- 
cation. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Medical Technology 
Program 

The professional phase of the Medical Tech- 
nology curriculum begins in the Fall quarter of 
each year with the MT courses. Students desiring 
acceptance to the Medical Technology Program 
should make application to the program during 
the early spring of the preceding academic year. 

Minimum Admission 
Requirements 

1 . SAT of at least 800 with 350 or more in Math 
and 350 or more in Verbal. 

2. Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.2 or 
more. 

3. Completion of required chemistry and biol- 
ogy courses prior to the senior year. 

4. Science course (Chemistry and Biology) av- 
erage of 2.25 or better with no more than 
one required science course with a grade of 
"D". 



36 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



5. Satisfactory completion of Regents' Testing 
Program. 

Other Requirements 

Per NAACLS requirement, all applicants must 
have taken the organic or biochemistry course 
and the microbiology course within the past 
seven years. Updating coursework can be done 
by completion (a grade of "C" or better) of the 
appropriate course or by a challenge examina- 
tion. 

Currently enrolled Armstrong State College stu- 
dents must also meet the requirements for ad- 
mission to the MT program and apply to the 
program. 

Transfer students must be accepted to the col- 
lege with "Regular Status" admission. 

Certified associate degree medical laboratory 
technicians may receive transfer credit for junior 
level MT courses upon presentation of accepta- 
ble certification scores and/or transfer credit and 
satisfactory completion of written and/or practical 
examinations in the professional content areas. 

An applicant with B.S. degree not desiring the 
B.S. in Medical Technology degree must meet the 
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Labora- 
tory Sciences academic prerequisites for Medical 



Technology. These students will be awarded a 
certificate upon completion of the professional 
coursework. 

Foreign applicants must meet the requirements 
for admission to Armstrong State College as out- 
lined in the, college catalog. 

Application Process 

1 . Complete all requirements for Application for 
Admission to Armstrong State College if not 
currently enrolled at ASC. 

2. Complete an Application to Medical Tech- 
nology Program form. 

3. Have official transcripts sent to Program Di- 
rector. 

4. If certified, have scores sent to Program Di- 
rector. (Ask Program Director for form letter.) 

5. Applicants meeting the minimum admission 
requirements will be. invited for an interview 
with at least two of the Admission Committee 
members, one of whom is the Program Di- 
rector. 

6. Request two references to complete Confi- 
dential Appraisal Form to be forwarded to 
Program Director. 

7. All applicants will be informed by letter oi 
their application status. 



& . vi* 



AAA \ 



I * 




BASKET!!!]. 



38 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Expenses 

The following schedules list the principal ex- 
penses and regulations concerning the payment 
of fees. Fees and charges are subject to 
change at the end of any quarter. When such 
changes are made, notice will be given as far in 
advance as possible. 

Tuition 



Georgia Residents 

The matriculation fee for students registering 
for at least 12 quarter hours is $382.00. Students 
carrying fewer than 12 credit hours on campus in 
a quarter will pay $32.00 per quarter hour. This 
fee is waived for residents of Georgia upon pres- 
entation of written documentation that they are 62 
years of age or older. 

Out-of-State Residents 

Full time students who are non-residents of 
Georgia pay a fee of $1,145.00. Those carrying 
fewer than 1 2 credit hours in a quarter pay $96.00 
per quarter hour tuition. Out-of state tuition fees 
are waived for active duty military personnel and 
their dependents stationed in Georgia (except 
military personnel assigned to this institution for 
educational purposes). 

Regents' Policies Governing 
Residency Requirements 

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, 
the applicant must establish the following facts to 
the satisfaction of the Registrar. 

1 . (a) If a person is 1 8 years of age or older, 
he or she may register as an in-state student 
only upon a showing that he or she has been 
a legal resident of Georgia for a period of at 
least twelve months immediately preceding 
the date of registration. 

(b) No emancipated minor or other person 
18 years of age or older shall be deemed to 
have gained or acquired in-state status for 
tuition purposes while attending any edu- 
cational institution in this State, in the ab- 
sence of a clear demonstration that he or 
she has in fact established legal residence 
in this State. 

2. If a person is under 18 years of age, he or 



she may register as an in-state student only 
upon a showing that his or her supporting 
parent or guardian has been a legal resident 
of Georgia for a period of at least twelve 
months immediately preceding the date ol 
registration. 

3. If a parent or legal guardian of a minor 
changes his or her legal residence to an- 
other state following a period of legal resi- 
dence in Georgia, the minor may continue 
to take courses for a period of twelve con- 
secutive months on the payment of in-state 
tuition. After the expiration of the twelve- 
month period, the student may continue his 
or her registration only upon the payment oi 
fees at the out-of-state rate. 

4. In the event that a legal resident of Georgia 
is appointed as guardian of a nonresident 
minor, such minor will not be permitted to 
register as an in-state student until the ex- 
piration of one year from the date of court 
appointment, and then only upon a proper 
showing that such appointment was not 
made to avoid payment of the out-of-state 
fees. 

5. Aliens shall be classified as nonresident stu- 
dents provided, however, that an alien who 
is living in this country under an immigration 
document permitting indefinite or permanent 
residence shall have the same privilege ol 
qualifying for in-state tuition as a citizen ot 
the United States. 

6. Waivers: An institution may waive out-of- 
state tuition for: 

(a) nonresident students who are finan- 
cially dependent upon a parent, parents 
or spouse who has been a legal resi- 
dent of Georgia for at least twelve con- 
secutive months immediately 
preceding the date of registration; pro- 
vided, however, that such financial de- 
pendence shall have existed for at least 
twelve consecutive months immediately 
preceding the date of registration. 

(b) international students, selected by the 
institutional president or his authorized 
representative, provided that the num- 
ber of such waivers in effect does not 
exceed one percent of the equivalent 
full-time students enrolled at the insti- 
tution in the fall quarter immediately 
preceding the quarter for which the out- 
of-state tuition is to be waived. 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



39 



(c) full-time employees of the University 
System, their spouses, and their de- 
pendent children. 

(d) full-time teachers in the public schools 
of Georgia or in the programs of the 
State Board of Technical and Adult Ed- 
ucation and their dependent children. 
Teachers employed full-time on military 
bases in Georgia shall also qualify for 
this waiver; 

(e) career consular officers and their de- 
pendents who are citizens of the foreign 
nation which their consular office rep- 
resents, and who are stationed and liv- 
ing in Georgia under orders of their 
respective governments. This waiver 
shall apply only to those consular offi- 
cers whose nations operate on the prin- 
ciple of educational reciprocity with the 
United States. 

(f) military personnel and their dependents 
stationed in Georgia and on active duty 
unless such military personnel are as- 
signed as students to System institu- 
tions for educational purposes. 

(g) students who are legal residents of out- 
of-state counties bordering on Georgia 
counties in which an institution of the 
University System is located and who 
are enrolled in said institution. 

tesidency Reclassification 

A student is responsible for registering under 
e proper residency classification. A student 
assified as a nonresident who believes that he/ 
ie is entitled to be reclassified as a legal resi- 
st may petition the Registrar for a change in 
atus. The petition must be filed no later than 
<ty (60) days after the quarter begins in order 
r the student to be considered for reclassifica- 
on for the quarter. If the petition is granted, re- 
assification will not be retroactive to prior 
jarters. The necessary forms for this purpose 
e available in the Registrar's office. 

tudent Housing 

To secure housing, students must send a 
00.00 deposit with their housing application. 
3fer to the housing contract for specific terms 
id conditions. 

The fee for double occupancy is $520.00 and 
)65.00 for single occupancy per quarter. 



Food Service 

All students who reside in the dormitory must 
purchase a 5-day, 15-meal plan at the current fee 
of $430.00 per quarter. 



Other Special Costs 

APPLICATION FEE $10.00 

Must accompany initial application. Acceptance 
of application fee does not constitute acceptance 
of the student. Non-refundable. 
ATHLETIC FEE $38.50/qtr. 

All students pay each quarter. 
EXIT EXAM FEE 

Fees are announced in test bulletins. 
GRADUATION FEE $30.00 

Payable by each candidate for graduation when 
graduation application is submitted two quarters 
prior to graduation. If candidate is receiving a 
second degree at the same graduation ceremo- 
nies, an additional $5.00 is due. The full $30.00 
is charged for a second degree awarded at a 
subsequent graduation ceremony. A fee of 
$15.00 is charged for each replacement diploma. 
HEALTH PROFESSIONS DEPOSIT $50.00 
Reserves a seat in appropriate health program, 
payable upon application to program. 
LATE REGISTRATION FEE $25.00 

Non-refundable fee charged to students who reg- 
ister after the registration period. 
STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE $1 9.50/qtr. 

All students pay each quarter. 
TRANSCRIPT FEE, OFFICIAL 1 free, $2.00 

each additional 
Unofficial transcripts for academic advisement 
and schedule planning will be issued at no 
charge. 

Music Fees 

Applied music courses consist of one twenty- 
five minute private lesson per week (Music 130) 
or a fifty minute private lesson per week (Music 
140, 240, 340, 440). A special fee of $44.00 is 
charged for students enrolled in Music 130. A 
special fee of $88.00 is assessed for Music 140- 
440 to music majors enrolled for less than 12 
hours and to students who are not music majors. 
Music majors may enroll, at no charge, for one 
applied music course from Music 140-440. Ad- 



40 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ditional applied music courses will be assessed 
a special fee at the non-music major rate. 

The applied music fee is refundable only if the 
student does not meet the first scheduled lesson. 

Summary of Fees* 

Matriculation, per quarter $ 413.00 

Student Activity, per quarter $ 19.50 

Athletic, per quarter $ 38.50 

Total for Georgia Residents.... $ 471 .00 

Out-of-State Tuition, per quarter $ 826.00 

Total for Non-Residents $ 1 ,297.00 

Matriculation Part-Time Students, 

per quarter hours $ 34.00 

Non-Resident Tuition, Part-Time 

Students, 

per quarter hour (in addition to 

Matriculation Fee) $ 68.00 

*The fees shown are for the 1990-91 academic 

year and are subject to change. 

Graduate fees are listed in the Graduate Catalog. 

Short Courses 

Fees are announced for each quarter when the 
course is scheduled by the college. Students who 
formally withdraw from a short course or confer- 
ence iip to twenty-four hours prior to the first 
class meeting will receive a full refund of fees 
paid. No refunds will be made for withdrawals 
after the first class meeting. Fees paid for 
courses or conferences cancelled by the Coastal 
Georgia Center for Continuing Education will be 
refunded 100%. Refund checks will be mailed ap- 
proximately four weeks after the approved with- 
drawal form is received by the Business Office. 

Refunds 

Refunds of tuition and fees will be made only 
upon written application for withdrawal from 
school in the Office of Student Affairs. No refunds 
will be made to students dropping a course. Stu- 
dents who formally withdraw during the registra- 
tion period and the first week of classes are 
entitled to a refund of 80% of the fees paid for 
that quarter. Students who formally withdraw dur- 
ing the second week of classes are entitled to a 
refund of 60% of the fees paid for that quarter. 
Students who formally withdraw during the third 
week of classes are entitled to a refund of 40% 
of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who 



formally withdraw during the fourth week 
classes are entitled to a refund of 20% of the fe 
paid for that quarter. Students who withdraw aft 
the fourth week of classes will be entitled to i 
refund of any part of the fees paid that quart< 
The refund schedule for the Summer Quarter 
printed in the Summer Quarter Schedule 
Classes. Refund checks will be mailed appro 
mately four weeks after the withdrawal form is r 
ceived by the Business Office. Students who ha 
classes cancelled by the College and do not su 
stitute comparable classes will receive refunds f 
the applicable fees. 

Military reservists recalled to active duty shot 
contact the Business Office for refund inform 
tion. 

Refunds of dormitory fees and deposits wiil t 
made only upon approval of the Director of Hou 
ing in the Office of Student Affairs. A dorm e 
form must be completed by a dorm resident a 
sistant or other housing official. Approved refun< 
will be mailed approximately four weeks after tl 
exit form is received by the Business Office. 

Financial Obligations 

Any student delinquent in the payment of ai 
financial obligation to the college will have grac 
reports and transcripts of records encumbere 
Grade reports and transcripts will not be r 
leased, nor will the student be allowed to regis! 
at the college until all financial obligations e 
met. 

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full 
the time of registration. 

Students whose checks are returned unpaid 
their bank will be notified by the Business Offi 
to come in and pay for the check and a servi 
charge of $20.00 or five percent of the chec 
whichever is greater. Student checks for tuiti 
and fees will be assessed the service charge pi 
the late registration fee. 

Financial Aid 



Governing Principles 

Armstrong State College subscribes to 1i 
principle that the primary purpose of a studd 
financial aid program is to provide financial <■,< 
sistance to students who without such assistar i 
would be unable to attend college. The prim J 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



41 



esponsibility for financing a college education is 
he inherent obligation of the student and/or fam- 
ly. Financial assistance from Armstrong State 
College should be viewed as supplementary to 
he efforts of the student and/or family. An as- 
sessment of parental ability to contribute toward 
he student's educational expenses is made by 
he College Scholarship Service so that neither 
he parent, the student, nor Armstrong State Col- 
sge will be required to bear an undue share of 
he financial responsibility. 

General Information 

Student financial aid is awarded to eligible stu- 
lents on the basis of need in nearly all cases 
xcept scholarships which have been provided by 
lonors for the purpose of recognizing academic 
•romise or achievement. The determination of 
eed is provided for Armstrong State College stu- 
ents through the use of the Financial Aid Form 
r AF) and the College Scholarship Service which 
rocesses this form. The process involves an 
!naiysis of the data provided by the student's 
limily or, if independent, by the student. This 
malysis is sent to the Office of Student Financial 
id where it is compared with the cost of edu- 
ation for the appropriate classification of stu- 
\en\. If the analysis shows that the family 
;ontribution or self contribution is less than the 



ost of education, financial need has been estab- 



shed. The Office of Student Financial Aid has the 

jjgal right to challenge information provided on 

le Financial Aid Form if, in the opinion of the 

,iancia! aid officer, that information appears to 

e inaccurate, incorrect, or misleading. 

{ !n general, students who enter the College at 

,ie beginning of the Fall Quarter have a greater 

,pportunity to receive financial assistance than 

,iose who enter later in the academic year. The 

wards processing time usually runs from May 1 

) August 31 . It is during this period that the Office 

f Student Financial Aid distributes its yearly al- 

>cation of funds to students who have completed 

*ie process cycle. In the event that there is a 

nortage of funds, students who are eligible for 

nancial aid but whose applications were late will 

e placed on a waiting list until such time as funds 

.ecome available. 

. Students are eligible to apply for financial as- 
[ stance provided that: (1) the student meets the 
jjquirements pertinent to the program(s) from 
hich assistance is sought; and (2) the student 



has been admitted to the college or is enrolled in 
good standing and is making satisfactory aca- 
demic progress. Students who are classified as 
Transient, Continuing Education, or Exchange are 
not eligible for financial aid. Students are required 
to adhere to all regulations and requirements of 
the program from which they receive assistance 
and to notify the Office of Financial Aid of any 
change in status which may affect their eligibility 
for aid. 



Application Information 

An applicant for student financial aid must: 

1. Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at 
College; 

2. Obtain, complete, and submit a Financial Aid 
Form (FAF) to the College Scholarship Serv- 
ice by May 31 preceding the next academic 
year. 

3. Submit a PELL GRANT Student Aid Report 
to the Office of Student Financial Aid by May 
31 preceding the next academic year. 

4. Complete an Armstrong Application for Fi- 
nancial Aid. 

5. Submit a copy of the student's and parent's 
(if dependent) Income Tax returns from the 
previous year, if requested. 

It may be necessary to complete additional 
forms depending on a student's year in school, 
major course of study, and/or eligibility for a par- 
ticular program. Applications for financial assis- 
tance must be repeated annually. Most student 
financial aid awards are for the entire academic 
year, with payments made to the student in equal 
quarterly installments. 

The minimum number of quarter hours for 
which a student financial aid recipient may enroll 
per quarter varies from program to program. 
Some require at least 12 hours per quarter (full- 
time status). Most programs require that the stu- 
dent be enrolled at least half-time, taking 6 or 
more quarter hours. 

Students applying for financial aid, whether el- 
igible or not, who do not meet or adhere to the 
above requirements will not be considered for fi- 
nancial aid. It is the responsibility of the parents 
and/or student to determine that all pertinent in- 
formation and data have been obtained and are 
located in the Office of Student Financial Aid to 
assure a complete and accurate awarding of fi- 
nancial assistance. 



42 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



When the student has received acknowledge- 
ment from the College Scholarship Service that 
the Financial Aid Form (FAF) has been sent to the 
College and the student has delivered the PELL 
Grant Student Aid Report (SAR) and the Arm- 
strong Application for Financial Aid, the Office of 
Student Financial Aid will send the student a ten- 
tative award notice. The student should schedule 
an appointment with a financial aid officer. The 
officer will discuss the student's financial aid 
package, and a final award letter indicating the 
type of award (s) and amount(s) will be proc- 
essed. 

Students who submit the PELL Grant Student 
Aid Report only will not be considered for any 
other type of financial assistance awarded for the 
College. 

Transfer Students 

In addition to the above requirements for all 
financial aid students, transfer students are re- 
quired to submit a complete Financial Aid Tran- 
script from the financial aid office of each 
institution of higher education previously attended 
whether or not aid was received. No awards will 
be made until these documents have been re- 
ceived by the Office of Student Financial Aid. 

Types of Aid 

Grants — Awards that students are not 
required to repay. 

Pell Grants are federal grants based on need. 
Pell Grants are awarded to eligible undergraduate 
students. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants (SEOG) are federal grants awarded to un- 
dergraduates who exhibit exceptional financial 
need. 

Georgia Student Incentive Grants are state 
grants awarded to full-time undergraduate stu- 
dents who are legal residents of Georgia. 

Loans — Money that students borrow and 
repay with either cash or service. 

Stafford Loans are available through local 
lending institutions and state agencies. Repay- 
ment begins after the student leaves school. 

Georgia Service-Cancellable Guaranteed 
Student Loans are offered for certain "critical" 



health and teaching fields. These loans are repa 
by service in Georgia after graduation. 

PLUS/SLS Loans are available to indepen 
ent students and the parents of dependent st 
dents regardless of need. The maximum id 
amount is, $4,000 per year. 

Institutional Short-term Loans are availab 
to students for a maximum of 60 days. The* 
loans are used primarily to assist students wi 
the payment of tuition and fees. These loans a 
available to eligible students for a maximum 
$300. Other requirements concerning short-ter 
loans are available in the Office of Student Fina 
cial Aid. 

Employment 

The College Work Study Program provide 
on-campus employment for eligible undergrad 
ate students. These awards are based on nee 

Institutional Work Study positions are offers 
on a limited basis to students with specific skill 
These awards are not based on need. 

Scholarships 

The following list includes many of the sch( 
arships available to Armstrong students. This li; 
ing is intended for reference only and is not 
exhaustive source Of all funds available. 
ASC Alumni Association Scholarship: Op 
to all full-time students. Participation in civic a 
campus organizations, financial need, and ac 
demic standing are considered. For additional 
formation, contact the Alumni Office. 
ASC Alumni Association Entering Freshm 
Scholarship: Full scholarship for full-tir 
freshmen with combined SAT of 1000 or 3.0 GF 
For additional information, contact the Alumni ( 
fice. 

Savannah Jaycees: Full scholarship for fi 
time Chatham County residents. Civic and co 
munity involvement, financial need and acader 
standing are considered. For additional inforrr- 
tion, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
American Assn. of University Women: Oper ) 
older women in non-traditional fields with a :> 
GPA, who are Chatham County residents. Ford 
ditional information, contact the Financial Aid 1 
fice. 

Auxiliary to Georgia Medical Society: F| 
time Chatham County nursing student with h I 
academic standing (3.0 GPA or above). For it. 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



43 



itional information, contact the Financial Aid Of- 
;e. 

Illy Bond Memorial Scholarship: Open to 
I students with 3.0 GPA. Civic and community 
volvement are considered. For additional infor- 
laticn, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Ilzabeth Wilmot Bull Scholarship: Offered 
/ the Council on Auxiliaries of the Georgia Hos- 
tal Association. Students in the two and four 
jar nursing programs who are Georgia residents 
■e eligible to apply. For additional information, 
Dntact the Financial Aid Office. 
hemlstry & Physics Faculty Scholar- 
rilp: Open to all students. Academic standing 
considered. For additional information, contact 
e Chemistry & Physics Department. 
Ivitan Club of Savannah Scholar- 
ilp: Open to all students with a documented 
indicap or disability (to include learning disabil- 
ss). Students planning careers working with the 
sabled will also be considered. Contact the Fi- 
incial Aid Office for more information. 
oss E. Clark Scholarship: Full-time student 
ajoring in Political Science with an overall 3.0 
PA, or entering freshman with 1200 SAT. For 
Jditional information, contact Professor Gross, 
story Department. 

Doper Scholarship: Open to al! undergrad- 
ite females and majors (except law, theology, 
id medicine) based on financial need. Requires 
average and good standing. Application dead- 
e April 15. For additional information, contact 
'St Union Bank. 

5C Engineering Society Scholarship: Full- 
ie sophomore and junior engineering students, 
75 GPA and active member of Engineering So- 
3ty. For additional information, contact the 
lemistry & Physics Department. 
5C Freshmen Engineering Scholar- 
lip: Entering freshmen with engineering ma- 
r. For additional information, contact the 
1 lemistry & Physics Department. 
)astal Empire Pathology Services Scholar- 
ilp: Full-time Medical Technology senior. For 
1 ditional information, contact the ASC Medical 
chnology Department. 

ary Howden Gibson Memorial Scholar- 
lp: Sponsored by the Candler Hospital Aux- 
,ry. Students in the allied medical field who have 
', least a 3.0 GPA are eligible to apply. For ad- 
^onal information, contact the Financial Aid Of- 
e. 



Curtis G. Hames Nursing Scholarship: BSN 

Nursing scholarship for full-time junior, senior, 
and graduate students with C or higher average. 
Residents of Southeast Georgia. Financial need 
is considered. For additional information, contact 
Georgia Southern College Foundation, Inc. 
Sarah Mills Hodge Memorial Scholar- 
ship: Awarded to full-time Chatham County stu- 
dents for scholastic merit. Requires 3.0 GPA. For 
additional information, contact the Financial Aid 
Office. 

Memorial Medical Center Auxiliary Nursing 
Scholarship: ADN or BSN. Georgia resident 
with 2.5 high school GPA and + 750 SAT scores. 
If already a nursing student, must have at least 
2.5 GPA. For additional information, contact 
Memorial Medical Center. 
Kiwanis Memorial Educational Fund: Full- 
time entering freshmen. High achievers. For ad- 
ditional information, contact Office of Admissions. 
Menzel-Magnus Award for Scholarship in 
Criminal Justice: Awarded to Criminal Justice 
senior with highest academic average. For addi- 
tional information, contact the Department of 
Government. 

Paderewski Scholarship/Loan Pro- 
gram: Dental Hygiene. Must be Georgia resi- 
dent. Financial need is considered. For additional 
information, contact the Dental Hygiene Depart- 
ment. 

Savannah Foods and Industries Engineering 
Scholarship: Awarded to engineering students 
with demonstrated academic potential. Contact 
the Director of Engineering Studies. 
Savannah Pathology Laboratory Scholar- 
ship: Full-time Medical Technology senior. For 
additional information, contact the ASC Medical 
Technology Department. 
Anthony Porter Scholarship: Academic 
standing, civic and community involvement are 
considered. For additional information, contact 
the Financial Aid Office. 

Savannah Scholarship for Radiologic Tech- 
nologists: Full-time freshman or sophomore 
Radiologic Technology major with 2.0 GPA. For 
additional information, contact the Radiologic 
Technology Department. 
Solomon's Lodge: Full-time students in top 
30% of class and 900 SAT. Civic and community 
involvement and financial need are considered. 
For additional information, contact Solomon's 
Lodge No. 1 . 



44 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Regents Scholarship: Georgia residents in 
the top 25% of their class. For additional infor- 
mation, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Regents Opportunity Grants Pro- 
gram: Offered to graduate students. Georgia 
residents. Financial need is considered. For ad- 
ditional information, contact the Financial Aid Of- 
fice. 

Rotary Club of Savannah Scholarship: Full- 
time students with 3.0 GPA. For additional infor- 
mation, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Savannah Volunteer Guards Scholar- 
ship: Full-time freshmen with high school GPA 
of 3.0 and 1000 SAT. Recipient must take three 
quarters of military science for duration of schol- 
arship. For additional information, contact the Fi- 
nancial Aid Office. 

Ty Cobb Scholarship: Students must have 
completed 45 hours with B average and be Geor- 
gia residents. For additional information, contact 
the Financial Aid Office. 

Wine & Spirits Wholesalers of Georgia Schol- 
arship Foundation: Full-time students, aca- 
demic standing (3.0 GPA), civic and community 
involvement and financial need are considered. 
For additional information, contact the Financial 
Aid Office. 

WOW - Women of Worth: Full-time student 
who is an active WOW member. For additional 
information, contact the Psychology Department. 



Government Benefits 

Social Security provides monthly benefits to 
children when a parent dies, starts receiving So- 
cial Security retirement, or starts receiving disa- 
bility benefits. Because of changes in the law, 
students should contact the Social Security Office 
concerning eligibility. 

The Georgia Vocational Rehabilitation Pro- 
gram provides financial assistance for the appli- 
cant who possesses an impairment which would 
prove to be a vocational handicap. Students who 
think that they may qualify under this program 
should contact the Vocational Rehabilitation Cen- 
ter. Applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabil- 
itation or other community agencies must apply 
at least six weeks before the beginning of any 
quarter to insure proper processing of applica- 
tions. 



Veterans Benefits 

V.A. Educational Benefits may be used fc 
study at Armstrong. Contact the Office of Finar 
cial Aid and Veterans Affairs for specific instruc 
tions on application procedures. 

Satisfactory Academic 
Progress 

The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amende 
by Congress in 1980, mandates that institutior 
of higher education establish minimum standarc 
of "satisfactory progress" for students receivin 
financial aid. To receive financial aid at Am 
strong, a student must both maintain a satisfac 
tory grade point average and be makin 
satisfactory academic progress as outlined b( 
low. These requirements apply to the followin 
programs: Pell Grant, Supplemental Education. 
Opportunity Grant, College Work Study, Guarar 
teed Student Loans, PLUS Loans, Georgia Incer 
tive Grant, and other State Student Incentiv 
Grants. 

It is the student's responsibility to read and ui 
derstand Armstrong's policy regarding Standarc 
of Academic Progress. Failure to understand ar 
adhere to these policies will result in a studenl 
ineligibility for aid. 

(1) Students must earn the following minimu 
number of hours each academic year (f 
through spring quarters) depending up' 
their enrollment status: 

(a) Full-time students - 36 hrs. per ac 
demic year (12 hrs per quarter) 

(b) 3/4 time students - 27 hrs. per acaderr 
year (9 hrs. per quarter) 

(c) 1/2 time students - 1 8 hrs. per acaderr 
year (6 hrs. per quarter) 

Students whose enrollment status vari 
during the year should follow the que 
erly requirements listed above. For ( 
ample, a student who enrolls full-time t 
first two quarters but only 3/4 the thl 
quarter would be required to complete . ; 
hours (12 + 12 + 9 = 33). 

Student records will be checked eei 
year for compliance at the end of sprij 
quarter. Students who are not meeti) 
the above requirements will be cons- 
ered ineligible for further aid until the i- 
propriate number of hours are earnec 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



45 



(2) 



(3) 



Grade of A.B.C.D, and P will be consid- 
ered as credits earned. F.I.W.WF, and U 
will not be considered as credits earned. 
Students who are enrolled full-time will be 
expected to complete their degree within five 
years. No students will be eligible for aid if 
they have attempted 225 hours or more. Stu- 
dents are therefore cautioned against re- 
peating too many courses. 
In addition to earning an appropriate number 
of hours per year, students must maintain 
the following grade point average. 



RS ATTEMPTED 


REQUIRED GPA 


0-15 


1.3 


16-30 


1.4 


31 -45 


1.5 


46-60 


1.6 


61 - 75 


1.7 


76-90 


1.8 


91 - 120 


1.9 


121 - over 


2.0 



Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 GPA to 

emain eligible for aid. 

(4) Students who are enrolled in the Develop- 
mental Studies program will follow the reg- 
ulations of that program. Students will be 
required to meet all Satisfactory Progress 
regulations upon completing the require- 
ments of the Developmental Studies Pro- 
gram. Suspension from Developmental 
Studies makes a student ineligible for further 
aid. 



(5) Transfer students must be in good standing 
to receive the initial disbursement of aid. 
Credit hours attempted at other institutions 
will be considered in the 225 hour maximum. 
Other Satisfactory Progress calculations will 
consider only the student's academic record 
at Armstrong State College. 

Reinstatement of Aid 

The reinstatment of aid is dependent on the 
availability of funds. 

(1) Students whose aid is terminated because 
they failed to earn the required number of 
hours may request their aid be reinstated 
once they earn the required number of 
hours. These hours may be earned during 
the summer or during the following year. The 
student is not eligible for aid during these 
"catch up" quarters. 

(2) Students whose aid is terminated due to in- 
sufficient GPA or standing may request their 
aid be reinstated once they have attended 
at least one quarter at full-time status and 
receive at least a 2.0 GPA. The student must 
also meet the GPA requirements listed 
above. 

Appeal of Aid Suspension 

Students who feel that they can demonstrate 
mitigating circumstances which affected their ac- 
ademic progress may make an appeal to the 
Dean of Academic and Enrollment Services. 



46 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 




48 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Academic Advisement 

All students are required to participate in the 
advisement system at Armstrong State College. 
The Vice President and Dean of Faculty gives 
overall direction to the advisement program, with 
the appropriate department heads coordinating 
advisement activities with the various depart- 
ments. Academic advisement is available as fol- 
lows: 

1 ) The Advisement Center — Second floor, Lane 
Library 

*AII undecided majors 

*AII students with CPC deficiencies in sci- 
ence, social science, or foreign language. 

*Please come to the Advisement Center for 
an appointment. 

2) The Developmental Studies Office— Memo- 
rial Center Annex 

*AII students with CPC deficiencies in math 
and English. 

*AII students currently enrolled in a Devel- 
opmental Studies class. 

*Contact the Developmental Studies Depart- 
ment to make arrangements for advisement. 

3) Departmental Offices 

*AII students who have declared a major or 
who have selected a pre-professional pro- 
gram. 

*Appointments are to be made with depart- 
mental advisors. 

English Composition and 
Mathematics Requirements 

See English Composition and Mathematics Re- 
quirements in the Degree Requirements Section 
of this catalog, where important requirements are 
outlined for entering students. 

State Requirement in History 
and Government 

See State Requirement in History and Govern- 
ment in the Degree Requirements Section of this 
catalog. 

Course and Study Load 

The normal course load for full-time students is 
1 5-1 8 quarter hours including a course in physical 
education during the freshman and sophomore 
years. 



A full-time student is defined as one who i 
registered for 12 or more hours. A part-time stu 
dent is one registered for fewer than 12 quarte 
hours. A student should plan about ten hour 
preparation per week for each 5 quarter hoi 
course. 

Classification of Students 

A student who has earned fewer than 4i 
quarter hours will be classified as a freshmar 
between 45 and 89 a sophomore; between. 9i 
and 134 as a junior; and 135 or more as a senioi 

Overloads and Courses at 
Other Colleges 

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarte 
hours will be granted by the Registrar to a stu 
dent: 

1. with an average grade of "B" for full-timi 
enrollment in the preceding quarter, or 

2. with an overall grade-point average of 3.0 c 

3. requiring an extra course in one of the tw< 
quarters prior to graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for mon 
than 21 quarter hours. A student who is on aca 
demic probation will not be permitted to registe 
for more than 18 quarter hours. Exceptions t 
these limitations may be made only by the ap- 
propriate Dean. 

A, student enrolled at Armstrong who at th 
same time takes courses for credit at another co 
lege may not transfer such credit to Armstrong 
unless written permission from the appropriat 
Dean has been obtained. 

Grade Reports 

Grade reports are issued directly to student 
at the end of each quarter. The following grade 
are used in the determination of grade-point-av 
erages: 

Grade Honor Point 

A (excellent) 4.0 

B (good) 3.0 

C (satisfactory) 2.0 

D (passing) 1.0 

F (failure) 0.0 

WF (withdrew, failing) .0.0 

The cumulative GPA is determined by dividini 
the total honor points earned by the total hour 
attempted at Armstrong State College. The ac 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



49 



jsted GPA is determined by dividing the total 
lonor points earned by the total hours attempted, 
yith hours and honor points for repeated courses 
iot duplicated in the calculation. 

Armstrong State College also uses the follow- 
ig symbols for grade reports. These symbols 
arry no honor points and are not included in the 
ietermination of either the cumulative GPA or the 
djusted GPA. 

tymbol Explanation 

W withdrew, no penalty 

I in progress or incomplete 

S satisfactory 

U unsatisfactory 

V audit 

K credit by examination 

P passing 

MR not reported 

An "I" which has not been removed by the mid- 
le of the succeeding quarter is changed to an 
F" unless the instructor recommends an exten- 
ion in writing addressed to the appropriate 
>ean. The "S" and "U" symbols may be utilized 
I completion of degree requirements other than 
cademic course work (such as student teaching, 
linical practice, etc.). A "WF" (Withdrew, Failing) 
; recorded for any student withdrawing after the 
lid-term date. Exceptions to this policy must be 
pproved by the Dean of the School in which the 
ourse is taught and will be approved only on the 
asis of hardship. Appeals for a change of grade 
lay be initiated through the head of the appro- 
bate academic department in accordance with 
le Regulations of Armstrong State College. 



Srade Appeals 



A student who contests a grade will have the 
blowing line of appeal: 

1 . The student will discuss the contested grade 
with the instructor involved. 

2. If the grade dispute remains unresolved, the 
student will meet with the department head 
and the instructor. If the grade dispute is with 
the department head, the student will meet 
with the dean of the school and the depart- 
ment head. A "memorandum for the record" 

• will be prepared which will include the sub- 
stance of the conversations during the meet- 
ing. 

3. If the grade dispute remains unresolved, the 
student will present his or her appeal in writ- 



ing to the department head or the dean of 
the school, as applicable, who will then ap- 
point a review board to hear the appeal. The 
student will initiate this step prior to midterm 
of the quarter after the grade was received 
(except if the student plans enrollment in a 
course for which the course grade being ap- 
pealed is a prerequisite -see "4" below). 

a. The review board will consist of the de- 
partment head or the dean of the 
school, as applicable, and two mem- 
bers of the department, not including 
the instructor involved. In small depart- 
ments, membership may come from 
outside the department. 

b. The review board shall hear statements 
from both the student and the instructor 
involved and will examine documents 
that are pertinent to the matter under 
review. 

c. The review board will hear the grade 
appeal and present its findings to the 
vice president and dean of faculty prior 
to the last week of the quarter. 

4. If the student plans enrollment in a course 
for which the course grade being appealed 
is a prerequisite, then the following timetable 
will be met at the first of that quarter: 

a. If a grade appeal is not resolved with 
the instructor concerned, then the stu- 
dent will file an appeal in writing with the 
department head (or the dean of the 
school if the grade dispute is with the 
department head). This step will be 
taken by the second day of the quarter. 

b. The review board to hear the appeal will 
be appointed by the third day of the 
quarter. If department members are not 
available to form a review board, the 
dean of the school, in consultation with 
the department head, will appoint a re- 
view board. 

c. The review board will hear and com- 
plete the grade appeal by the fifth day 
of the quarter, and present its findings 
to the vice president and dean of fac- 
ulty. 

d. If the appeal to the vice president and 
dean of faculty is denied, the student 
will be disenrolled from the course in 
question. 

5. If the vice president and dean of faculty den- 



50 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ies the appeal, the student may continue the 
appeal to the president. 
6. The student will have the right of appeal be- 
yond the president to the Board of Regents 
if the appeal is for non-academic reasons. 

Honors 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten 
quarter hours of course work who earn an honor 
point average of at least 3.6 will be placed on the 
Dean's List. Only course work taken at Armstrong 
will be used in the computation of Dean's List 
honors. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an 
honor point average of 3.2 through 3.499 will be 
graduated cum laude. 

Magna Cum Laude:Jhose students graduating 
with an honor point average of 3.5 through 3.799 
will be graduated magna cum laude. 

Summa Cum Laude: Those students graduat- 
ing with an honor point average of 3.8 through 
4.0 will be graduated summa cum laude. 

All work attempted at Armstrong and other ac- 
credited institutions will be considered in com- 
puting honors for graduation. 

Attendance 

The control of student attendance at class 
meetings and the effect of attendance on the 
grades in a course are left to the discretion of the 
instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing everything 
that is announced, discussed, or lectured upon 
in class as well as for mastering all assigned 
reading. A student is also responsible for sub- 
mitting on time all assignments and tests, reci- 
tations and unannounced quizzes. 

The instructor will be responsible for informing 
each class at its first meeting what constitutes 
excessive absence in that particular class. Each 
student is responsible for knowing the attendance 
regulation and for complying with it. An instructor 
may drop a student from any class with a grade 
of "W" or "WF," as appropriate, if in the instruc- 
tor's judgment the student's absences have been 
excessive. 

Academic Standing 

The college recognizes four academic cate- 
gories: Good Standing, Good Standing with 
Warning, Academic Probation, and Academic 



Suspension. Students are expected to maintair 
or exceed the grade point average (GPA) as in 
dicated in the chart below. 

Quarter Hours Attempted Required Adjusted 
at Armstrong and Elsewhere GPA 

0-15 1.3 

16-30 1.4 

31-45 1.5 

46-60 1.6 

61-75 1.7 

76-90 1.8 

91-120 1.9 

121 and over 2.0 

A student who falls below the required GPA fo 
the first time is placed on Good Standing witr 
Warning. Failure to raise the adjusted GPA to the 
required level during the next quarter will result ir 
Academic Probation. Students on Academic Pro- 
bation are not in Good Standing. If the student's 
adjusted GPA is raised to the required level, the 
student is returned to Good Standing. The sec- 
ond or any subsequent failure to meet the re- 
quired GPA will result in Academic Probation. Ir 
order to participate in extracurricular activitiesen- 
dorsed by the college, students must be in Gooc 
Standing or Good Standing with Warning. Stu 
dents under warning should plan both curricula! 
and extracurricular activities under the guidance 
of their advisors. 

Students on Academic Probation who fail t( 
achieve the required adjusted GPA, but who d« 
earn an average of at least 2.0 during the pro 
bationary quarter, will be continued on Academk 
Probation for the next quarter of attendance. Stu 
dents on Academic Probation who neithe 
achieve the required adjusted GPA nor earn a 
least a 2.0 average during the probationary 
quarter will be placed on Academic Suspensior 
from the college for one quarter. A student or 
Academic Suspension for the first time has th( 
option of attending summer school without havinc 
to appeal the suspension. However, a studen 
who fails to make satisfactory progress as a resul 
of summer school will have to appeal for read 
mission in the fall quarter. 

A student suspended for academic reasons fo 
the first or second time may appeal by letter tc 
the Committee on Admissions and Academi 
Standing. This letter should state the nature o 
any extenuating circumstances relating to the ac 
ademic deficiency, and must be delivered to the 
office of the Vice President and Dean of Faculty 



! 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



51 



io later than 9 AM of registration day. The Com- 
nittee on Admissions and Academic Standing will 
nake a recommendation to the President and the 
decision of the President is final. 

A student re-entering the college after an Ac- 
ademic Suspension is placed on Academic Pro- 
)ation and must meet the requirements listed 
above. A third Academic Suspension is final. 

Repeating Courses 

Any course may be repeated with the last 
jrade to be counted in the adjusted GPA. A stu- 
ient who repeats any course should complete a 
Notice of Course Repetition" form available in 
he Office of the Registrar. 

Dropping Courses 

A student desiring to drop a course after the 
juarter has begun must obtain a Drop-Add No- 
ice in the Office of the Registrar. The notice must 
)e signed by the instructor of the course being 
iropped and returned by the student to the Office 
)f the Registrar. 

A student who drops a course not more than 
;even class days after the course begins will re- 
heive no grade for the course. A student who 
irops a course after the first seven class days 
ind on or before the quarterly dates listed for 
i nid-terms will receive a "W" or a "WF" depend- 
ng on the status in the course. A student may 
lot drop a course without penalty following the 
Quarterly dates listed for mid-term. A student is 
hot allowed to drop ENG 025, 101, 102, or 201 
lit any time unless extenuating circumstances 
prevail. In order to drop one of these courses, the 
: irop form must be authorized by the Dean of the 
School of Arts and Sciences or a designated rep- 
! esentative. 

1 A Developmental Studies student (other than 
ihose auditing Developmental Studies courses) 
nay not drop a Developmental Studies course 
1 vithout withdrawing from the College. 



Withdrawing from College 

Any student who finds it necessary to withdraw 
rom college must begin the process in the Office 
3f Student Affairs. A formal withdrawal is required 
o ensure that the student is eligible to return to 
Armstrong State College at a future date. Any re- 



fund to which a student is entitled will be consid- 
ered on the basis of the date which appears on 
the withdrawal form. 

Medical Withdrawals 

A student may be administratively withdrawn 
from the college when in the judgment of Vice 
President of Student Affairs and the college phy- 
sician, if any, and after consultation with the stu- 
dent's parents and personal physician, if any, it 
is determined that the student suffers from a 
physical, mental, emotional or psychological 
health condition which: (a) poses a significant 
danger or threat of physical harm to the student 
or to the person or property of others or (b) 
causes the student to interfere with the rights of 
other members of the college community or with 
the exercise of any proper activities or functions 
of the college or its personnel or (c) causes the 
student to be unable to meet institutional require- 
ments for admission and continued enrollment, 
as defined in the student conduct code and other 
publications of the college. 

Except in emergency situations, a student 
shall, upon request, be accorded an appropriate 
hearing prior to final decision concerning his or 
her continued enrollment at the college. 

Auditing Courses 

A regular student wishing to audit a course 
without receiving credit must obtain permission of 
the instructor before registering for the course. 
During the registration process the student 
should request to audit. A student may not 
change from audit to credit status or from credit 
to audit status after completing the process of 
registration for a course. A student who audits a 
course will have a "V" recorded for that course. 
The regular schedule of fees applies to auditors. 
Unauthorized auditing is prohibited. 

Honor Code 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State College is 
dedicated to the proposition that the protection 
of the grading system is in the interest of the stu- 
dent community. The Student Court is an insti- 
tutional means to assure that the student 
community shall have primary disposition of in- 
fractions of the Honor Code and that students 
accused of such infractions shall enjoy those pro- 



52 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



cedural guarantees traditionally considered es- 
sential to fair and impartial hearing, the foremost 
of which is the presumption of innocence until 
guilt be established beyond a reasonable doubt. 

I. Responsibilities of students: 

All students must agree to abide by the 
rules of the Honor Code. A student shall not 
be accepted at Armstrong State College un- 
less he or she signs a statement affirming 
his understanding of this agreement. The 
Honor Code shall be printed in the official 
bulletin and Students Illustrated. 

It will be the responsibility of the Student 
Court or its designated representative to 
conduct an orientation program at the be- 
ginning of each quarter for all newly entering 
students to explain fully the Honor Code and 
to allow full discussion of its requirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with 
any matter related to the Honor Code is in- 
vited to seek assistance in the Office of Stu- 
dent Affairs. 

II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of 
two kinds: (a) general and (b) those related 
to the peculiarities of specific course-related 
problems and to the understanding of indi- 
vidual instructors. Any instructor whose con- 
ception of cheating would tend to enlarge or 
contract the general regulations defining 
cheating must explicity notify the affected 
students of the qualifications to the general 
regulations which he or she wishes to stip- 
ulate. The following will be considered gen- 
eral violations of the Honor Code. 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized 
help on any assignment, test or paper. 
The meaning of unauthorized help shall 
be made clear by the instructor of each 
class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing. Plagiarism is the unack- 
nowledged use of another's words or 
ideas. Students must be familiar with 
the explanation of plagiarism given in 
the writing handbook used in freshman 
composition classes (pp. 522 in the 
current text, Writing: A College Hand- 
book, Heffernan and Lincoln, 1986). Ig- 
norance of what constitutes plagiarism 
will not be accepted as an excuse for 
plagiarism. 



4. Giving perjured testimony before the 
Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attemption to suborn, or ir 
intimidating witnesses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violatior 
of the Honor Code. 

III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation ma; 
come to the Office of Student Affairs for as 
sistance in contacting members of the Stu 
dent Court. 

A. Self-reporting: Students who have bro 
ken the Honor Code should repor 
themselves to a member of the Studen 
Court. 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student 
who is aware of a violation of the Hono 
Code must report the matter. 

1 . Tell persons thought to be guilty tc 
report themselves to a member o 
the Student Court no later than the 
end of the next school day. After thi< 
designated time the person who \i 
aware of the violation must inform c 
member of the Student Court so tha 
the Student Court may contact th< 
accused persons if they have not al 
ready reported themselves. 

2. Report the suspected violation di 
rectly to a member of the Studen 
Court without informing the ac 
cused. 

IV. The procedural rights of the students ac 
cused of violations of the Honor Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights c 
the accused is the right to be presumed in 
nocent until proven guilty. Specific rights an 
as follows: 

1 . The accused will be notified in writing 
by the Student Court or its designatec 
representative of the nature and detail: 
of the offense with which they an 
charged along with the names of thei 
accusers and the principal witnesses t( 
be brought against them. This notifica 
tion shall occur no less than three day: 
prior to the date of the hearing. 

2. The accused has the right to counse 
of their own choosing. Such counsel wil 
not participate directly in the proceed 
ings except to advise the client. It is ex 
pected that such counsel will be drawr 
from the college community. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



53 



3. The accused and the person bringing 
the charges shall be afforded an op- 
portunity to present witnesses and doc- 
umentary or other evidence. The 
accused and any individual bringing the 
charges shall have the right to cross 
examine all witnesses and may, where 
the witnesses cannot appear because 
of illness or other cause acceptable to 
the Court, present the sworn statement 
of the witnesses. The Court shall not be 
bound by formal rules governing the 
presentation of evidence, and it may 
consider any evidence presented which 
is of probative value in the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear 
witness against themselves. The Court 
may not take the refusal of the accused 
to testify as evidence of guilt, but this 
proviso does not give the accused im- 
munity from a hearing or from recom- 
mendations reached in a hearing 
simply because the accused does not 
testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a 
complete audiotape of the hearing and 
to the record prepared by the secretary. 

6. The substantive facts of a case may be 
re-opened for consideration upon initi- 
ation of the accused acting through 
normal appeal channels. The accused 
shall not be put in double jeopardy. 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered from 
the hearing room during the course of 
a hearing. Witnesses may not discuss 
a pending case. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused will be 
allowed such observers of the hearing 
as may be commensurate with the 
space available. Otherwise, in the inter- 
ests of the right of privacy of the ac- 
cused, hearings will be private, except 
that the College may also have observ- 
ers additional to the advisors to the Stu- 
dent Court. 

V. The Student Conduct Committee, the Stu- 
dent Court and Advisors to the Student 
Court: 
A. Student Conduct Committee 

1. The Student Conduct Committee 
shall be responsible to the faculty for 
recommending policies relating to 
the Academic Honor Code and the 



Code of Conduct, for formulating or 
approving rules, enforcement pro- 
cedures, and sanctions within the 
framework of existing policies, and 
for recommending changes in the 
administration of any aspects of the 
Honor Code and the Student Code 
of Conduct. The Conduct Commit- 
tee will also interview and select 
members for the Student Court. 

2. The Committee shall consist of five 
teaching faculty members, the Vice 
President of Student Affairs and four 
students. The four students will be 
the President and Vice President of 
the Student Court, the President of 
the Student Government Associa- 
tion, and one student-at-large. The 
faculty members shall be appointed 
by the faculty in accordance with the 
faculty statutes. 

3. The Vice President of Student Affairs 
shall assist the Conduct Committee 
in the development of policy and in 
the discharge of its responsibilities. 
He or she shall coordinate the activ- 
ities of all officials, committees, stu- 
dent groups, and tribunals for 
student conduct. 

4. All regulations or rules relating to 
student conduct that are proposed 
by any College official, committee or 
student group, and for which sanc- 
tions may be imposed in the name 
of the College, must be submitted 
to the Committee for consideration 
and review prior to submission to 
the faculty and the student body. 
The Committee shall have 10 days 
in which to review the same. 

B. Student Court 

1. The Student Court will be selected 
by the Student Conduct Committee 
and will be composed of twelve stu- 
dents. Due consideration will be 
given to equitable apportionment of 
court members on the basis of ac- 
ademic class, race, and sex. Stu- 
dents on academic probation may 
not serve. All appointments will be 
issued and accepted in writing. Ap- 
pointments will be made during 
Spring Quarter in time for newly 



54 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



elected members of the Court to as- 
sume their duties by May 1 . Appoint- 
ments will be made as needed to 
keep the Student Court staffed to do 
business on a reasonably prompt 
basis. These appointments may 
constitute permanent or temporary 
replacements as the Student Con- 
duct Committee deems necessary. 

2. The Student Court will elect a Pres- 
ident, Vice President, and a Secre- 
tary from its membership. The 
President will preside at all meet- 
ings. The Vice President will assume 
the duties of the President if the 
President is absent. The Secretary 
will maintain written notes of all pro- 
ceedings and audiotape records of 
all testimony, and will maintain ex- 
hibits of evidence which by their na- 
ture may reasonably be maintained 
in the Court files. A quorum of the 
Court shall consist of seven mem- 
bers. A two-thirds majority secret 
ballot vote is required to reach a 
finding of guilty. All other questions 
may be decided by a simple major- 
ity vote. 

3. Constituency of the Student Court 
during the Summer Quarter shall in- 
clude all appointed members in at- 
tendance, and others shall be 
appointed to membership by the 
Student Conduct Committee. 

4. Student Court members shall ex- 
amine their consciences carefully to 
determine whether they can in good 
conscience serve on a panel hear- 
ing a particular case, and in the 
event that there is any doubt what- 
soever, such members shall excuse 
themselves from duty on the spe- 
cific panel in question. 

C. Advisors to the Court 

1 . An advisor and an associate advisor 
to the Student Court shall be ap- 
pointed by the President of the Col- 
lege. 

2. Ordinarily the advisor will serve in 
that office for one year only and usu- 
ally will be succeeded in that posi- 
tion by the associate advisor. 
Therefore, after the initial appoint- 
ments, only an associate advisor will 
ordinarily be appointed each year. 



The succession of an associate tc 
the advisor position is deemed tc 
occur on the last day of Sprihc 
Quarter. If, for any reason, the ad 
visor is unable to complete his o 
her term, the associate adviser shal 
x succeed to the office of advisor anc 
another associate advisor shall be 
appointed by the above procedures 
If, during the Summer Quarter, nei 
ther advisor is on campus, a tern 
porary advisor will be appointed. 
3. Duties of the advisor and the as'so 
ciate advisor: It shall be the duty o 
the advisor to consult with the Cour 
and to offer advice to the Presiden 
and members of the Court on sub 
stantive and procedural questions 
The advisor, or the associate ad 
visor in the event the advisor is un 
able to attend, shall be present at a 
meetings and hearings of the Court 
The advisor may not vote or partic 
ipate directly in the conduct at hear 
ings before the Court excep 
through the chair, or acting chair, c 
the Court. The advisor should b< 
governed at all times by the principli 
that a hearing before the Studer 
Court is primarily a matter of studer 
responsibility. 
VI. Procedures and Penalties adopted by th. 
Student Court. 

■ The Student Court shall formulate its owi 
bylaws governing internal organization am 
procedure. Such bylaws must be consister 
with the Honor Code. 

A. Hearings shall be called by the Cour 
President to be held on a date not les: 
than three nor more than ten class day: 
after notice to the accused as providec 
in Section IV-2. Exceptions to these 
time requirements may be granted. 

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the 
Court shall make a recommendation tc 
the Vice-President of the College as tc 
the administrative action it deems ap 
propriate within the following limitations 
1. A minimum penalty shall be loss o 

assignment or test credit for the as 
signment or test for violations in- 
volving cheating as specified ir 
Section II, subsections 1, 2, and 3 
Additional penalties such as repri- 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



55 



mands, suspension, or others may 
be recommended for any aspects of 
Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense 
of any type shall be suspension for 
a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second of- 
fense may be suspension for three 
years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the ac- 
cused will be informed of the Court's 
finding, and its recommendation to the 
Vice President/Dean of Faculty. If the 
finding is guilty, the accused will be in- 
formed that the Court may reopen the 
case with the consent of the accused 
for good cause, within a three week pe- 
riod. 

D. The Vice President/Dean of Faculty will 
inform all involved persons in writing of 
the action taken in view of Court rec- 
ommendation. The Court Secretary will 
post public notice of the Vice Presi- 
dent's action by case number without 
identifying the accused. 

/!l Appeals of Findings and Penalities: 

Should students have cause to question 
the findings of the Court or the action of the 
Vice President of the College or both, they 
have the right to appeal. The channels of 
appeal are as follows: 
A. Court findings and/or the administrative 
action of the Vice President of the Col- 
lege may be appealed within five days 
by writing the President of the College. 
Further appeal procedures will conform 
to the appeal procedures of the College 
and of the Policies of the Board of Re- 
gents, University System of Georgia. 
VIII. Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of responding to 
reported infractions of the Honor Code, the 
Student Court is ultimately responsible to the 
President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will be 
accomplished ordinarily through the Vice 
President for Student Affairs and the Advi- 
sors. 

In accordance with Article VI, Section F, of 
the College Statutes, the Vice President for 
Student Affairs will provide general supervi- 
sion of the Student Court and will provide 



other guidance or services as directed by 
the President of the College. 
IX. Revision of the Honor Code will require con- 
firmation by the majority vote of those faculty 
and student body members voting. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

General 

Degree Requirements 

1 . Each student is responsible for fulfilling the 
requirements of the degree program chosen 
in accordance with the regulations of the col- 
lege catalog. 

2. Exceptions to course requirements for a de- 
gree are permitted only with the written ap- 
proval of the appropriate Dean, upon the 
recommendation of the department or divi- 
sion head. However, all exceptions to the 
core curriculum requirements must have the 
approval of the Vice President and Dean of 
Faculty. 

3. A student will normally graduate under the 
catalog in effect at the time of admission to 
the College. In the School of Health Profes- 
sions, a student will graduate under the cat- 
alog in effect at the time of admission or 
readmission (whichever is more current) to 
a particular Health Professions program. In 
the Division of Education, a student will grad- 
uate under the catalog in effect at the time 
of admission to the teacher education pro- 
gram. Armstrong State College, however, re- 
serves the right to change any provision 
listed in this catalog, including but not limited 
to academic requirements for graduation, 
without actual notice to individual students. 
If students have been absent from the Col- 
lege for two or more consecutive years, they 
should expect to meet all requirements in 
effect at the time of return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may consist of 
courses taken by correspondence, exten- 
sion, or examination. No correspondence 
courses may be used to meet the require- 
ments in the major field or related fields for 
the Bachelor's degree or in English com- 
position or foreign language. No corres- 



56 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



pondence courses may be taken while a stu- 
dent is enrolled, without prior approval of the 
appropriate Dean and the head of the de- 
partment in which the student is majoring. 

5. By State law, each student who receives a 
diploma or certificate from a school sup- 
ported by the State of Georgia must dem- 
onstrate proficiency in United States History 
and Government and in Georgia History and 
Government. A student at Armstrong State 
College may demonstrate such proficiency 
by: 

A. Examinations. For U.S. and Georgia 
Government — CLEP: American Gov- 
ernment; for U.S. and Georgia His- 
tory—the relevant CLEP, Advanced 
Placement Test, or College Board Ad- 
missions Testing Program Achievement 
Test. 

B. Credit in certain courses. For U.S. and 
Georgia government - Political Science 
113; for U.S. and Georgia History - His- 
tory 251 or 252 or any upper division 
course in U.S. History. 

6. To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a 
student must earn at Armstrong at least 45 
quarter hours of credit applicable toward the 
degree. Additionally, the student must com- 
plete successfully at Armstrong at least half 
of the upper division credits required in the 
major field of study. For students in teacher 
education programs, the major field of study 
is the teaching field. For the Associate De- 
gree, the student must complete at least 45 
quarter hours of course work at Armstrong 
State College. Armstrong students enrolled 
in the cooperative degree programs with Sa- 
vannah State College in Business Education 
may be exempted from these requirements 
by a recommendation of the Head of the Di- 
vision of Education, concurrence by the Ed- 
ucation Curriculum Committee and approval 
of the Committee on Academic Standing. 

7. For graduation the student must earn an 
overall average of 2.0 or better considering 
work taken at all colleges, computed in such 
manner that a course will be counted only 
once, regardless of the number of times that 
it has been repeated. The grade earned in 
the last attempt will determine the number 
of honor points assigned for graduation. Ad- 



ditionally, the student must earn a GPA c 
2.0 or better in each of the following: 

A. All work at Armstrong 

B. All courses in the major field. 

8. To qualify for a second Armstrong baccalau 
reate.degree, a candidate must earn at Arm 
strong at least 45 additional hours of credi 
and meet all qualitative requirements for th< 
degree. 

9. Before a degree will be conferred student: 
must pay all fees and must submit to thi 
Registrar a completed Application to 
Graduation two quarters before graduatior 
A candidate for a degree, unless excused ii 
writing by the President, Vice President an( 
Dean of Faculty, Vice President of Studen 
Affairs, or Dean of Academic and Enrollrnen 
Services, must attend the graduation exer 
cises at which a degree is to be conferred 

10. All students must successfully complete th< 
Regents' Test and must take an Exit Exam 
ination in their major field as may be stipu 
lated as requirements for graduation 
Candidates for a second baccalaureate de 
gree are exempted from the Regents'Tes 
requirement. 



Core Curriculum Requirements 

Each unit in the University System of Georgi 
requires as a Core Curriculum for all baccalai 
reate degree programs the following minimur 
number of quarter hours in the major areas c 
study. 

Hour 

Area I 

Humanities, including, but not limited to, 
grammar & composition & literature 2i 

Area II 

Mathematics & the natural sciences, 
including, but not limited to, 
mathematics and a 10-hour sequence of 
laboratory courses in the biological or 
physical sciences 2( 

Area III 

Social Sciences, including, but not limited 
to, history & American government 2( 

Area IV 

Courses appropriate to the major field of 
the individual student 3i 

TOTAL 9( 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



57 



n addition to the University System Core Curric- 
jlum requirements as outlined above, Armstrong 
5tate College requires six quarter hours in phys- 
ical education as part of all baccalaureate degree 
)rograms. 

ioals for the Core Curriculum 

The core curriculum is the heart of undergrad- 
late education at Armstrong. The following is a 
;tatement of the goals that all students should 
ichieve once they have completed their core 
:ourses. It defines what the college expects of its 
;tudents and what it tries to accomplish in its gen- 
ial education courses. 

What does it mean to be an educated human 
leing? The fundamental goals of all education are 
wo-fold: the inculcation of a body of knowledge 
\nd values, and development of the skills nec- 
essary to acquire and judge them. The areas of 
he core curriculum address these goals by ask- 
ng and exploring the following questions. 

^rea I: How do human beings define 
heir humanity? In what works and by what 
neans have we most fully expressed our hu- 
nanity? How do we judge these? 

The courses in this area seek to give students 
in appreciation and understanding of human cul- 
ure and expression, developing their aesthetic, 
naginative, empathetic, and intellectual powers. 
I n addition, these courses propose to instruct stu- 
ients in the methods and language of scholarly 
ind critical discourse. 

The objectives of these courses are to help stu- 
dents 

-Read and write effectively 

— Conduct library research with efficiency and 
integrity 

-Support and defend an interpretation by 
gathering information, reasoning from it, 
generalizing and reaching conclusions 

-Develop a vocabulary to discuss the ele- 
ments of one of the arts 

-Express an understanding of one of the arts 
in critical essays 

-Demonstrate an understanding of the rela- 
tionship between art and culture 

*rea II: What Is the relationship between 
human beings and the universe? How do 

-ve use its resources wisely? What is the ap- 
oropriate language to use in discussing and 
modeling the natural phenomena that we 



observe? How do we build conceptual 
models of our own? 

The courses in this area have the common ob- 
jective of increasing the students' ability to un- 
derstand and participate in scientific and 
technical discourse by providing the student with 
some of the specific knowledge of mathematics 
and natural sciences that is presumed in that dis- 
course. 

In addition to knowledge-based objectives, the 
courses have the additional objectives of helping 
students to 

— Acquire skills in observing natural phenom- 
ena, thereby increasing understanding of the 
universe 

— Develop an understanding of the scientific 
method and its impact on modern thought 

-Develop skills in reading and understanding 
quantitative, scientific, and technical infor- 
mation 

-Acquire skills in extracting the essence of a 
problem from its verbal statement and ap- 
plying the appropriate scientific and mathe- 
matical tools to solve the problem 

Area III: What are the relationships be- 
tween human beings and their institu- 
tions? 

The courses of this area seek to give students 
a comprehension of human behavior and insti- 
tutions as these merge from social and historical 
relationships. In addition, they propose to instruct 
students in the basic language and methods of 
social, political, and historical discourse and to 
inculcate a sense of openness and tolerance that 
comes from the examination of diverse values 
and perspectives. 

The objectives of these courses are to help stu- 
dents 

-Demonstrate a comprehension of social re- 
lationships and institutions and their devel- 
opment 
-Communicate with clarity about social rela- 
tionships and institutions and their develop- 
ment 

— Identify basic features of human social rela- 
tionships and problems 

— Develop competence in regard to making 
positive contributions toward solving social 
problems 



58 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



— Demonstrate an understanding of both the 
uniqueness of individuals and the complexity 
of collective human experience as perceived 
through history and the social sciences 

Requirements 

The student in any baccalaureate degree pro- 
gram at Armstrong State College must complete 
the following specific Core Curriculum require- 
ments. Consult the relevant departmental section 
for a complete statement of degree requirements 
for a specific program. Certain courses in the 
Core Curriculum may be exempted with credit 
awarded. See Credit by Examination in the Ad- 
missions Section of this catalog. 

Hours 

Area I 

Humanities 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292. . . 15 
One of the following courses: 

ART 200, 271 , 272, 273, MUS 200, 

PHI 201, ENG 222 5 

Area II 

Mathematics & the Natural Sciences .... 20 
One course from MAT 101, 103, 
or 206, and an additional 
course from MAT 103, 195, 

206, 207,220, or 290 10 

One of the following course sequences: 
BIO 101 or 102 
CHE 121, 122 
CHE 128, 129 
PHY 211, 212 
PHY 217, 218 

PHS121, 122 10 

Area III 

Social Sciences 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: 

PSY 1 01 , SOC 201 , ANT 201 , ECO 

201 or 202, GEO 212 5 

Area IV 

Courses Appropriate to the Major Field. . . 30 
Art 

ART 111, 112, 201, 202, 213 25 

MUS 200 5 

Art Education 

ART 111, 112, 213 15 

EDN 200, 201 10 

PSY 101 5 



Biology 
SCI and/or MAT electives (100-200 

level) or any foreign language 1 

CHE 128, 129 1 

BOT 203 and ZOO 204 1 

Biology Education 

CHE128 

EDN 200, 201 1 

PSY 101 

BOT 203 

One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 

228 

Business Education 

MAT 220 

EDN 200, 201 1 

PSY 101 

HIS 251 or 252 

Chemistry* 

CHE 128, 129, 211 1 

MAT 206 . . . .' 

PHY 213 or 219. . 

One course selected from: 
Computer Science, Mathematics or 

Natural Science 

Chemistry Education 

BIO 101, 102 1 

EDN 200, 201 1 

PSY 101 

One course selected from: ART 200, 
271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 
Computer Science 

CS 142,231,242 1 

MAT 206, 207, 260 1 

Criminal Justice 

CJ 100, 103, 210, 280, 290 ..... . 2 

One course selected from: ANT 201 , 
ECO 201, 202, DRS 228, PSY 101, 

SOC 201 

HIS 251 or 252 

Dental Hygiene Education 

BIO 101, 102 1 

CHE 121, 122 1 

DRS 228 

PSY 101 

Drama/Speech 

Any foreign language 101, 102, 103, 

and 201 2 

DRS 227 and 228 1 

Early Elementary Education 

EDN 200, 201 1 

DRS 228 

GEO 211 or 212 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



59 



HIS 251 or 252 5 

PSY 101 5 

English 

Any foreign language 101, 102 103, 

201 20 

CS 115, and one of the following: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, PHI 

201, ENG222 10 

English Education 

Any foreign language sequence . ... 15 

EDN200, 201 10 

PSY 101 5 

3eneral Studies 

Two courses selected from: ART 200, 

. 271 , 272, 273, ENG 222, MUS 200, 

PHI 201, any two foreign language 

courses through 200 level 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

' One or two course selected from: 
ANT 201, CS "115, 120, 142 ECO 
201, 202, PSY 101, SOC 201 . . . .5-10 
One or two courses selected from: 
BIO 101, 102, BOT203, CHE 121, 
122, 128, 129, 201, 202, 211, PHY 
211, 212, 213, 217, 218, 219, PHS 
121, 122, ZOO 204, 208, 209. . . .5-10 
Health and Physical Education 

EDN 200,' DRS 228, PSY 101 15 

PE 117, PEM 250, 252; H.S. 261, 262 15 
Health Science 

HS 100, 230 10 

DRS 228, HIS 251 or 252 10 

PSY 101 5 

PEM 252 10 

History 

Any foreign language 102, 103 .... 10 

HIS 251, 252 10 

Two courses selected from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201 , GEO 211,212, MAT 220, 

PSY 101, SOC 201 10 

Mathematical Sciences 

CS 142 5 

MAT 206, 207 10 

Two of the following 10 

MAT 208; CS 242, 260 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Mathematics Education 

EDN 200, 201 10 

• MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

PSY 101 5 

Medical Technology 

BIO 101 5 

ZOO 208 5 

A foreign language sequence is recommended. 



Electives in Biology, Chemistry and/or 

Computer Science 20 

(Must contain at least 1 Biology or Zo- 
ology course which completes a 10 
hour sequence, and 1 Chemistry 
course.) 

Middle School Education 

DRS 228 5 

EDN 200, 201 10 

GEO 211 or 212 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

PSY 101 5 

Music* 

MUS (Theory) 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 

213 18 

MUS (Applied) 140, 240 12 

Music Education 

EDN 200, 201 10 

MUS 111, 112, 113, 140 15 

PSY 101 5 

Nursing 

BIO 210 5 

PSY 295 5 

SOC 201 5 

ZOO 208, 209, 215 15 

Physical Science 

PHY 211, 212, 213 or 

PHY 217, 218, 219 15 

MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

Political Science 

Any foreign language sequence 
101, 102, 103, orCS 115, 142, and 

231 15 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

ECO 201, GEO 111, HIS 251 or 252, 
PSY 101, SOC 201 10 

Psychology 

ANT 201 5 

BIO 101, 102 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

CS 115 5 

PSY 101 5 

Social Science Education - History 

EDN 200, 201 10 

One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 

273. DRS 228, MUS 200 5 

Approved language sequence through 
103 15 

Social Sciences Education - Political Science 

EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, 

GEO 212 5 

Approved electives 15 



60 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Social Work (major is under de-activation) 

HIS 252 5 

SOC 201 5 

SW 250 5 

Any foreign language sequence 101, 
1 02, 1 03 or PHI 201 , ANT 201 , and one 
five hour social science elective (100- 

200 level) 15 

Speech Correction 

PSY 101 5 

EDN200, 201 or PSY 201 10 

HIS 251 Or 252 5 

One course from: ART 200, 271 , 272, 

273, MUS 200, DRS 228 5 

PSY 295 5 

Trade and Industrial Education 

DRS 228 5 

EDN 200 5 

PSY 101 5 

TIE 100, 200, 210 15 

Area V 
Physical Education Requirements 
PE 103 or 108, and 117 or 166 .... 3 
(Student should check his program of 

study.) 
Three courses selected from: PE 100, 
101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 109, 
200, 201, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 
208, 209. 

MIL 203, 206 3 

(If MIL 203 is elected, total hours total four.) 
Total Core Curriculum Hours 96-97 

Students should complete all core curriculum 
requirements during their freshmen/ 
sophomore years. 



Regents' Testing Program 

Each institution of the University System of 
Georgia shall assure the other institutions, and 
the System as a whole, that students obtaining a 
degree from that institution possess certain min- 
imum skills of reading and writing. The Regents' 
Testing Program has been developed to help in 
the attainment of this goal. The objectives of the 
Testing Program are: (1) to provide Systemwide 
information on the status of student competence 
in the areas of reading and writing; and (2) to 
provide a uniform means of identifying those stu- 
dents who fail to attain the minimum levels of 
competence in the areas of reading and writing. 



Students enrolled in undergraduate degre< 
programs leading to the baccalaureate degrei 
shall pass the Regents' Test as a requirement fo 
graduation. Students must take the Test in th< 
quarter after they have completed 60 quarte 
credit hours if they have not taken it previously 
Each institution shall provide an appropriate pro 
gram of remediation and shall require student 
who have earned 75 quarter credit hours an< 
have not passed the Test to enroll in the appro 
priate remedial course or courses until they pas; 
the Test. Students with 60 or more college-leve 
credit hours transferring from System program: 
that do not require the Regents' Test or from in 
stitutions outside the System shall take the Tes 
no later than the second quarter of enrollment ii 
a program leading to the baccalaureate degrei 
and in subsequent quarters shall be subject to a 
provisions of this policy. 

The Regents' Test is not a requirement for ai 
Associate of Applied Science Degree or an As 
sociate of Science degree in an allied health fielc 
although institutions may choose to require thi 
Test for these degrees. (Armstrong State Col 
lege has chosen to require the Test of al! un 
dergraduates who have not earned ; 
baccalaureate or higher degree regardless o 
degree objective.) 

A student holding a baccalaureate or highe 
degree from a regionally accredited institution c 
higher education will not be required to completi 
the Regents' Test in order to receive a degrei 
from' a University System institution. 

The Chancellor will issue administrative pro 
cedures for the operation of the Regents' Testinc 
Program. (A copy of Regents' Testing Progran 
Administrative Procedures is available from th< 
Office of Student Affairs, Room 1 1 , Administratioi 
Building.) 

According to "Regents' Testing Progran 
Administration Procedures" institutions may in 
crease requirements related to the Regents' Test 
ing Program "provided that such increasec 
requirements are authorized by the Chancello 
and ... published in the official catalog of the in 
stitution prior to implementation." 

Regents' Test: 

Administration and Remediation 

Requirements 

Students attending Armstrong State College 
are urged to take the Regents' Test during thei 
first quarter of enrollment after the quarter ir 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



61 



which the 45th credit hour is earned. For the pur- 
Dose of enforcing Regents' Testing Program Pol- 
cy, enrolled students are identified by computer- 
Drinted notices on end-of-quarter grade reports 
and transfers through the processes of admission 
and transcript evaluation. Students register for the 
rest at the Office of Student Affairs within the publ- 
icized test registration period. 

Students who neglect to take the Regents' Test 
jntil their first quarter of enrollment after the 
quarter in which the 60th credit hour is earned 
nay be barred from all phases of registration until 
after Test scores are posted. 

Regardless of credit hours earned, students 
vho do not pass the Regents' Test may be re- 
quired by Armstrong State College to take re- 
nedial courses before they retake the Regents' 
"est. In accordance with Regents' Testing Pro- 
gram Policy, students who have not passed the 
"est and who have earned 75 quarter hours must 
ake remedial courses, whether or not they have 
tttempted the test. 

Students who fail the reading portion of the Re- 
lents' Test and who have less than 75 hours 
;arned with an adjusted GPA of 2.5 or better may 
ippeal the requirement for Developmental Stud- 
as Reading 025 (Developing Reading Maturity) 
d the Dean of Academic and Enrollment Serv- 
es. 

Students who fail the essay portion of the Test 
nd have less than 75 hours earned with an ad- 
jsted GPA of 3.0 or better and a 3.0 or better in 
aquired core courses in English may appeal the 
aquirement for English 025 (Composition Re- 
iew) to the Head of the Department of Lan- 
uages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 



tegents' Test: 

ipecia! Categories of Students 

Students whose native language is not English 
tust take the reading component of the Regents' 
est, but may take a college examination to certify 
ompetence in writing. The college equivalent of 
ie essay component of the Regents' Test is ad- 
linistered on the same date as the reading com- 
onent of the Test. International students are 
llowed two hours for each test. 

Students who are handicapped may request 
dditional time for the Regents' Test. 



Regents' Test: 
Essay Review 

Students may request a formal review of failure 
on the essay component of the Regents' Test if 
the essay received at least one passing score 
and the review is initiated by mid-term of the first 
quarter of enrollment following testing and no 
more than one year from the quarter in which the 
failure occurred. Only reviews processed In 
the first two weeks of a quarter will be an- 
swered before the next Regents' Test. Stu- 
dents may initiate an essay review at the Office 
of Student Affairs. 

Regents' Test: 

Health Professions Program 

Requirement 

Before a student in a Health Professions pro- 
gram may enter his/her last quarter, he/she must 
have passed the Regents' examination. 

Physical Education 
Requirements 

All students who are enrolled in baccalaureate 
degree programs for ten or more quarter hours 
on the daytime schedule must adhere to Arm- 
strong Core Curriculum Area V requirements. Any 
student who holds a valid life saving certificate 
and/or a valid water safety instructor certificate 
and/or passes the Armstrong swimming test may 
be exempted from PE 103 or PE 108. Physical 
education is not required of anyone who is be- 
yond the age of 25 at the time of initial matricu- 
lation at Armstrong or of anyone enrolled primarily 
in evening classes. 

Students should check their program of study 
for P.E. 117 and/or 166 requirements. 

English and Mathematics 
Placement 

During the initial quarters of enrollment at Arm- 
strong State College, students must enroll in the 
appropriate sequence of English composition 
courses until the sequence has been completed 
and/or the Regents' Test has been passed. Stu- 
dents must not delay this sequence beyond their 
second quarter of attendance. For assistance in 
identifying the appropriate English composition 



62 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



courses, students should consult advisors in the 
departments of their declared majors or the Of- 
fice of Admissions, or the Department of Lan- 
guages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. See 
Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts De- 
partment for further information. 

The College reserves the right to place stu- 
dents in appropriate English and mathematics 
courses in the core curriculum. Diagnostic tests 
are administered for this purpose. 

State Requirement In 
History and Government 

By State law, each student who receives a di- 
ploma or certificate from a school supported by 
the State of Georgia must demonstrate profi- 
ciency in United States History and Government 
and in Georgia History and Government. A stu- 
dent at Armstrong State College may demon- 
strate such proficiency by: 

A. Examinations. For U.S. and Georgia Govern- 
ment -CLEP: American Government; for 
U.S. and Georgia History-the relevant 
CLEP, Advanced Placement Test, or College 
Board Admissions Testing Program 
Achievement Test. 

B. Credit in certain courses. For U.S. and Geor- 
gia government - Political Science 113; for 
U.S. and Georgia History - History 251 or 
252 or any upper division course in U.S. His- 
tory. 

Requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Science 
Degrees 

Requirements for each major program leading 
to the degree of Bachelor of Arts with a major in 
Art, English, History, Music, Political Science, Psy- 
chology, or to the degree of Bachelor of Science 
with a major in Biology, Chemistry, Computer Sci- 
ence, or Mathematical Sciences are described in 
the appropriate departmental listing. For the BA 
and the BS degrees, a minimum of 185 quarter 
hours, exclusive of the required physical educa- 
tion courses, is required for graduation. An exit 
exam is also required. 

Each student in one of these major programs 
must complete the 90-hour core curriculum re- 



quirement as listed above, along with the 6-hou 
Physical Education requirement. 

Students will not be allowed to take senior dl 
vision courses in the major field unless they have 
a minimum grade of "C" in all prerequisite 
courses in that field. No major program in a de 
partment will require more than 60 quarter hour; 
at all levels in the major field; however, the de 
partment may recommend up to 70 quarte 
hours. 

For its major program, a department will require 
from 15 to 30 quarter hours of specific course! 
or approved elective courses in related fields anc 
may require language courses reaching the de 
gree of proficiency specified by the department 
Total requirements in the major and related fields 
may not exceed 85 quarter hours. 

Each BA or BS degree program, except those 
designed for Dental Hygiene, Medical Technol 
ogy, Nursing and teacher.certification, wiil include 
a minimum of 15 hours of electives approved fo 
credit within the Armstrong State College curric 
ulum. 

Associate Degree 
Requirements 

Each associate degree program includes a; 
part of its curriculum the following: 

ENG 101, 102. .' 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

POS 113 5 

One five hour course selected from 
Areas I, II, or III of the Baccalaureate 

Core 5 

Three PE credit hours . 3 

TOTAL 28 
Students in associate degree programs are re 
quired to complete successfully the Regents' Ex 
amination and may be required to take an Exi 
Examination in the appropriate area of concentra 
tion. 

Numbering System for 
Courses 

In the course listing to follow, there appea 
three numbers in parentheses after each course 
title. The first number listed indicates the numbe 
of hours of lecture; the second number listed in 
dicates the number of hours of laboratory; the 
third number listed indicates the number o 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



63 



quarter hours of credit carried by the course. The 
letter "V" represents variable hours. 

Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional 
credit only and may not be applied to a degree 
program. Courses numbered 100-199 are gen- 
erally planned for the freshman year; courses 
numbered 200-299 for the sophomore year; 
courses numbered 300-399 for the junior year 
and courses numbered 400-599 for the senior 
year. 

Courses taken to fulfill core curriculum require- 
ments may not be used to meet other require- 
ments of a degree program. 

Lettering System for Course 

In the course listings given in the Armstrong 
Core Curriculum requirements and in the depart- 
mental curricula which follow, there appear two 
or three letters preceding a three digit number, 
"ollowing is an exhaustive list of all abbreviations 
jsed for course designation purposes. 

<\CC = Accounting (SSC) 

UJT = Anthropology 

^RT = Art 

^ST = Astronomy 



3E 


= Business Education (SSC) 


3AD 


= Business Administration (SSC) 


3IO 


- Biology 


30T 


= Botany 


3SN 


= Baccalaureate Nursing 


:j 


= Criminal Justice 


^S 


= Computer Science 


:he 


= Chemistry 


)H 


= Dental Hygiene 


)RS 


= Drama and Speech 


DSE 


= Development Studies English 


)SM 


= Dev. Studies Math 


)SR 


= Dev. Studies Reading 


•CO 


= Economics 


:DN 


= Education 


: .GR 


= Engineering 


•NG 


= English 


: .NT 


= Entomology 


;xc 


= Exceptional Children 



FLM 
FRE 

GEL 
GEO 
GER 

HE 
HS 
HIS 



Film 
French 

Geology 

Geography 

German 

Health Education 
Health Science 
History 



JRN = Journalism 

LM = Library Media 

LS = Library Science 

LAT = Latin 

LIN = Linguistics 

MT = Medical Technology 

MAT = Mathematics 

MET = Meteorology 

MIL = Military Science 

MSN = Nursing (Master's) 

MPS = Museum/Preservation Studies 

MUS = Music 

NSC = Naval Science 

NUR = Nursing (Associate) 

OAD = Office Administration (SSC) 

OCE = Oceanography 

PA = Public Administration 

PE = Physical Education 

PEM = Physical Education Major 

PHI = Philosophy 

PHS = Physical Science 

PHY = Physics 

POS = Political Science 

PSY = Psychology 

RT = Respiratory Therapy 

RAD = Radiologic Technologies 

SOC = Sociology 

SPA = Spanish 

ZOO = Zoology 



5- ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



DEGREE PROGRAMS 



yg State Colteca are zasented in this catalog by school, by de 
e:e s :'ca- aa; ~:z :.■ : = :-:: s aa:- ac~ - s:a'ac c. a caa- 
•e: :. adMskxi head and :• : no -^-school affiliated departments 
oJ and division are I isted below: 



School of Arts and Sciences 

Degree Departmen 

- : : : : a:a : --.$ Interdepartmentc 

I ._: :e 3c. a — a- 

Eac~ac : • -- = 

-~ Art and Musi 

Z -a~a S : aa : - Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Art 

E-g s- Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Art 

- r.c~ ... - s:c r 

Music Art and Musi 

-: :a ::e _ :e , 3c. 5 — an 

~s : _ : cr. Psycholog 

Ea:~a c r 3a~a-a S _c as InterdepartmentE 

Eacac c" _i : Ec -ca:c~ Art anc Mus 



>©gy Biolog 

a~ =:'. Chemistry a' : Physic 

-c-:a- Sce-ca 7a:-a~a: :s a-: 3c~c:a' 1: a~: 

--5 ._- :a 3:. a — a' 

----- :a Bca-cas Mathematics and Computer S: enc 

. s : a i : a - : a Chemistry and Physic 

\ a ' c * - ". 3 

:c Histot 



3: .a — a 



School of Health Professions 

Degree Departmei 



Dental 

-sscc a:a Eacaa \y 

-a: :cc: ~ac"-c 

Respiratory There 

Health Scfc 

Dental Hygier 

Medical Technoloc 

Ea::a a-'aa:a '.- r s r 

Heaith Scienc 

. . . Baccalaureate Nursir 



iouthem University in affiliation with Armstrong Stale 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORV-" ON 



85 



Division of Physical Education and Athletics 



:.a E=j: 



Division of Education 



■: z~ 



-". Ea_:a: : 
V_s : E:_: 
5aee:~ ::• 
Z're- lea/ae 

""e-vs " 
~ Z'ZVZ ~z 



2-e~ s:*\ z~z i~ - s:c- '. 

- :~e -~s a": S: e-:es s: - 
r' Ec-:a: r 
E5' . E 5~e-:=-.. Ea_:a: :~ 
K'aae S:~cc Ecca: a~ 
Se::-aa~.. Ea_:a: :~ 

E~g s" 

.•: :s 

:a:a~ 
S:: a 5:„aes 
S:e: a E:_:a: :~ 
Ee~a. r r sccc'S 
ar :es 
5 ■; — ;•- ^a~a„aaf r a:~: ;;. 



:_:a: z~ 

Education (History) 

E:_:a: :~ r : :a S: e~:a 
~z-~e --::'a~s 



: - - t : :- 



Ea_;a* : ~ 
E z _ z-~ z~ 
E : _ : a ' : ~ 
E 

Ea_:.a: :•- 
E:_:=- :~ 

- z _ :a* : ~ 
E : _ : a' : ~ 

E:_ : ?.' :~ 

~ z _ r a* r ~ 
E z . ra" r ~ 



. — -.__.-_ 



r : - : a 


;~ 


_ 




^w .JwCl 


. 



Dflered in conjunction witt* E 

3-aa_a:e :';:t"s aa :~ef a a 
: ea? 



66 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 




68 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



General Information 

The development of graduate education at 
Armstrong State College is linked to a history of 
graduate course offerings in Savannah which has 
involved several institutions of the University Sys- 
tem of Georgia. Prior to 1968, only off-campus 
extension courses from the University of Georgia 
and other institutions were offered in Savannah. 
In the summer of 1968, Savannah State College 
began offering courses in residence for their new 
master's degree in elementary education. This 
program was accredited by the Southern Asso- 
ciation of Colleges and Schools and was ap- 
proved by the Georgia State Board of Education. 

In the Fall of 1971, Armstrong State College 
and Savannah State College joined efforts to offer 
a joint program of graduate work. The combined 
faculties, library holdings, and facilities of the Col- 
leges made possible the expansion of the grad- 
uate program to include a Master of Business 
Administration Degree Program; to add second- 
ary options in the Master of Education degree 
program; and to supersede most of the off-cam- 
pus courses offered in Savannah by other insti- 
tutions. This Joint Graduate Studies Program of 
Savannah State College and Armstrong State 
College was fully accredited by the Southern As- 
sociation of Colleges and Schools, with its degree 
programs in education approved by the Georgia 
State Department of Education. 

Effective Fall of 1979, the Joint Graduate Stud- 
ies Program was terminated by action of the 
Board of Regents, and Armstrong was authorized 
to continue its graduate offerings with a signifi- 
cant modification. All business administration 
programs, courses, and faculty were transferred 
to Savannah State College, and simultaneously, 
all teacher education programs, courses, and 
faculty were transferred to Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

In Winter of 1981 , the Master of Health Science 
program was established. In Fall of 1981, the 
Master of Science degree with a major in Criminal 
Justice was approved by the Board of Regents. 
The graduate course work for the M.S. in Criminal 
Justice Program was initiated in the Fall quarter 
1982. Specialist in Education Degree programs 
in Elementary, Special, and Secondary Education 
were offered from Fall 1984 through Fall 1988. 
The graduate program leading to an M.A. in His- 
tory was initiated in the Spring quarter 1985. 



Georgia Southern College, located in State 
boro, became Georgia Southern University 
July 1, 1990. Effective July 1, 1990, Armstro 
State College and Savannah State College, be 
located in Savannah, were designated "A unit 
the University System of Georgia and affiliate 
Georgia Southern University." Each instituti 
has maintained its autonomy as an undergrac 
ate college but participates in the graduate a 
research activities with Georgia Southern Univ 
sity. All undergraduate degrees will be award 
by the college; all graduate degrees will 
awarded by the university. 

The following degrees are authorized by t 
Board of Regents for Georgia Southern Univers 
in affiliation with Armstrong State College and S 
vannah State College: 

A. Georgia Southern University in affiliation w 
Armstrong State College 

1 . Master of Arts - History 

2. Master of Education 

3. Master of Health Science 

4. Master of Science - Criminal Justice 

5. Master of Science in Nursing 

B. Georgia Southern University in affiliation w 
Savannah State College 

1 . Master of Business Administration 

2. Master of Public Administration 

3. Master of .Social Work 

C. Georgia Southern University (Statesbc 
campus) 

' 1 . Master of Arts 

2. Master of Business Administration 

3. Master of Education 

4. Master of Fine Arts 

5. Master of Public Administration 

6. Master of Recreation Administration 

7. Master of Science 

8. Master of Science for Teachers 

9. Master of Science in Nursing 

10. Master of Technology 

1 1 . Education Specialist Degree 

12. Doctor of Education Degree in coo 
eration with the University of Georgia 

Admission to Graduate Study 

Application-Admission Procedures 

1 . As of July 1 , 1990 students will apply for £ 
mission to Georgia Southern University. 

2. The student may obtain application materi; 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



69 



at any one of the three institutions (Arm- 
strong State College, Georgia Southern Uni- 
versity, Savannah State College). 

3. The student may submit his/her application 
to the Associate Graduate Dean at any one 
of the three institutions. The Associate Grad- 
uate Dean will forward the application to the 
GSU Graduate Office in Statesboro. 

4. Students are responsible for submitting all 
official records and papers to the GSU Grad- 
uate School office in Statesboro. 

5. A copy of the completed application will be 
sent from GSU to the graduate office at ASC 
(Criminal Justice, Education, Health Science, 
History, and Nursing) or SSC (Business 
Administration, Public Administration, and 
Social Work). A copy of the completed ap- 
plication will be forwarded by that graduate 
office to the appropriate graduate faculty at 
that institution for review. 
The program admissions committee will then 
make a recommendation to the Vice Presi- 
dent and Dean for Graduate Studies and Re- 
search at GSU. 

The final admission decision and student no- 
tification will be made by the Vice President 
and Dean for Graduate Studies and Re- 
search of GSU. 

inancial Aid Programs 

Georgia Southern University in affiliation with 
mstrong State College and Savannah State 
nllege offers a comprehensive program of fi- 
ncial aid for students who, without such aid, 
>uld be unable to continue their education, 
rough this program, an eligible student may re- 
ive various forms of financial aid. Application 
d filing dates vary for financial aid programs, 
■r additional information and applications 
?ase contact the following office: 
financial Aid Office 
Armstrong State College 
11935 Abercorn Street 
Savannah, Georgia 31419-1997 
1912) 927-5272 



>plication Information 

An applicant for student financial aid must: 

. Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the 
institution. 



2. Obtain, complete, and submit a Financial Aid 
Form (FAF) to the College Scholarship Serv- 
ice by May 31 preceding the next academic 
year. 

3. Submit a PELL GRANT Student Aid Report 
to the Office of Student Financial Aid by May 
31 preceding the next academic year. 

4. Complete an Application for Financial Aid. 

5. Submit a copy of the student's and parent's 
(if dependent) Income Tax returns from the 
previous year, if requested. 

It may be necessary to complete additional 
forms depending on a student's year in school, 
major course of study, and/or eligibility for a par- 
ticular program. Applications for financial assis- 
tance must be repeated annually. Most student 
financial aid awards are for the entire academic 
year, with payments made to the student in equal 
quarterly installments. 

The minimum number of quarter hours for 
which a student financial aid recipient may enroll 
per quarter varies from program to program. 
Some require at least 10 hours per quarter (full- 
time status). Most programs require that the stu- 
dent be enrolled at least half-time, taking 5 or 
more quarter hours. 

Students applying for financial aid, whether el- 
igible or not, who do not meet or adhere to the 
above requirements will not be considered for fi- 
nancial aid. It is the responsibility of the parents 
and/or student to determine that all pertinent in- 
formation and data have been obtained and are 
submitted in the Office of Financial Aid to assure 
a complete and accurate awarding of financial 
assistance. 

When the student has received acknowledge- 
ment from the College Scholarship Service that 
the Financial Aid Form (FAF) has been sent to the 
College and the student has delivered the PELL 
Grant Student Aid Report (SAR) and the Appli- 
cation for Financial Aid, the Office of Financial Aid 
will send the student a tentative award notice. 

Transfer Students 

In addition to the above requirements for all 
financial aid students, transfer students are re- 
quired to submit a complete Financial Aid Tran- 
script from the financial aid office of each 
institution of higher education previously attended 



70 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



whether or not aid was received. No awards will 
be made until these documents have been re- 
ceived by the Office of Financial Aid. 

Scholarships 

Contact the A.S.C. Financial Aid Office for in- 
formation about scholarships for which graduate 
students can apply. 

Assistantship Programs 

Persons holding assistantships and teaching 
fellowships are expected to render certain service 
to the institution. The head of the school, division, 
or administrative office to which the student is 
assigned will outline the required duties. Students 
are generally expected to work fifteen hours per 
week. 

A graduate assistant must register for and earn 
credit for ten quarter hours of graduate course 
work leading to the degree during each quarter 
in which he or she holds the assistantship. 

Applications for graduate assistantships may 
be obtained from the A.S.C. Graduate Office. 



program moves into its second decade with a 
earned reputation for instructional quality and cu 
ricular innovation. 

Program Objectives 

1. To provide graduate-level education fc 
professional criminal justice policy maker 
and policy makers in related fields in ord< 
to stimulate professionalization within th 
criminal justice system. 

2. To produce scholars prepared to meet th 
challenges of the future in research an 
teaching. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission, each student will b 
assigned an advisor. The student should met 
with that advisor as soon as possible thereafte 
to establish a proposed approved program c 
study. Although the advisor will assist the studer 
in all ways reasonable and appropriate, it is ir 
cumbent upon all newly-admitted graduate sti 
dents to accept personal responsibility fc 
knowledge of and full compliance with all pre 
gram requirements. 

Transfer of Courses 



GRADUATE DEGREE 
PROGRAMS 

Program information for the five degrees au- 
thorized by the Board of Regents for Georgia 
Southern University, in affiliation with Armstrong 
State College, is as follows. 



Transfer of graduate coursework into the pn 
gram is covered by University policies and re* 
ulations. As many as two graduate courses M 
10 quarter hours or 6 semester hours) may t 
accepted and applied toward a student's. pr»| 
gram of study, contingent upon consistency wi 
University policies and regulations and formal a 
proval by the student's advisor. 

Degree Requirements 



Master of Science in Criminal 
Justice 

Program Description 

Introduction 

Georgia Southern University, in affiliation with 
Armstrong State College, offers a program of 
study leading to the Master of Science degree in 
Criminal Justice. One of only three in Georgia, the 



The M.S. degree in Criminal Justice requin 
completion of 60 quarter hours of approwj 
coursework. For an integral culminating expe 
ence in the program, the student will have tl 
option of either writing a thesis or carrying out j 
field practicum. 

Capstone Examination 

I 

Each thesis candidate, in addition to product 
a written thesis acceptable to his or her theJ 
committee, must successfully field questio 
from the committee in a formal oral thesis cl 
fense. Each nonthesis candidate must pass 






GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



71 



written comprehensive examination and, if re- 
hired by the program faculty, a follow-up oral 
jxamination. 

Admissions Criteria/Process 

ntroduction 

While an undergraduate degree in criminal jus- 
ce is not a prerequisite to admission, newly-ad- 
litted students must be deemed adequately 
repared for graduate study in this essentially 
lultidisciplinary area. Therefore, students who 
ick the necessary background, most notably in 
le social and behavioral sciences, may be re- 
uired to complete additional undergraduate 
oursework. 
egular Admission 

Students must have earned a minimum of 2.5 
idergraduate G.P.A. on all work attempted dur- 
g the last 90 quarter hours or 60 semester 
Durs, and in addition must present a minimum 
:ore of either: 

1 . 900 (Verbal and Quantitative) on the General 
Test of the Graduate Record Examination 
(GRE); or, 

2. 51 on the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). 

rovisional Admission 

Students unable to meet either or both of the 
3gular Admission requirements may be consid- 
ed for Provisional Admission if either: 

I. the undergraduate grade point average (last 
90/60 hours)multiplied by 100 and added to 
the GRE score (verbal and quantitative) 
equals or exceeds 1050; or, 

I the undergraduate grade point average (last 
90-/60 hours) multiplied by 100 and added 
to the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) score mul- 
tiplied by 10 equals or exceeds 650. 

In no event may the undergraduate G.P.A. (last 
)/60 hours) be less than 2.2 or the test score 
bmitted for determination of admission be less 
an 750 (verbal and quantitative) on the GRE or 
' on the MAT. 



CJ 801 , Advanced Research Methods in 

Criminal Justice 
CJ 805, Administration and Management 

for Criminal Justice 
CJ 817, Ethics for professionals in 

Criminal Justice 

B. Required Option 10 

1. CJ 890 and 891, Practicum (option to 
include requirement of Comprehensive 
Examination); or, 

2. CJ 895, Thesis (option to include 
requirement of formal thesis defense). 

C. Area of Concentration 30 

1 . Law Enforcement 

CJ 809, Police Problems and Practices 
CJ 823, Selected Topics in Policing, and, 
Four additional elective courses 
approved by the adviser; 
or 

2. Corrections 

CJ 810, Institutional Incarceration and 

Treatment 
CJ 812, Seminar in Community 

Treatment and Services 
CJ 824, Selected Topics in Corrections, 
and, 

Three additional elective courses 
approved by the adviser; 
or 

3. Generalist (concentrates on 
interconnections) 

One course in Law Enforcement (CJ 809 

or 823) 

One course in Corrections (CJ 810, 812, 

824, or 853, Correctional Counseling 

One course in Law & Courts (CJ 804, 

Law and Social Control, CJ 816, Criminal 

Process, CJ 822, Topics in Law and 

Courts, or CJ 850, Special Problems in 

Criminal Law) 

Three additional elective courses 

approved by the adviser. 

TOTAL 60 



ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASTER OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JSTICE 



Required Courses 

CJ 800, Seminar in Justice 
Administration 



Hours 

. . 20 



The Courses 

All program courses comprise 5 quarter hours 
each, unless otherwise noted. All former ASC 
courses in this nonduplicated program had been 
numbered at the 700-level prior to incorporation 
into the GSU graduate curriculum; former num- 
bers of the three former GSC courses incorpo- 



72 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



rated as GSU M.S. in CJ program courses are 
noted individually below. 
CJ 800 Seminar in Justice Administration 
CJ 801 Advanced Research Methods in 

Criminal Justice 
CJ 804 Law and Social Control 
CJ 805 Administration and Management for 

Criminal Justice 
CJ 809 Police Problems and Practices 
CJ 810 Institutional Incarceration and Treatment 
CJ 812 Seminar in Community Treatment and 

Services 
CJ 816 Criminal Process 
CJ 817 Ethics for Professionals in Criminal 

Justice [new course, part of Program Core] 
CJ 822 Selected Topics in Law and Courts 
CJ 823 Selected Topics in Policing 
CJ 824 Selected Topics in Corrections 
CJ 850 Special Problems in Criminal Law [GSC 

course no. was also 850] 
CJ 853 Correctional Counseling [GSC course 

no. was 653] 
CJ 890 Practicum (I) 
CJ 891 Practicum (II) 
CJ 895 Thesis (10 credits total) 
CJ 899 Selected Topics in Criminal Justice 

[GSC course no. was 799] 

Master of Education 



The program in Business Education in Savar 
nah is a combined effort between Armstrong an 
Savannah State Colleges. 

The program in Speech/Language Pathology i 
described in the G.S.U. Graduate Bulletin. Pleas 
contact the Dean of Education at G.S.U. for fu 
ther information. 



Admission Criteria 



The admission criteria for M.Ed, programs < 
Georgia Southern University are as follows. Ther 
are three specific levels of criteria establishec 
These criteria closely coincide with Board of Re 
gents established criteria, although they excee 
Board of Regents criteria in some cases. Th 
three levels include: regular admission, whic 
means unlimited access to coursework; prov 
sional admission, which is an admission of a pre 
bationary nature allowing 15 hours of work to t 
done to demonstrate the capability to do gradi 
ate work; and minimum admission criteria, whic 
spell the lowest level at which a person may p< 
tition the Exceptions Committee for admission c 
appeal to provisional status. These criteria are < 
follows: 



Program Description 

There are ten M.Ed, programs which Arm- 
strong State College and Georgia Southern Uni- 
versity have both independently offered previous 
to July 1, 1990. There ten areas include: 

Early Childhood Education 

Middle Grades Education 

Secondary English Education 

Secondary Mathematics Education 

Secondary Science Education 

Secondary Social Studies Education 

Speech/Language Pathology 

Behavior Disorders 

Learning Disabilities 

Business Education 





Regular 


Provisional 


Regents 


GPA 


2.5 


2.2 


2.2 


MAT 


44 


35 


27 


GRE 


900 


800 


700 



In effect this means that students with less th< 
the stated qualifications for provisional admiss.k 
but higher than the Regents' minimum may file 
petition to the Exceptions Committee specifyir 
the reasons why they should be admitted. St 
dents below the Regents' minimum will not I 
admitted under any circumstances. 

Additionally, students must have: 

1 . Completed requirements for a bachelor's d 
gree from a regionally accredited institutic 
and 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



73 



2. Hold a level four certificate in the State of 
Georgia or the equivalent training in the pro- 
posed field of study. 

faster of Education with a Major in 
Early Childhood Education 

The M.Ed, program in Early Childhood Edu- 
ation is related to continued knowledge devel- 
pment, to the translation of theory into practice, 
nd to the utilization of this information for effec- 
\/e decision making. The program contains a 
ommon 20 hour core of courses which includes 
^search, curriculum, and psychology, 30 hours 
f specialized content courses appropriate to 
arly Childhood Education spanning three areas, 
nd 10 hours of related studies designed to en- 
:h and extend the knowledge base of teachers. 
.Ed. candidates are required to take EC 855: 
sminar in Elementary Education near the end of 
eir program. This course examines current is- 
jes and trends in Early Childhood Education 
^6 synthesizes the coursework contained in the 
ogram. 

The Department of Early Childhood Education 
id Reading offers the M.Ed, in Early Childhood 
jucation with K-4 certification. The Department 
Jbscribes to a model of the teacher as an ef- 
ctive decision maker as advocated by authori- 
s in the field. Within this model teachers 
jveiop proficiency in four general areas of com- 
mence: (1) knowledge of subject matter, (2) 
lowledge about learning and human behavior, 
) teacher attitudes that foster learning and pos- 
/e human relationships, and, (4) effective teach- 
g strategies as demonstrated through research, 
lese competencies provide teachers with tools 
icessary to make and implement professional 
jgments and decisions. The program of study 
Beets the current guidelines of the following 
Jiencies: American Association of Colleges for 
jj-acher Education (AACTE), Georgia Board of 
ducation for Certification, National Association 
n- the Education of Young Children (NAEYC), 
.3 ATE Guidelines for Basic Elementary Educa- 
ln Programs, NCATE Approved Curriculum 
jidelines for Basic and Advanced Programs, 
■ d International Reading Association (IRA). 

A written comprehensive exam serves as the 
It requirement. The examination focuses on the 
"Plication of research methodology, learning 
'3ory, and curriculum development. In this way 



the students demonstrate their knowledge of 
Early Childhood Education and their ability to ap- 
ply it in the planning, implementation, and eval- 
uation of curriculum and teaching strategies 
which are developmentally appropriate for chil- 
dren 5-9 years old. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN EARLY 
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDR 751 5 

2. FED 851 5 

3. CUR 851 5 

4. EC 855 5 

B. Specialized Content for Teaching .... 30 
(30 hours spanning 3 areas) 

C. Related Studies 10 

TOTAL 60 

At least fifty percent of the courses applicable 
toward a degree must be courses in which en- 
rollment is restricted to graduate students. 

Master's of Education with a Major in 
Middle Grades Education 

The Master's of Education with a major in Mid- 
dle Grades Education is designed to provide ad- 
vanced coursework in early adolescent 
development, curriculum and instructional trends, 
and research in Middle Level Education. The pro- 
gram combines a 20 hour core of courses, which 
includes research, curriculum, methodology, and 
psychology, with 25 hours of specialized content 
for teaching, 5-10 hours of advisor approved 
electives, and 5-10 hours in courses focusing on 
the special needs of Middle Level Education. The 
advanced program is an enrichment and exten- 
sion of the knowledge base acquired in the basic 
program. Like the basic program, the M.Ed, is 
based on a strong theoretical foundation in cog- 
nitive and developmental psychology, with partic- 
ular emphasis on current research in Middle Level 
Education. 

The M.Ed, program provides opportunities for 
students to become involved in leadership activ- 
ities in Middle Level Education, such as profes- 



74 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



sional conferences, workshops, and staff- 
development activities. Specialized courses in ex- 
ploratory and advisory programs, interdisciplinary 
team planning and team teaching, and research 
in Middle Level Education provide opportunities 
for graduate students to receive more in-depth 
study of the concepts promoted by the National 
Middle School Association, the Center for Early 
Adolescence, and the Center for Research and 
Development on Elementary and Middle Schools. 
To enrich the teaching field areas, students are 
required to take a minimum of twenty-five hours 
of advanced coursework in one or more concen- 
tration areas from science, social studies, lan- 
guage arts, mathematics, art, music, or health/ 
physical education. Near the end of the program 
students enroll in a seminar in Middle Level Ed- 
ucation focusing on a synthesis of the program, 
an in-depth study of current trends and issues, 
and current research in Middle Level Education. 
Students are given opportunities to select spec- 
ialized topics of interest, evaluate and plan ap- 
propriate programs that are responsive to the 
needs of the early adolescent learner, and de- 
velop personal goals. 

The program culminates with an oral exami- 
nation consisting of four or five members from the 
department. The oral examination focuses on 
middle school philosophy, curriculum theory, 
middle school and curriculum organization, re- 
search methodology, and nature and conditions 
of learning. In addition, students must demon- 
strate knowledge of the teaching field areas ap- 
propriate for the middle grades. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN MIDDLE 
GRADES 

Hours 

A. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. *EDR 751 5 

2. FED 851 5 

3. CUR 851 5 

4. + MG 855 5 

B. Specialized Content for Teaching .... 25 

1 . RDG 760 (or equivalent at the 
undergraduate level) 5 

2. Teaching field courses that will enrich 
one or more concentration areas . . 20 



C. Specialized Courses in Middle Level 
Education 5-1 

(A minimum of 5 hours from the 
following specialized courses in Middle 
Level Education must be taken at the 
M.Ed, level and a minimum of 10 hours 
at the M.Ed, and Ed.S. levels combined 

1. MG 851 

2. MG 852 

3. MG 853 

D. Electives (Advisor approved) 5-1 

TOTAL 6 

At least fifty percent of the courses applicabl 
toward a degree must be courses in which er 
rollment is restricted to graduate students. 

Master's of Education with a Major ii 
English Education 

The Master's of Education with a major in Enc 
lish Education is designed as an enrichment an 
extension of the knowledge base acquired in th 
basic program. The program contains a corrunc 
core of 20 hours in research methodology, learr 
ing theory, and curriculum. Students take a mir 
imum of 30 hours of advanced coursework 
English, including courses in writing instructlo 
language, and literature. Students have opportu 
ities to select and study areas of interest, as J 
as examine current research in the teaching 
English. Five hours in advanced specialize 
methods are required and students select 
hours of advisor approved electives. 

The M.Ed, program provides students a be 
ance between an enrichment and extension 
one's teaching field, including courses in la 
guage, literature, and writing as well as furth 
opportunities to strengthen their teaching skills \ 
taking advanced methods courses in the teac ' 
ing of writing and literature. Near the end of tr 
program, students enroll in a seminar in Secon 
ary Education that focuses on a synthesis of | 
program, trends and issues in curriculum and i 
struction, current research, and trends and issut 
in the teaching of English. 

The program culminates with an oral exan 
nation consisting of faculty members from tr 
School of Education and form the English D 
partment. The oral examination focuses on ci 
riculum, research methodology, theories 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



75 



earning, and a knowledge of the English courses 
aken in the program. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MSTER OF EDUCATION IN 
•NGLISH EDUCATION 

Hours 

.. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDR 751 5 

2. FED 851 5 

3. CUR 851 5 

4. SED 855 5 

Specialized Content for Teaching .... 30 

1. ENG 652 or ENG 771 5 

2. ENG Advanced Composition 5 

3. ENG 856 5 

4. English courses to enrich the 
undergraduate program. Graduate 
literature courses 15 

Advanced Specialized Methods 

Course 5 

1. EDN 620, SED 890, or MG 865 ... .5 
Electives (Advisor approved) 5 

TOTAL 60 

At least fifty percent of the courses applicable 
ward a degree must be courses in which en- 
llment is restricted to graduate students. 

1 aster's of Education with a Major in 
athematics Education 

, The Master's of Education with a major in 

I athematics Education is designed as an enrich- 

kant and extension of the knowledge base ac- 

; iired in the B.S.Ed. The program builds on a 

/mmon 20 hour core in research methodology, 

irning theory, and curriculum. Students take a 

^nimum of 30 hours in mathematics, including 

i course in the history of mathematics. Other 

I athematics courses depend on the needs and 

erests of the individual. Students may elect an 

(Vanced course in teaching secondary mathe- 

atics. Other content electives of 10-15 hours 

a available to broaden and enrich the student. 

1 advanced specialized methods course and 5 

ur approved elective complete the program. 

Students are given opportunities to become 
tive participants in professional organizations in 



mathematics, as well as workshops and insti- 
tutes. Students have opportunities to select and 
study areas of interest, as well as examine re- 
search in the teaching of mathematics. 

The program culminates with an oral exami- 
nation consisting of faculty members from the 
School of Education and from the Department of 
Mathematics. The oral examination focuses on 
curriculum, research methodology, theories of 
learning, and a knowledge of the mathematics 
courses taken in the program. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN 
MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDR 751 5 

2. FED 851 5 

3. CUR 851 5 

4. SED 855 5 

B. Specialized Content for Teaching .... 30 

1. History 0-5 

MAT 852 

2. Geometry/Algebra/Number Theory ... 5 
One course selected from: 

MAT 666, MAT 754, MAT 756, 
MAT 765, MAT 857, MAT 859 

3. Analysis 5 

One course selected from: 

MAT 675, MAT 685, MAT 858 

4. Applications 5 

One course selected from: 

MAT 652, MAT 653, MAT 654, 
MAT 655, MAT 668, MAT 671 
MAT 672, MAT 854, MAT 856 

C. Approved Mathematics Electives . . .10-15 
Advanced Specialized Methods 

Course 5 

One course selected from: 

MG 657, MAT 752, MG 895, SED 895, MAT 

860 

and 
Electives (advisor approved) 5 

TOTAL 60 

At least fifty percent of the courses applicable 
toward a degree must be courses in which en- 
rollment is restricted to graduate students. 






76 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



A maximum of 15 hours of graduate level 
coursework taken for the initial T-4 may be 
counted as electives in the M.Ed, program with 
the advisor's approval. These may not be used 
to substitute for the core requirements. 

The Master of Science for Teachers (MST) de- 
gree requires 40 hours of specialized content 
teaching in Mathematics. 

Master's of Education with a Major in 
Science Education 

The Master's of Education with a major in Sci- 
ence Education is designed as an enrichment 
and extension of the knowledge base acquired in 
the basic program. The M.Ed, consists of a 20 
hour common core of advanced courses in re- 
search methodology, learning theories, and cur- 
riculum development. Students select an area of 
concentration from biology, earth/space science, 
physics, or chemistry. A minimum of 30 hours of 
science is required, with three science areas rep- 
resented in the program. Students also take an 
advanced specialized methods course and 5 
hours of advisor approved electives. 

Students are given opportunities to strengthen 
their undergraduate program by selecting 
courses based on their individual goals, their un- 
dergraduate program, and areas of interest. The 
program provides students opportunities to be- 
come more involved in applied research in sci- 
ence. The M.Ed, provides opportunities for 
students to examine and evaluate new programs 
in science, new equipment and resources, and 
current trends and issues in the teaching of sci- 
ence in the secondary school. Near the end of 
the program, students enroll in a seminar in sec- 
ondary education that focuses on current re- 
search and trends in teaching science, and a 
synthesis of the coursework completed in the pro- 
gram. Students are encouraged to become active 
members of professional organizations and par- 
ticipate in workshops, institutes, and committees. 

The program culminates in an oral examination 
consisting of faculty members from the School of 
Education and an appropriate science depart- 
ment. The oral examination focuses on research 
methodology, learning theories, curriculum de- 
velopment, and a knowledge of the specialized 
teaching field in science. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN 
SCIENCE EDUCATION 

HOUF 

A. Professional Education Courses 1 

1. EDR 751 

2. FED 851 

3. CUR 851 . 

4. SED 855 

B. Specialized Content for Teaching . . . . £ 
Science courses to enrich the 
undergraduate program. 

(Must include three science areas) 

C. Advanced Specialized Methods 

Course 

1. SED 894 • 

D. Electives (advisor approved) 

TOTAL j 

Master's in Education with a Major ii 
Social Science Education 

The Master's in Education with a major in Si 
cial Science Education is designed as an enricl 
ment and extension of the knowledge bas 
acquired in the basic program. Advanced cours« 
work in a common 20 hour core is required 
research methodology, learning theory, and ci 
riculum. Specialized content for teaching, totaiir 
30 hours in Social Science, is planned so that 
least 3 areas of Social Science study are repr 
sented. An advanced course in Social Scien< 
methods and 5 hours of advisor approved ele 
fives comprise the remainder of the program. 

The advanced program also encourages a 
vanced coursework in methods of teaching soc 
science. Electives are available to broaden ai 
enrich the student's knowledge of social scien»] 
and in educational trends and issues. Near tl 
end of the program, students are required to ta 
a seminar in order to examine current resean,' 
and issues to synthesize the coursework in II 
program. Students have opportunities to selej 
and study areas of interest, as well as exami , 
current research in the teaching of social scienc. 
Students are encouraged to become active p< < 
ticipants in professional organization, such I 
Georgia Council for the Social Studies and N 
tional Council for the Social Studies. In additic 
students have opportunities to become involv 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



77 



a number of professional activities, institutes 
id workshops. 

The program culminates with an oral exami- 
ition consisting of faculty members from the 
;hool of Education and from one or more of the 
)cial Science disciplines. The oral examination 
:uses on curriculum, research methodology, 
aories of learning, and a knowledge of the so- 
il sciences courses taken in the program. 



supported and enriched by field-based experi- ' 
ences. Continuous supervision of students in the 
program is maintained. Practicum and internship 
courses provide the student with the opportunity 
to integrate and apply all previous coursework 
during the training program in all areas of excep- 
tionality. Each student is individually advised in 
order to schedule a program of study built on 
previous undergraduate and/or graduate course- 
work completed. 



The Behavior Disorder program is dedicated to 
ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF providing adequate preparation of teachers to 

ASTER OF EDUCATION IN meet the needs °* tne benavior disordered and/ 

-rNnMnADvcnu^ATinM .,a tr\o or emotionally disturbed student. After completion 
iCONDARY EDUCATION - MAJOR of the chara y cter i S tics, methods and materials, 
I SOCIAL STUDIES and assessment courses, students are required 

to complete a ten hour practicum, which tests the 

HOURS skills developed throughout the program. Behav- 

Professional Education Courses 20 j r modification and the behavioral approach are 

1. EDR 751 5 strongly stressed throughout this program, and 

2. FED 851 5 students are expected to utilize issues, tech- 

3. CUR 851 5 niques, and approaches in order to meet the 

4. SED 855. 5 needs of their behavior disordered and/or emo- 
Specialized Content for Teaching .... 30 tionally disturbed students. 

Social Science courses to enrich the The Masters program culminates in a written 

undergraduate program (and possibly oral) examination conducted by 

(must include three social science areas) four or five faculty members representing the 

Advanced Specialized Methods professional education unit and the student's 

Course 5 areas of exceptionality. This examination is com- 

SED 892 5 prehensive and focuses on all aspects of the stu- 

Electives (advisor approved) .... . . . 5 dent's program of study, including research 

TOTAL 60 issues, methodology and assessment, trends in 

the curriculum, special needs of the student, and 
specific knowledge of the area of exceptionality 
of study. 



aster's of Education with a Major in 
cceptional Children: 
shavior Disorders Emphasis 



The M.Ed, in Exceptional Children with an em- 
'asis in Behavior Disorders incorporates a 15 
ur core of professional education courses in 
search, curriculum, and psychology, along with 
i hours of courses related specifically to Be- 
vior Disorders and designed to develop an un- 
'rstanding of the nature and particular learning 
eds of children with behavior disorders. The 
Jdent also selects 15 hours of advisor ap- 
Dved electives. 

iThe program rationale and objectives are 
^arly related to the categorical model due to the 
ite of Georgia's certification structure. Within 
Is model, classroom lecture/demonstrations are 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN 
SPECIAL EDUCATION - BEHAVIOR 
DISORDERS 

HOURS 

A. Professional Education Courses 15 

1. EDR 751 5 

2. FED 851 5 

3. CUR 851 5 

B. Specialized Content for Teaching .... 30 
Thirty hours spanning 3 areas: 

1. EXC857 5 

2. EXC 673 5 



78 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



3. EXC 672 5 dent's program of study, including researc 

4. EXC 793 5 issues, methodology and assessment, trends 

5. EXC 668 5 the curriculum, special needs of the student, an 

6. EXC 892 5 specific knowledge of the area of exceptional!' 

Electives prescribed by advisor 15 of study. 

TOTAL 60 



Masters' of Education with a Major in 
Exceptional Children: 
Learning Disabilities Emphasis 

The M.Ed, in Exceptional Children with an em- 
phasis in teaching children with Learning Disabil- 
ities integrates a 15 hour core of research, 
psychological foundations, and curriculum plan- 
ning with a 35 hour listing of courses designed 
specifically for teachers of Learning Disabled stu- 
dents. The program also includes 10 hours of ad- 
visor approved electives. 

The program rationale and objectives are 
clearly related to the categorical model due to the 
state of Georgia's certification structure. Within 
this model, classroom lecture/demonstrations are 
supported and enriched by field-based experi- 
ences. Continuous supervision of students in the 
program is maintained. Practicum and internship 
courses provide the student with the opportunity 
to integrate and apply all previous coursework 
during the training in all areas of exceptionality. 
Each student is individually advised in order to 
schedule a program of study built on previous 
undergraduate and/or graduate coursework com- 
pleted. 

The Learning Disabilities program is designed 
to prepare students to teach mild to severe learn- 
ing disabled students from Grades K-12, while 
promoting quality educational programs for learn- 
ing disabled public school students. The instruc- 
tional strategies, evaluation procedures and 
courses are designed to enhance in the prepa- 
ration of teachers of Learning Disabled students. 
A five quarter hour practicum course is required, 
and usually completed in the individual's work- 
place, that requires the integration and applica- 
tion of coursework in the academic area. 

The Masters program culminates in a written 
(and possibly oral) examination conducted by 
four or five faculty members representing the 
professional education unit and the student's 
area of exceptionality. This examination is com- 
prehensive and focuses on all aspects of the stu- 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN 
EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN - 
LEARNING DISABILITIES 

Hour 

A. Professional Education 1 

1. EDR 751 

2. FED 851 

3. CUR 851 

B. Specialized Content for Teaching .... 3 

1. EXC 661 

2. EXC 662. . . 

3. EXC 657 OR EXC 857 

4. EXC 854 

5. EXC 795 

6. EXC 854 ....:. 

7. EXC 734 OR EXC 736 

C. Electives prescribed by advisor 1 

TOTAL 6 

At least fifty percent of the courses applicab 
toward a degree must be courses in which er 
rollment is restricted to graduate students. 

Master's of Education with a Major ii 
Business Education 

The purpose of the Master of Education pre 
gram in Business is to provide teachers of Bus 
ness Education with a strong technics 
component of the subject area as well as ac 
vanced methodology and research and allows fc 
focusing on the strengths and interests of eac 
student while building up areas of weakness,- re 
suiting in a superior teacher. The program is corf 
prised of a common 20 hour core includin 
research, curriculum, and psychological foundc 
tions of education, 25 hours of required busines 
education courses, and 15 hours of elective 
chosen from offerings in Business Administratior 
Business Education, Education, and Vocation; 
Education. 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



79 



Business Education is that component of vo- 
cational education which prepares an individual 
or teaching and develops competencies in the 
ireas of accounting, keyboarding, economics, 
nanagement, computer technology, word proc- 
jssing, office procedures, and machines and 
shorthand. The program for which these individ- 
jals are prepared to teach includes in-school and 
idult learners. 

The Master's program is built upon undergrad- 
jate proficiency, however, the students working 
oward this degree are taken much deeper into 
he specific subject areas. The School of Edu- 
cation and School of Business work together in 
jroviding advanced learning theory, psychologi- 
cal bases and current technology. Because of the 
ange of competencies needed, the program is 
iesigned with enough flexibility to meet individual 
leeds. Electives play an important part in increas- 
ig this flexibility. 

Final completion of requirements for the de- 
jree includes passing a written comprehensive 
jxam designed to assess the student's knowl- 
idge of business education and the profession 
ind practice of education at a level appropriate 
o the Master's degree. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
FASTER OF EDUCATION IN 
BUSINESS EDUCATION 

HOURS 

^. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDR 851 5 

2. FED 851 5 

3. CUR 851 5 

4. SED 855 5 

B. Specialized Content for Teaching . . 24- 

25 

1. BAD 603 5 

2. EDB 850 5 

3. EDB 851 5 

.4. EDB 852 5 

5. EDB 853 5 

I Electives 15-16 

TOTAL 60 



Master of Health Science 



Program Description 

The Master of Health Science emphasizes the 
concept of "health promotion and enhancement" 
rather than the "curing of disease." Graduates 
are qualified to plan, design, implement/manage, 
administer, and evaluate a variety of health pro- 
grams. Most of these programs, (e.g. lifestyle, risk 
reduction, wellness, and health promotion) are 
found in schools, hospitals, service agencies, fit- 
ness centers, industrial facilities and corporate 
settings. Therefore, the Health Science profes- 
sional can be classified as an individual capable 
of fostering health reform as well as promoting a 
more knowledgeable, health conscious society. 
The MHS provides a curriculum which allows a 
program of study to fit the graduate student's 
needs via practica, research, and elective 
courses. It is through a collaborative effort that a 
program of study is designed in either health pro- 
motion/education or health administration by fac- 
ulty advisors and the students. 

In addition, the Health Science Program offers 
a multidisciplinary Certificate in Gerontology at 
the Graduate and Post Baccalaureate level. The 
Gerontology program consists of courses from 
the fields of Health Science, Psychology, and 
Physical Education. 

Admission Criteria/Process 

After completing a program application stu- 
dents entering the MHS program must meet the 
general admission requirements of the Graduate 
Program: 

1. 800 (Verbal and Quantitative) on the Grad- 
uate Record Examination (GRE), or 

2. 450 on the Graduate Management Admis- 
sion Test (GMAT), or 

3. 40 on the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). 

Students who fail to meet the criteria for regular 
admission may be admitted on a provisional ba- 
sis if the combination of their GPA and admission 
test scores conforms to the following established 
formula: 

1. (GPA x 100) + (MAT x 10) = 560 or 
greater 



80 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. (GPA x 100) + (GRE General [Verbal and 
Quantitative]) = 1000 or greater 



PROGRAM OF STUDY FOR THE 
DEGREE OF MASTER OF HEALTH 
SCIENCE 

The student may choose from either of two 
tracts of study: Health Promotion/Education or 
Health Administration. 

Core Courses 35 hours 

1 . HS 640 - Health Planning and Evaluation 

(5-0-5) 

2. HS 800 - The Health-Illness Continua 

(5-0-5) 

3. HS 850 - Marketing Health - An 

Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5) 

4. HS 880 - Biostatistics (4-2-5) 

5. HS 881 - Research Methods in Health 

Science (5-0-5) 
(Corequisite/prerequisite HS 880) 

6. Ten hours must be completed from: 
HS890- Practicum I (1-8-5) 

(Corequisite/prerequisite HS 881) 
HS891 - Practicum II (1-8-5) 

or 
HS 895 - Thesis I (O-V-5) 

(Corequisite/prerequisite HS 881) 
HS 896 - Thesis II (O-V-5) 

Health Promotion/Education 
Tract 25 hours 

1 . HS 650 - Changing Health Practices 

(5-0-5) 

2. HS 680 - Epidemiology (5-0-5) 

3. HS 770 - Selected Topics in Health- 

Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5) 

4. Electives 10 hours 

Health Administration Tract 25 hours 

1 . HS 705 - Health Information Systems 

(5-0-5) 

2. HS 740 - Health Administration (5-0-5) 

3. HS 742 - Health Finance and Budgeting 

(5-0-5) 

4. HS 801 - Health Law/Ethics (5-0-5) 

5. Elective 5 hours 



MHS Curriculum 

HS 620 - Nutrition (5-0-5) 

HS 625 - Gerontological Practicum (1-8-5) 

HS 630 - Effective Communication: Helping 

Skills (5-0-5) (HE 650) 
HS 640 - Health Planning and Evaluation (5-0-i 
HS 650 -Changing Health Practices (5-0-5) 
HS 676 - Human Development and Health 

Issues (5-0-5) (HS 575) 
HS 680 - Epidemiology (5-0-5) 
HS 685 - Survey of Gerontology (5-0-5) (HS 

574) 
HS 705 - Health Information Systems (5-0-5) 
HS 730 - Nutrition and Health (5-0-5) 
HS 740 - Health Administration (5-0-5) 
HS 742 - Health Finance and Budgeting (5-0-5 
HS 743 - Health Care Management (5-0-5) 
HS 770 - Selected Topics in Health - 

Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5) (HS 670) 
HS 776 - Health Promotion Through Physical 

Activity (5-0-5) (HE 770) 
HS 792 - Independent Study in Health 

Promotion (O-V-5) 
HS 800 - The Health-Illness Continua (5-0-5) 

(HS 500) 
HS 801 - Health Law-Ethics (5-0-5) 
HS 825 - Political Sociology of Health Care-Thu 

Consumer, the Provider, and State, Local, 

Federal Policies (5-0-5) (HS 700) 
HS 850 - Marketing. Health-An Interdisciplinary 

Approach (5-0-5) (HS 750) 
HS 880 - Biostatistics (4-2-5) 
HS '881 - Research Methods in Health Science 

(5-0-5) (HS 780) 
HS 890 - Practicum I (1-8-5) (HS 790) 
HS 891 - Practicum II (1-8-5) (HS 791) 
HS 895 - Thesis I (O-V-5) (HS 795) 
HS 896 - Thesis II (O-V-5) (HS 796) 



PROGRAM OF STUDY - 
GERONTOLOGY CERTIFICATE 

1 . HS 685 - Survey of Gerontology (5-0-5) 

2. HS 620 - Nutrition (5-0-5) 

3. PE 600 - Physical Activity and the Older 

Adult (5-0-5) 

4. PSY 675 - The Psychology of Aging 

(5-0-5) 

5. Elective (Five hours will be approved by 

Gerontology Faculty) 

6. HS 625 - Gerontological Practicum 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



81 



(1-8-5) (Prerequisite/co-requisites: HS 
685; HS 620; PE 600; PSY 675; and 
gerontology elective) 



Waster of Arts in History 



Program Description 

The Graduate Department of History offers two 
irograms: the Master of Arts in History and the 
tester of Arts in History with a Historic Preser- 
ation concentration. Prerequisites for entry to the 
trogram in History include a course in Historical 
Methods or a course in Historiography: prereq- 
isites for entry to this program with a concentra- 
on in Historic Preservation include a course in 
tisforical Methods and an introductory course in 
rchaeology. 

Admission Criteria 

1. A completed application and official tran- 
scripts of undergraduate work must be sub- 
mitted to the Graduate School before a 
student can be admitted to any courses. 

2. A student may enter the program on either 
Provisional or Regular status. The status will 
depend on GRE scores, GPA, and back- 
ground in history, either as an undergraduate 
history major, or as evidenced by sufficient 
undergraduate course work in history (25 
hrs. overall) and scores on the History sec- 
tion of the GRE. 

Regular status requires 1) a score of 1000 on 
ne combined Verbal and Quantitative/Analytical 
ections of the GRE (a minimum of 500 on the 
'erbal section; 300 on the Quantitative/Analytical 
•ection), and 2) an undergraduate GPA of 2.75 
>verall and 3.0 in history. 

Typically, Provisional status requires 1) a score 
)f 850 on the combined Verbal and Quantitative 
■ Analytical sections of the GRE (a minimum of 
150 on the Verbal section; 300 on the Quantita- 
ive/Analytical section), and 2) an undergraduate 
BPA of 2.75 overall and 3.0 in history. 

Verbal GRE scores, History Subject Test 
GRE), letters of recommendation, GPA, and pre- 
vious work experience may also be weighed with 
he above requirements in admission decisions. 



Students on Provisional status will advance to 
Regular status upon completion of 15 hours of 
graduate credit with a grade of B or better. Pro- 
visional status also applies to students who need 
to complete prerequisites. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

Hours 

A. Course work 40 

(Ten hours must be outside the area in 
which the thesis is written. Ten hours may 
be taken in a related field with approval 
either of the graduate advisor or the 
graduate committee. At least twenty hours 
of course work shall be at the 800 level.) 

B. Thesis 10 

TOTAL 50 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY WITH 
A HISTORIC PRESERVATION 
CONCENTRATION 

Hours 

A. Course work 50 

(Twenty-five hours must be MPS as defined 
by the concentration. Twenty-five hours 
must be in History with a 3.0 GPA. At least 
thirty hours of course work shall be at the 
800/900 level.) 

B. Thesis or Internship 10 

TOTAL 60 

ADDITIONAL DEGREE 
REQUIREMENTS 

1 . A thesis must demonstrate depth and scope, 
originality in research, and independence 
and critical judgement in the interpretation of 
materials. Internships are scheduled with ap- 
propriate preservation agencies and are su- 
pervised by a faculty sponsor and an officer 
of the preservation agency. 

Thesis (or internship for Preservation Stud- 
ies) must be on a subject connected with the 
major area of study. The major Professor 
shall supervise the research, direct the writ- 



82 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ing, and approve the thesis in its final form. 
Prior to acceptance of the thesis as fulfill- 
ment of the degree requirement, the thesis 
will be read by members of a thesis com- 
mittee, one of whom shall subject the work 
to intensive and vigorous criticism and the 
second of whom shall serve as an "editorial 
reader." Their criticisms and corrections 
shall be reported to the major Professor. 

The style and format of the completed the- 
sis shall follow that prescribed by Kate Tur- 
abian, A Manual for Writers of Term Papers, 
Theses, and Dissertations (Current Edition). 

2. Verification of reading knowledge of a foreign 
language must also be established. The lan- 
guage requirement may be satisfied in the 
following ways: a) by a grade of C or better 
in the fourth course of a college level foreign 
language. If more than five years have 
elapsed since completing the requirement 
then the student must re-establish his/her 
proficiency; b) by passing a foreign language 
reading exam administered by the Depart- 
ment of Foreign Languages. 

3. Finally, degree candidates must pass a ter- 
minal examination, which may be adminis- 
tered in two parts, but which may not be 
administered prior to completion of course 
work and satisfaction of the language re- 
quirement. The Department may elect to ad- 
minister the first part of the examination, 
covering the content of the course work for 
the degree, at this time; if so, a defense of 
the thesis will constitute the second part of 
the examination. If the examination is not ad- 
ministered in two parts, it is inclusive of both 
the course work and the thesis. 



GRADUATE HISTORY COURSES 

HIS 650 Introduction to History/Historical 

Research Method 
HIS 651 Reform Movements in American History 
HIS 652 American Economic History 
HIS 653 Age of Reform 
HIS 654 American Diplomatic History to 1890 
HIS 655 American Diplomatic History since 

1890 
HIS 656 Georgia History 
HIS 657 The Ante-Bellum South 
HIS 658 The New South 
HIS 660 The American West 



HIS 662 The Eastern Frontier: 1607 to the 

Indian Removals 
HIS 673 American Military History 
HIS 675 Civil War & Reconstruction 
HIS 676 Victorian America 
HIS 678 Recent America: U.S. since 1945 
HIS 679 American Historiography 
HIS 683 Naval Warfare: From the Armada to tr 

Atomic Age 
HIS 687 Major Themes in Western Religious 

History 
HIS 696 Selected Topics in History 
HIS 697 Directed Readings in History 
HIS 698 Fieldwork in History 
HIS 699 Independent Study/Special Problems 

History 
HIS 755 Americans Called Indians 
HIS 756 American Architectural History 
HIS 757 American Vernacular Architecture 
HIS 760 Latin America 
HIS 761 Caribbean 
HIS 762 African History 
HIS 764 Modern China 
HIS 765 Imperialism & Revolution in the Middle 

East 
HIS 766 Soviet History 
HIS 767 Russian Revolution 
HIS 768 Russia and the West 
HIS 769 History of Soviet Foreign Policy 
HIS 770 Medieval England 
HIS 771 Tudor and Stuart Periods of English 

History 
HIS. 772 Hanoverian Period of English History 
HIS 774 Modern Britain 
HIS 776 Medieval History 
HIS 777 Crusades 
HIS 780 Reformation 
HIS 782 18th Century Europe 
HIS 783 From Louis XIV to Napoleon, 1660- 

1850 
HIS 784 French Revolution 
HIS 786 From Empire to Republic, 1815-1914 
HIS 788 20th Century France: 1914 to Present 
HIS 790 19th Century Europe 
HIS 791 20th Century Europe 
HIS 792 War and Society, 1610 to Present 
HIS 793 World War II 
HIS 794 Modern Spain & Portugal 
HIS 796 Modern East Central Europe 
HIS 798 European Historiography 
HIS 861 Studies in Georgia History 
HIS 862 American Colonies 
HIS 863 Revolutionary Era 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



83 



HIS 865 
HIS 866 
HIS 867 
HIS 686 
HIS 872 
HIS 873 
HIS 874 
HIS 876 
HIS 878 
HIS 879 
HIS 881 
HIS 998- 



Black American 

Age of Jackson 

Seminar/Topics in American History 

Foundations of Modern America 

Ancient History 

Seminar in Medieval History 

History of England, 1760-1867 

Europe During the Renaissance 

Seminar/Topics in European History 

Europe, 1870-1914 

Topics in East Asia 

999 Thesis 



3raduate Museum and Preservation 
Studies Courses 

yIPS 750 Historic Preservation 

APS 751 Fieldwork in Historical Archaeology 

-IPS 752 Archaeological Analysis 

^PS 753 American Material Culture 

APS 754 Historical Archaeology 

APS 756 American Architectural History 

-IPS 757 American Vernacular Architecture 

^PS 758 Administration 

APS 851 Advanced Fieldwork in Historical 

Archaeology 
APS 852 Advanced Archaeological Analysis 
jIPS 855 Topics in Preservation Studies 
/PS 895-896 Internship in Preservation 
APS 898-899 Independent Study 
APS 998-999 Thesis 



Master of Science in Nursing 

3 rogram Description 

Georgia Southern University in affiliation with 
Vmstrong State College offers a 5 track Master 
)f Science in Nursing Program. 

The purpose of the program is to develop 
lurses for advanced practice roles in rural and 
jrban settings. Majors offered include: 

Nursing Administration 

Rural Family Nurse Practitioner 

Clinical Specialization in 

Adult Health 

Parent/Infant Health 



Rural Community Health 

The new unit provides programs at both the 
Georgia Southern Campus and Armstrong State 
Campus. These majors may be completed in 
either full- or part-time study. Class scheduling 
provides students flexibility in combining gradu- 
ate study, work, and family responsibilities. 

MSN Admissions Criteria 

Prerequisites 

1. Elementary statistics or a statistical oriented 
methodology course 

2. Current GA license to practice nursing 

3. One year work experience 

4. Preadmission interview preferred 

5. Basic knowledge of computer operations is 
strongly recommended 

6. Health Appraisal/Physical Assessment — 
See appropriate major requirements 

Regular Admission 

1 . Baccalaureate degree from a regionally ac- 
credited college/university 

2. Undergraduate major in the proposed field 
of study or its equivalent 

3. Preference is given to those students from 
NLN accredited baccalaureate programs or 
one approved by the MSN Admissions Com- 
mittee 

4. Undergraduate GPA of 2.5 or better 

5. GRE of 900 or MAT of 44 

Provisional Admission 

1 . Undergraduate GPA of 2.5 or better and GRE 
of 800 or MAT of 36 

2. A grade of B or better on each of the first 
three graduate courses or the first 15 grad- 
uate credit hours attempted in the program 
of study 

3. Must achieve regular admission status upon 
completion of 15 credit hours (Candidacy re- 
quires regular admissions status) 

Transfer Credit 

Currently GSC Graduate School allows only 10 
credit hours to be transferred. The student must 
have been admitted as a regular degree student 
when the courses were taken. 



84 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



For those students who wish to major in Rural 
Family Nurse Practitioner or Rural Community 
Clinical Nurse Specialist tracks, preference is 
given to applicants who desire to work/live in rural 
underserved areas. Minority and rural students 
are encouraged to apply. 



PROGRAM OF STUDY 
PROGRAM FOR THE MASTER OF 
SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING 



ADULT NURSING CNS TRACK 



CREDIT CLINICAL 
HRS HRS/WEE* 



A. CORE 

NUR 750 Theory 

Development in Nursing 
NUR 752 Research Design 

in Nursing 
NUR 754 Professional Roles 

& Issues 
756 Health Policy Concerns 

in Delivery Systems 



2( 



5-0-5 



5-0-5 



5-0-5 



5-0-5 



ADMINISTRATION TRACK 






B. SUB-CORE 




. 1! 








NUR 751 Health Care of 


4-1-5 


3 








Rural & Urban Families 






CREDIT CLINICAL 


NUR 857 Health Program & 


4-1-5 


3 


HOURS HRS/WEEK 


Planning and Evaluation 












NUR 873 Epidemiology of 


4-1-5 


3 


A. CORE 




. 20 


Contemporary Health 






NUR 750 Theory 


5-0-5 




Problems 






Development in Nursing 












NUR 752 Research Design 


5-0-5 




C. MAJOR COURSES 




. 2, 








in Nursing 






ZOO 715 Pathophysiology 


4-1-5 


3 


NUR 754 Professional Roles 


5-0-5 




NUR 851 Adult Nursing I 


3-2-5 


6 


& Issues 






NUR 852 Adult Nursing II 


3-2-5 


6 


NUR 756 Health Policy 


5-0-5 




NUR 853 Adult Nursing 


1-4-5 


12 


Concerns in Delivery 






Clinical Specialist 






Systems 






Practicum 
NUR 897 Project 


5-0-5 




B. SUB-CORE 




. 10 


NUR 999 Thesis 

TOTAL 


10-0-10 




BAD 501 Economics 

OR 
BAD 504 Marketing 


4-0-4 


6' 


4-0-4 










NUR 867 Information 


4-1-5 


3 


PARENT-INFANT CNS TRACK 






Systems in Health Care 












C. MAJOR COURSES 




. 30 


CREDIT CLI 


YICAL 


NUR 868 Administrative/ 


5-0-5 




HRS HRS/WEB 


Organization Theory 












NUR 869 Financial 


5-0-5 




A. CORE 




. 2( 


Management of Health 






NUR 750 Theory 


5-0-5 




Care Systems 






Development in Nursing 






NUR 870 Administrative Role 


3-2-5 


6 


NUR 752 Research Design 


5-0-5 




Development 






in Nursing 






NUR 871 Nursing 


1-4-5 


12 


NUR 754 Professional Roles 


5-0-5 




Administration Practicum 






& Issues 






NUR 999 Thesis 


10-0-10 




NUR 756 Health Policy 


5-0-5 




NUR 895 Independent Study 




1 


Concerns in Delivery 
Systems 







TOTAL 



60 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



85 



SUB-CORE 15 

NUR 751 Health Care of 4-1-5 3 

Rural & Urban Families 
NUR 857 Health Program 4-1-5 3 

and Planning and 

Evaluation 
NUR 873 Epidemiology of 4-1-5 3 

Contemporary Health 

Problems 

MAJOR COURSES 25 



ZOO 715 Pathophysiology 


4-1-5 


3 


NUR 854 Parent-Infant 


3-2-5 


6 


Nursing I 






NUR 865 Parent-Infant 


3-2-5 


6 


. Nursing II 






NUR 866 Parent-Infant 


1-4-5 


12 


Nursing Clinical Specialist 






Practicum 






NUR 897 Project 


5-0-5 




NUR 999 Thesis 


10-0-10 





TOTAL 



60 



3URAL COMMUNITY HEALTH CLINICAL 
MURSE SPECIALIST TRACK 

CREDIT CLINICAL 
HRS HRS/WEEK 

I CORE 20 

NUR 750 Theory 5-0-5 

Development in Nursing 
NUR 752 Research Design 5-0-5 

in Nursing 
NUR 754 Professional Roles 5-0-5 

& Issues 
NUR 756 Health Policy 5-0-5 

Concerns in Delivery 

Systems 

3. SUB-CORE 15 

NUR 751 Health Care of 4-1-5 3 

Rural & Urban Families 
NUR 857 Health Program 4-1-5 3 

Planning and Evaluation 
NUR 873 Epidemiology of 4-1-5 3 

Contemporary Health 

Problems 

I MAJOR COURSES 25 

NUR 753 Health Promotion 4-1-5 3 

in Rural/Urban 

Communities 
NUR 855 Rural Nursing I: 4-1-5 3 

Health Care Organization 

Management 



NUR 856 Rural Nursing II: 


4-1-5 3 


Nursing Leadership in 




Human Resource 




Management 




NUR 872 Rural Community 


1-4-5 12 


Health Clinical Specialist 




Practicum 




NUR 897 Project 


5-0-5 


NUR 999 Thesis 


10-0-10 



TOTAL 



60 



RURAL FAMILY NURSE PRACTITIONER 
TRACK 

CREDIT CLINICAL 
HRS HRS/WEEK 

A. CORE 20 

NUR 750 Theory 5-0-5 

Development in Nursing 
NUR 752 Research Design 5-0-5 

in Nursing 
NUR 754 Professional Roles 5-0-5 

& Issues 
NUR 756 Health Policy 5-0-5 

Concerns in Delivery 

Systems 

B. SUB-CORE 10 

NUR 751 Health Care in 4-1-5 3 

Rural & Urban Families 
NUR 873 Epidemiology of 4-1-5 3 

Contemporary Health 
Problems 



C. MAJOR COURSES 45 



NUR 850 Rural Primary 

Care: Coping with 

Lifestyle Problems 
NUR 858 Rural Primary Care 

for the FNP I 
NUR 859 Rural Primary Care 

for the FNP II 
NUR 860 Rural Primary Care 

for the FNP III 
NUR 861 Rural Primary Care 

for the FNP IV 
NUR 862 FNP Beginning 

Preceptorship 
NUR 863 FNP Preceptorship 

and Project I 
NUR 893 FNP Preceptorship 

and Project II 

TOTAL 



4-1-5 3 



4-1-5 



4-1-5 3 



4-1-5 



4-1-5 



2-3-5 9 



2-3-5 9 



2-8-10 24 



75 



86 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The following graduate courses are also of- 
fered at GSU in affiliation with ASC: 

ART 689 - Selected Topics in Art (V-V (2-5)) 
MUS 689 - Special Topics in Music (V-V (2-5)) 



Please contact the graduate program director 
or associate graduate program director for pro- 
gram specific information. Contact the following 
office for general graduate information. 

Graduate Office 

Armstrong State College 

11935 Abercorn Street 

Savannah, Ga. 31419-1997 

912 927-5377 














4 



1 







m\\ 



88 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



SCHOOL OF ARTS AND 
SCIENCES 

Adams, Joseph V. 



Dean 



Philosophy and Goals 

Through its academic programs, professional 
staff, scholarly resources, and physical facilities, 
the School of Arts and Sciences opens to quali- 
fied students opportunity for the best possible ed- 
ucation attainable within the confines of its 
programming and resources. 

The School's core curriculum provides for all 
students, regardless of major, an introduction to 
the arts, sciences, social sciences, and mathe- 
matics. More information on this core curriculum 
can be found on page 56. 

In addition, the School of Arts and Sciences 
enables students to pursue specialized study in 
particular disciplines. Such study intends to 
broaden and deepen a student's knowledge of 
the field, familiarize a student with its methodol- 
ogies, provide a foundation for graduate study, 
and prepare students for a variety of careers. 

To complement classroom instruction, stu- 
dents in the arts and sciences programs can take 
advantage of a host of opportunities to enhance 
their understanding of chosen disciplines. These 
opportunities include participating, in one form or 
another, in such activities as extra curricular and 
curricular related lectures, field trips, perform- 
ances, recitals, and exhibits. Additional opportun- 
ities include participating in professional 
organizations and honorary societies. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Arts and Sciences includes the 
departments of art and music; biology; chemistry 
and physics; education; government; history; lan- 
guages, literature, and dramatic arts; mathemat- 
ics and computer science; and psychology. 
Undergraduate degree programs: 
Associate in Arts 
Associate of Applied Science in 

Criminal Justice 
Bachelor of Arts with majors in: 
Art 

Drama/Speech 
English 
History 



Music 

Political Science 
Psychology 
Bachelor of General Studies 
Bachelor of Music Education 
Bachelor of Science with majors in: 
Biology 
Chemistry 
Computer Science 
Criminal Justice 

Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics) 
Mathematical Sciences (Applied 

Mathematics) 
Mathematical Sciences (Computer 

Science) 
Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics Edi 

cation) 
Physical Science 
Further particulars on the undergraduate liber? 
arts programs are found in the arts and science 
departmental sections. 

Several liberal arts degrees are offered in cc 
operation with the Division of Education and pre 
vide teacher certification. These are listed belov 
A more comprehensive list of certification pre 
grams is listed in the Division of Education sec 
tion of this catalog. 

Bachelor of Arts (with teacher certification) wit 
majors in: 
English 
History 

Political Science 
All teacher education programs are approve 
by the Georgia State Department of Educatio 
and are accredited by the National Council fc 
Accreditation of Teacher Education. 

Minor Concentrations of Study 

The following minors are offered by deparl 
ments within the School of Arts and Sciences 
Students may include one or more of these I 
their programs of study as circumstances ma 
permit. 

Anthropology 

Art 

Biology 

Botany 

Chemistry 

Communications 

Computer Science 

Criminal Justice 

Drama/Speech 



SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



89 



Economics 

Engineering Science 

English 

Film 

Foreign Language 

History 

Human Biology 

International Studies 

Legal Studies 

Linguistics 

Mathematics 

Mental Health 

Museum/Preservation Studies 

Music 

Organizational Psychology 

Philosophy 

Physical Sciences 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Public Administration 

Russian Studies 

Sociology 

Zoology 



General Studies 



Director: 



Dr. Grace Martin 
Department of Psychology 



Associate and baccalaureate degree programs 
in General Studies, emphasizing a liberal arts ed- 
ucation, are operated under the general super- 
vision of the Dean of the School of Arts and 
Sciences and under the immediate direction of 
the head of the department of psychology. Cur- 
riculum guidance for these programs is provided 
by the General Studies Degree Program Com- 
mittee. Interested students should contact the 
psychology department head for assistance. 

The Bachelor of General Studies degree is also 
available at the Brunswick Center on the Bruns- 
wick College campus in Brunswick, Ga. Inter- 
ested persons should contact the coordinator of 
the Brunswick Center or the head of psychology 
on the Armstrong campus. 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, a 
student must complete at least 30 hours of the 
required course work and 45 quarter hours of all 
coursework in this program at Armstrong State 



College. The program is designed to provide a 
substantial liberal education as a base for upper 
division specialization. 

Certain courses may be exempted by exami- 
nation. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 63 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; 

ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

2. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 

or 290 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191 or 115 or 192; 
HIS 251 or 252 10 

2. POS 113 and one course 
selected from: ANT 201 ; 
ECO 201, 202; PSY101; 
SOC201 10 

Area V 3 

1. PE 103 or 108 1 

2. Two activity courses 2 

B. Courses in the Concentration and/or 

Electives 30 

These courses may be specified by a 
department or may be electives. Stu- 
dents planning work toward a bacca- 
laureate degree should select courses 
that meet listed requirements of that 
degree program. 

C. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . . 

TOTAL 93 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF GENERAL STUDIES 

At least four quarters prior to anticipated grad- 
uation, students must submit a degree proposal 
to the Program Director for approval. 



90 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271,272, 273; 

ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 

or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; 

POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201,202; PSY101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Two courses selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 200, 201; two 
courses in any foreign language 
through the 200 level 10 

3. One or two courses selected 
from: ANT 201; CS 115, 120, 
142; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; 
SOC 201 .5-10 

4. One or two courses selected 
from: 

BIO 101, 102; BOT 203; CHE 
121, 122; CHE 128, 129; CHE 

201, 202; CHE 211; PHY 211, 
212, 213; PHY 217, 218, 219; 
PHS 121, 122; ZOO 204, 208, 

209 5-10 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

NOTE: Certain preceding courses may be ex- 
empted by examination with credit awarded. Also, 
if a physical science sequence is used to satisfy 
Area II, then a biological science must be chosen 
in Area IV. The converse is also true. 

Other Requirements 95 

1. A minimum of 35 hours at the 
300 level. 

2. A maximum of 40 hours in any 
one discipline excluding courses 
taken under section A. 



General Studies-; 3C 

Courses at the 200 or above level 

1. Humanities 5-1 ( 

American civilization, art, com- 
parative literature, English or 
American literature, history, mu- 
sic, philosophy. 

2. Social Sciences 5-1 C 

Anthropology, criminal justice, 
economics, geography, museum 
and preservation studies, politi- 
cal science, psychology, sociol- 
ogy. 

3. Mathematics and Natural 

Sciences 5-1 C 

Astronomy, biology, botany, 
chemistry, entomology, geology, 
mathematics, meteorology, 
oceanography, physics, zoology. 

4. Communication Arts 5-1 C 

Computer science, drama/ 
speech, film, foreign languages, 
journalism, linguistics. 

Area of Concentration (Any University 

System approved minor) 20-25 

Electives 36-4J 

*Credit for special experience 
may be granted, at the discretion 
of the appropriate department; 
such credit, however, shall not 
exceed one-fourth of the total 
hours for the degree, and credit 
for courses not specifically listed 
in the College catalog under 
"Advanced Placement and 
Credit by Examination" shall not 
exceed ten hours. 

5. Regents' and Exit Examinations ( 

TOTAL 19" 



Biology 

Faculty 

Relyea, Kenneth, Department Head 
*Beumer, Ronald 
Brower, Moonyean 
Guillou, Laurent 
Pingel, Allen 
Smith, Pamela 
Thome, Francis 

^Graduate Faculty 



BIOLOGY 



91 



The major in biology consists of BIO 101, BIO 
102, BOT 203 and ZOO 204, and at least 40 
quarter hours credit in biology courses (BIO, 
BOT, ENT, ZOO) numbered 300 or above. The 
majority of the courses in the major numbered 
300 or above must be taken in the Biology De- 
partment at Armstrong State College. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology must 
include in his program the following courses: BIO 
370; BIO 480; BOT 410 or ZOO 410; one course 
in botany numbered 300 or above, other than 
BOT 410; and one course in zoology numbered 
300 or above, other than ZOO 410. If credit for 
any of the first three required units is transferred 
to Armstrong from another college, the depart- 
ment may require that it be validated by exami- 
nation. 

In addition, biology majors must complete el- 
ementary statistics and the course sequence in 
organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The course 
in general college physics (15 quarter hours) is 
strongly recommended and should be consid- 
ered essential for those who expect to continue 
the study of biology beyond the B.S. degree. 

To be eligible for a B.S. degree in biology the 
student must have a grade of at least "C" for all 
biology courses. 

Beginning students who have successfully 
completed strong courses in biology in high 
school may take examinations for advanced 
placement or for credit for BIO 101 and/or 102. 
Arrangements to take these examinations may be 
made with the head of the department. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits for 
the biology laboratory science sequence by tak- 
ing biology in the Savannah State-Armstrong ex- 
change program, a student must take the ENTIRE 
sequence of ten quarter hours either at Arm- 
strong State College or at Savannah State Col- 
lege. 

By careful use of electives a student majoring 
in biology may concurrently acquire a second 
major in chemistry (i.e., he may take a "double 
major"). This program is recommended for pre- 
professiona! students. It does require 10 to 20 
quarter hours credit above the minimum required 
for graduation. Ask the department head for ad- 
ditional information. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN BIOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. BIO 101; 102 10 

2. MAT 101 (or 103 or 206 if ex- 
amination allows) and MAT 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; 

POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 
201,202; PSY101, SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129; BOT 203 and 
ZOO 204 20 

2. Two courses from: natural sci- 
ences, Mathematics, foreign 
language 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement: 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. BIO 370, 480; BOT 410 or 

ZOO 410 15 

2. Electives at the 300-400 level se- 
lected from biology, botany, en- 
tomology, and zoology. Electives 
must include one BOT course 
other than BOT 410 and one 
ZOO course other than ZOO 

410 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 

346 15 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 

SPECIAL NOTES: 

(1 ) Biology majors should take BIO 1 01 and BIO 
102 during the freshman year, and BOT 203 



92 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



and ZOO 204 during the sophomore year. 
CHE 128 and 129 should be completed by 
the end of spring quarter of the sophomore 
year. 

(2) The biology major should complete organic 
chemistry (CHE 341 , 342, 343) no later than 
the end of the junior year as it is prerequisite 
or corequisite to all physiology courses. 

(3) Students who may wish to enter graduate 
school are advised that PHY 211, 212, 213, 
and foreign language to third quarter profi- 
ciency should be considered essential. 



C. Courses in Related Fields 3C 

1. CHE 341, 342, 343,344, 345, 

346 1£ 

2. Three of AST 301, MET 301, 
GEO 301, OCE 301, or PHY 211, 
212, 213 1E 

D. Professional Sequence 4C 

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 
447, 481 , 482, 483 3£ 

2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 £ 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . C 

TOTAL 216 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN BIOLOGY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II ' 20 

1. MAT 101, 103, or 206 5 

2. MAT 220 5 

3. BIO 101; 102 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; 

POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129; ZOO 204; MAT 

103 20 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
200,201; SOC201 5 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement: 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. BIO 370, 480; BOT 203 15 

2. BOT 410 or ZOO 410 5 

3. Electives at the 300-400 level 
selected from botany and 
zoology 25 



MINOR CONCENTRATIONS 

The following minor concentrations are avail- 
able from the Department of Biology. For minors 
the student must earn a grade of "C" or better ir 
each course offered for the minor. 
The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 

Biology 21 

1. BIO 101, 102 1C 

2. BIO electives of which at least 1 
hours must be at 300-400 level M 

Botany 2t 

1. BIO 101, 102; BOT 203 1£ 

2. Two courses from: BOT 305, 
323, 410, 425 1C 

Zoology 2i 

■ 1. BIO 101, 102; ZOO 204 .... M 
2. Two courses selected from: ENT 
301; ZOO 325, 355, 356, 372, 

410, 429, 435 1C 

Human Biology 2i 

1. ZOO 208 and 209 1C 

2. BIO/ZOO electives of which at 
least 10 hours must be at or 
above the 300-level. Choose 
from: BIO 210 or 351, BIO 310, 
353, 380, ZOO 215, or 330. . . i 



Pre-Professlonal Programs 

Students majoring in biology may concurrently 
complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, and/or pre- 
veterinary requirements and all requirements foi 
secondary teaching certification in science (biol- 
ogy). 

Other pre-professional programs include: 



BIOLOGY 



93 



Internships. The Department offers a number 
of internship options in the areas of research, ap- 
plied biology, and environmental education. It 
also offers programs in which students can work 
with physicians, veterinarians, and dentists. 

Pre-forestry program with the University of 
Georgia. A student may complete two years of 
a pre-forestry curriculum at Armstrong, then 
transfer to the University of Georgia. After two ad- 
ditional years of coursework, the student may re- 
ceive a B.S. in Forest Resources. 

Pre-forestry/Environmental Management 
Affiliation with Duke University. In this pro- 
gram, a student may complete three years of 
study at Armstrong and then may apply for ad- 
mission to the Duke program. If accepted, the 
student may complete two additional years at 
Duke. Upon successfully completing the first year 
at Duke, the student will receive a B.S. in Biology 
from Armstrong; after successful completion of 
the second year, the student will receive a Master 
of Science degree in either forestry or environ- 
mental management from Duke University. 



Scholarships in Biology 

The department offers a limited number of 
scholarships to Biology majors. Interested stu- 
dents are invited to inquire in the department of- 
fice for details. 



Biology Honors 

Students who perform independent biological 
research and submit acceptable oral and written 
reports to a departmental committee may be el- 
igible to have "graduated with departmental hon- 
ors" noted on their official academic records. 

To qualify for this honor, students must have at 
the time of application: 120-150 quarter hours of 
course work; a minimum college GPA of 3.3; a 
minimum biology GPA of 3.5 with no grade lower 
than "C"; and three or more 300-400 level course 
completed. 

The committee will consist of three biology fac- 
ulty, adding where applicable a biologist from out- 
side the college. The committee will examine 
students' proposals before projects are under- 
taken and evaluate the projects at their comple- 
tion. 



Biology Offerings 

BIO 101 -Principles of Biology I (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101. 

Structure and function of cells, biological 
chemistry; structure, function, and development 
of flowering plants. 

BIO 102 -Principles of Biology II (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Biology 
101. 

Structure, function, and development of verte- 
brate animals; genetics; ecology; evolution. 

BIO 210-Microorganisms and Disease 
(4-3-5) 

Fall and Winter. Prerequisites: CHE 201 or 122 
and ZOO 209. 

An introduction to the study of microorganisms 
with primary emphasis on bacteria. The mor- 
phology, life history, and importance to public 
health of representative bacteria, fungi, viruses, 
and protozoa are considered. Credit for this 
course may not be applied toward a major in bi- 
ology. 

BIO 310 -Man and the Environment 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Completion of 75 quarter 
hours credit in college courses. 

Consideration of the interactions between hu- 
mans and the support systems of the earth which 
are essential to their existence. Credit for this 
course may not be applied toward a major in bi- 
ology. 

BIO 351 -Bacteriology (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours of biological sci- 
ence, CHE 128-129. 

A study of the morphology, ecology, classifi- 
cation, and genetics of the bacteria and related 
micro-organisms, including the viruses. 

BIO 352 -Medical Microbiology (3-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BIO 351 and permission 
of the instructor. 

A comprehensive study of the disease-causing 
microbes in terms of their diagnosis, pathology, 
and epidemiology. 

BIO 353 -Immunology and Serology 
(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 128 and 129 or per- 
mission of instructor and department head. 

A fundamental study of humoral and cellular 
immunity, the structure and biosynthesis of anti- 



94 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



bodies, and the interactions between antigens 
and antibodies. Consideration will be given to al- 
lergic states and other immunological diseases. 

BIO 358 -Histological Technique (0-10-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 101, and 102. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, 
embedding, sectioning, staining, and mounting 
plant and animal materials for study. 

BIO 360 -Cell Structure and Function 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 102, CHE 128, 129 
An introduction to cell biology including the 
study of cell ultrastructure, the major physiologi- 
cal processes, cell reproduction and cell differ- 
entiation. 

BIO 370 -Genetics (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 1 01 , BIO 1 02 or 1 1 2, 
CHE 128, 129; BIO 351 and junior status rec- 
ommended. 

An introduction to the principles of biological 
inheritance. 

BIO 380 -Human Genetics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 101-102 or ZOO 208-209 
and CHE 128-129 or CHE 201-202, or CHE 121- 
122. 

An introduction to human inheritance including 
gene transmission, gene effects upon metabo- 
lism, population and quantitative genetics, ge- 
netics of sex-determination, pedigree analysis, 
eugenics, and genetic screening and counseling. 

BIO 410 -Cellular Physiology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 
third quarter junior status; two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above; and organic chemistry. 

A consideration of the functional relationships 
between microscopic anatomy and cell chemis- 
try, emphasizing permeability, metabolism, and 
growth. 

BIO 440 -Cytology (2-6-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, 
growth, differentiation, and reproduction. 

BIO 450 -Evolution (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Major in biology (at least 
15 qtr. hrs. credit in biology courses numbered 
300 or above). 

Modern concepts in organic evolution. 



BIO 470-471 -472 -Seminar (1-0-1) 

Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior Biology 
majors. 

Library research, class presentations, and dis- 
cussions in selected areas of Biology. 

BIO 480 -General Ecology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: Three courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above. 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their 
application to the welfare of humans, coordinated 
with a study of populations and communities in 
the field. 

BIO 490 -Research (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 
hours credit in biology courses numbered 300 or 
above; a B average in biology courses and in 
overall work; consent of department head; agree- 
ment of a staff member to supervise work. 

Problems to be assigned and work directed by 
a member of the department. Supervised re- 
search including literature search, field and/or 
laboratory investigation and presentation of an 
acceptable written report of results. Credit will de- 
pend upon the work to be done. Both credit and 
proposed work must be approved in advance, 'in 
writing, by the faculty member to supervise the 
work and by the department head. 

BIO 495, 496 -Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: Junior 
standing and permission of the Department 
Head. 

The' student will be engaged in a biological 
project sponsored by an outside agency. The 
project will be selected, supervised, evaluated, 
and credit hours determined by the student's fac- 
ulty advisor in consultation with the outside 
agency. The student must make application dur- 
ing the quarter preceding the internship. No more 
than 5 (five) hours may be counted toward the 
major. 



Botany Offerings 

BOT 201 -Principles of Horticulture 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: None. 

Introduction to basic gardening principles with 
emphasis on plant growth and development as 
responses to varying environmental conditions. 
Topics to be covered include plant classification, 



BIOLOGY 



95 



growth and development, environment, propa- 
gation, disease and pest control. This course may 
be applied as elective credit towards the B.S. de- 
gree in biology. 

BOT 203-Survey of the Plant Kingdom 
(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: BIO 101 and 102. 

Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of 
the plant kingdom, with emphasis upon the evo- 
lution of the land flora. 

BOT 305 -Identification of Flowering Plants 
(0-10-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of biol- 
ogy- 
Studies in the identification of plants with em- 
phasis on local fiora. 

BOT 323 -Plant Anatomy (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of biology. 

The origin and development of the organs and 
tissue systems of vascular plants, and a com- 
parative study of the structure of roots, stems, 
leaves, flowers, and fruits. 

BOT 410 -Plant Physiology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: 15 quarter hours of bi- 
ology. 

A survey of physiologic processes occurring in 
plants and the conditions which affect these proc- 
esses. 

BOT 425 -Plant Morphology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: BOT 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with 
emphasis on form, structure, reproduction, and 
evolutionary relationships. 



Entomology Offerings 

ENT 301 -Introductory Entomology 
(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: BIO 101 and 102. 
An introduction to the study of insects -their 
structure, identification, and biology. 



Zoology Offerings 

ZOO 204-Survey of the Animal Kingdom 
(3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102. 
An evolutionary survey of the major animal 
phyla. 



ZOO 208 -Human Anatomy and Physiology 

I (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101. 

A basic course considering the gross anatomy, 
histology, and physiology of the human organ 
systems. Intended primarily for majors in health 
sciences, credit for this course may not be ap- 
plied toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 209- Human Anatomy and Physiology 

II (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: ZOO 208 
and CHE 201 or 122. 

A continuation of the basic course considering 
the anatomy and physiology of the human. Credit 
may not be applied toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 211 -Cardiopulmonary Anatomy and 
Physiology (2-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: ZOO 209. 

The cardiopulmonary system is studied with 
special emphasis on functional anatomy. The 
physiology of the heart, the control of circulation, 
respiration, and blood pressure, and particle 
movement across membranes are also studied. 
Intended primarily for majors in health sciences; 
credit for this course may not be applied toward 
a major in biology. 

ZOO 21 5 -Human Physiology and Disease 
(4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: ZOO 208 and 209 or 
other acceptable courses in human, general, or 
vertebrate physiology. 

An introductory consideration of disease as 
disruption of physiological homeostasis. Initial 
emphasis is placed on normal function, control, 
and environment of cells as a basis for under- 
standing cellular and systemic responses to 
agents of injury and organismic effects of those 
responses. Intended primarily for majors in health 
sciences. 

ZOO 326 -Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

A study of the structure, body functions, inter- 
relations, and natural history of the major inver- 
tebrate groups. 

ZOO 330 -Fundamentals of Nutrition 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, alternate years. Prerequisites: BIO 101- 
102 or ZOO 208-209, and CHE 121-122 or CHE 
201. 



96 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Biological bases of animal, including human, 
nutrition; sources and biological utilization and 
functions of nutrients. 

ZOO 355 -Embryology (4-3-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

An elementary course in embryology in which 
the chick is used to illustrate the basic principles 
of developmental anatomy. 

ZOO 356— Comparative Anatomy of the 
Vertebrates (3-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the anatomy and evolution of the 
organ systems of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 357 -Animal Histology (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the tissues and their organization 
into organs and organ systems in animals. 

ZOO 372 -Parasitology (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A comparative study of the internal and external 
parasites of man and other animals. 

ZOO 410 -General Vertebrate Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: Junior status, including 15 
hours of biology; Organic Chemistry (may be 
taken concurrently). 

An introduction to the general physiologic proc- 
esses of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 425 -Marine Invertebrate Zoology 
(2-6-5) 

Spring. Even numbered years. Prerequisites: 
ZOO 325 or ZOO 204 with a grade of A or B. 

Studies in the identification and ecologic dis- 
tribution of marine invertebrates as exemplified by 
collection from the southeastern coastal region. 

ZOO 429- Endocrinology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: ZOO 410 or 
other acceptable physiology course. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their con- 
trol of metabolism and reproductive cycles. 

ZOO 435 -Comparative Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Winter, alternate years. Prerequisites: Junior 
status, including 15 hours of biology; Organic 
Chemistry (may be taken concurrently). 

Studies in various groups of animals of the 
functions of organ systems involved in the main- 
tenance of homeostasis under varying conditions 
within normal habitats and of in vitro reactions of 
tissues and systems under laboratory conditions. 



Chemistry and Physics 

Faculty 

Harris, Henry, Department Head 

Baker, Julia, 

Brewer, John 

Butler, Frank 

Byrd, James 

Carpenter, Suzanne 
*Hizer, Todd 

Jaynes, Leon 
*Jones, Gerald 

Stratton, Cedric 
*Whiten, Morris 



*Graduate Faculty 



The department offers majors in chemistry and 
in the physical sciences. Minor concentrations 
are offered in chemistry, engineering studies, 
physical science, and physics. The department 
sponsors the Engineering Studies Program to fa- 
cilitate the transfer of students into engineering 
programs. 

The major in chemistry is designed to give 
depth in the fields of chemistry, yet is flexible 
enough to accommodate a range of career goals. 
Students majoring in chemistry may concurrently 
complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, and pre-vet- 
erinary requirements and all requirements for 
secondary teaching certification in science. A 
grade of "C" or better is required in all chemistry 
courses applied toward the major. 

The major in the physical sciences allows stu- 
dents to pursue a study in engineering and phys- 
ics along with other areas of the physical 
sciences. 

The department participates in the Dual De- 
gree Program of Armstrong State College under 
which students may earn simultaneously the B.S. 
degree with a major in chemistry or physical sci- 
ences from Armstrong and the baccalaureate in. 
a field of engineering from the Georgia Institute 
of Technology or one of several other participat- 
ing schools. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN CHEMISTRY 



A. General Requirements. 



Hours 

. 101 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



97 



Area I 20 

ENG 101. 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

One course selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

PHY 211, 212 or 217*. 218* . . 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 

201, ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; 
SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

CHE 128, 129, 211 15 

MAT 206 5 

PHY 213 or 219* 5 

Computer Science or Mathemat- 
ics or Natural Science 5 

AreaV 6 

PE 166 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 

346, 380, 491 25 

Approved courses chosen from: 

300-400 level chemistry 20 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

CS 115, 116, 120, or 142, ... 5 
Additional courses in Computer 
Science, Mathematics, or Natu- 
ral Sciences 10 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 
'Recommended sequence. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN CHEMISTRY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

One course selected from: ART 
200,271,272,273; ENG 222; 



MUS 200; PHI 201 5' 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 

201 , ECO 201 , 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

CHE 211 5 

PHY 211, 212, or 217, 218 .. . 10 

PSY 101 5 

EDN 200 5 

One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 

DRS 228 5 

AreaV 6 

PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 

346, 380, 491 25 

CHE 461 5 

Approved 300-400 level Chem- 
istry courses 15 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

MAT 206 5 

BIO 101, 102 10 

PHY 213 or 219 5 

One course selected from: AST 
301; GEL 301; MET 301; OCE 

301, 430; PHY 312 5 

D. Professional sequence 35 

EXC 310, EDN 335, 447, 471, 

472, 473 30 

PSY 201 or EDN 201 5 

E. Regents' Examination and Exit 
Examinations 

TOTAL 206 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 



98 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



One course selected from: 

ART 200, 271, 272, 273; 

ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 

201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS114or191, 115or192; POS 

113 15 

One course selected from: 
ANT 201, ECO 201, 202; PSY 
101; SOC201 5 

Area IV . . 30 

PHY 211, 212, 213 or PHY 217, 

218,219 15 

MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

AreaV 11 

PE 166 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

PHY 312 5 

Ten hours chosen from: 

AST, GEL, MET, OCE 10 

Thirty hours selected from the 
following with a maximum of 15 
hours from any one area: 
CHE 211, 300-400 CHE courses 
EGR 220, 221, 300-400 EGR 
courses; 300-400 PHY courses 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

CS246. . . . . 5 

CS or MAT 20 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 201 



Minor Concentrations 

The minor in Chemistry requires twenty credit 
hours with grades of "C" or better in upper divi- 
sion chemistry courses. 

The minor in Engineering Studies requires EGR 
100, 171, 220, 221, plus 10 hours chosen from 
upper division engineering electives for a total of 
26 quarter credit hours. A grade of at least "C" 
in each course is required. 

The minor in Physics requires twenty-three 
credit hours from courses designated as physics 
numbered 21 1 or higher. A grade of "C" or better 
in each course is required. 



The minor in Physical Science requires ten 
credit hours of a laboratory sequence in chem- 
istry, physical science, or physics plus fifteen 
hours chosen from: AST 301 , CHE 301 , GEL 301 , 
MET 301, OCE 301. A grade of "C" or better is 
required in each course. 



The ASC Engineering 
Transfer Program 

The ASC Engineering Transfer Program is de- 
signed as a general program that offers course 
work contained in the first two years of the stand- 
ard engineering curriculum at most accredited 
engineering schools. After following the sug- 
gested course sequence at Armstrong State, a 
student should be able to transfer to any ABET- 
accredited engineering school and complete the 
requirements for a baccalaureate in a chosen 
field of engineering in a total of four to five years, 
which is the time typical of all engineering stu- 
dents. The program of courses has been con- 
structed with advice from the Georgia Institute of 
Technology. Students are advised to contact the 
engineering school of choice on questions of 
transfer. 



Chemistry Offerings 

CHE 121 -122 -Introduction to Chemistry 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: MAT 101. (Credit in 
these courses may not be applied to a major in 
chemistry.) 

These courses include a study of the funda- 
mental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry, 
a survey of organic chemistry, and an introduction 
to biochemistry. 

CHE 128-1 29 -General Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: College Algebra or concurrently.' 
Offered each quarter. 

These courses are the first two of the series 
128, 129, 211 required to complete an academic 
year of general chemistry. A study of the funda- 
mental principles and laws of chemistry with a 
quantitative approach to the subject. These 
courses are designed for the science, pre-medi- 
cal and engineering student. The laboratory work 
includes an understanding of fundamental tech- 
niques. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



99 



CHE 201 -Essentials of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered each 
quarter. 

An introduction to inorganic, organic, and bio- 
chemistry with emphasis on applications in hu- 
man physiology and clinical chemistry. 
Experimental principles will be illustrated with 
classroom demonstrations. 

CHE 202 -Physical Principles (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 201. 

This course provides a study of the physical 
principles of gas behavior, acid-base calcula- 
tions, weak acid ionization, buffer solutions, pH 
measurements, blood gas measurements, and 
other subjects of special interest to persons in 
allied health sciences. 

CHE 211 -Chemical Principles (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 129. Fall and Spring. 

This course is the third in the sequence 128, 
129, 21 1 required to complete an academic year 
of general chemistry. Stresses chemical thermo- 
dynamics, kinetics, and equilibria. 

CHE 301 -The Chemistry of Life (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed. Offered on demand. 

An introductory course covering selected areas 
of applied biochemistry. This course is not rec- 
ommended for chemistry, biology, or premedical 
students. 

CHE 307-Princlp!es of Chemical 
Processes (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: CHE 129 and MAT 206. 

Methods of material balance in chemical proc- 
ess are studied. Topic subjects include proc- 
esses and process variables, systems of units, 
gas behavior, single-phase and multi-phase sys- 
tems. TEXT: Level of Felder and Rousseau Ele- 
mentary Principles of Chemical Processes. 

CHE 308-Principles of Chemical 
Processes II (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 307. 

Methods of energy balance in chemical proc- 
esses are studied. Various forms of energy 
changes involved in both reactive and non-reac- 
tive processes are introduced. Emphasis is 
placed on the application of combined material 
and energy balances in processes. TEXT: Level 
of Felder and Rousseau Elementary Principles of 
Chemical Processes. 



CHE 341 -342 -Organic Chemistry (4-0-4) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter. 

These courses include the study of aliphatics, 
aromatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives, po- 
lyfunctional compounds, and polynuclear hydro- 
carbons. Organic reactions are emphasized in 
terms of modern theory. 

CHE 343 -Organic Chemistry (4-0-4) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Spring. 

A continuation of the organic chemistry se- 
quence 341 , 342. This course completes the fun- 
damental study of organic chemistry with a 
consideration of carbohydrates, amino acids, and 
heterocyclics with their related compounds. 

CHE 344, 345, 346-Organlc Chemistry 
Laboratory I, II, III (0-3-1) 

Corequisite or Prerequisite: CHE 341 , 342, 343 
respectively. 

Studies of techniques and reactions used in 
organic chemistry. 

CHE 350 -Chemical Literature (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Offered on de- 
mand. 

A study of the use of the chemical library and 
the important journals references, and informa- 
tion sources. 

CHE 380 -Quantitative Instrumental 
Analysis (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 129. Winter and Summer. 

A study of the principles of volumetric, spectro- 
photometer, electrometric and chromatographic 
methods of analysis. 

CHE 397 -Scientific Glass-Blowing 
(0-4-2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor. Of- 
fered on demand. 

Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; in- 
troduction of glass working equipment; planning 
of sequential joining operations; demonstration of 
major techniques for joining and working glass; 
supervision of individual students in preparing 
testpieces. 

CHE 410 -Chemical Safety (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 341. Offered on demand. 

Topic subjects will include standard laboratory 
safety practices, hazardous properties of chemi- 
cals, safety practices in the storage, use and dis- 
posal of chemicals, and government regulations. 



100 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CHE 421 -Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 
(3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380, CHE 491. Offered on 
demand. 

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tending 
to increase students' understanding of mecha- 
nisms of chemical reactions. Emphasizes the pe- 
riodicity of elements. Students will carry out 
extensive literature searches and participate in in- 
organic laboratory research. 

CHE 431 -432 -Seminar (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 
Selected topics for group discussion. 

CHE 441 -Advanced Organic Chemistry 
(2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Spring. 

A further study of important organic reactions 
emphasizing theories of reaction mechanism of 
organic chemistry. 

CHE 448 -Organic Qualitative Analysis 
(2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 
Systematic approach to the identification of or- 
ganic compounds. 

CHE 451 -History of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Junior standing and CHE 129. 

The development of science surveyed from an- 
tiquity to the present. Emphasis is placed on the 
development of ideas, men who made significant 
contributions, evolution of chemical theories, and 
the modern social implications of science. 

CHE 461 -Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 

A study of the chemical nature of cellular con- 
stituents and cellular metabolism. Subject topics 
include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, enzymes, 
vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic carbohy- 
drate metabolism, lipid metabolism, the tricar- 
boxylic acid cycle, oxidative phosphorylation, and 
photosynthesis. 

CHE 462 -Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 461. Offered on demand. 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia and ni- 
trogen-containing compounds, the biosynthesis 
of nucleic acids and proteins, metabolic regula- 
tion, and selected topics. 

CHE 466 -Biochemistry Laboratory 
(0-6-2) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: CHE 461. Offered 
on demand. 

A study of techniques used in biochemistry re- 
search. Topic subjects include separation, puri- 
fication and characterization procedures. 



CHE 481 -Advanced Instrumental Analysis 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380. 

A study of electrometric methods of analysis. 
Topic subjects will include potentiometric, cou- 
lometric, and polarographic measurements. 

CHE 482 -Advanced Instrumental Analysis 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: CHE 380 and PHY 312. 

A study of spectrophotometry and chromato- 
graphic methods of analysis. Topic subjects will 
include visible and ultra-violet spectroscopy, gas- 
liquid chromatography, high performance liquid 
chromatography, atomic emission and absorp- 
tion spectroscopy. 

CHE 483 -Advanced Instrumental Analysis 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: CHE 342 and 482. 

A continuation of the study of spectroscopy. 
Topic subjects will include infrared spectroscopy, 
nuclear magnetic resonance, electronspin reso- 
nance and mass spectrometry. 

CHE 491 -492-493 -Physical Chemistry 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 380, PHY 213, MAT 206. 
Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Fundamental principles of physical chemistry 
including the study of solids, liquids, gases, ther- 
mochemistry, thermodynamics and solutions. 
These courses will also cover a study of chemical 
equilibria, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry, 
colloids, quantum mechanics and nuclear chem- 
istry. 

CHE 496 -Internship (V-V(1-12)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisites: 
CHE 343, 380, 491 and permission of the Chem- 
istry Intern Program Director. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project in' 
industry, government or other institutional setting. 
The project will be determined, supervised, and 
evaluated by the sponsor of the activity and the 
student's faculty adviser. Application and ar- 
rangement must be made through the depart- 
ment by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of 
internship. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Arm- 
strong and the appropriate official of the school 
from which the student comes. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



101 



CHE 497-498-499 -Independent Study 
(V-V-d-5)) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the Head of the De- 
partment. Offered each quarter. 

Designed to permit qualified students to pur- 
sue supervised individual research or study. Em- 
phasis will be placed on the literature search, 
laboratory experimentation, and presentation of 
an acceptable written report. Both the credit and 
proposed work must be approved in writing by 
the faculty member who will supervise the work 
and by the department head. Open to transient 
students only with the permission of the Dean of 
the Faculty at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 



Engineering Offerings 

EGR 100 -Introduction to Engineering 
(3-0-3). 

Prerequisite: Eligibility to enter MAT 101 and 
ENG 101. 

A comprehensive orientation to the engineering 
process from problem formulation to the evolution 
of creative design; fundamental concepts from 
various fields of engineering. 

EGR 171 -Engineering Graphics (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103, CS 116. 

Computer-aided graphics and engineering de- 
sign fundamentals. Spatial analysis axioms, pro- 
jection theory, sketching, creating design, 
geometric dimensioning, and tolerancing. 

EGR 220 -Statics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 207. 

Concepts of forces, moments, and other vector 
quantities; analysis of two-and-three-dimensional 
force systems; conditions of equilibrium; friction; 
centroids and moments of inertia. 

EGR 221 -Dynamics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 220 and MAT 208. 

Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies; kinet- 
ics of particles and rigid bodies using force- 
mass-acceleration, work-energy, and momentum 
methods in two-and-three-dimensional motion. 

EGR 322 -Mechanics of Deformable Bodies 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 220. 

Internal effects and dimension changes of sol- 
ids resulting from externally applied loads; shear 



and bending moment diagrams; analysis of 
stress and strain; beam deflection; column sta- 
bility. 

EGR 310 -Electrical Circuit Analysis 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Prerequisite or Core- 
quisite: MAT 341 . 

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, 
nodal and mesh analysis. Thevenin's and Nor- 
ton's theorems; phasors, magnetically coupled 
circuits, and two-port parameters. 

EGR 311 -Electronics I (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: EGR 310. 

Introduction to P-N junction theory and the con- 
cepts of solid-state devices; development of the 
electrical characteristics of diodes and transis- 
tors; bipolar and field-effect amplifying circuits; 
operational amplifiers and analog systems. 

EGR 31 2 -Electronics II (2-6-4) 

Prerequisite: EGR 311. 

Operation and application of integrated circuits 
used in digital systems; gates, flip-flops, 
counters, registers and memory devices. 

EGR 323 -Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 221, EGR 330, and MAT 
341. 

Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using the 
continuity, momentum, and energy conservation 
relationships; introduction to viscous flows. 

EGR 330 -Thermodynamics I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 208. 

Basic concepts of thermodynamics; properties 
of substances; conservation principles; the first 
and second laws of thermodynamics; entropy; 
analysis of thermodynamic systems. 

EGR 331 -Thermodynamics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 330. 

Gas cycles; vapor cycles; thermodynamic re- 
lationships; thermodynamic behavior of real 
gases; non-reacting gas mixtures; thermody- 
namics of chemical reactions. 

EGR 332 -Heat Transfer (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 323. 

The fundamental principle of heat transfer; 
steady and transient conduction in solids; intro- 
duction to convective heat transfer; thermal ra- 
diation. 



102 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EGR 350 -Computer Applications in 
Engineering (2-3-3) 

Prerequisites: CS 246, EGR 221, EGR 310, 
EGR 323. 

The application of digital computers to the so- 
lution of selected engineering problems using 
FORTRAN; emphasis on problem analysis and 
solution techniques. 

EGR 370 -Engineering Economic Analysis 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: MAT 206 and ECO 202. 

Fundamental principles and basic techniques 
of economic analysis of engineering projects in- 
cluding economic measure of effectiveness; time 
value of money, cost estimation, breakeven and 
replacement analysis. 

EGR 396 -Engineering Internship 
(V-V-d-12)) 

Prerequisites: EGR 171, EGR 322, and permis- 
sion of the Engineering Intern Program Director. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project in 
industry or government. The project will be de- 
termined, supervised, and evaluated by the spon- 
sor of the activity and the Engineering Intern 
Program Director. Application and arrangement 
must be made through the department by mid- 
quarter preceding the quarter of internship. 



Physical Science Offerings 

PHS 121 -Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered each 
quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws 
and concepts of physics and astronomy. This 
course is designed for non-science majors inter- 
ested in a descriptive survey. The laboratory 
study is designed to supplement the study of the- 
ory. 

PHS 122 -Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered each 
quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws 
and theories of chemistry, geology, meteorology 
and physical oceanography. This is a descriptive 
course which includes the classification of ele- 
ments, basic chemical reactions, and atomic 
structure designed for the non-science major. 
The laboratory study includes experiences which 
augment class discussion. 



AST 301 -Introduction to Astronomy 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed. Winter. 

A study of the planetary system, stars, stellar 
structure, and cosmology. 

GEL 301 -Introduction to Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory 
science completed. Fall. 

An introduction of physical and historical ge- 
ology. A study of the origin, evolution, and struc- 
ture of the earth's crust, and geologic history. 

MET 301 -Introduction to Meteorology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed. Spring. 

An introduction to the description of the state 
of the atmosphere and to the physical laws that 
describe atmospheric phenomena. 

OCE 301 -Introduction to Oceanography 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory 
science completed. Offered on demand. 

A study of the basic principles of oceanogra- 
phy. Topic subjects to include the distribution of 
water over the earth, nature and relief of the 
ocean floors, tides and currents, chemical prop- 
erties of sea water and constituents, and appli- 
cations of oceanographic research. 



Physics Offerings 

PHY 21 1 -Mechanics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103. Fall. 

The first part of the sequence PHY 211-212- 
213 in general physics. Basic classical physics, 
including mechanics, sound, and heat. Designed 
for students with aptitude in mathematics below 
the level of calculus. Selected experiments to 
demonstrate applications. 
PHY 21 2 -Electricity, Magnetism, Basic 
Light (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 211. 
Winter. 

The second part of the sequence PHY 211- 
212-213. Basic electricity, magnetism, and geo- 
metrical optics. 

PHY 21 3 -Light Phenomena, Modern 
Physics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 212. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence PHY 211-212- 
213. Continues the study of light from the view- 



ART AND MUSIC 



103 



point of physical optics, and concludes with the 
study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory 
work includes two selected experiments of ad- 
vanced scope. 

PHY 21 7 -Mechanics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: MAT 206. Fall and Spring. 

The first part of the sequence PHY 217-218- 
219 in general physics. Basic classical physics, 
including mechanics, sound and heat. Designed 
especially for engineering students and recom- 
mended for science majors. Selected experi- 
ments to demonstrate applications. 

PHY 21 8 -Electricity, Magnetism, Basic 
Light (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207 or concurrently and 
PHY 217. 
Winter and Fall. 

The second part of the sequence PHY 217- 
218-219. Basic electricity, magnetism, and geo- 
metrical optics. 

PHY 21 9 -Light Phenomena, Modern 
Physics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Spring and Winter. 

The last part of the sequence PHY 217-218- 
219. Continues the study of light from the view- 
point of physical optics, and concludes with the 
study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory 
work includes two selected experiments of ad- 
vanced scope. 

PHY 310 -Electrical Circuit Analysis (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Prerequisite or Core- 
quisite: MAT 341. 

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, 
nodal and mesh analysis. Thevenin's and Nor- 
ton's theorems; phasors, magnetically coupled 
circuits, and two-port parameters. 

PHY 31 2 -Digital Electronics (3-6-5) 

Prerequisites: Math 103 and ten quarter hours 
of laboratory science completed. 

An introduction to discrete component and in- 
tegrated circuits used in modern digital electron- 
ics. The primary objective of this course is to give 
students hands-on experience in constructing 
and investigating an array of digital circuits that 
are directly applicable in instrumentation. 

PHY 322 -Mechanics of Deformable Bodies 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 220. 

Internal effects and dimension changes of 
solids resulting from externally applied loads; 



shear and bending moment diagrams; analysis 
of stress and strain; beam deflection; column 
stability. 

PHY 323- Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 221, EGR/PHY 330, and 
MAT 341. 

Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using the 
continuity, momentum, and energy conservation 
relationships; introduction to viscous flows. 

PHY 330 -Thermodynamics I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 208 
Basic concepts of thermodynamics: properties 
of substances; conservation principles; the first 
and second laws of thermodynamics; entropy; 
analysis of thermodynamic systems. 

PHY 380 -Introductory Quantum Mechanics 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 213 or PHY 219 and MAT 
207. Offered on demand. 

An introduction to quantum mechanical princi- 
ples with applications in atomic and molecular 
structure. 

PHY417-Mechanlcs II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 or 211 and MAT 207. 
PHY 21 8 or 21 2 and MAT 341 are recommended. 
Offered on demand. 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles 
and of systems of particles are developed using 
Newtonian principles. 



Art and Music 

Faculty 

* Anderson, James, Department Head 
Harris, Robert 
Jensen, John 
'Jensen, Linda 
Schmidt, John 
*Schultz, Lucinda 
Vogelsang, Kevin 



'Graduate Faculty 



The Department of Art and Music offers the 
Bachelor of Arts degree with majors in art and 
music, the Bachelor of Music Education degree, 
and in cooperation with the Department of Sec- 
ondary Education, the Bachelor of Science in Art 
Education. 



104 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Placement Examinations 

Transfer and new students in music must take 
placement examinations as appropriate in ap- 
plied music, music theory, and music history. Ac- 
ceptance of transfer credit towards graduation 
requirements in each area is contingent upon the 
results of the examination. 

Transfer students in art will be required to take 
a placement examination in art history. Addition- 
ally, coursework at other institutions in studio art 
may not be counted towards graduation until a 
portfolio of artwork is submitted demonstrating 
competency in those areas in which classes have 
been completed. 
Additional Requirements for Music Majors 

There are a variety of departmental policies and 
regulations which affect music majors. Included 
are requirements for recital attendance, ensem- 
ble participation, piano proficiency, recital partic- 
ipation, applied music levels, and the Rising 
Junior Applied Music Examination. A copy of A 
Handbook of Policies and Regulations for Music 
Majors will be given to each music student. 

Please see the "Fees" section of this catalog 
for information on applied music fees. 
Directed Individual Studies (DIS) 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) have a dis- 
tinctly useful place in the Arts and Music curric- 
ulum. The intent of the DIS is for an enrichment 
experience that otherwise is unavailable in the 
classroom. Normally, regular curriculum course- 
work should not be completed by individual study. 

However, if a regular course is to be taught by 
individual study, the following criteria must be met 
before approval may be granted by the depart- 
ment head: 1) the course must not have been 
offered during the preceding three quarters nor 
be scheduled during the succeeding three quar- 
ters; 2) the student must gain the approval of the 
anticipated instructor; 3) transient students must 
gain the permission of not only the department 
head, but the dean of faculty, and of the college 
from which the student comes; and 4) the student 
must demonstrate, in writing, that a hardship will 
exist if permission is denied, for the student to 
take an individual study. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
ART 



A. General Requirements. 



Hours 

. 101 



Area I r 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; PHI 201; 
MUS 200 5* 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 222 or 290 10 

2. Lab Science Sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 

201, PSY101, 

SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. ART 111, 112, 201, 

202, 213 25 

2. MUS 200 or 210 . 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 35 

1 . ART 204, 31 3, 330, 340, 370, 

413 30 

2. One from: ART 271, 

272, 273 5* 

C. Special Course Requirements 20 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

2. PHI 400 5 

D. Electives 40 

Recommend ART 271 , 272, 273* 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . 

TOTAL 196 

*(May not be duplicated with major field, Area I, 
and elective requirements.) 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
MUSIC 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 



ART AND MUSIC 



105 



Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Lab Science Sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 
201, PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 

213 18 

2. MUS 140 6 

3. MUS 256 or 254 6 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 33 

1. MUS 240, 281, 340, 371,372, 

373 24 

2. Two Courses from MUS 312, 
361, 412 6 

3. One Course from MUS 41 6, 425, 
427 3 

C. Track Options 38 

1 . General Track: Electives .... 38 
One of the following perform- 
ance/composition tracks. Pre- 
requisite: Departmental 
Permission Only. 

2. Keyboard Performance 

MUS 258, 440, 420, 421 ... . 15 
Electives 23 

3. Vocal Performance 

MUS 313, 314, 315, 440 ... . 15 
Electives 23 

4. Wind Instrument Performance 

MUS 440, 481 9 

One course from MUS 312, 361, 

412 3* 

One course from MUS 432 or 

433 3 

Electives 23 

5. Composition 

MUS 422 12 

One course from MUS 312, 361, 

412 3* 

Electives 23 

D. Special Course Requirements 25 

1. ART 271, 272, 273 (may not be 
duplicated with Area I 
requirement) 10 



2. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

3. RECITAL PERFORMANCES (de- 
termined by option) 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations .... 

TOTAL 197 

'(May not be duplicated with Major Field Requirements) 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 
201, SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200; PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 70-73 

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 236, 237, 
238, 239, 281 20 

2. MUS 240, 340 12 

3. MUS 312, 330, 331, 

361, 412 17 

4. MUS 371, 372, 373 9 

5. One of the following emphases: 

A. Choral Emphasis 

MUS 353, 313, 423, 480, and 

314 or 315 12 

B. Instrumental Emphasis 
MUS 227, 352, 416, 424, 

481 12 



106 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



C. Keyboard Emphasis 

MUS 227, 425, 420 or 421, 
423 or 424, 352 or 353, 480 

or 481 15 

C. Professional Sequence 25 

1. EXC310; EDN335, 471, 472, 

473. ... ' 25 

D. Special Course Requirements 

One half of senior recital ... 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196-199 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191 ,115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 

201 , 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, PSY101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. ART 111, 112,213 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 63-68 

1. ART 201, 202, 204 15 

2. ART 271, 272, 273* 10-15 

3. ART 313, 330, 340, 350, 351, 

370 30 

4. One course from: ART 31 4, 362, 
363 5 

5. ART 400 3 

C. Professional Sequence 25 

1 . EXC 31 0; EDN 335, 471 , 472, 
473 



D. Electives . . . . w 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . 

TOTAL 
f *May not be duplicated in Area I. 



25 

0-5 



194 



Minor Concentrations 

Minor concentrations in art and in music are 
available through the Department of Art and Mu- 
sic. The requirements of each are: 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 63 

Area ! 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

2. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 - 
or 290 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191 or 115 or 192; 
HIS 251 or 252 . 10 

2. POS 113 and one course se- 
lected from: ANT 201 ; ECO 201 , 
202; PSY 101; SOC 201 .... 10 

AreaV 3 

1. PE 103 or 108 1 

2. Two activity courses 2 

B. Courses in the Concentration 

Art 25 

1. ART 111, 112 10 

2. One course selected from: ART 271, 
272, 273 5 

3. Two courses selected from: 

ART 201 , 202, 211,213,214, 31 4, 330, . 

331,340,362,363,364,370,413. . . 10 

Music 29 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113 9 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one area) 6 

3. Music Ensemble 251 

or 254 6 

4. Music History and 

Literature 8 

5. MUS 000 (recital 
attendance) 



ART AND MUSIC 



107 



Associate In Arts with Concentrations 

HOURS 

Concentration in Art 25 

1. ART 111, 112 10 

2. One course selected from: ART 271, 
272, 273 5 

3. Two courses selected from: 

ART 114, 201, 202, 211, 213, 214, 215, 

330, 331, 340, 362, 363, 364 370, 413 10 

Concentration in Music 29 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113 9 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one area) 6 

3. Music Ensemble 256, 254 6 

4. Music History and 

Literature 8 

5. Piano Proficiency 

6. MUS 000 (Recital Attendance) 



Art Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open to 
non-art majors. 

ART 111 -Basic Design I (4-2-5) 

Fall. 

An introduction to two-dimensional design and 
graphic communication. 

ART 112- Basic Design II (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or better 
in Art III or permission of instructor. 

The fundamentals of three-dimensional design 
introduced through sculptural projects in various 
media. 

ART 200 -Introduction to the Visual Arts 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and 
techniques and their application in masterworks 
of art from all ages. Not recommended for art 
majors. 

ART 201 -Painting I (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in- ART 111 or ART 213 or permission of the in- 
structor. 

A basic course in acrylic or oil painting from 
observed and secondary sources. 



ART 202 -Painting II (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in ART 201 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of Painting I with an increasing 
emphasis on student selected painting problems. 

ART 204 -Introduction to Photography 
(4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction to black and white photographic 
aesthetics and processes. Including study of the 
mechanical-optical functions of cameras and en- 
larges as well as printing and processing of film 
in a controlled environment. 

ART 211 -Graphic Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 111 or permission of the in- 
structor. 

The fundamentals of visual communication in- 
cluding design, layout, typography and reproduc- 
tion as related to modern advertising techniques. 

ART 21 3 -Drawing I (4-2-5) 

Winter. 

A fundamental course emphasizing represen- 
tational drawing from still-life, landscape, and fi- 
gural form. 

ART 271 -History of Art (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of the visual arts, painting, sculpture, 
and architecture, in Western Civilization from pre- 
history to the Late Middle Ages. 

ART 272 -History of Art II (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Italian Renaissance through Rococo art. 

ART 273 -History of Art III (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Modern Art, the late eighteenth through the 
twentieth centuries. 

ART 31 3 -Drawing II (4-2-5) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in ART 
213 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of Drawing I with emphasis on 
figuration, composition, and color. 

ART 31 4 -Intermediate Photography 
(3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 204 or permission of the in- 
structor. 

A continuation of the study of the aesthetics 
and processes in black and white photography. 



108 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ART 31 5 -Color Photography (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 204, or permission of the in- 
structor. 

An introduction of the principles, aesthetics, 
and print processes of color photography. 

ART 316— Hand Colored and Manipulated 
Silver Print (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 204, or permission of the in- 
structor. 

Exploration of a variety of media and tech- 
niques to enhance and alter a silver print. 

ART 320 -Art for the Elementary Teacher 
(4-2-5) 

Fall, Spring. 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study, with studio experience, of materials 
and methods for teaching art at the elementary 
school level. 

ART 330 -Ceramics I (4-2-5) 

Introduction to fundamentals of wheel thrown 
pottery, handbuilding techniques and ceramic 
sculpture. Emphasis is on decoration, form, 
craftsmanship and creativity. Traditional glazing 
and firing techniques as well as an exploration 
into non-traditional methods of coloring and con- 
struction. 

ART 331 -Pottery Techniques (4-2-5) 

Emphasis in on techniques of pottery utilizing 
the potter's wheel. 

ART 333 -Ceramic Sculpture (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Ceramics I or permission of in- 
structor. 

Emphasis is on developing ideas into large- 
scale ceramic sculpture. Individual attention and 
direction is facilitated. Projects may include pot- 
tery, the figure, abstractions, wall relief and mixed 
media construction. 

ART340-Printmaking I (4-2-5) 

An introduction to basic printmaking ideas and 
terminology. Projects will include one or more of 
the following: linoleum, woodblock, intaglio, silk- 
screen and non-traditional methods of making 
prints. 

ART 350 -Art in the Lower School (4-2-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 
Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching art in the elementary 
school. 



ART 351 -Art in the Middle and Upper 
School (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- 
tor. Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching art in junior and senior high 
school. 

ART 362 -Enameling/Jewelry Making 
(4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction of process in the production of a 
variety of enameled art works, and of processes 
in the making of jewelry, both handmade and 
cast. 

ART 363 -Batik/Textile Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Exploration of a variety of processes used in 
applying original designs to fabric. 

ART 364 -Fibers Construction (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Development of processes used in on and off 
techniques in weaving and in contemporary fiber 
wall hangings. 

ART 370 -Sculpture I (4-2-5) 

An introduction to basic sculpture ideas, ter- 
minology, and processes. Emphasis will be 
placed on working with the human figure utilizing 
clay and other media. 

ART 400 -Seminar in Art Education 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Art 
education majors only. 

A survey of current trends in instructional and 
research techniques. 

ART 41 3 -Drawing III (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or higher 
in ART 313 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of Drawing II with increasingly 
complex problems in concept, design, and tech- 
nique. 

ART 489 -Selected Studies In Art (V-V(1-5) 

Offered on demand 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Varied course offerings designed to meet spe- 
cial institutional and community needs. May be 
repeated for credit. 

ART 490 -Directed Individual Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. 



ART AND MUSIC 



109 



ART 491 -Internship (V-V-(1-4-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of instructor and department head 
and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus study, 
work, and/or research. Projects usually encom- 
pass the entire academic quarter and are under 
the joint supervision of the sponsoring institution 
and his/her faculty supervisor. 



Applied Music Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open to 
non-music majors. 

MUS 130-Applied Music (one credit) 

Prerequisite: Sufficient music background, de- 
termined by audition of MUS 110. 

One twenty-five minute lesson per week in 
brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, voice, or 
woodwinds. Applicable to a music degree only for 
a secondary applied credit. May be repeated for 
credit. 

MUS 140-Applled Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Open to music majors and a lim- 
ited number of non-majors by audition only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 240-Applled Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 1 40 level 
as determined by jury examination. Music majors 
only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 340-Applled Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Ris- 
ing Junior Applied Music Examination. Music ma- 
jors only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 440-Applled Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 340 level 
as determined by jury examination. Music majors 
only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 



Music Offerings 

MUS 000 -Recital Attendance (0-V-0) 

A requirement for music majors and minors 
which consists of attendance at a designated 
number of concerts/recitals each quarter. 

MUS 110- Basic Music Theory (3-0-3) 

Spring. 

An introduction to music theory for students 
needing skills for MUS 111. May not be used for 
credit toward a degree in music. 

MUS 111 -Elementary Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 1 1 or equivalent by ex- 
amination. 

An introduction to the basic theoretical princi- 
ples of music including sightsinging, ear-training 
and keyboard harmony. 

MUS 112- Elementary Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 111 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 111 with emphasis on 
part-writing and diatonic material. 

MUS 113- Elementary Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 112 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 112 introducing seventh 
chords and diatonic modulation. 

MUS 114- Jazz Improvisation I (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

Emphasis on basic jazz literature, chord sym- 
bol, melodic patterns, ear training, melodic con- 
cepts and analysis of improvised solos. 

MUS 200 -Introduction to Music Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

A course designed to help the student under- 
stand music by means of analysis of style, forms, 
and media of musical expression. 

MUS 201 -Understanding Jazz (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of jazz performers and 
styles with emphasis on recorded literature. The 
course will examine elements of jazz such as im- 
provisation, instrumentation and rhythm and trace 
their development from New Orleans to contem- 
porary fusion music. 



110 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MUS 202 -Survey of Rock Music (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of rock music and its 
styles with emphasis on recorded literature. 

MUS 203 -Popular Music in 20th Century 
America (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A survey of popular music from ragtime to pres- 
ent. Examination of popular music and its rela- 
tionship to American culture. 

MUS 211 -Intermediate Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in 
MUS 113 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 113 with emphasis on 
chromatic harmony. 

MUS 21 2 -Intermediate Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 21 1 or permission of instructor. 
A continuation of MUS 21 1 . 

MUS 21 3 -Intermediate Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 212 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 212 with emphasis on 
■twentieth century techniques. 

MUS 214-Jazz Improvisation II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 114 or permission of the in- 
structor. 

Emphasis on the analysis and performance of 
intermediate jazz literature and composition in 
contemporary styles. 

MUS 224-Class Guitar (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Designed for the development of basic skills in 
playing the guitar for accompanying. Focuses on 
chorded styles and their application to music 
such as folk songs and popular music. 

MUS 226-Class Piano I, II, III (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission 
of the instructor. Students enrolling in II or III must 
have received a grade of "C" or higher in the 
preceding class. 

A study of keyboard techniques with emphasis 
on the skills needed to fulfill the piano proficiency 
requirement. 

MUS 227 -Class Voice (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music major 
status or permission of the instructor. 

A study of voice production techniques with 
practical application to standard song literature. 
Not open to students whose principal instrument 
is voice. 



MUS 228-Class Piano for Non-Music 
Majors (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission 
of the instructor. 

An applied study of keyboard literature and 
techniques at the beginning and elementary lev- 
els. An elective course, open only to non-music 
majors, which meets in the electronic piano lab- 
oratory. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 236 -Brass Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of brass in- 
strument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 237 -Woodwind Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of woodwind 
instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 238 -Percussion Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of percussion 
instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 239 -String Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of string in- 
strument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 250 -Pep Band (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter. Open to qualified students. 

A group to provide spirit music at school ath- 
letic functions. May be taken for academic credit, 
at most, four times. 

MUS 251 -Concert Band (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from the standard 
literature for symphonic band. Public perform- 
ances are a part of the course requirement. 

MUS 252-Jazz Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from a variety of jazz 
styles and periods. Public performances are a 
part of the course requirement. 

MUS 253 -Armstrong Singers (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all students by audition. 
Jazz Choir. Public performances are a part of the 
course requirement. 

MUS 254 -Concert Choir (0-3-1) 

Membership open to all students. Ability to 
read music desired but not required. Repertoire; 
to be selected each quarter from the standard 
choral concert literature. There will be public per- 
formances each quarter. 



ART AND MUSIC 



111 



MUS 255-Chamber Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Open to all qualified students in the perform- 
ance media of brass, woodwind, string, keyboard, 
voice, and percussion instruments. 

MUS 256-Wlnd Ensemble (0-3-1) 

Offered on demand. Permission of instructor 
only. 

Repertoire to be selected from the standard 
wind ensemble literature. Public performances 
are part of the course requirement. 

MUS 257 -Opera Workshop (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Preparation and performance of work or ex- 
cerpts of works from the operatic repertoire. 

MUS 258 -Keyboard Accompanying 
(1-2-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
A study of the basic principles of accompani- 
ment. 

MUS 259 -Oratorio Chorus (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all. 

Evening rehearsals. Literature to be selected 
from the larger choral works. Ability to read music 
not required. Public performances are part of the 
course requirement. 

MUS 281 -Conducting (3-0-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 113. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the techniques of conducting 
and interpretation. 

MUS 31 2 -Form and Analysis (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. 

The study of the principles of form in music and 
techniques of harmonic analysis. 

MUS 31 3 -English and Italian Lyric Diction 
and Repertoire (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Music Majors Only 

A study of the International Phonetic Alphabet, 
the phonetics of English and Italian for singing 
and a survey of representative English and Italian 
vocal repertoire. 

MUS 314-German Lyric Diction and 
Repertoire (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 217, music majors only 
Orientation to the phonetics of German for 
singing by means of the International Phonetic 
Alphabet and a survey of representative German 
vocal repertoire. 



MUS 31 5 -French Lyric Diction and 
Repertoire (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 217, music majors only. 

Orientation to the phonetics of French for sing- 
ing by means of the International Phonetic Alpha- 
bet and a survey of representative French vocal 
repertoire. 

MUS 320 -Music for the Elementary 
Teacher (5-0-5) 

On demand. 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study of the materials and methods for teach- 
ing general music in the elementary classroom. 
Not for music majors. 

MUS 330 -Music In the Lower School 
(4-0-4) 

Winter. Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing anal- 
ysis and evaluation of techniques and materials 
for teaching music in the lower school. 

MUS 331 -Music In the Middle and Upper 
School (4-0-4) 

Spring. Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing anal- 
ysis and evaluation of techniques and materials 
for teaching music in the middle and senior high 
schools. 

MUS 352 -Band Methods (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music ma- 
jors only. 

A course dealing with the organization, main- 
tenance and development of school instrumental 
ensembles. 

MUS 353-Choral Methods (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 227. 
Music majors only. 

A course dealing with the organization and de- 
velopment of school choral organizations, prob- 
lems of choral singing, and fundamentals of 
choral conducting. 

MUS 361 -Orchestration and Arranging 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. 

An introduction to the techniques of arranging 
and scoring for vocal and instrumental ensem- 
bles. 
MUS 371 -Music History I (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year of 
music theory or permission of the instructor. Mu- 
sic majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization from 
its origins through the Renaissance. 



112 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MUS 372 -Music History li (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year of 
music theory or permission of the instructor. Mu- 
sic majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in 
the Baroque and Classic Periods. 

MUS 373 -Music History III (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213 or 
permission of the instructor. Music majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in 
the Romantic Period and in the 20th century. 

MUS 411 -Composition (V-V-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 41 2 -Counterpoint (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. 

A study of contrapuntal practices of 1 8th cen- 
tury music. 

MUS 41 6 -Topics in Instrumental 
Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques 
(3-0-3). 

Offered on demand. Junior status or permis- 
sion of the instructor. May be repeated for credit 
as topics vary. 

A survey of instrumental literature and teaching 
techniques for brass, guitar, percussion, or wood- 
wind instruments. 

MUS 420 -Piano Literature I (3-0-3) 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of piano literature of the Ba- 
roque and Classic periods. 

MUS 421 -Piano Literature II (3-0-3) 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of piano literature of the Ro- 
mantic and Contemporary periods. 

MUS 422 -Opera Literature (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of the lyric theatre from Ba- 
roque to the present. 

MUS 423 -Choral Repertoire (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior status 
or permission of the instructor. Music majors only. 
A survey of the literature of choral ensemble. 

MUS 424- Band Repertoire (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior status 
or permission of the instructor. Music majors only. 

A survey of the literature of band and wind en- 
semble. 



MUS 425 -Piano Pedagogy (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music ma- 
jors only. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the piano 
and a survey of literature suited for teaching pur- 
poses. 

MUS 427 -Vocal Pedagogy (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the voice 
and a survey of literature suited for teaching pur- 
poses. 

MUS 428 — Marching Band Techniques 
(2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Music majors only, or permission 
of the instructor. 

A study of techniques used in show design and 
instruction of the high school marching band. 
MUS 429 -Art Song (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of the art song from its origins 
to the present day. 

MUS 432— Symphonic Music Literature 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of symphonic music from its 
origins to the present day. 
MUS 433 -Instrumental Chamber Music 
Literature (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of instrumental chamber music 
from its origins to the present day. 
MUS 480 -Advanced Choral Conducting 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 281, 
312, 361. Music majors only. 

Advanced techniques for the choral conductor. 

MUS 481 -Advanced Instrumental 
Conducting (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 281', 
312, 261. Music majors only. 

Advanced techniques for the instrumental con- 
ductor. 

MUS 489 -Selected Studies in Music 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Varied course offerings designed to meet spe- 
cial institutional and community needs. May be 
repeated for credit. 



GOVERNMENT 



113 



MUS 490 -Directed Individual Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. Mu- 
sic majors only. 

MUS 491 -Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of instructor and department head 
and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus study, 
work, and/or research. Projects usually encom- 
pass the entire academic quarter and are under 
the joint supervision of the sponsoring institution 
and his/her faculty supervisor. 



In addition, the Department of Government 
highly values both research and service. To the 
extent of resources available, the Department en- 
courages research by both faculty and students 
and service to the School, the College and the 
community. 

It is within the foregoing context that the De- 
partment of Government offers criminal justice 
and political science minors through the Bruns- 
wick Center, requires the G.R.E. or Political Sci- 
ence Major Field Achievement Test as an exit 
examination for its majors and offers the following 
on-campus undergraduate programs, concentra- 
tions and courses. 



Government 

Faculty 

Vacant: Department Head 
Brown, George 
Ealy, Steven 
Kearnes, John 
Magnus, Robert 
Megathlin, William 
Murphy, Dennis 
Palmiotto, Michael 
Rhee, Steve 
Saadatmand, Yassaman 

Graduate Faculty 



The Department of Government embraces the 
ideal of liberal education and views education in 
related professional areas as an extension, rather 
than the antithesis, of liberal education. Conse- 
quently, all departmental programs and courses 
are conceptually-based, thereby enabling stu- 
dents to develop a theoretical sophistication ap- 
plicable to practical realities. So conceived, 
courses and programs achieve curricular integ- 
rity. 

The Department firmly believes that even cur- 
ricular integrity is not enough, however. Instruc- 
tional effectiveness is its inseparable 
complement, and attainment of these twin goals 
serves as the primary purpose of the Department 
of Government. The ongoing program of faculty 
development ensures that the staff of highly qual- 
ified educators -each selected for service on the 
basis of solid professional credentials — contin- 
ually achieves that primary purpose. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE 
OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN LAW 
ENFORCEMENT 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273; or 
MUS 200; or PHI 201 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science sequence 10 

5. HIS 251 or 252; POS 113. . . . 10 

6. PSY 101; SOC201 10 

7. PE 103 or 108, 166 3 

B. Areas of Concentration 40 

CJ 100, 103,210,280,290,301, 
305, and two CJ electives 

C. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 93 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE 
OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN 
CORRECTIONS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273; or 
MUS 200; or PHI 201 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science sequence 10 

5. HIS 251 or 252, POS 113. . . . 10 

6. PSY 101, SOC201 10 



114 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



7. PE 103 or 108, 166 3 

B. Area of Concentration 40 

CJ100, 103,210,280,290,301, 
303, 360, and one CJ elective 

C. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 93 

At least 45 hours of each of these two pro- 
grams must be completed at Armstrong. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Students who intend to major in* Criminal Jus- 
tice should complete Criminal Justice 100 before 
the end of the freshman year and should com- 
plete all general education requirements as soon 
as possible. 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 
200; PHI 201; ENG 222 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195, 220, or 

290 , 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. SOC 201 ; PSY 101 ; ECO 201 or 
202; ANT 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CJ 100, 103,210,280,290. . . 20 

2. One course selected from: 
ANT 201, ECO 201, 202, DRS 
228, SOC 201, PSY 101 .... 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Area of Concentration 30 

1 . CJ 301 , 303, 305, 360, 390, and 

440 or 490 30 

C. Electives from Related Areas 65 

1. Sixty-five hours chosen from a 
list of selected electives. Except 
for students pursuing a minor in 
another department, no more 



than fifteenmours may be taken 
from any one department except 
Government. Seven of these 
courses should be 300-400 level 

courses 65 

Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



Majors in Political Science 

The major in Political Science may take three 
distinct forms: Political Science, per se, Political 
Science wfth Teacher Certification, or Public 
Administration. 

To complete a Political Science major requires 
forty quarter hours of upper division courses in 
the field with grades of "C" or better in each 
course. Further, the program must include at 
least one course from each of the following: 
American Political Institutions, International Rela- 
tions, Political Theory, and Comparative Govern- 
ment. The major allows the option of a foreign 
language (French or German preferred) through 
the 103 level or a sequence of computer science 
courses. Students who contemplate graduate 
work in Political Science are strongly advised to 
take the foreign language option and to continue 
their linguistic study beyond the 103 level. 

Programs in Public Administration and Political 
Science with Teacher Certification are more 
structured in order to prepare students ade- 
quately to meet the demands of their professions 
and appropriate licensing agencies. 

Scholarships in Political Science 

Limited scholarship aid is available annually. In- 
terested students are invited to inquire in the De- 
partment of Government office for details. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements. 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 5 



GOVERNMENT 



115 



Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,220 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 
102; BIO 111, 112; CHE 121, 
122; PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 
201, PSY101, 

SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. One of the sequences: 

A. Foreign language 101, 102, 
103 or 

B. CS 115, 142, and 231 .... 15 

3. Related courses 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Courses in the Major Field 40 

At least one course from each of 
the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions — 
POS 303, 305, 317, 318, 360, 
401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 418, 
419; CJ390 5-25 

2. International Affairs -POS 320, 
321, 325, 326, 329, 426, 429 5-25 

3. Political Theory -POS 333, 

334 5-10 

4. Comparative Government -POS 
345, 346, 348, 349, 

445, 447 5-25 

Courses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in fields such as 
Computer Science, Economics, 
Geography, Mathematics. See 
Department for exhaustive list 25 

Electives 30 

Regents' and Exit Examinations .... 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE (with teacher 
certification) 



C. 



A. General Requirements. 



Hours 

. 96 



Area I 20 , 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 
orCS 115, 142,231 15 

2. HIS 251 or 252 5 

3. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 
201, SOC 201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Courses in the Major Field 60 

At least one course from each of 
the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions - 
POS 303, 305, 317, 318, 360, 
401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 418, 
419; CJ 390 5-25 

2. International Relations — POS 
320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 426, 

429 5-25 

3. Political Theory- POS 333, 

334 5-10 

4. Comparative Government — POS 
345, 346, 348, 349, 

445, 447 5-25 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the 
following areas: 

A. HIS 251 or 252 and approved 
300+ elective 

B. ECO 201 and approved 
300+ elective 

C. Approved electives in behav- 
ioral sciences (ANT, PSY, 
SOC) 

D. GEO 211, 212 

Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 

449, 481, 482, 483 35 



116 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 ... . 
Regents' and Exit Examinations . . 

TOTAL 



196 



D. Electives . . . . - 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 
(PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements. . 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 
201; CHE 121, 122; PHS 121, 

122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

2. POS113; ECO 201 10 

Area IV 30 

1. CS 142,231,242 15 

2. HIS 251 or 252; ECO 202; SOC 
201 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1 . One course from each of the 
following 20 

A. American Political Institu- 
tions— POS 305, 317, 318, 
360,411,412,415,419. . . 5 

B. International Affairs -POS 
320,321,325,326,329,424, 
426, 429 5 

C. Political Theory -POS 333, 

334 5 

D. Comparative Government - 
POS 345, 346, 348, 349, 445, 
447 5 

2. Public Administration 
PA/POS 303, 40t, 403, 418; CJ 
390 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

1. CS 301, 308 10 

2. SOC 350 or MAT 220 5 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of Government offers a num- 
ber of minor concentrations. 

A minor in Criminal Justice or in Political Sci- 
ence has great practical value. Its notation on the 
transcript indicates to an employer that the ap- 
plicant has some solid liberal arts background 
with its accompanying insight into the develop- 
ment and functioning of modern society, and that 
the applicant has made an extra effort to refine 
research and writing skills so essential to dealing 
with that society. Whatever the major one 
chooses, such a minor will strengthen the stu- 
dent's academic record. 

Minor concentrations are available in Econom- 
ics, International Studies, Russian Studies, Public 
Administration, Criminal Justice, Political Science, 
and Legal Studies. 

Minors, in addition to grades of "C" or better 
in each course, require: 

Hours 

Legal Studies 25 

1. CJ/POS 360, CJ 203, and POS 
317 or 318' 15 

2. Two courses from: CJ 380, CJ 
391 , CJ/POS 447, POS 326, POS 
415, POS 418 10 

International Studies 25 

(assumes competency in one modern foreign 

language through the 103 

level). 

1. POS 329 and 325 or 326 . ... 10 

2. One course from: POS 320, 321 , 
345, 346, 348, 349 5 

3. Two courses from: POS 426, 
429; HIS 321, 330, 350, 355, 

435 10 

Political Science 20 

Twenty hours of 300 + level 
POS courses, with at least 
one course from each of the 
four concentration areas of 

POS . . 20 

Russian Studies 20 

1. RUS 201 (assumes completion 
of RUS 101-103) 5 



GOVERNMENT 



117 



2. POS 349 5 

3. Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 
428, 431, 435, 481; POS 440 10 

(a multi-departmental minor) 

Public Administration 25 

CJ 390; PA 303, 401, 403, 418 25 
Economics 25 

1. ECO 201, 202 10 

2. Three courses selected from: 
ECO 310, 320, 330,340, 
363,421,431,440,441,445 15 

Criminal Justice 25 

CJ 100, 210 or 301, 303,305, 

360 25 



Criminal Justice Offerings 

CJ 100 -Introduction to Criminal Justice 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

This survey course examines the emergence of 
formal institutions established within the Ameri- 
can experience to deal with criminal behavior. The 
philosophical and cultural origins of the criminal 
justice system and current trends in criminal jus- 
tice are emphasized. 

CJ 103 -Developing Interpersonal 
Communication Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The emphasis of this course will be placed 
upon the development of interpersonal commu- 
nication skills, i.e. skills that can be effectively util- 
ized on the job to improve interaction among 
employees and between employees and the pub- 
lic. 

CJ 203 -Criminal Law (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

History and development of criminal law with 
definitions and general penalties. Special empha- 
sis will be placed upon the Criminal Code of 
Georgia. 

CJ 204 -Criminal Investigation (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

Introduction to investigative methodology. Spe- 
cial techniques employed in criminal investiga- 
tion, such as crime scene searches, the use of 



informants, and the techniques of surveillance will 
be emphasized as well as the presentation of po- 
lice cases in court. 

CJ 210 -Criminology (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

The nature and extent of crime in the United 
States; assessment and evaluation of various fac- 
tors and influences that lead to criminal behavior; 
various measures proposed for the control of 
criminal behavior. 

CJ 250 -Directed Readings In Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

A course designed to permit each student to 
pursue an approved topic through independent 
study and research under the guidance and di- 
rection of the instructor. 

CJ 280 -Ethics in Criminal Justice Practice 
and Research (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 1 13 or consent of 
the instructor. 

Analysis of ethical concepts, principles, and 
prescriptive moral judgments in the practice and 
research of criminal justice. 

CJ 290 -Criminal Procedure (3-0-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ 360 or consent of in- 
structor. 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the 
basis for, American Criminal Law buttressed by 
an analysis of leading court decisions relative to 
procedural rights emanating from the Bill of 
Rights. 

CJ 301 -Juvenile Delinquency (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instruc- 
tor. 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency; the 
sociological, biological, and psychological factors 
involved in juvenile delinquency and the modern 
trends in prevention and treatment. 

CJ 302 -Criminalistics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A natural sci- 
ence laboratory sequence or consent of instruc- 
tor. 

An introduction to the problems and techniques 
of scientific criminal investigation. Emphasis will 
be placed on familiarizing the student with the role 
of science and technology in modern law enforce- 
ment. 



118 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CJ 303 -Penology (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CJ 100, or consent of in- 
structor. 

This course deals with the analysis and evalu- 
ation of both historical and contemporary correc- 
tional systems. This course will also deal with the 
development, organization, operation and results 
of the different systems of corrections found in 
America. 

CJ 304 -Probation and Parole (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 or 
consent of instructor. 

This course will deal with the development, or- 
ganization, operation and results of systems of 
probation and parole as substitutes for incarcer- 
ation. 

CJ 305 — Law Enforcement Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the philosophical, cultural 
and historical background of the police idea. The 
course is conceptually oriented and will deal with 
concepts such as the role of the police in con- 
temporary society, the quasi-military organization 
of the police, and community relations. 

CJ 307 -Community Based Treatment 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 or 
consent of instructor. 

This course will investigate the different com- 
munity based treatment programs. An emphasis 
will be placed on investigating the function of half- 
way houses and the use of volunteers in correc- 
tions. 

CJ 360 -Law and Legal Process (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or consent of 
the instructor. 

Examination of law as a dynamic societal in- 
stitution. Sources and functions of both civil and 
criminal law, as well as operation of the legal 
process, are studied from the perspectives of jur- 
isprudence, political science, and sociology. 
(Identical with POS 360.) 

CJ 380 -Law of Evidence (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 360 or 
consent of instructor. 

An intensive analysis of the rules of evidence 
in criminal cases. Particular subjects will include 
burden of proof, hearsay evidence, and the prin- 
ciples of exclusion and selection. 



CJ 390 -Research Methods (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 101 and 102 and per- 
mission of instructor. 

This course deals with the methods and tech- 
niques of research in the behavioral sciences. 
Emphasis will be placed on learning how to eval- 
uate research. 

CJ 391 -Legal Research/Law Mini-Thesis 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: CJ 360, 
ENG 102. 

Open to students of any major, this course 
comprises the major areas of legal research and 
writing; finding and using appropriate legal re- 
search tools and resources and applying these 
to develop and complete a scholarly legal re- 
search paper. 

CJ 399 -Special Topics in Criminal Justice 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Coverage of substantive topics, problems and 
issues, not covered in other courses, which are 
of contemporary importance to students in crim- 
inal justice. Topics to be announced before each 
offering of the course. 

CJ 410 -Criminality and Abnormal Behavior 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101 and either 
CJ 100 or permission of instructor. 

The course examines the interface between ab- 
normal behavior, including mental illness, and 
criminality by presenting recent developments in 
the identification, classification, and treatment of 
criminals. Special emphasis is given to under- 
standing the sometimes bizarre behavioral pat- 
terns and motivations of repeat offenders, such 
as child molesters, sex criminals, perpetrators of 
domestic violence, addicts, serial murderers and 
rapists. 

CJ 425 — Drug Enforcement: Issues and 
Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. Open to seniors only or 
by consent of instructor. 

A survey of historical and contemporary drug 
law enforcement in American society. Such topics 
as drug distribution, gangs, and government 
drug-enforcement agencies, policies, and tech- 
niques will be examined. 

CJ 426- International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: POS 113 or CJ 100, or consent 
of instructor. 

Investigation of the political, legal, and socio- 
logical aspects of international terrorism. Topics 



GOVERNMENT 



119 



to be examined include the relationships of inter- 
national terrorism, international relations, and 
principles of international law, the nature of the 
anti-terrorist response, and the implications of in- 
ternational terrorism for the future. (Identical with 
POS 426.) 

CJ 440 -Seminar In Criminal Justice 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 390 or equivalent; open to 
Seniors only or by consent of instructor. 

An intensive study of selected criminal justice 
topics. Students will have the opportunity to con- 
duct criminal justice research in approved areas 
of interest. 

CJ 447 -Comparative Judicial Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Prerequisite: CJ 305 or CJ/POS 360 or POS 
415 or consent of the instructor. 

Focuses on the law enforcement and judicial 
procedure aspects of the Japanese, French, 
West German, and Soviet political systems. (Iden- 
tical with POS 447). 

CJ 450 -Field Experience I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to 
junior and senior criminal justice majors only and 
by invitation of the instructor. 

The purpose of this course is to broaden the 
educational experience of students through ap- 
propriate observation and work assignments with 
criminal justice agencies. The course will be or- 
ganized around specific problem orientations 
with operational research connotations. Students 
wiil be expected to spend a minimum of five hours 
per week in the participating agency. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the 
school dean at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 

CJ 451 -Field Experience II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to 
junior and senior criminal justice majors only and 
by invitation of the instructor. 

This is a sequential course to CJ 450 which will 
permit the student to broaden further his per- 
spectives. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the school dean at Armstrong and 
of the college from which the student comes. 

CJ 452-453-454 -Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and per- 
mission of the instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with an opportunity to apply academic training in 



the practical governmental setting. Setting will in- 
clude law enforcement agencies (local, state, or 
federal), community treatment facilities, courts, 
congressional offices, and various governmental 
agencies. This course will be jointly supervised 
by departmental instructors and agency officials. 
Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and of the col- 
lege from which the student comes. (Identical 
with PA/POS 452-453-454.) 

CJ 490 -Directed Research In Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: CJ 390. 

A course designed to provide qualified stu- 
dents the opportunity to perform suitable and 
meaningful research into some area of criminal 
justice under the direction of the instructor. Open 
to transient students only with permission of the 
school dean at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 



Economics Offerings 

ECO 201 -Principles of Economics I 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101 and MAT 101. 

A survey of macro-economics, including basic 
economic concepts, national income, the mone- 
tary system, and the international economy. 

ECO 202 -Principles of Economics II 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101 and MAT 101; ECO 201 not a prereq- 
uisite. 

A survey of micro-economics, including the 
composition and pricing of national output, gov- 
ernment and the market economy, factor pricing 
and income distribution, and a comparison of 
market systems. 

ECO 203 -Principles of Accounting I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for MAT 10T 

An introduction to the fundamental principles 
and practices of accounting; the construction and 
interpretation of balance sheet and profit and loss 
statements; the theory of debits and credits and 
their application to the accounting process. 
ECO 204-Principles of Accounting II 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 203. 

The application of accounting principles to 
specialized problems found in proprietorships, 



120 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



partnerships, and corporations, with emphasis on 
cost accounting theory, modern methods of data 
processing, and the sources and applications of 
funds. 

ECO 310 -Multinational Economic 
Enterprises (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

Topics include how multinational economic en- 
terprises have evolved over time, how they affect 
jobs and exports/imports in the U.S., and how 
they affect the economics of less developed 
countries. 

ECO 320 -International Trade (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Examines the economic importance and prob- 
lems of international trade, exchange rates and 
monetary standards, tariffs and other trade bar- 
riers. Attention will be focused on fixed and float- 
ing exchange rates and their effects on trade 
balances of states. Current debt problems of de- 
veloping nations will be examined. (Identical with 
POS 320) 

ECO 330 -Economics of Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The study of governmental and corporate fi- 
nance, with emphasis on fiscal and monetary pol- 
icy. Open-market operations, discount policy, and 
the functions and problems associated with cen- 
tral banking will be examined and analyzed. 

ECO 340 -Economics of Labor (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202. 

An introductory general survey of labor eco- 
nomics and labor relations. Organization and op- 
eration of American trade unionism, collective 
bargaining, economics of the labor market, wage 
theory and income distribution also among topics 
studied. 

ECO 363 -Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

This course surveys the growth and develop- 
ment of economic institutions in the United States 
from the colonial period to the present, with em- 
phasis on the period since 1860. Developments 
in agriculture, industry, labor, transportation, and 
finance will be studied and analyzed. (Identical 
with HIS 363). 



ECO 421 - International Law of 
Expropriation and Compensation (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113. Corequisite: POS 326, 
"International Law," or permission of instructor. 

The course will examine the traditional Western 
view of the right of governments to expropriate 
foreign-owned property, and compare it to the 
views of many third-world and Marxist govern- 
ments. Major takings of property owned by U.S. 
citizens and corporations will be highlighted. Ar- 
bitration and adjudication processes, as well as 
the role of the executive and legislative branches, 
will be examined. 

ECO 431 -International Financial 
Institutions (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

This course analyzes international monetary re- 
lations. Topics include different exchange rate 
systems, the balance of payments, adjustment to 
balance of payments disequilibrium, and a survey 
of major international financial institutions, includ- 
ing IMF and the World Bank. Additional focus is 
on the role of central banks of the major countries 
in attempting to help stablize the foreign ex- 
change market. 

ECO 440 -Seminar in Third World 
Economic Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 or permission of instruc- 
tor 

The, developing areas and their prospect for 
economic betterment are studied in this course. 
Topics include different theories of underdevel- 
opment, analyzing different techniques employed 
by various less developed countries for devel- 
opment, including import substitutions and ex- 
port-led growth. Focus is also on problems facing 
the third world at the present time, such as Third 
World debt. 

ECO 441 -Regional Economics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 320 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Study of transnational labor and transportation 
economics and of international trade, posited in 
the regional context. Emphasis will be placed on 
such topics as the European Economic Com- 
munity and the Caribbean Basin Initiative. The so- 
cial and political, as well as economic 
consequences of migratory labor and permanent 
immigrant labor will be addressed. 



GOVERNMENT 



121 



ECO 445 -Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 . 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic 
tenets of the major economic systems developed 
in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of gov- 
ernment and politics will be examined, along with 
the contributions to economic and political 
thought of such men as Adam Smith, Karl Marx, 
John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman. 
(Identical with POS 445.) 

ECO 452, 453, 454- Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and per- 
mission of instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with an opportunity to relate academic under- 
standing to an applied economic setting. Settings 
A/ill include nonprofit agencies such as the Cham- 
Dec of Commerce, as well as financial institutions 
and international businesses. This course will be 
ointly supervised by departmental instructors and 
agency officials. Transient students must have 
Dermission of the school dean at Armstrong and 
Df the college which the student comes. 



Political Science and Public Administration 
Offerings 

POS 113-Amerlcan Government (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101. 

A study of the structure, theory, and functions 
3f the national government in the United States, 
and some of the major problems of the state and 
ocal government. 

PA/POS 303 -Foundations of Public 
Administration (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instruc- 
:or. 

An introduction to the framework of public 
administration including such concepts and is- 
sues as bureaucracy, administrative power, infor- 
mal groups, third party government, issue 
networks, budgeting, implementation, incremen- 
tal decision making, personnel motivation, and 
the relationship of ethics and public service. 
POS 305 -State and Local Government 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of 
instructor. 

A comparative study of states, communities, 
and local governments, and their management of 



political conflict. Included is a study of federalism, 
differences in governmental structures and func- 
tions, political culture, community power, tax and 
budget systems, and public policy issues facing 
states and communities. 

POS 31 7- Constitutional Law and the 
Federal System (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

A case-study approach to the judicial interpre- 
tation of the Constitution, and the powers of the 
federal government. Including: the nature and 
scope of judicial review, commerce power, sep- 
aration of powers, power to tax and spend, state 
power to regulate, and economic due process. 

POS 31 8 -Constitutional Civil Liberties 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 1 1 3 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

A case study approach to the judical interpre- 
tation of individual rights and the Constitution. In- 
cluding: nationalization of the Bill or Rights, 
criminal due process, freedom of expression, as- 
sociation, religion and privacy, and equal protec- 
tion and due process. 

POS 320 -International Trade (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Examines the economic importance and prob- 
lems of international trade, exchange rates and 
monetary standards, tariffs and other trade bar- 
riers. Attention will be focused on fixed and float- 
ing exchange rates and their effects on trade 
balances of states. Current debt problems of de- 
veloping nations will be examined. (Identical with 
ECO 320.) 

POS 321 -International Relations: The Far 
East (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

Contemporary international politics in the Far 
East are examined in terms of such broad his- 
torical trends as the decline of imperialism, the 
development of nationalism, and the rise of the 
U.S., U.S.S.R., People's Republic of China, and 
Japan as major powers in Asia. 

Some attention will be given to contemporary 
key issues such as the Sino-Soviet conflict, the 
future of Formosa, U.S. -Japan Mutual Security 
Treaty revision, and U.S. -Japan economic inter- 
action. 



122 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



POS 325 — International Organization. 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

A survey of the development, principles, struc- 
tures and functions of international organizations, 
with emphasis upon the role of these institutions 
in the maintenance of peace. 

POS 326 -International Law (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to selected public international 
law topics including: recognition, state succes- 
sion, jurisdiction, extradition, nationality, the law 
of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the law of 
war. 

POS 329 -International Relations (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and 
practices dominating contemporary international 
relations. 

POS 333 -Contemporary Political Thought 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

Analysis of the important ideological currents 
of our time with selected indepth readings from 
original sources. 

POS 334 -Political Philosophy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Examination of the political ideas of leading po- 
litical theorists, beginning with Socrates and ex- 
tending to the end of the 19th Century. Selected 
primary source material will be read and ana- 
lyzed. 

POS 345 -Latin American Politics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Examination of governments and political proc- 
esses of selected nations in South America, Cen- 
tral America, and the Caribbean. Roles of state 
terrorism, revolutionary movements, and narco- 
terrorism are examined. 

POS 346 -Governments of East Asia 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

A comparative examination of the contempo- 
rary political institutions, processes, and ideas of 



the People's Republicof China, Japan, and Ko- 
rea. Examines the development of these political 
systems with particular emphasis on historical, 
social, cultural, and contemporary-issue dimen- 
sions. 

POS 348— Governments of Western Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

An analytical and comparative study of the ma- 
jor Western European governments, with principal 
emphasis upon the analysis of the conditions 
which led to effective and stable parliamentary 
government and those which lead to the ineffi- 
ciency, instability and breakdown of such sys- 
tems. 

POS 349— Government of the Soviet Union 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

The primary purpose of this course is to focus 
on the study of contemporary Soviet politics 
along developmental scheme. Comparison of the 
pre-modem Tsarist autocratic regime and the 
contemporary Soviet totalitarian regime will be at- 
tempted. Also the course will cover such topics 
as Soviet political culture, political socialization 
process of the mass, governmental processes, 
and the public policy making/implementation as- 
pects. 

POS 360 -Law and Legal Process (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or per- 
mission of instructor. 

Examination of law as a dynamic societal in- 
stitution. Sources and functions of both civil and 
criminal law, as well as operation of the legal 
process, are studied from the perspectives of jur- 
isprudence, political science, and sociology. 
(Identical with CJ 360). 
POS 400 -Seminar in Political Science 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Admission will be subject 
to approval of the instructor. Offered on demand. 
Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
research and reading in some field of political 
science under the supervision of the staff. 
PA/POS 401 -Politics of the Budgetary 
Process (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

This course examines the procedures, strate- 
gies and rationales involved in making public 



GOVERNMENT 



123 



budgets at the local, state, and national levels. It 
is also concerned with critiques of the several 
types of budgets now in use together with an ex- 
planation of fiscal and monetary policies as they 
affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned with the 
revenue systems in effect together with auditing 
and other controls exercised in the budgeting 
process. 

PA/POS 403- Public Policy Development 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 303 
or permission of the instructor. 

This course is primarily concerned with a study 
of the theoretical aspects of decision-making the- 
ories (i.e., rational/comprehensive model vs. in- 
cremental model), political aspects of policy- 
making process, mobilization of political support, 
and the cost/benefit aspects of the public policy- 
making. 

Some attempt will be made to apply the gen- 
eral theory of public policy-making to specific set- 
tings of welfare policy, urban problems, and 
national defense/foreign policy. 

POS 410- Independent Study In American 
Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum 
of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in 
Political Science at the 300-leve! or above. Ad- 
mission is by approval of a departmental com- 
mittee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in some field of 
political science under the supervision of a mem- 
ber of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, 
conferences with the advisor and written reports 
and essays. Normally open only to students with 
a B average (3.0) in Political Sc ence and at least 
a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be filed with 
the Department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

POS 411 -American Presidency (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

. Offers an in-depth look at the office of the pres- 
idency, with the principal emphasis on the rela- 
tions of the executive branch with the Congress 
and the court system. Some attention will be 
given to the evolution of the presidency to its 



present dominant position in the American polit- 
ical process. (Completion of a survey course in 
American History is desirable). 

POS 412-Amerlcan Political Parties 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

Operation of political parties in the political sys- 
tem. Relationship between party organization, 
electoral system, and the recruitment and ad- 
vancement of political leaders. 

POS 41 5 -American Supreme Court 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of the 
Court, including examination of the role of the 
Court as policy maker. 

PA/POS 41 8 -Administrative Law (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

This course explores the framework of law gov- 
erning administrative agencies including: admin- 
istrative power and its control by the courts, the 
determination and enforcement of administrative 
programs, discretion of administrative officials 
and their powers of summary actions, hearings 
before administrative boards, and the respective 
spheres of administrative and judicial responsi- 
bility. 

Some attention will be given to the problem of 
the maintenance of traditional procedural safe- 
guards in administrative law and the problem of 
civil rights and relation to administrative boards. 
Leading cases will be examined. 

POS 419-Amerlcan Congress (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of 
Congress, including a discussion of the theoret- 
ical framework for representative government, 
and Congress' role as policymaker. 

POS 420 -Independent Study In 
International Relations (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum 
of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in 
Political Science at the 300-level or above. Ad- 
mission is by approval of a departmental com- 
mittee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in some field of 



124 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



international relations under the supervision of a 
member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide 
reading, conferences with the advisor and written 
reports and essays. Normally open only to stu- 
dents with a B average (3.0) in Political Science 
and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must 
be filed with the Department by mid-quarter pre- 
ceding the quarter independent study is contem- 
plated. 

Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

POS 426 -International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: POS 113 or CJ 100, or consent 
of instructor. 

Investigation of the political, legal and socio- 
logical aspects of international terrorism. Topics 
to be examined include the relationships of inter- 
national terrorism, international relations, and 
principles of international law, the nature of the 
anti-terrorist response, and the implications of in- 
ternational terrorism for the future. (Identical with 
CJ 426.) 

POS 429 -American Foreign Policy (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy and factors, 
both domestic and foreign, contributing to its for- 
mulation. 

POS 430 -Independent Study in Political 
Theory (V-V-(1 -5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum 
of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in 
Political Science at the 300-level or above. Ad- 
mission is by approval of a departmental com- 
mittee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in some field of 
political theory under the supervision of a mem- 
ber of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, 
conferences with the advisor and written reports 
and essays. Normally open only to students with 
a B average (3.0) in Political Science and at least 
a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be filed with 
the Department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 



POS 440- Independent Study in 
Comparative Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum 
of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in 
Political Science at the 300-level or above. Ad- 
mission is by approval of a departmental com- 
mittee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in some field of 
comparative government under the supervision of 
a member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide 
reading, conferences with the advisor and written 
reports and essays. Normally open only to stu- 
dents with a B average (3.0) in Political Science 
and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must 
be filed with the Department by mid-quarter pre- 
ceding the quarter independent study is contem- 
plated. 

Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

POS 445 -Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: ECO 201 . 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic 
tenets of the major economic systems developed 
in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of gov- 
ernment and politics will be examined, along with 
the contributions to economic and political 
thought of such men as Adam Smith, Kari Marx, 
John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman. 
(Identical with ECO 445.) 

POS 447 -Comparative Judicial Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Prerequisite: CJ 305 or CJ/POS 360 or POS 
415 or consent of instructor. 

Designed to focus on the law enforcement and 
judicial procedure aspects of the Japanese, 
French, West German, and Soviet political sys- 
tems. (Identical with CJ 447.) 

PA/POS 452-453-454 - Internship (V-V-5) 

Offered each quarter under each heading. Pre- 
requisite: Junior or senior standing and permis- 
sion of instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with an opportunity to apply academic training in 
the practical governmental setting. Settings will 
include law enforcement agencies (local, state, or 
federal), community treatment facilities, courts, 
congressional offices, and various governmental 
agencies. This course will be jointly supervised 



HISTORY 



125 



by departmental instructors and agency officials. 
Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and of the col- 
lege from which the student comes. (Identical 
with CJ 452-453-454.) 



History 



Faculty 

*Warlick, Roger, Department Head 
*Arens, Olavi 
*Babits, Lawrence 
*Brown, Sarah 

Burnett, Robert 

Comaskey, Bernard 
*Duncan, John 
*Gross, Jimmie 

Lanier, Osmos 

Patterson, Robert 
*Pruden, George 
*Stone, Janet 

'Graduate Faculty 



The History Major 

The major in history may take either of two 
forms: History per se or History with T-4 Certifi- 
cation. 

Students who major in history should expect to 
enroll in a foreign language sequence during their 
Sophomore year, certainly not later than their Jun- 
ior year. Therefore, students should plan their 
programs of study with careful consultation with 
a Faculty Advisor. Students who change majors, 
or who transfer, may find it necessary to enroll 
beyond the traditional 12 quarters, if the degree 
requirements including the foreign language can- 
not be fulfilled within that time. 

Students enrolled in the evening program 
should not expect to be exempted from the for- 
eign language requirement, unless for a three- 
year period prior to graduation no available for- 
eign language sequence is offered in the evening. 

In addition to meeting minimum requirements 
for either program, students contemplating grad- 
uate work in history are strongly advised to con- 
tinue their linguistic study beyond the language 
sequence 103 level. Students with a double ma- 
jor, where Computer Science is a language 



choice, may substitute Computer Science for the 
foreign language requirement in history. 

Advanced coursework in History for either form 
of the major requires HIS 300 and HIS 495 or 496. 
In selecting the remainder of their advanced 
courses students may choose to concentrate in 
one particular area of History (e.g. European or 
American), providing they diversify to the extent 
of completing at least ten hours outside that area. 

A history concentration is also available to 
those pursuing the B.G.S. degree, both on cam- 
pus and at the Brunswick Center. 

Honors In History 

See HIS 499 - Senior Thesis in History - for 
detailed information. 

Scholarships in History. 

Limited scholarship aid is available annually. In- 
terested students are invited to inquire in the de- 
partment office for details. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN HISTORY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195, 220 or 

290 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101 , 
102; CHE 121, 122; PHY 121, 
122; PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115, POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 
201; SOC201; PSY 101 ... 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 15 

2. History 251, 252 10 

3. Related course 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 



126 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. HIS 450 and 598 or 479 .... 10 

2. History courses 300 level or 
above with at least 10 hours out- 
side the area of concentration 30 
The concentration areas are: 

A. U.S. History- HIS 351, 352, 
361,371,374,377,379,400, 
451 , 452, 454, 455, 456, 473, 
475, 476, 479, 485, 486, 553, 
554, 555, 556, 557 

B. European History- HIS 333, 
342,343,344,345,410,445, 
483,484,571,572,577,580, 
582,584, 590,591,596,598 

C. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 
American History- HIS 320, 
322,323,329,330,481,482, 
560,561,562,564,567,568, 
569 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

To be chosen from such fields as 
anthropology, economics, litera- 
ture, sociology, statistics at least 
10 hours of which must be at 
300-level or above. 
See Department for exhaustive 
list 20 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
HISTORY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS113 15 

2. PSY101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251, 252 5 



2. Foreign language 101, 

102, 103 15 

3. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 
201, SOC201 5. 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major and Supporting 
Fields 60 

1. HIS 450 and 598 or 479 .... 10 

2. U.S. History 

A. HIS 371 or 377 (dependent 

on HIS 251, 252 selection) 5 

B. One or two courses from: HIS 
351,352,361,374,379,400, 
451,452,454,455,456,473, 
475, 476, 479, 485, 486, 553, 
554,555,556,557 5-10 

3. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 
American History 

Two courses from: HIS 320, 
322, 323, 329, 330, 481, 482, 
560,561,562,564,567,568, 
569 10 

4. European History 

Two or three courses from: 
HIS 333, .342, 343, 344, 345, 
410, 445, 483, 484, 571, 572, 
577, 580, 582, 584, 590, 591 , 
596, 598 10-15 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the 
following areas: 

A. Approved 300-400 level POS 
electives 

B. ECO 201 and approved 
300+ elective 

C. Approved electives in behav- 
ioral sciences (SOC, ANT, 
PSY) 

D. GEO 211, 212 and approved 
GEO elective 

C. Professional sequence 40 

1. EDN 200, EXC 310, EDN 335, 
449, 481, 482, 483 35 

2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 5 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196 



HISTORY 



127 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of History offers a number of 
minor concentrations. 

A minor in History has great practical value. Its 
notation on the transcript indicates to an em- 
ployer that the applicant has some solid liberal 
arts background with its accompanying insight 
into the development and functioning of modern 
society, and that the applicant has made an extra 
effort to refine research and writing skills so es- 
sential to dealing with that society. Whatever the 
major one chooses, such a minor will strengthen 
the student's academic record. 

Students who hope to work in history-related 
fields upon graduation should consider adding a 
minor in Preservation Studies, or in Historical Ar- 
chaeology. Through has program unique oppor- 
tunities are provided for qualified students to gain 
practical experience while making a realistic as- 
sessment of the possibilities offered by their field 
of interest. Cooperative arrangements with His- 
toric Savannah Foundation, Georgia Historical 
Society, Savannah Landmark Project, Oatland Is- 
land Center, and with a number of museums and 
historical sites, such as Telfair Academy, Ft. Pu- 
laski, Juliette Low Center, Wormsloe Plantation, 
and Ft. King George, permit placement of stu- 
dents in positions relating to: 

(a) archival and manuscript curation, (b) his- 
toric site administration and interpretation, (c) mu- 
seum studies, (d) historic preservation, and (e) 
historical archaeology. 

Additional minor concentrations are offered 
jointly with the Department of Government in In- 
ternational Studies and Russian Studies. 

Minors, in addition to grades of "C" or better 
in each course, require the following: 

Hours 

History 20 

1. Twenty hours of 300+ level HIS 

courses 20 

Historical Archaeology 25 

1 . MPS/ANT 551 , 552, and 554 

2. Ten hours from the following: HIS 
361, 371, 450, 553, 572 

International Studies 25 

(assumes competency in one modern foreign 
language through the 103 level*) 

1. POS 329 and 325 or 326 . ... 10 



2. One course from: POS 320, 346, 
348, 349 5 

3. Two courses from: POS 429; HIS 
330, 455, 564, 569, 591 10 

Preservation Studies 25 

1. HIS 450 5 

2. MPS 550, 557, and 556 or 554 15 

3. MPS 598 5 

Russian Studies 20 

1. RUS 201 (assumes completion 

of RUS 101-103*) 5 

2. POS 349 5 

3. Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 
481, 567, 568, 569; POS 440 10 



Geography Courses 

GEO 211 -Physical Geography (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Course will include such topics as earth-sun 
relationships, cartography, weather, climate and 
climate classification, soils, bio-geography, veg- 
etation and landforms. Emphasis will be on global 
patterns of distribution. 

GEO 21 2 -Cultural Geography (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Course will include such topics as the concept 
of culture, population settlement, patterns, tech- 
nological origins and diffusions, types of econom- 
ics and the relationship of man to his 
environment. Emphasis will be given to the proc- 
ess of cultural change through time in place. 

GEO 302 -Introduction to Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 211 plus 10 hours of a lab 
science. 

An introduction to physical and historical ge- 
ology. A study of the origin, evolution, and struc- 
ture of the earth's crust, and geologic history. 
(Identical with GEL 301). 

GEO 303 -Introduction to Meteorology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 211 plus 10 hours of a lab 
science. 

An introduction to the description of the state 
of the atmosphere and to the physical laws that 
describe atmospheric phenomena. (Identical with 
MET 301). 



128 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



GEO 310 — Man and the Environment 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 211 or 212 plus 75 quarter 
hours credit in college courses. 

Considerations of the interactions between hu- 
mans and the support systems of the earth which 
are essential to their existence (identical with BIO 
310.) 



History Courses 

Advanced courses in History are generally 
open to all students who have completed the ap- 
propriate survey. Specifically, the Department 
considers background equivalent to HIS 114 and 
HIS 1 1 5, or permission of the instructor, to be the 
prerequisite for all advanced courses on Euro- 
pean, Russian, Asian, African, and Latin American 
topics. For advanced courses in American his- 
tory, the equivalent of HIS 251 or HIS 252, or per- 
mission of the instructor, is considered 
prerequisite. Exceptions are noted on specific 
courses. 

General 

HIS 114- Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
college credit English, i.e. English 101 or above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, social, 
religious, and intellectual activity from the time of 
the ancient Middle-Eastern civilizations to 1715. 
Throughout the course the major civilized tradi- 
tions are considered and comparative methods 
used to facilitate interpretations of them. 

HIS 115-Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
college credit English, i.e. English 101 or above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, social, 
religious, and intellectual activity from 1715 to the 
present. Throughout the course the major civi- 
lized traditions are considered and comparative 
methods used to facilitate interpretations of them. 
A continuation of HIS 114. 

HIS/MPS 295 -Internship (V-V-[1-5]) 
Offered on application. 

Prerequisites: At least 15 hours of History 
courses with a History GPA of 2.5 and sophomore 
status. Application and credit arrangements must 
be made through the Department in advance, 
normally by mid-quarter preceding the internship. 
Transient students must also have permission 



from the Dean of Faculty and college from which 
the student comes. 

An individually designed course involving off- 
campus study and research or work in an appro- 
priate public agency 6\ private business. Assign-' 
ments are normally designed to required the full 
quarter for completion, during which time the stu- 
dent will be under the joint supervision of the 
sponsoring organization and his/her academic in- 
structor. May be repeated for credit. 

Internships at this level are graded on an S/U 
basis and will be credited only among electives. 

HIS 450 -Historical Method (3-4-5) 

Fall and Spring (evening). Required of all His- 
tory majors and of Preservation Studies minors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of 
historical research, treating problems of investi- 
gation, organization, and writing through discus- 
sion and actual research experience in local 
history. 

HIS 495 -Professional Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Open to transient students only with permission 
of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the col- 
lege from which the student comes. Prerequi- 
sites: 3.0 in all history courses; 20 hours of upper 
level history including HIS 450. 

Application and credit arrangements must be 
made through the department in advance, nor- 
mally by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of in- 
ternship. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus study 
and research in a government or private agency. 
Projects are normally designed to require the full 
eleven week quarter for completion, during which 
time the student will be under the joint supervision 
of the sponsoring agency and his faculty advisor. 
May be repeated for credit. 

This internship, graded on an S or U basis, will 
be credited among related studies, not as a part 
of the minimum 40 hours of traditional work re- 
quired for the major. 

HIS 498-Fieldwork In History 
(V-V-[1-5]) Summer, 1991. 

Offered only by special arrangement with the 
Department, made in advance, this course is de- 
signed to provide credit for field-trip based 
courses or extended site visits, whether abroad 
or in the U.S. Research, reading, and written as- 
signments will be tailored to the specific nature 
of each study tour or site visitation. (Specific area 
of study will be indicated on the transcript.) The 



HISTORY 



129 



course may be repeated for credit as topics vary, 
but no more than five hours may be counted 
among the 40 hours required for a major in His- 
tory. 

HIS 499 -Senior Thesis In History (0-6-3). 
Offered on application. 

Prerequisites: Senior status; 25 hours of upper 
division History courses, including HIS 450; a 3.5 
GPA on all History courses. 

A directed research course under the supervi- 
sion of a permanent member of the Department 
of History. The student must file an application 
with the Academic Affairs Committee of the His- 
tory Department by mid-term of the quarter (ex- 
cluding summer) before the student wishes to 
enroll for the course. The thesis must be com- 
pleted one quarter before graduation. If the fac- 
ulty of the department approve the completed 
thesis for honors, the degree designation on the 
student's transcript will be noted "Honors in His- 
tory." 



United States History Courses 

HIS 251 -American History to 1865 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social 
history of the United States to end of the Civil War. 

HIS 252 -American Since 1865 (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social 
history of the United States from 1 865 to the pres- 
ent. 

HIS 292 -Honors American History 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Completion of HIS 115 or HIS 
192 with a grade of A, or recommendation by the 
professor. 

Organized on a thematic or problematic basis 
so as to encompass the scope of American his- 
tory. Students will be expected to read more ex- 
tensively and write more critically than for HIS 251 
or 252. This course meets the requirement in 
American history set by the State of Georgia. For 
History majors, this course satisfies 5 hours of 



the American history survey requirement (HIS 251 > 
and 252): 5 additional hours of advanced Amer- 
ican history are required to complete it. 

HIS 351 -Popular Culture in the United 
States to 1914 (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. 

An examination of the major trends in the news 
media, popular literature, entertainment, and rec- 
reational activities to 1914. 

HIS 352-Popular Culture in the United 
States Since 1914 (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1993. 

An examination of the major trends in news me- 
dia, popular literature, entertainment, and recre- 
ational activities since 1914. 

HIS 361 -The Old South (5-0-5) 

Economic, cultural, and political history of the 
antebellum South with emphasis on those factors 
that made the South a unique section of the na- 
tion. 

HIS 371 -Colonial and Revolutionary 
America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

A study of the discoveries of the New World 
and the settlement and growth of the English col- 
onies of North America; triumph over France in 
the New World, the drastic change in British co- 
lonial policy and the rise of American opposition 
to it, the achievement of independence, and the 
establishment of the United States under the 
Constitution. 

HIS 374 -Women in American History 
(5-0-5) 

Women in American History: An examination of 
the changing political, social, and economic roles 
of the American woman from colonial times to the 
present. Emphasis will be given to the pre-Civil 
War feminist reform movements, woman's 
broader social and economic role after the war, 
her awakening awareness of the need for political 
power, and the mid-20th century revolution. 

HIS 377 -Recent America (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1993. 

An analysis of the institutions and forces which 
molded American life from the late 19th century 
(1890) through World War II, including political, 
economic, social and intellectual issues. 

HIS 379 — Contemporary America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

An examination of the society of the United 
States since World War II, with special emphasis 
given to the major social and cultural trends. 



130 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HIS 400 -Seminar In American History 
(5-0-5) 

Permission of instructor required for admission. 

Designed to permit a group of advanced stu- 
dents to pursue intensive research on a special 
topic in the field to be defined by the instructor. 

HIS 451 —Reform Movements in American 
History (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1992. 

A study of the reform movements in America 
since the Revolution. 

HIS 452 -Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

This course surveys the growth and develop- 
ment of economic institutions in the United States 
from the colonial period to the present, with em- 
phasis on the period since 1860. Developments 
in agriculture, industry, labor, transportation, and 
finance will be studied and analyzed. 

HIS 454 -Studies in American Diplomacy to 
WW I (5-0-5) 

■ Fall, 1992. 

Considers American objectives and policies in 
foreign affairs from colonial times to World War I. 

HIS 455 -Studies in American Diplomacy 
since WW I (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. 

Considers American objectives and policies in 
foreign affairs from World War I to the present. 

HIS 456 -History of Savannah and Georgia 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

Begins with a history of Indians, emphasis on 
the founding of the colony at Savannah and on the 
colonial, Revolutionary, antebellum and Post-Civil 
War periods. Political, economic, social, religious 
and artistic trends are discussed and placed in 
context of Georgia and U.S. history. 

The course will involve considerable research in 
primary sources available locally. 

HIS 473-American Military History 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 

A study of the history of warfare and military 
technique in their social, economic, and political 
contexts, with special emphasis on the American 
military tradition. 



HIS 475 -Civil War aYid Reconstruction 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. 

The causes and significance of the American. 
Civil War, with minor consideration of the military 
campaign; political, economic and social aspects 
of reconstruction. 

HIS 476 -Victorian America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. 

Presentation of the major subjects of the late 
19th century, including the emergence of a national 
economy, its theory and policies; partisan and re- 
form politics; the moral and Constitutional dimen- 
sions of Reconstruction; American society and 
social thought; and territorial aggrandisement. 

HIS 479— American Historiography (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992 (evening). 

See major program outlines, part B.1, for the 
historiography requirement. 

A study of the writing of American history from 
colonial times to the present with emphasis on the 
historical philosophies and interpretations of the 
major schools of thoughts as well as individual his- 
torians. Recommended especially to students con- 
templating graduate work in History. 

HIS 485-486 -Independent Study in United 
States History (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 450 
and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper division 
History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), an 
overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 hours), 
and an approved application. Open to transient 
students only with the permission of the Dean of 
Faculty of Armstrong and the college from which 
the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in the chosen field 
under the supervision of a member of the History 
faculty. An application must be filed with the de- 
partment, in advance, normally by mid-quarter pre : 
ceding the independent study. A full description of 
the requirements and an application may be ob- 
tained in the departmental office. 

HIS 553 -American Material Cultural 
(4-2-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
remains of our society, past and present. Vernac- 
ular and polite architecture, ceramics, mortuary art, 
community and settlement patterns, dress, diet, 



HISTORY 



131 



and diseases are among the topics that will be 
discussed. (Identical with AC 553, MPS 553 and 
ANT 553). 

HIS 554 -Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. Prerequisite: MPS 207, or permission 
of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of Europeans in the New 
World. Some attention will be paid to British and 
Continental Post medieval Archaeology as well as 
to the special areas of Industrial and Nautical Ar- 
chaeology. Emphasis will be given to anthropol- 
ogical archaelogy's method and theory both as 
perspective for the writing of history and as a com- 
ponent of Historic Preservation. (Identical with MPS 
554.) 

HIS 555 -Americans Called Indians (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. Offered on demand. Prerequisite: 
ANT 201. 

An investigation of the aboriginal cultures of 
North American from the Arctic to the Rio Grande. 
Study will include origins, distribution, ecology and 
interrelationships, past through present. 

HIS 556-Archltectural History (4-2-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

A study of various styles of American architec- 
ture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclecticism 
and modern; slides from Historic American Build- 
ing Survey; landscape architecture. Visiting speak- 
ers and field trips will be used. 

HIS 557 -American Vernacular Architecture 
(4-2-5) 

Spring, 1992. Prerequisite: MPS 556 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built en- 
vironment with emphasis on traditional and popular 
architecture. Recording techniques, research strat- 
egies, and theoretical approaches, past and pres- 
ent, will be examined. (Also listed as MPS 557.) 



European History Courses 

HIS 333 -Modern Germany, 1789-1933 
(5-0-5) 

A study of Germany from the pluralism of the 
Holy Roman Empire through the German confed- 
eration to the unified Reich. Attention will be given 
to the political, social, and cultural developments 
in Austria, Prussia, and the "Third Germany." 



HIS 342 -Ancient History (5-0-5) 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle 
East, the Greek city states, the Roman republic 
and empire, with special emphasis on the social, 
political and cultural contributions of these ancient 
peoples. 

HIS 343 -Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333-C.1000 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1992. 

The history of Europe from the fall of the Roman 
Empire through the Carolingian period with special 
emphasis on the institutional developments which 
led to the emergence of stable kingdoms out of 
the chaos of the barbarian invasions. 

HIS 344-The High Middle Ages, C.1000 to 
c.1300 (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. 

The history of Europe from c. 1000 to 1300 with 
emphasis on the struggle between church and 
state, the Crusade movement, and the 12th cen- 
tury intellectual renaissance, all of which profoundly 
influenced the development of the various medie- 
val kingdoms. 

HIS 345-The Late Middle Ages and 
Renaissance (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1993. 

The history of Europe from c. 1300 to 1517 with 
emphasis on the political, cultural, and intellectual 
developments which transformed medieval and 
Renaissance society. 

HIS 410- Seminar in European History 
(5-0-5) 

Permission of instructor required for admission. 
A detailed analysis of a specific problem in Eu- 
ropean history by examination of primary materials. 

HIS 445 -Seminar in Medieval History 
(5-0-5) 

A treatment of selected topics in medieval his- 
tory working from primary source materials. May 
be repeated for credit as topics vary. 

HIS 483-484 -Independent Study In 
European History (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 450 
and at least 15 additional hours in upper division 
History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), an 
overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 hours), 
and an approved application. Open to transient 
students only with the permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which 
the student comes. 



132 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in the chosen field 
under the supervision of a member of the History 
faculty. An application must be filed with the de- 
partment, in advance, normally by mid-quarter pre- 
ceding the independent study. A full description of 
the requirements and an application may be ob- 
tained in the departmental office. 

HIS 571 -English History, 1485-1660 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

An analysis of political, constitutional, economic, 
and religious issues under the Tudors and early 
Stuarts, including the English Civil War. 

HIS 572 -English History, 1660-1815 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

An investigation of the Restoration monarchies, 
the constitutional revolution of 1688, the rise of 
ministerial responsibility in the early 18th century, 
the American colonial revolt, and England's rela- 
tionship to the French Revolution. 

HIS 577 -Seminar on the Crusades 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

An examination of the 12th and 13th century 
Crusade movement through the study of the avail- 
able primary source material. 

HIS 580 -Reformation Era (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing its 
major issues and movements, and their develop- 
ment through the Thirty Years War. Political, social, 
and economic, as well as religious facets of the 
upheaval will be considered. 

HIS 582 -Europe in the Eighteenth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1992. 

This course covers the period from the reign of 
Louis XIV to the French Revolution, considering the 
major political, social, and intellectual trends on the 
Continent. Particular emphasis is placed on 
France. 

HIS 584 -The French Revolution and 
Napoleon (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1993. 

This course examines the background and 
events of the French Revolution and the career of 
Napoleon. Different interpretations are considered. 



HIS 590 -Europe in the Nineteenth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

A study of the most important social, political,. 
and intellectual directions of European history from 
the Congress of Vienna to the end of the nine- 
teenth century. 

HIS 591 -Europe in the Twentieth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

A study of the major developments in Europe 
since 1900. 

HIS 596 -Modern East Central Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

A survey of the history of the nations between 
Germany and Russia in the 19th and 20th centu- 
ries. Topics to be covered include the rise of na- 
tionalism, the gaining of independence, problems 
in establishing democracy, experience during 
World War II, and the establishment of communist 
control. 

HIS 598 -European Historiography 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993 (evening). See major program out- 
lines, part B.1, for the historiography requirement. 

A study of the writers of history in the Western 
cultural tradition, with an emphasis on the historical 
philosophies, interpretations, and problems raised 
by the major modern European historians. Rec- 
ommended especially to students contemplating 
graduate work in History. 



Russian, Asian, African and Latin American 
History Courses 

HIS 320-Traditional China (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1992. 

The history of Chinese civilization from ancient 
times to the early nineteenth century, with empha- 
sis on its characteristic political, social, economic, 
and cultural developments. 

HIS 322 -History of Japan (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

A survey of the history of Japan from the earliest 
times to the present, with primary emphasis on its 
emergence as a world power since the late nine- 
teenth century. 



HISTORY 



133 



HIS 323 -History of the Middle East 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

A survey of Middle Eastern history from Muham- 
mad to the present, and of Islamic culture and civ- 
ilization. Emphasis will be placed on the 
background of current issues and conflicts in the 
region. 

HIS 329 -Medieval Russia (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

A survey of the economic, social, and political 
development of the Russian state from its foun- 
dation in the 9th century through its modernization 
by Peter the Great in the early 18th century. 

HIS 330 -Modern Russia (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the Great 
to the present. The major political, cultural, eco- 
nomic, and social developments of Russia in both 
the Imperial and Soviet periods will be covered. 

HIS 481 -482 -Independent Study In Russian/ 
Asian/African/Latln-American History (V-V- 
(1-5)). 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 450 
and at least 15 additional hours in upper division 
History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), an 
overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 hours), 
and an approved application. Open to transient 
students only with the permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which 
the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in the chosen field 
under the supervision of a member of the History 
faculty. An application must be filed with the de- 
partment, in advance, normally by mid-quarter pre- 
ceding the independent study. A full description of 
the requirements and an application may be ob- 
tained in the departmental office. 

HIS 560 -Latin America (5-0-5) 

An introductory course in Latin-American history 
with consideration given to institutions of the areas 
as well as events and personalities. 

HIS 561 -The Caribbean (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

A study of the historical development of the Car- 
ibbean from European conquest and colonization 
to twentieth-century nationalism. Emphasis will be 
given to understand present-day Caribbean Cul- 
tures. (Also listed as ANT 561 .) 



HIS 562 -History of Africa (5-0-5) 

A survey of African civilizations from ancient 
times, with major emphasis on development of the 
continent since 1800. 

HIS 564 -Modern China (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1993. 

The history of China from the nineteenth century 
to the present, with emphasis on political, social, 
economic, and intellectual developments. 

HIS 567 -Russia and the West (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

A detailed study of the impact of Western influ- 
ence on the Muscovite state in the sixteenth and 
seventeenth centuries. 

HIS 568 -The Russian Revolution (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. Prerequisite: Permission of the in- 
structor. 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary tra- 
dition, the causes for the collapse of Tsarism, the 
Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in the Russian 
Civil War. 

HIS 569 -History of Soviet Foreign Policy 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

This course reviews historically the development 
of soviet foreign policy toward Western European 
states, notably Germany, and also with the non- 
European world through 1917-1940, World War II, 
and cold War phases. Special attention will be 
given in this last phase to U.S. -Soviet rivalry. Soviet 
relations with other communist states in Eastern 
Europe, China, and the Third World, and to the 
recent moves toward detente. 



Museum and Preservation Studies Courses 

MPS 207 -Introduction to Archaeology 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 

The introductory archaeology course consists 
of a history of the field, basic techniques, theo- 
retical underpinnings, and examples of field work 
from all types of excavation. It covers the range 
from early man to industrial and urban archeology 
in a general fashion. Analysis is introduced along 
with survey techniques, preservation reporting 
and other skills. (Identical with ANT 207.) 



134 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MPS 410-Curatorship (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HIS 450 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Deals with the historical background and pur- 
pose of curatorship, conservation, restoration 
technology, research including authentication, 
cataloging and organizing collections. 

MPS 550 -Historic Preservation (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

Students may find HIS 450 to be useful prep- 
aration for this course. 

An examination of the field including values, 
principles, practices, development of planning 
and organization for preservation; preservation 
law, economics and politics. 

MPS 551 -Fleldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-20-1 0) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission 
of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of ar- 
chaeological methods to a specific field project. 
Excavation techniques, surveying and map mak- 
ing, data collecting and recording, archaeological 
photography, the identification and analysis of art 
facts, and the interpretation or archaeological 
data will be presented in field and laboratory work 
as well as in lectures and readings. (Identical with 
ANT 551). (Under certain circumstances this 
course may be substituted in the Preservation 
Studies minor for MPS 598). Course may be re- 
peated for credit. 

MPS 552-Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: permission 
of instructor. 

The application of archaeological interpretative 
techniques to a specific site or analytical prob- 
lem. Individual research projects in the interpre- 
tation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special at- 
tention to the care and storage of collections, dis- 
play in the museum setting, and the presentation 
of archaeologically-derived information. (Identical 
with ANT 552). (Under certain circumstances this 
course may be substituted in the Museum Stud- 
ies minor for MPS 595). 

MPS 553 -American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
remains of our society, past and present. Vernac- 



ular and polite architecture, ceramics, mortuary 
art, community and settlement patterns, dress 
diet, and disease are among the topics that wil 
be discussed. (Identical to HIS 553 and ANT 553) 

MPS 554 -Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991 . Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permissior 
of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of Nortr 
America since the arrival of Europeans in the New 
World. Some attention will be paid to British anc 
Continental Post Medieval Archaeology as well as 
to the special areas of Industrial and Nautical Ar- 
chaeology. Emphasis will be given to archaeolog 
ical archaeology's method and theory both as i 
perspective for the writing of history and as £ 
component of Historic Preservation. (Identica 
with HIS 554). 

MPS 556 -American Architectual History 
(4-2-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

A study of various styles of American architec 
ture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclecti 
cism and modern; slides from Historic Americar 
Building Survey; landscape architecture. Visitinc 
speakers and field trips will be used. 

MPS 557 -American Vernacular 
Architecture (4-2-5) 

Spring 1992. Prerequisite: MPS 556 or permis 
sion of instructor. 

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built en 
vironment with emphasis on traditional and pop 
ular architecture. Recording techniques, researct 
strategies, and theoretical approaches, past anc 
present, will be examined. (Also listed as HIS 
557.) 

MPS 558 -Administration (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MPS 550. 

A study of organizational techniques and pol 
icy, public relations and marketing, membership 
budgeting, personnel relations, security, insur 
ance, and such other topics as are pertinent. - 

MPS 580 -Special Topics in Archaeology 
(V-V-[1-5]) 

Prerequisites: ANT/MPS 207, ANT/MPS 551 
The course is designed to offer a wide variety 
of experience to advanced, upper level students 
in archaeological techniques. Subject matter wil 
center on such topics as archaeological graphics 
faunal analysis (zooarchaeology), conservation 
or involve some off-campus archaeological ex- 
perience. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



135 



MPS 581 -Special Topics In Historic 
Preservation (V-V-[1-5]) 

Prerequisites: MPS 550 

The course is designed to offer a wide variety 
3f experience to advanced, upper level students 
n historic preservation. Subject matter will center 
3n such topics as preservation philosophy, rural 
observation, urban planning or involve some off- 
campus activity. 

MPS 595 -Internship in Museum Studies 
i-V-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 410, 411, and 558 with a 
|C" or better in each course. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus study 
and research in a government or private agency 
nvolved in museum work. Projects are normally 
designed to require the full eleven week quarter 
o completion, during which time the student will 
De under the joint supervision of the sponsoring 
agency and his faculty sponsor. 

MPS 598 -Internship In Preservation 
Studies (V-V-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 550, 556 and 558 with a 
"C" or better in each course. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus study 
and research in an appropriate preservation 
agency. Projects are normally designed to require 
he full eleven week quarter for completion, during 
/vhich time the student will be under the joint su- 
oervision of the sponsoring agency and his fac- 
jlty sponsor. 



Languages, Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts 

Faculty 

Strozier, Robert, Department Head 

Andrews, Carol 

Brown, Hugh 

Clancy, Frank 

Cooksey, Thomas 

Daassa, Dali 

Hollinger, Karen 

Jenkins, Marvin 

Martin, William 

Noble, David 

Nordquist, Richard 

Raymond, Richard 



"Roth, Lorie 
Smith, James 
Suchower, John 
Welsh, John 
White Virginia 

'Graduate Faculty 



English Composition 

Entering students should begin the required 
English core sequence in their initial quarter of 
attendance. Students must not delay beginning 
this sequence beyond their second quarter of at- 
tendance. Students must enroll in the appropriate 
course in the core sequence and do so each 
quarter until they complete the sequence and/or 
pass the Regents' Test. ENG 101, 102, and 201 
courses may not be dropped without permission 
from Dr. Strozier, Department Head. Students 
who do drop these courses without Department 
Head approval will receive a failing grade in the 
class. 

Exemptions from Core English 

Students who wish credit exemption for English 
101 must take the CLEP College Composition 
and Essay examination and make a score of 53 
(Grade equivalent of a "B") and make a "C" or 
above in English 102. Students who wish a credit 
exemption for English 102 must take the CLEP 
Analysis and Interpretation of Literature and Es- 
say Examination and make a score of 55 (Grade 
equivalent of "B") and make a "C" or above in 
English 201. Students who make these scores in 
English 101 and 102 exams must make a "C" or 
above in English 201 to receive credit exemption 
for those courses. 

Students who score "3" or above on the AP 
exam also will receive credit exemption for Eng- 
lish 101, providing that they make "C" or better 
in English 102. 



Foreign Languages 

Students who, while enrolled at Armstrong 
State College, take their foreign language 
courses on another campus must pass an ap- 
propriate national standardized test with a score 
not lower than the 60 percentile on each part to 
receive credit for 103 and/or 201 . Students trans- 
ferring to Armstrong State College, after having 



136 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



completed the required foreign language se- 
quence at another college, with "C's" or above, 
are not required to complete the proficiency ex- 
aminations at Armstrong. 

Exemptions from Foreign Languages 

Students who wish -a credit exemption for the 
French or Spanish requirement must make a 
score of 45 (Grade equivalent of a "B") on the 
CLEP exam, and make a "C" or better in the ap- 
propriate 201 class. Students who wish a credit 
exemption for German must make a score of 44 
(Grade equivalent of a "B") and make a "C" or 
higher in German 201 . For further information stu- 
dents should contact the Head of the Department 
of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts, or 
Ms. Benson in Counseling and Placement. 

Students majoring in English or in Drama- 
Speech should satisfy the college core require- 
ments for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the 
freshman and sophomore years. Students must 
earn a grade of "C" or better in each 300 or 400 
level course included in any major or minor area. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 

201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . Two from MAT 101,1 03, 290 1 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One from ANT 201; ECO 201, 
202; PSY101;SOC201 .... 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. CS 1 15, and one from ART 200, 
271, 272, 273; DRS 227, 228; 
MUS 200; PHI 201 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 



2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. ENG 301, 345 or 346 1C 

2. One from ENG 341, 347, 350, 
356, 357 £ 

3. One from ENG 352, 353, 354 £ 

4. One from ENG 333, 334, 335 £ 

5. ENG 311 and 312 1C 

6. One from ENG 370, 371, 372, 
380, 382 £ 

7. One course in literature in 

English £ 

C. Related Field Requirements 2£ 

Upper Division courses 2£ 

D. Electives 2C 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . C 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 2C 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292. .. ' U 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; ENG 222; MUS 200 ... . E 

Area II 2C 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or 290 1( 

2. Laboratory science sequence 1( 
Area III 2C 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 i 

2. PSY 101 £ 

Area IV 3( 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 2C 

2. DRS 228 or 341 c 

3. One from ANT 201; ECO 201, 
202; SOC 201 

Area V 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 

2. Three activity courses 

State Requirement 

HIS 251 or 252 

B. Courses in the Major Field 

1. ENG 301 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



137 



2. ENG311 and 312 10 

3. One from ENG 333, 334, 335 5 

4. ENG 313 or 314 5 

5. ENG 345 or 346 5 

6. ENG 380 or 382 5 

7. ENG 370 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

1. DRS/FLM 350 or 351, and ap- 
proved elective 10 

2. PHI 400 or approved elective 5 

D. Professional Sequence 45 

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 
422, 439, 481, 482, 483 40 

2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 201 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
3ACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
DRAMA-SPEECH 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 

201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201; 
PSY 101; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. DRS227, 228 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. DRS341.342, 345, 346; ENG 

301 25 

2. Two from: DRS 450, 451, 452 10 



3. One from: DRS 340, 347, 350, 

351 5 

4. One from: DRS 400; ENG 400, 
401, 402 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. ENG 345, 346, 356, 357, 360, 

365 20 

2. One from: ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

3. One from LIN 380, 382 5 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
ENGLISH (Communications Concentration) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 

201 5 

Area II 20 

1. Two from: 

MAT 101, 103, 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 
202; PSY 101; SOC 201 .... 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. CS 1 15, and one from ART 200, 
271, 272, 273; DRS 227; MUS 
200; PHI 201 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1 . Two from ENG 370, 372, JRN 

343 10 

2. DRS 228 and 341 10 

3. ENG 311 and 312 10 



138 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



4. ENG 313 and 314 10 

5. One from ENG 333, 334, 335 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

1. One from: FLM 340, FLM 350, 
FLM 351 5 

2. One from: DRS 347, ART 204, 

211 ... .' 5 

3. One from: HIS 351, HIS 352, 
SOC 333 5 

4. One course from ENG 400, DRS 
400, PHI 400, JRN 400 5 

5. Upper division course in Arts & 
Sciences 5 

D. Electives . 20 

1 . ENG 499 5 

2. Electives 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



Minor Concentrations 

The following minor concentrations available 
from the Department of Languages, Literature, 
and Dramatic Arts. For completion of each of the 
minors, the student must earn a "C" or better in 
each course offered for the minor. 

The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 

Communications 25 

1 . ENG 370, JRN 343, ENG 372 5 

2. DRS/FLM/JRN 350, DRS/FLM 
351, ART 211, 204, 314,315 5 

3. ENG 499, ENG 400, DRS 400, 
FLM 401, JRN 400 5 

4. DRS 228 or 341 5 

5. One 300-400 course in Lan- 
guages, Literature, and Dramatic 
Arts 5 

English 20 

English electives at the 300-400 

level (only 5 hours of 499) 20 

Film 20 

1. DRS/FLM 340, 351 10 

2. DRS/FLM 350, DRS/FLM 401 10 
Foreign Language 20 

Language electives at the 300- 

400 level 20 

Linguistics 20 

Courses selected from ENG/LIN 

325, 380, 382; LIN 400 ... . 20 



Philosophy % 2C 

Philosophy electives at the 300- 
400 level 2C 



Drama-Speech Offerings 

Successful completion of ENG 101 is prereq- 
uisite to all DRS courses with the exception o 
DRS 227. 

DRS 227 -Theatre Laboratory (0-3-1) . 

Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student wil 
work on the Masquers' production of the quarter 
Only one hour of credit may be earned pei 
quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in The- 
atre Laboratory is five quarter hours. 

In the summer students may take up to five 
hours credit in DRS 227 by working part time ir 
summer theatre workshop (DRS 450). 

DRS 228 -Speech Communication (5-0-5) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practice and theory of oral communication 
Each student makes several major speeches 
The physiology of the speech mechanisms is 
covered, and articulation is studied within the 
framework of the international Phonetic Alphabet 

DRS/FLM 340— Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Same as FLM 340. 

A study of the history and development of the 
cinema with special emphasis on the Americar 
dominance of the medium. 

DRS 341 -Oral Interpretation (5-0-5) 

The oral interpretation of poetry and prose. Tht 
techniques of literary analysis and the vocal tech 
niques needed to communicate an author'; 
mood and meaning are stressed. 

DRS 342 -Dynamics of Performing 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ENG 101 plus at least two credi 
hours in DRS 227. 

Intensive study of characterization and style; 
of acting from several points; historical, critical 
practical, theoretical, and experimental. Empha 
sis on development of performance skills. 

DRS 345 -History of the Theatre (5-0-5) 

A survey of theatrical art from its beginning tc 
the present day emphasizing the development o 
the physical theatre. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



139 



DRS 346 -Play Production (5-0-5) 

The theory and practice of acting and directing 
vith special attention to image-making on stage, 
ndividuals under supervision prepare and exe- 
cute the production of scenes and short plays. 
DRS/FLM 349-Television Theory and 
Criticism (5-0-5) 

A study of television theory and criticism with 
special emphasis on television as a media form. 
"opics include: television spectatorship, genres, 
Droduction, and scholarship. 
DRS/FLM/JRN 350 -Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM 350 and JRN 350. 

Study of film with emphasis on critical appre- 
ciation of film as an art form. 
DRS/FLM 351 -Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Same as FLM 351 . 

Studies in the translation of literature to film with 
emphasis on the differences of the media in form, 
content and perception. 
}RS 400 -Special Topics in 
Communications (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 101. 

The special subject matter in this course is an- 
lounced when the course is offered. 
DRS/FLM 401 -Topics In Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Film 350 or 351. 

The special subject matter of this course will 
De announced when the course is offered. Topics 
nclude: Film Genres, Auteurs, and Critical The- 
Dry. 

DRS 450-451 -452 -Drama Workshop 
;0-15-5) 

Summer only. 

Summer stock theatre for credit. Students are 
jirected and instructed by a member of the fac- 
jlty who is a professional in the theatre. All as- 
pects of production will be studied. 
DRS 490 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior sta- 
:us plus ENG 101 plus at least one 300 level DRS 
:ourse. Open to transient students only with the 
Dermission of Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
:he college from which the student comes. 



English Offerings 

ENG 025 -Composition Review (5-0-5) 

Institutional Credit. 

Designed to correct deficiencies in writing re- 
pealed by the Regents' Test. Prerequisite: Com- 
pletion of the English core requirements of the 
student's program. 



ENG 101 -Composition I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Each student must attain at least one of the 
following prior to enrolling: (a) a score of at least 
380 SAT Verbal and 40 or above on the TSWE 
(Test of Standard Written English) scores, or 20 
on the verbal section of the ACT, or (b) exit DSE 
successfully. 

Transfer students who have not completed the 
required English composition courses prescribed 
by Armstrong degree programs will be expected 
to take an English Placement Test (EPT) to place 
the student in the appropriate English course. The 
EPT is administered by the Composition Coordi- 
nator, 109 Gamble Hall. The exceptions to this 
requirement are: a student with an SAT verbal of 
380 or above and a TSWE score of 40 or above, 
or 20 on the verbal section of ACT, and University 
System students who have credit for ENG 101 
and ENG 102. 

The transferred English composition credits will 
show the number and title of the sending insti- 
tution so that the composition courses taken at 
Armstrong will not necessarily be shown as re- 
peats. These transferred courses may then be 
used as elective credit to complete degree re- 
quirements. 

For the student having demonstrable ability in 
reading, writing, and organizing. The student will 
sharpen his skills by writing themes of varying 
length and complexity utilizing techniques learned 
from intensive study of essays. The course also 
aims to increase the student's awareness of lan- 
guage itself. Readings in addition to the essay 
may be used. 

ENG 102 -Composition II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Satisfactory 
completion of ENG 101 or ENG 191. 

Gives the student guided practice in reading 
and compositional skills. The course introduces 
literary forms and language-fiction, poetry, 
drama- using readings in and study of those 
forms to stimulate the writing of interpretive and 
critical papers. 

ENG 192 -Honors Composition and 
Introduction to Literature (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of "B" in 
English 101 and the recommendation of the Eng- 
lish 101 instructor and approval of the Depart- 
ment Head. 

The student will read and write in greater depth 
than in English 102. 



140 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ENG 201 -Selections in World Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: ENG 102 or 
ENG 192. 

Completes the Core I sequence. Organized 
around literary and extra-literary materials, the 
course facilitates student investigation of endur- 
ing issues and ideas found in world literature. Re- 
search techniques are introduced. The specific 
content in each section of this course is an- 
nounced quarterly. 

ENG 222 -Topics in the Humanities 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 201. 

A thematic approach to major works in the hu- 
manities designed to awaken and heighten the 
student's awareness of traditional and contem- 
porary issues. Topics will be announced. 

ENG 292 -Honors Composition and 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of "C" in 
English 192 or minimum grade of "B" in English 
102 and the recommendation of the English 102 
instructor. 

The student will read and write in greater depth 
than in English 201 . 

Please Note: ENG 201 is prerequisite to all ENG 
300-400 courses. ENG 311 and 312 are pre- 
requisite for all English courses 330 through 
499, except ENG 370 through 382. 
ENG 301 - Introduction to Literary Studies 
(5-0-5) 

Fall or Spring. 

Familiarizes the English major with the vocab- 
ulary and approaches of modern literary criticism, 
advances abilities in the reading and interpreta- 
tion of literary texts, and promotes understanding 
of the tools of literary research and writing. 

ENG 311 -Survey of English Literature I 
(5-0-5) 

Alternate quarters. 

A study of the major works of English literature 
from its beginnings to the end of the 1 8th century, 
includes the Beowulf poet, Chaucer, Spencer and 
Milton. 

ENG 31 2 -Survey of English Literature II 
(5-0-5) 

Alternate quarters. 

A study of major works from the beginning of 
the 19th century to the contemporary period. In- 
cludes the Romantics, the Victorians and the 
Moderns. 



ENG 31 3 -World Literature I (5-0-5) 

A study of major works and movements ir 
world literature through the Renaissance. 

ENG 314-World Literature II (5-0-5) 

A study of major works and movements ir 
modern world literature. 

ENG 333 -American I: Beginnings through 
1830. (5-0-5) 

A survey of significant American poetry anc 
prose from the Atlantic migration to the Jackson- 
ian Age, the course emphasizes development o 
a literature with a uniquely American character. 

ENG 334 -American II: Emerson through 
Twain. (5-0-5) 

A critical examination of the art and ideas o 
the major writers of the American Renaissance - 
Emerson, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Thoreau 
Whitman, and Dickinson. Traces the evolution o' 
Transcendental Romanticism into the Realism o' 
Twain. 

ENG 335 -American III: Rise of Naturalism 
to the Present. (5-0-5) 

The cultural and ideological bases and evolu- 
tion of American Realism and Naturalism are 
probed in the works of James, Crane, Norris, anc 
Dreiser as well as contemporary writers and mod- 
ernists such as Eliot, Stevens, Faulkner, Frost 
Robinson, Fitzgerald, and Cummings. 

ENQ 341 -Early English Literature, 
Beginnings through 1603. (5-0-5) 

Surveys major English literature from its begin 
ning to the 15th century. Emphasis is on the de 
velopment of a literature that reflects the 
diversified England of this 800-year period. Writ 
ers include: the Beowulf poet and other Old Eng 
lish authors, early Middle English lyrics and the 
major figures of the 14th century (the Pearl Poet 
Chaucer, Langland, Gower). 

ENG 345 -Shakespeare I (5-0-5) 

Fall or Spring. 

A comprehensive study of the tragedies, com- 
edies, and history plays drawn from Taming o 
the Shrew, Merchant of Venice, Merry Wives o 
Windsor, Much Ado About Nothing, As You Like 
It, Troilus and Cressida, Measure for Measure 
Richard II, Henry IV Parts 1 and 2, Henry V, Tim 
Andronicus, Julius Caesar, King Lear, Macbeth 
Antony and Cleopatra, and Coriolanus. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



141 



ENG 346 -Shakespeare II (5-0-5) 

Spring or Fall. 

A second comprehensive study of the trage- 
dies, comedies and history plays drawn from A 
Comedy of Errors, Love's Labor's Lost, Romeo 
and Juliet, Midsummer Night's Dream, Twelfth 
Night, Hamlet, Othello, A Winter's Tale, The Tem- 
pest, Pericles, Cymbeline, All's Well That Ends 
Well, Two Gentlemen of Verona, King John, Ti- 
mor) of Athens, Richard III, Henry VI, and Henry 
VIII. 

ENG 347 -17th Century British Poetry and 
Prose: 1603-1689. (5-0-5) 

Alternate years. 

A survey of the major nondramatic literature 
from the death of Elizabeth I to the reign of William 
and Mary, this course places its major emphasis 
upon the metaphysical and classical traditions in 
English poetry. Authors include Donne, Jonson, 
Herbert, Herrick, Crashaw, Vaughan, Marvell, Mil- 
ton, Bacon, Brown, Bunyan, Dryden, and Roch- 
ester. 

ENG 350 -18th Century British Poetry and 
Prose. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of British poetry and prose from 1690 
to 1784, this course acquaints students with the 
philosophic and aesthetic concerns of the age as 
reflected chiefly but not exclusively in the works 
of Swift, Pope, Johnson, and Fielding. 

ENG 352 -19th Century I: British Romantic 
Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 353. 

An examination of the works of the major Ro- 
mantic writers including Blake, Wordsworth, Col- 
eridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. 
ENG 353 -19th Century II: British Victorian 
Poetry and Prose. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 352. 

An examination of the responses of novelists, 
poets, and prose writers to the issues troubling 
Victorian England: the conflict between science 
and religion, the faith in "progress," the growth 
of industrialism, the rights of the individual and of 
the society, and the role of the artist. 
ENG 354-20th Century British Poetry and 
Prose. (5-0-5) 

A study of major figures -James, Conrad, Law- 
rence, Yeats, Hardy, Auden, Thomas -within the 
context of continental developments (Symbolism, 
Proust, Rilke), Eliot, and the concept of "modern- 
ism." 



ENG 356- British Drama I: Beginnings to 
1630. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 357 and 365. 

Medieval and Renaissance Non-Shakespear- 
ean drama; stresses the plays of Marlowe, Jon- 
son, Beaumont and Fletcher, Middleton and 
Webster; and grounds the student in the conven- 
tions and traditions of Medieval and early Tudor 
drama. 

ENG 357 -British Drama II. 1630-1800. 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with English 356 and 365. 

Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama; 
begins with Pre-Restoration, late Caroline drama; 
and stresses the plays of Ford, Shirley, Dryden, 
Lee, Otway, Etherege, Wycherley, Congreve, 
Goldsmith, and Sheridan. 

ENG 360-Ancient Epic and Drama 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Alternate years. 

A study of major works of antiquity. Authors 
include Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, 
and other significant figures. 

ENG 365 -British, American, and 
Continental Drama: Ibsen to the Present. 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 356 and 357. 

A survey of 1 9th and 20th century British, Amer- 
ican and European plays. Movements include Re- 
alism, the Irish Renaissance. Expressionism, 
Impressionism, and Theater of the Absurd. Ibsen, 
Shaw, Yeats, O'Casey, Wilde, Strindberg, O'Neill, 
and Williams are among the dramatists studied. 

ENG 370 -Advanced Composition 
(5-0-5) 

The study of expository and argumentative 
techniques. 

ENG 371 -Creative Writing (5-0-5) 

Students submit manuscripts — stories, poems, 
plays -which they then critique by written state- 
ment and by class discussion under the guidance 
of the instructor. The class is a workshop. Stu- 
dents wishing to enroll should submit a writing 
sample for initial screening. 

ENG 372 -Technical and Business 
Communication (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Students learn to report technical information 
clearly and persuasively. Assignments include 
technical descriptions and instructions, memo- 



142 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



randa, business letters, reports, and research ar- 
ticles. Emphasizes writing and includes oral 
presentations using visual aids. 

ENG/DRS 373 -Rhetoric (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the study of rhetoric, from 
Aristotle to the present, with emphasis on rhetor- 
ical analyses of literature and other forms of dis- 
course. 

ENG/LIN 380-Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

A study of current approaches to grammar (in- 
cluding generative transformational); phonology, 
morphology and syntax are studied. 

ENG/LIN 382 -History of English Language 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the English language from its begin- 
nings in the fifth and sixth centuries to its world- 
wide expansion in the 20th. Traces the language 
chronologically from Old to Middle to Modern 
English. Emphasis is on the phonetic, syntactic, 
and lexical changes with weight given both to in- 
ternal and external influences. 

ENG 400 -Special Topic (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Subjects include: Modernism: 1880-1940, 
Apartheid in Perspective; World-wide English Lit- 
erature, Decadence, Women in Literature. 

ENG 401 -Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Genres include: New England Poets, Vic- 
torian Novel, Eighteenth Century Novel, Russian 
Novel, Southern Fiction, British Drama, American 
Novel, Short Story. 

ENG 402 -Special Author (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Authors include: Faulkner, Dickens, Twain, 
Hardy, Fielding, Chaucer, Milton, Dante, Frost, 
Dickinson, Austen, and Flannery O'Connor. 

ENG 490 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status or department 
head's approval. Available to transient students 
under the following conditions: approval of the 
Dean of the faculty and Dean of the college from 
which the student comes. 

ENG 491 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status or department 
head's approval. Available to transient students 
under the following conditions; approval of the 
Dean of the Faculty and Dean of the college from 
which the student comes. 



ENG 499 -Internship (Up to 15 hrs) 

Offered by Special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Junior status, a 2.5 GPA, a supervisory staff mem- 
ber, recommendation of the departmental intern- 
ship Committee, and approval.of the Departmenl 
head. May be repeated to a maximum of 15 credil 
hours. 

The student pursues an individually designee 
project involving off-campus work, study, and/oi 
research. Projects are under the joint supervision 
of the sponsoring institution and the staff mem- 
ber. Fifteen hours credit requires forty hours e 
week at the sponsoring institution. Ten hours 
credit requires twenty-five hours a week; five 
hours credit requires fifteen hours a week. 



Film Offerings 

FLM/DRS 340 -Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the history and development of the 
cinema with special emphasis on the Americar 
dominance of the medium. 

FLM/DRS 350 -Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Same as JRN 350. 

Study of film with emphasis on critical appre 
ciation of film as an art form. 

FLM/DRS 351 -Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Studies in the translation of literature to film witr 
emphasis on the differences of the media in form 
content, and perception. 

FLM/DRS 401 -Topics in Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FLM 350 or 351 . 

Special subject matter is announced when the 
course is offered. Topics: film genres, auteurs 
and critical theory. 



Foreign Language Offerings 

FRE 101 -102-1 03 -Elementary French One, 
Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Provides the student with the elements ol 
French reading, composition, and conversation. 
The approach is primarily oral; daily practice with 
tape recordings is required. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



143 



FRE 201 -Intermediate French (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college French 
or permission of instructor. Continues to develop 
reading, writing, listening, speaking, and gram- 
mar skills. 

FRE 300 -Special Topics In the French 
Language (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 201. 

Advanced analysis and examination of the 
structure and grammar of the French language 
stressing oral usage. 

FRE 305 -Special Topics In French 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 201. 

Subject matter is announced when the course 
is offered. Includes: surveys of Nineteenth and 
Twentieth-Century literature. 

FRE 351 -352-353 -Study Abroad In France 
(V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: FRE 103. 

A summer quarter's residence and study in 
France in conjunction with the Studies Abroad 
Program of the University System of Georgia. The 
program lasts for a period of 8-9 weeks. The stu- 
dent receives intensive instruction in language 
and culture and participates in University-spon- 
sored activities. 

FRE 401 -Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 305 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Subject matter is announced when the course 
is offered. Subjects include: Seventeenth, Eight- 
eenth, and Nineteenth-Century Theatre; Nine- 
teenth and Twentieth-Century Fiction. 

FRE 402 -Special Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 305 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Subject matter is announced when the course 
is offered. Authors include: Flaubert, Hugo, Zola, 
Malraux. 

FRE 490 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: FRE 305 or approval of instruc- 
tor. 

Transient students may take this course only 
with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
strong and the college from which the student 
comes. 



GER 101 -102-1 03 -Elementary German 
One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Elements of reading and writing; basic vocab- 
ulary; simple conversation; essentials of gram- 
mar. 

GER 201 -Intermediate German (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college German 
or permission of instructor. Continues to develop 
reading, writing, listening, speaking, and gram- 
mar skills. 

GER 300-Speclal Topics In the German 
Language (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 201. 

Readings in the various uses of German, from 
the popular to the literary, throughout the history 
of the language. 

GER 305-Speclal Topics In German 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 201. 

Subject matter is announced when the course 
is offered. Topics include: surveys of Eighteenth, 
Nineteenth, and Twentieth Century German liter- 
ature. 

GER 351 -352-353 -Study Abroad In 
Germany (V-V15) 

Prerequisite: GER 103. 

A summer quarter's residence and study in 
Germany in conjunction with the Studies Abroad 
Program of the University System of Georgia. The 
program lasts for 8-9 weeks. The student re- 
ceives intensive instruction in language and cul- 
ture and participates in University sponsored 
activities. 

GER 401 -Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 305 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Subjects include: Medieval Poetry; Prose, 
Poetry, and Drama in the 17th and 18th Century; 
the Novella in the 19th Century; 20th Century 
Prose. 

GER 402-Speclal Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 305 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Authors include: Grimmelshausen, Goethe, 
Schiller, Thomas Mann, Kafka, Grass. 



144 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



GER 490 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor or GER 201 . 
Transient students may take this course only with 
permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes. 

LAT 101 -102-1 03 -Elementary Latin One, 
Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year. 
Essentials of grammar; readings from selected 
Latin authors. 

LAT 201 -Intermediate Latin (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Latin or 
three years of high school Latin. 

Further readings in Latin literature with special 
emphasis on Vergil and Ovid. 
LAT 300 -Readings in Latin (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: LAT 201 . 

Readings from the 2,000 years of Latinity from 
Plautus to the recent encycilcals. 
LAT/CLA 351 -352-353 -Study Abroad in 
Rome and Athens (V-V-15) 
. Prerequisite: LAT 1 03. 

A summer quarter's residence and study in 
Rome and Athens in conjunction with the Studies 
Abroad Program of the University System of 
Georgia. Taught in English. Through visits to 
monuments, museums, and classical ruins, and 
on excursions to Crete, Delphi, Ostia, Tivoli, Tar- 
quinia, and Fanscati the student experiences first 
hand the reality of life in the ancient world. 
LAT 396 -Latin Language and Culture in 
Rome (15-0-15) 

Summer. Prerequisite: LAT 201 or the equiva- 
lent. 

Classes meet in Rome for 3 hours a day, 6 
days a week, for 7 weeks, to speak, read, and 
hear Latin. Students practice composition outside 
of class and travel to places of cultural signifi- 
cance. 

SPA 101 -102-1 03 -Elementary Spanish 
One-Two-Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Provide the student with the elements of Span- 
ish reading, composition, and conversation. 

SPA 201 -Intermediate Spanish (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Spanish 
or permission of instructor. Continues to develop 
reading, writing, listening, speaking, and gram- 
mar skills. 



SPA 300 -Special Topics in the Spanish 
Language (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 . 

Advanced analysis and examination of the 
structure and grammar of the Spanish language 
stressing oral usage. 

SPA 305 -Special Topics in Spanish 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 . 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Topics include: surveys of Nineteenth and 
Twentieth-Century literature selected to enlighten 
student awareness of the heritage and develop- 
ment of Spanish letters. 

SPA 309 -Conversational Spanish (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Emphasis on Spanish in simulated situations 
to develop conversational skills and cultural 
awareness of Spain and Latin America. Lectures 
and discussions will be in Spanish. 

SPA 351 -352-353 -Study Abroad in Spain 
(V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: SPA 103. 

A summer quarter's residence and study in 
Spain in conjunction with the Studies Abroad Pro- 
gram of the University System of Georgia. Lasts 
for 8-9 weeks. Students receive intensive instruc- 
tion in language and culture complemented by a 
number of excursions. 

SPA 401 -Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 305 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Genres include: Nineteenth and Twentieth 
Century Spanish and Latin American novels, short 
stories, and poetry. 

SPA 402 -Special Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 305 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Authors include: Carlos Fuentes, Garcia 
Marquez, Alejo Carpentier, Frederico Garcia 
Lorca, Miguel de Unamuno. 

SPA 490 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and SPA 
201 . Transient students may take this course only 
with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
strong and the college from which the student 
comes. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



145 



SPA 499 -Language Internship (0-6-3) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisites: 
Junior status, a minimum 2.75 overall G.P.A., a 
3.0 G.P.A. in Spanish, recommendation of the de- 
partmental internship committee, and approval of 
the department head and a Spanish faculty mem- 
ber. 

The student pursues an individually designed 
project involving off-campus instruction at the el- 
ementary school level (grades 1-6). Weekly prep- 
aration of five hours towards a class instruction 
period of one hour is expected. The project is 
under supervision of the sponsoring institution 
and a Spanish faculty member who will coordi- 
nate it with the classroom teacher and the intern. 
The supervisor in charge will evaluate by obser- 
vation (twice quarterly) the quality of the intern's 
performance. 



Journalism Offerings 

JRN 343 -Journalistic Writing and 
Editing (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 

Investigation of and intensive practice in the 
techniques of modern journalism with emphasis 
on writing and editing for newspapers and mag- 
azines. 

JRN 347 -Basic TV Production (2-9-5) 

Alternates with DRS 400, Spring, Fall. Same as 
DRS 347. 

A study of the theory and practice of television 
production styles, forms, and concepts, with spe- 
cial emphasis on the critical appreciation of elec- 
tronic communication techniques. 

JRN 350 -Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM/DRS 350. 
Study of film with emphasis on critical appre- 
ciation of film as an art form. 

JRN 400 -Topics in Journalism (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: JRN 340 or 343 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

A seminar on the impact of the media on the 
world today. Topics include rights and responsi- 
bilities of journalists, censorship, media control, 
propaganda, and other current issues. 



Linguistics Offerings 

LIN 370 -Advanced Composition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 201 or consent of instructor. 
Same as ENG 370. 
A study of expository and report techniques. 

LIN 380 -Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as ENG/LIN 380. 

A study of current approaches to grammar (in- 
cluding generative transformational); phonology, 
morphology, and syntax will be studied. 

LIN 382 -History of the English Language 
(5-0-5) 

Same as ENG/LIN 382. 

LIN 400-Topics in Linguistics (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: ENG -LIN 380 or 382 or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

A seminar in subjects of interest in both theo- 
retical and applied linguistics. Topics are an- 
nounced. The course may be taken more than 
once for credit as topics change. 



Philosophy Offerings 

Please Note: ENG 101 is prerequisite: to all 
following PHI courses. 

PHI 201 —Introduction to Philosophy 
(5-0-5) 

An introduction to the basic themes, problems, 
vocabulary, and representative figures of philos- 
ophy. 

PHI 301 -Ancient and Medieval 
Philosophy(5-0-5) 

An historical introduction to philosophy, tracing 
the development of European philosophy from 
the early Greeks through the Middle Ages, with 
emphasis on selected works of major philoso- 
phers. 

PHI 302-16th, 17th, 18th Century 

Philosophy 

(5-0-5) 

European philosophy from the Renaissance 
through Kant, emphasizing selected works of ma- 
jor philosophers. 

PHI 303 -19th and 20th Century Philosophy 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the major philosophers and philo- 
sophical movements of the 19th and 20th cen- 
turies. 



146 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PHI 400 -Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: PHI 201 or a 
300 philosophy course. 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Current courses: Aesthetics, Philosophy of 
Religion, Ethics, Nietzsche. 

PHI 490 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Senior status 
and one 300-philosophy course. 

The student, with the advice and consent of this 
supervising professor and of the department 
head, selects the topic for supervised independ- 
ent study and submits a prospectus for depart- 
ment approval before the quarter in which the 
course is to be taken. Transient students may 
take this course only with permission of the Dean 
of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from 
which the student comes. 



Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Faculty 

*Wheeler, Ed, Department Head 
* Barnard Jane 

Findeis, John 
*Hansen, John 
*Hudson, Anne 

Hudson, Sigmund 

Jodis, Stephen 
*Kilhefner, Dale 

Matthews, Robert 

McMillan, Tim 

Munson, Richard 

Shipley, Charles 

White, Laurie 

*Graduate Faculty 



The Mathematics and Computer Science De- 
partment offers a wide range of services to the 
ASC student. Several introductory courses are 
available both to satisfy the general education 
needs of the student and to satisfy prerequisites 
in the major program. A minor in either mathe- 
matics or computer science can be designed to 
complement the rest of a student's program. A 
major in the mathematical sciences allows the 
student to choose from among four options; a 



flexible computer science major meets the needs 
of students with a number of different interests. . 
The Mathematical Sciences Major: Option 1 of 
this major is entitled "Mathematics" and prepares 
students intending to pursue graduate studies in 
mathematics. Option 3 is entitled "Mathematics 
Education" and prepares students to teach in 
public and private secondary schools. This option 
is an approved program for the Georgia Teach- 
er's Professional Four Year Certificate (T-4). Op- 
tion 4 is entitled "Computer Science" and is 
available for students who desire a dual concen- 
tration in mathematics and computer science. 

The most flexible of the four options is Option 
2 entitled "Applied Mathematics." This option is 
a good choice for students preparing for a variety 
of careers in business and industry, intending to 
attend graduate school in a quantitative area 
such as biostatistics, economics, or operations 
research, or wishing to participate in a Dual-De- 
gree Program in engineering. 

The Computer Science Major: In recent 
years this major has equipped many students to 
step into a broad spectrum of jobs in the com- 
puter industry. The degree features a core "of 
courses designed to provide a solid foundation in 
theoretical computer science as well as practical 
programming experience. Degree options be- 
yond the core include a sequence permitting spe- 
cialization in data management systems and 
software engineering and a sequence in com- 
puter , systems. Additional breadth is available 
through electives in Data Communication and 
Networks, Compiler Theory, C Programming un- 
der UNIX (tm), Computer Graphics and a topics 
course that is constantly changed to keep stu- 
dents on the forefront of knowledge. A variety of 
internships and cooperative education place- 
ments provide students with opportunities for 
practical experience in the discipline. 

Co-ops and Internships: Students in the 
mathematical sciences and computer science 
are able to compete for cooperative education 
positions and internships at major Savannah em- 
ployers such as Gulf Stream, Savannah Foods, 
and Union Camp. Such positions provide stu- 
dents invaluable opportunities to acquire practical 
experience that complements their classroom ex- 
perience. 

The Dual Degree Program: Under arrange- 
ments with Georgia Tech, students may in five 
years of study earn simultaneously the BS degree 
in the mathematical sciences from Armstrong and 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



147 



the Bachelor's degree in any one of a number of 
fields of engineering from Georgia Tech. Arm- 
strong participates in similar programs with other 
major universities. Students considering this op- 
tion should contact an advisor in the Mathematics 
and Computer Science Department as soon as 
possible. 

Minors: Students in any major program 
whatever (either two year or four year) can aug- 
ment their major with a minor in mathematics or 
a minor in computer science. 

The minor in mathematics requires MAT 206, 
207, 208, and ten additional quarter hours chosen 
from MAT 216, MAT 260 and 300-400 level math- 
ematics courses (excluding MAT 391 and MAT 
393). 

The minor in computer science consists of the 
courses CS 142, CS 231, CS 242, CS 301 and 
CS 308. 

Special Academic Regulations: 

1 . To earn the BS degree in the mathematical 
sciences or computer science, a student 
must successfully complete with a grade of 
C or better all mathematics and computer 
science courses in area IV of the core and 
all courses in Section B, Courses in the Ma- 
jor Field. 

2. To fulfill the prerequisites for any mathemat- 
ics or computer science course one must 
obtain a grade of "C" (or above) in each 
prerequisite course except Mathematics 
101. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 103, 206 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 
102; CHE 128, 129 (required for 
dual degree students); PHY 21 7, 
218 10 



Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

2. POS 113 and one course se- 
lected from: PSY 101 (required 
for math education option); SOC 

201 ; ECO 201 , 202; ANT 201 1 

Area IV 30 

1. CS 142 5 

2. MAT 207, 208, 216, 260 ... . 20 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Major Field Requirements 30 

Option One -Mathematics: 

1. MAT 309, 311, 401 

2. One of MAT 31 7, 402, or 41 6 

3. Additional approved electives in 
mathematics 

Option Two— Applied Mathematics 

1. MAT 321, 341 

2. One of CS 231, 246, 242 

3. One of MAT 311, 317, 401, 416 

4. Additional courses from: MAT 
309, 317, 322, 342, 346, 353, 
401, 406, 490 

Option Three -Mathematics Education 

1. MAT 311, 321, 336 

2. MAT 416 or 470 

3. Additional approved mathemat- 
ics electives 

Option Four- Computer Science 

1. MAT 321 

2. Two of MAT 322, 341, 342, 346, 
353 

3. CS242, 301, 305 

C. Courses Related to Major 25 

Option One -Mathematics 

1. Language or approved computer 
science 10 

2. Approved electives from mathe- 
matics or related field 15 

Option Two -Applied Mathematics 

One of the following sequences: 

1. PHY 217, 218, 219 with 
additional approved electives in 
chemistry, physics, or 
engineering 

2. ACC 211, 212 and ECO 201, 
202, 330 

3. Approved computer science 
courses 



148 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



4. Approved biology courses in- 
cluding BIO 370 or 480 

5. Approved chemistry courses 
Option Three— Mathematics Education 

1. PSY 301 or EDU 302 

2. EDN 200, 441, EXC 410, EDU 
335 

Option Four -Computer Science 

1 . CS 31 2, 360 and approved elec- 
tives in computer science 

D. Electives 40 

Students in Options 1 , 2, and 4 
may choose any electives. Stu- 
dents in option 3 must use these 
hours to complete student 
teaching. 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

AREA II 20 

1. MAT 103, 206 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 
102; CHE 128, 129; PHY 217, 

218 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115or292. . . 10 

2. POS 113 and one of the courses: 
PSY 101; SOC 201; ECO 201, 
202; ANT 201 10 

Area IV 30 

1. MAT 207, 265 

2. CS 142, 231,242 

3. HIS 251 or 252 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

1. CS301, 305,308,312,342 

2. One of the following sequences: 



a. CS 331, 431 and one of CS 
434 or 401 

b. CS 360, 401 and one of 402 
or 445 

3. Five quarter hours of approved 
computer science electives 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

1 . ENG 372 

2. MAT 321 

3. One course from MAT 208, 216, 
322, 346, 353 

4. Two additional approved elec- 
tives from quantitative and sci- 
entific disciplines 

D. Electives 25 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



OFFERINGS 
Mathematics Offerings 

MAT 101 -College Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Real number arithmetic; polynomial and ra- 
tional expressions; linear and quadratic equa- 
tions; functions and graphs; inequalities; absolute 
value; sequences and summation notation; mat- 
rices, and systems of equations; the binomial 
theorem; techniques of counting and elementary 
probability. 

Placement recommendation: MAT 101 is the 
gateway course to the college level curriculum in 
mathematics. Before enrolling in MAT 101 some 
students should reinforce their mathematics skills 
by completing a course in the developmental 
studies curriculum (DSM 99). Specifically, if a stu- 
dent falls into any one the following categories, 
the student should consider enrolling in DSM 99. 

a. The student did not complete 
two years of algebra and one 
year of geometry in high school. 

b. The student made below 420 on 
the mathematics portion of the 
SAT examination. 

c. Five or more years have elapsed 
since the student completed a 
mathematics course. 

MAT 103-Pre-Calculus Mathematics 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
101, a score of at least 550 on the mathematics 
portion of the SAT, or permission of the depart- 
ment head. 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



149 



Functions: polynomial, rational, exponential, 
logarithmic, trigonometric, and inverse trigono- 
metric; trigonometric identities; law of sines and 
cosines; complex numbers. 

MAT 195 -Applied Finite Mathematics 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

A survey of finite mathematics, including math- 
ematics of finance, probability, linear program- 
ming, and an introduction to games and 
decisions; applications are stressed throughout. 

MAT 206 -Calculus I (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
103, a score of at least 600 on the mathematics 
portion of the SAT, or permission of the depart- 
ment head. 

Functions; the derivative and its applications, 
antidifferentiation; the definite integral. 

MAT 207 -Calculus II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
206. 

Techniques and applications of integration; 
conic sections and polar coordinates. 

MAT 208 -Calculus of Several Variables I 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 207. 

Parametric curves and vectors in the plane; in- 
determinate forms. Taylor's formula, and im- 
proper integrals; infinite series; vectors, curves, 
and surfaces in space; partial differentiation. 

MAT 216-Llnear Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 207. 

Linear systems and matrices; vector spaces; 
linear independence, rank of a matrix; linear 
transformations; determinants; introduction to ei- 
genvalues and eigenvectors; diagonalization; ap- 
plications. 

MAT 220 -Elementary Statistics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
101. 

Measures of central tendency and dispersion; 
probability distributions; inferences concerning 
means; analysis of variance; correlation; linear 
regression. 

MAT 260 -Introduction to Mathematical 
Proof (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: MAT 207. 

Elementary logic, sets, functions and relations, 
methods of proof including induction, and se- 
lected topics from abstract algebra. 



MAT 265 -Discrete Mathematics for 
Computer Science 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 142. 

Elementary logic; naive set theory; relations 
and functions; graphs; finite automata; Turing 
machines; formal languages and grammars. 

MAT 290 -The Spirit and Structure of 
Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

A terminal course of selected topics designed 
to portray the history, philosophy, and aesthetics 
of mathematics, and to develop an appreciation 
of the role of mathematics in western thought and 
contemporary culture. 

MAT 309 -Calculus of Several Variables II 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 208. 

Multiple integrals and their applications; vector 
fields; line and surface integrals; Green's theo- 
rem; the Divergence theorem; Stokes theorem; 
differential equations. 

MAT 311 -Abstract Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

Elementary properties of integers; groups, 
rings, and fields; mappings, homomorphisms, 
kernels, and quotient structures. 

MAT 31 7 -Advanced Linear Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 216, MAT 260. 

Abstract vector spaces, linear transformations, 
eigenvectors and eigenvalues, diagonalization, 
inner product spaces, real quadratic forms. 

MAT 321 -Probability & Mathematical 
Statistics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207. MAT 260 or MAT 265. 

Data collection, organization, and description; 
probability; random variables; discrete and con- 
tinuous probability distributions; Central Limit 
Theorem; point and interval estimation; tests of 
hypotheses; simple linear regression and corre- 
lation. 

MAT 322 -Probability & Mathematical 
Statistics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 321 . 

Analysis of variance; nonlinear and multiple 
regression; chi-square tests for categorical data; 
nonparametric methods; Bayesian inference. This 
course uses statistical packages to analyze data 
sets. 



150 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MAT 336 -Modern Geometry (5-0-5) 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 
A survey of topics from Euclidean geometry. 

MAT 341 -342 -Differential Equations I, II 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 208. 

Ordinary differential equations; series solu- 
tions; systems of first order differential equations, 
the Laplace transform; introduction to Fourier se- 
ries; partial differential equations; Sturm-Liouville 
theory; applied problems; numerical solutions 
with emphasis on computer aided solution. 

MAT 346 -Mathematical Modeling and 
Optimization (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 321 . 

Design, solution, and interpretation of mathe- 
matical models of problems in the social, life, and 
management sciences. Topics chosen from lin- 
ear programming, dynamic programming, sched- 
uling theory, Markov chains, game theory, 
queuing theory, inventory theory, and computer 
based simulation. Various projects are assigned 
which require computer software packages for 
solution. 

MAT 353 -Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207 and CS 120 or 142. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; sys- 
tems of linear equations; numerical integration 
and numerical solution of differential equations; 
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; cal- 
culation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; bound- 
ary value problems. 

MAT 360 -Mathematical Logic (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207, 260. 

The elementary statement and predicate cal- 
culus; formal systems; applications of logic in 
mathematics. 

MAT 391 -Mathematics for the Elementary 
School Teacher (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 , 103 or 290, and admis- 
sion to Teacher Education. 

A study of the mathematics in the elementary 
curriculum, with emphasis on appropriate meth- 
ods of teaching for understanding through active 
involvement of the learner. Frequent use of wide 
range of concrete manipulates to embody con- 
cepts in arithmetic of whole numbers and frac- 
tions and in geometry and measurement. 
Directed field experience and required laboratory. 
(Credit will not apply toward a degree in the math- 
ematical sciences.) 



MAT 393-Teaching of Middle School/ 
General Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of college 
mathematics numbered 101 or above and Ad- 
mission to Teacher Education. 

Problems of teaching traditional topics, such as | 
fractions, decimals, percentage, measurement 
(especially in the metric system), and informal ge- 
ometry. Emphasis on incorporating drill and prac- 
tice in necessary skills with fresh, topics like 
probability and statistics, and with appropriate 
games and laboratory activities. (Credit will not 
apply toward a degree in the mathematical sci- 
ences.) 

MAT 400 -Putnam Seminar (0-2-1) 

Fall. Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

A variety of mathematical problems, consid- 
ered with the aim of developing problem solving 
techniques. 

MAT 401 -402 -Advanced Calculus I, II 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

The real number system; sequences; limits of 
functions; the Bolzaho-Weierstrass theorem; 
compactness; uniform continuity; the derivative; 
the Riemann integral; Euclidean n-space; se- 
quences of functions; the Weierstrass approxi- 
mation theorem; series; elementary functions. 

MAT 406 -Functions of a Complex Variable 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

Complex numbers; elementary functions and 
transformations; the Cauchy theory; conformal 
mapping; Riemann's mapping theorem. 

MAT 41 6 -Theory of Numbers (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

Divisibility and congruence; diophantine equa- 
tions; distribution of prime numbers; famous un- 
solved problems; number-theoretic functions and 
their applications; Theorems of Fermat and Euler; 
quadratic reciprocity; selected topics from alge- 
braic and analytic number theory. 

436 -Topology (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 401 . 

Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; 
separability; compactness; connectedness; 
completeness; metrizability; introduction to hom- 
otopy theory. 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



151 



MAT 470 -History of Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, and six quarter hours 
of mathematics courses with course numbers 
greater than 309. 

A survey of the development of mathematics 
from its empirical beginnings to its present state. 

MAT 490 -Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisites: 
Consent of the instructor and permission of the 
department head. 

Individual readings and research under the di- 
rection of a member of the mathematics faculty. 

MAT 496-497-498 -Internship In 
Mathematics ((0-1)-(12-15)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of the department head. 

Experience, in a variety of mathematical appli- 
cations suited to the educational and professional 
aspirations of the student, under the direction of 
the faculty and appropriate off-campus supervi- 
sory personnel. (Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
strong and that of the appropriate official of the 
college from which the student comes.) 



Computer Science Offerings 

CS 115- Introduction to Computer 
Concepts and Applications (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
101. 

The study of hardware and software compo- 
nents of computers, elementary programming, 
and the impact of the computer on society. Dis- 
cussion of the capabilities and the limitations of 
computers, and the kinds of problems that are 
best solved by computers. Experience with de- 
veloping and modifying algorithms to solve such 
problems. Emphasis on the major uses of com- 
puters. This course is designed for the non-com- 
puter science major. It may not be applied as part 
Of a language sequence. Credit will be granted 
for only one of CS 115, CS 116, and CS 296. 

CS 11 6- Honors Computer Concepts and 
Applications (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite or Corequisite: MAT 103. 

This course replaces CS 115 for selected stu- 
dents. While the subject matter will be similar to 
the subject matter in CS 115, the treatment will 
have greater depth due to the higher mathemat- 



ical experience of the students. Mathematical 
software packages will be included in the labo- 
ratory component. Credit will be granted for only 
one of CS 1 1 5, CS 1 1 6, and CS 296. 

CS 120 -Introduction to BASIC 
Programming (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

BASIC programming and program structure; 
elementary logic and Boolean algebra; algo- 
rithms; flow charts; debugging; computer solu- 
tions of numeric and non-numeric problems; 
characteristics and applications of computers in 
modern society. (Credit will not apply toward a 
degree in computer science.) 

CS 136-RPG Programming (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 120 or 142. 

Introduction to the language and programming 
applications for small computer systems using 
RPG. 

CS 142 -Introduction to Programming 
Principles with Pascal (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
101. 

Structured programming; the Pascal program- 
ming language; basic syntax, input/output, de- 
bugging, functions and procedures, fundamental 
data types. 

CS 225 -Statistical Programming for the 
Social Sciences (3-4-5) 

Winter (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 220 or 
321 andCS 120 or 142. 

Uses of computers in statistical analysis, in- 
cluding the study of statistical methods, the pro- 
gramming of statistical analyses, and data 
analysis using packaged systems. 

CS 231 -Programming Principles with 
COBOL (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 142. 

The COBOL programming language: basic 
syntax, input-output, debugging, table-handling, 
sorting, searching, sequential and random file 
manipulation, structured programming for 
COBOL; JCL for COBOL programs. 

CS 242 — Advanced Programming Principles 
with Pascal (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: MAT 103 
and CS 142. 

Advanced programming concepts in Pascal re- 
cursion, variant records, record-oriented input/ 



152 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



output and dynamic structures associated with 
pointers such as linked lists, queues, stacks and 
trees. 

CS 246 -Fortran Programming (2-3-3) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 120 or CS 142. 

Algorithmic processes of computer problem 
solving in a scientific context; FORTRAN pro- 
gramming language: syntax, arrays, input/output, 
subroutines, functions. 

CS 296 -Computer Literacy for Educators 
(2-3-3) 

Winter. Prerequisites: MAT 101. 

The study of hardware and software compo- 
nents of computers, elementary programming, 
and the impact of computers on curriculum. Dis- 
cussion of the capabilities and limitations, of com- 
puters, and the kinds of problems that are best 
solved by computers. Experience with developing 
and modifying algorithms to solve such problems. 
Emphasis on instructional uses of microcompu- 
ters. This course is designed for the non-com- 
puter science major. It may not be applied as part 
of a language sequence. Credit will be granted 
for only one of CS 115, CS 116, and CS 296. 

CS 301 —Computer Organization and 
Programming (4-3-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: CS 231 or CS 242. 

Introduction to systems programming via in- 
depth coverage of assembler programming; op- 
erating systems; addressing techniques; internal 
storage structure; machine-level representation 
of instructions and data; subroutines; I/O; linkers 
and loaders; macro-facilities; mass data storage 
facilities. 

CS 305 -Computer Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 301 . 

Hardware and software components of digital 
computing systems, with emphasis on system 
software and details of hardware organization. 
Topics include system structure, data represen- 
tation, processors, control, storage, input/output 
interrupts and microprogramming. 

CS 308 -Introduction to File Processing 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 231 and CS 242. 

An introduction to the concepts and techniques 
of structuring data on bulk storage devices; foun- 
dation for applications of data structures and file 
processing techniques. 



CS 309 -File Processing with COBOL 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 308. 

COBOL programming techniques for process- 
ing sequential, indexed (ISAM and VSAM), direct 
and relative files; control language used for the 
execution of file processing programs; utility pro- 
grams for effective file processing. 

CS 31 2 -Algorithms and Data Structures 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 242, 301 and MAT 265. 

Internal representation for arrays, queues, 
trees, stacks, graphs, and lists; algorithms for the 
manipulation of data structures; complexity anal- 
ysis of algorithms; concepts related to the inter- 
action between data structures and storage 
structures or the generating, developing and 
processing of data; algorithms for memory man- 
agement. 

CS 331 —Systems Analysis and Design 
(3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CS 308 and ENG 372. 

Principles and methodology of structured sys- 
tems analysis and design, including personnel 
and machine requirements, system specifica- 
tions, analysis and design tools and techniques, 
system life cycle management. A student project 
which implements these techniques will be re- 
quired. 

CS 342 -Comparative Languages (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 242, 301 and MAT 265. 

Comparative study of programming languages 
including facilities for recursion, procedures, stor- 
age allocation techniques, string processing, and 
passing of parameters. 

CS 346 -'C Programming under UNIX (tm) 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 342. 

The 'C programming language: basic syntax, 
types, operators and expressions, statements, 
modular programming, arrays, structures, unions 
and pointers. UNIX (tm) system programming 
techniques: I/O forking, pipes, signals, interrupts. 
Software tools: macros, conditional compilation, 
passing values to the compiler, lint, symbolic de- 
bugging, source code control, libraries. 

CS 353 -Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207 and CS 142. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; sys- 
tems of linear equations; numerical integration 
and numerical solution of differential equations; 



PSYCHOLOGY 



153 



matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; cal- 
culation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; bound- 
ary value problems. 

CS 360 -Computer Logic Design (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 305 and MAT 265. 

Theory and design of digital logic systems at 
the gate level. A variety of techniques for the re- 
duction of digital circuits will be studied. 

CS 400 -Programming Seminar (0-2-1) 

Fall. Prerequisite: CS 242. 

A variety of programming problems, consid- 
ered with the aim of developing problem solving 
techniques. 

CS 401 -Operating System Concepts I 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CS 312, CS 305. 

Design and analysis of operating systems; 
process management; memory management; 
processor management; auxiliary storage man- 
agement. 

CS 402 -Operating System Concepts II 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 401 and an elementary 
knowledge of 'C\ 

Case studies of UNIX and/or similar operating 
systems. 

CS 411 -Data Communications and 
Computer Networks (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 305. 

Communications media; codes; data transmis- 
sion; multiplexing; protocols; layered networks. 
CS 41 4 -Computer Graphics (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 312. 

Introduction to computer graphics: hardware 
and software. Algorithms for computer graphics 
programming. Windows, clipping, two and three 
dimensional transformations, hidden line and hid- 
den surface removal. Graphics standards for 
hardware and software systems. 

CS 431 -Data Base Systems (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 372, CS 308, 312. 

Information analysis and logical design of in- 
formation systems and data bases; consideration 
of hardware, access methods, management, and 
control functions, communicating with the data 
base, and integrated systems. 
CS 434 -Introduction to Software 
Engineering (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CS 312, CS 331, CS 342. 

Principles and techniques of designing and de- 
veloping engineered software, including program 



structures, design specifications, resource limi- 
tations, reliability, correctness, debugging, test- 
ing, modular program construction and user 
interfaces. A student project which implements 
these techniques will be required. 

CS 445 -Compiler Theory (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 312, 342. 

Study of programming language translation 
and basic compiler implementation techniques. 
Formal grammars and languages; specification 
of syntax and semantics; lexical analysis; parsing; 
semantic processing. 

CS 490 -Special Topics In Computer 
Science ((0-5)-(0-15)-(1-5)) 

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and 
permission of the department head. 

Selected topics in some area of current interest 
in computer science; possible areas include sys- 
tem simulation, graphics, and microcomputers. 

CS 496-497-498 -Internship in Computer 
Science ((0-1)-(12-15)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of the department head. May not be 
taken concurrently. 

Experience, in a variety of computing environ- 
ments suited to the educational and professional 
aspirations of the student, under the direction of 
a member of the faculty and appropriate off-cam- 
pus supervisory personnel. 



Psychology 

Faculty 

''Martin, Grace, Department Head 
"Adams, Joseph 
Douglass, Keith 
John, Beverly 
*Lane, Joseph 
'Palefsky, Elliot 
Worthington, C. Stewart 

'Graduate Faculty 



Students are advised to complete as many of 
the general degree requirements as possible be- 
fore entering their junior year. Psychology majors 
should take PSY 101 and 220 before the end of 
their sophomore years. Suggested course distri- 
butions and annual schedules are available in the 



154 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



department office. All students are urged to seek 
advisement with regard to degree requirements 
and scheduling. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements. . 96 

Area I . . 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 220 10 

2. One of the sequences: CHE 121, 
122, orPHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192, POS 
113 15 

2. ECO 201 orSOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 101, 102 10 

2. CS 115 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. PSY 101, ANT 201 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Degree Requirements 65 

1 . PSY 220, 31 2, 408, 41 and 41 1 , 
412 or 413 25 

2. Recommended selection of psy- 
chology courses 25 

3. Foreign language sequence . . 15 

C. Elective Courses 10-25 

1 . An appropriate minor or selected 
upper division courses .... 10-25 

D. Unspecified 20 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191-206 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of Psychology offers minors in 
the following five areas: 

A. Psychology— which requires 20 credit hours 
of upper division work. 

B. Mental Health -which requires PSY 210, 
302, 315, 405, 406. 



C. Organizational Psychology-which requires 
five of the following: PSY 302, 315, 320, 321, 322, 
406. 

D. Anthropology-which requires 20 hours of 
upper division anthropology credits. 

E. Sociology-which requires SOC 201 and 20 
credit hours of upper division work. 

All minor concentrations require a grade of "C" 
or better in each course taken. 



Anthropology Offerings 

ANT 201 -Humankind & Culture (5-0-5) 

Each quarter. 

The nature, causes and prospects of being hu- 
man. A study of the biocultural nature of humans 
and the development of societies from the preli- 
terature beginnings through the rise of complex 
organization. Eligibility for ENG 101 is strongly 
recommended. 

ANT/MPS 207- Introduction to Archaeology 
(5-0-5) 

The introductory archaeology course consists 
of a history of the field, basic techniques, theo- 
retical underpinnings, and examples of field work 
from all types of excavation. It covers the range 
from early man to industrial and urban archaeol- 
ogy in a general fashion. Analysis is introduced 
along with survey techniques, preservation, re- 
porting and other skills. (Identical with MPS 207.) 

ANT 302 -Human Evolution (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

This course examines the biological and cul- 
tural adaptations of the human species and its 
antecedents in a chronological fashion. Emphasis 
is placed on developing morphology and tech- 
nology within the cultural framework. 

ANT 310 -Anthropology of Sex and Gender 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201 ; 

An examination of the cultural determinants of 
sex roles in selected world societies, past and 
present. The foci will be three anthropological 
analyses; economics and status; art and ritual; 
the structure of women's worlds. 

ANT 400 -Sorcery, Demons and Gods 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Anthropological analysis of religion as a uni- 
versal category of culture. The supernatural will 



PSYCHOLOGY 



155 



be considered: Mother goddesses myth, sorcery, 
shamanism, sacrifice and totemism. Belief sys- 
tems in their sociocultural contexts will be em- 
phasized. 

ANT/MPS 501 -Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-20-10) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission 
of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of ar- 
chaeological methods to a specific field project. 
Excavation techniques, surveying and map mak- 
ing, data collecting and recording, archaeological 
photography, the identification and analysis of ar- 
tifacts, and the interpretation of archaeological 
data will be presented in field and laboratory work 
as well as in lectures and readings. (Identical with 
MPS 551.) (Under certain circumstances this 
course may be substituted in the Preservation 
Studies minor for MPS 598.) Course may be re- 
peated for credit. 

ANT/MPS 552-Practlcum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: permission 
of instructor or director. 

The application of archaeological interpretative 
techniques to a specific site or analytical prob- 
lem. Individual research projects in the interpre- 
tation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special at- 
tention to the care and storage of collections, dis- 
play in the museum setting, and the presentation 
of archaeologically-derived information. (Identical 
with MPS 552.) 

ANT/MPS 553-American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
remains of our society, past and present. Vernac- 
ular and polite architecture, ceramics, mortuary 
art, community and settlement patterns, diet, 
dress and disease are among the topics that will 
be discussed. 

ANT/MPS 554-Hlstorical Archaeology 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991 . Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission 
of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of Europeans in the New 
World. Some attention will be paid to British and 
Continental Post Medieval Archaeology as well as 
to the special areas of Industrial and Nautical Ar- 
chaeology. Emphasis will be given to anthropol- 



ogical archaeology's method and theory both as 
a perspective for the writing of history and as a 
component of Historic Preservation. (Identical 
with HIS 554). 

ANT 555 — Americans Called Indians 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201. 

An investigation of the aboriginal cultures of 
North America from the Arctic to the Rio Grande. 
Study will include origins, distribution, ecology 
and interrelationships, past through present. 

ANT/MPS 580 -Special Topics in 
Archaeology (V-V-[1-5]) 

Prerequisites: ANT/MPS 207, ANT/MPS 551 
The course is designed to offer a wide variety 
of experience to advanced, upper level students 
in archaeological techniques. Subject matter will 
center on such topics as archaeological graphics, 
faunal analysis (zooarchaeology), conservation, 
or involve some off-campus archaeological ex- 
perience. 



Psychology Offerings 

PSY 101 -General Psychology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, 
and methods of the science of behavior. Discus- 
sion and demonstrations assist in surveying all 
the areas of psychology. Psychology 101 is pre- 
requisite to all other courses in the department. 
Eligibility for ENG 101 is strongly recommended. 

PSY 191 -Honors General Psychology 
(2-3-5) 

Prerequisites: SAT verbal of at least 550. 

This course may be substituted for PSY 101 by 
qualified students. Course content is similar to 
PSY 101, but emphasis is on psychology as a 
laboratory science. Students will conduct a variety 
of experiments and demonstrations and will write 
research reports on these topics. 

PSY 201 -Human Growth and Development 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A survey of lifespan development that focuses 
on physical, emotional, cognitive and social de- 
velopment. Understandings of growth and devel- 
opment are applied to classroom teaching and 
learning. Not recommended for Psychology ma- 
jors. 



156 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PSY 210 -Introduction to Clinical 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A survey of behavioral problems, treatment 
modes, and theories. 

PSY 220 -Introduction to Psychological 
Research (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An introduction to scientific methodology and 
its application to behavior analysis. Various tech- 
niques of data collection and the statistical anal- 
ysis of such data are emphasized. 

PSY 295 -Developmental Psychology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the origin and development of psy- 
chological processes from the life span perspec- 
tive. The effects of genetic/maturational and 
socio-cultural/environmental factors on the de- 
velopment of behavior throughout the life span 
are included. 

PSY 301 -Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. Offered each quarter. 

The application of behavioral science to the 
problem of learning in the classroom. Primarily for 
teacher preparation. 

PSY 302 -Psychological Testing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

Survey of individual and group tests in psycho- 
logical, educational, and clinical settings. Course 
focuses on the theoretical and statistical princi- 
ples that underlie psychological and educational 
measurement. Standardized psychological in- 
struments are critically analyzed. Ethical issues in 
psychological testing are considered. 

PSY 303 -Social Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

The study of the behavior of others as deter- 
minants of the behavior of the individual. The cul- 
tural milieu and group pressures will be examined 
in terms of their effect on behavior. 

PSY 304 -Fundamentals of Counseling and 
Psychotherapy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A survey of personality theories and the be- 
havior changing techniques arising from them. 
The emphasis will be on learning theory and en- 
vironmental influences. 



PSY 307 -Perception (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. 

The nature of perceptual processes will be ex- 
plored through experiment and theoretical anal- 
ysis. 

PSY 309 -Physiological Psychology 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, BIO 101 and 102. 

The structure and function of the nervous sys- 
tem will be analyzed and related to behavior using 
lecture, slide presentations, and tissue. 

PSY 310— Psychology of Human Sexuality 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An examination of the developmental, physio- 
logical, clinical and social aspects of human sex- 
uality. The emphasis of the course will be on the 
various components of human sexuality from a 
developmental perspective. 

PSY 311 -Theories of Personality (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of selected personality theories with 
emphasis on normal behavior. Attention will be 
given to both experimental and clinical data. The 
determinants of personality structure and the de- 
velopment of personality will be examined from 
divergent points of view. 

PSY 31 2 -Measurement (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101, 220. 

An examination of the theory of measurement. 
Reliability and validity techniques are discussed, 
using current psychological tests as examples. 

PSY 31 5 -Psychology of Conflict and 
Stress (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the interactions between physiolog- 
ical and psychological processes in the devel- 
opment and maintenance of stress related 
disorders. Emphasis is on environmental factors 
and stress management techniques. 

PSY 31 9 -Animal Behavior (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

The adaptations and behaviors with which liv- 
ing organisms cope with their environments will 
be studied through lecture and field work. Natur- 
alistic observation and experimental methods will 
be considered. 



PSYCHOLOGY 



157 



PSY 320 - Industrial/Organizational 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of applications of psychological prin- 
ciples to business and professional settings. In- 
cluded are work motivation, goal setting, power 
politics, leadership and communication. 

PSY 321 -Psychology of Work Behavior 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A psychological analysis of issues related to 
the individual worker in industry and organiza- 
tions. Included are employee selection, training 
strategies, performance evaluation and job sat- 
isfaction. 

PSY 322 -Psychology of Organizational 
Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

Psychological principles applied to interper- 
sonal and intergroup relations, organizational 
leadership, management of organizational 
change relating to the social environment and 
communication systems. 

PSY 328 -Behavior Disorders (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the scientific and cultural bases of 
various conceptions of undesirable behavior. Ap- 
plication of principles derived from basic research 
will be emphasized. 

PSY 350 -Cognitive Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the issues related to the various 
models of human information processing with an 
emphasis on perceptual and linguistic develop- 
ment. Principles and applications derived from 
basic research will be included. 

PSY 375 -The Psychology of Aging 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An analysis of the aging process as physical 
and biosocial change. Important adaptive as- 
pects from health to economics will be consid- 
ered with an emphasis on maintaining an optimal 
quality of life. 

PSY 406 -Behavior Modification (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of proven methods of generating be- 
havioral change, their empirical foundations and 
their applications in clinical, educational and so- 
cial settings. 



PSY 408 -Learning and Motivation (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. 

A study of the methodology and theory asso- 
ciated with the various forms of learning and their 
motivational concomitant. The laboratory will pro- 
vide an introduction to animal care, training, and 
experimentation. 

PSY 410 -History and Systems of 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Open only to Psychology majors or by invitation 
of the instructor. Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology from 
early animism to modern behavioristics. Special 
attention is given to the philosophical basis at var- 
ious times in the history of psychology. 

PSY 411 -Senior Seminar (5-0-5) 

Open only to senior psychology majors or by 
invitation of the professor. 

A reading and discussion grouo which will con- 
centrate on selected contemporary issues in psy- 
chology. Specific content will vary from year to 
year. 

PSY 41 2 -Senior Project (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Each student will work with a faculty member 
qualified in the student's area of interest. Work is 
to begin in the first quarter of the senior year (reg- 
ister for the quarter of expected completion). The 
student will produce a scholarly paper which must 
be acceptable to the departmental faculty. 

PSY 41 3 -Senior Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Students may petition the faculty to receive ac- 
ademic credit for an individually designed work 
experience in an applied setting. The sponsoring 
organization must provide a qualified supervisor. 
A faculty advisor will establish performance cri- 
teria and evaluate accordingly. 



Sociology Offerings 

SOC 201 -Introductory Sociology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the concepts and methods 
of the science of human group behavior. Includes 
the study of socialization, culture, race, ethnicity, 
gender, age, and social institutions. It is designed 
to provide a better understanding of American so- 
ciety and social phenomena. Eligibility for ENG 
101 is strongly recommended. 



158 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



SOC 31 5 -The Family and Alternative 
Lifestyles (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 . 

A study of the institution which has major re- 
sponsibility for socializing members of society. 
Consideration will be given to various forms and 
types of families. 

SOC 320 -Ethnic Minorities (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 . 

This course focuses on the historical and/or 
contemporary realities of sub-cultural life in these 
United States, especially where skin color and 
language pose social and economic barriers. Ex- 
amined are the cultural and structural factors 
which shape and inform the particular experi- 
ences of groups. It looks at dominant public in- 
stitutions and patterns of response by minorities 
such as Black Americans, Chicanos, Puerto Ri- 
cans, Native Americans, and other sizeable eth- 
nic groups. 

SOC 333 -Exploring Popular Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 . 

An examination of popular culture using music, 
radio, television, texts, magazines, movies, tech- 
nology and language to explore a given era. 
Comparisons will be made of lifestyles, sex roles, 
racial attitudes and the national regional mood of 
times examined. 



SOC 340 -Methods of Social Research 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

This course will explore several methods of ap- 
plied social research including case studies, re- 
cord research, experimental designs, surveys, 
observation and systems interaction as they ap- 
ply to social data. The student must demonstrate 
a working knowledge of each method in the con- 
text of social work practice. 

SOC 350 -Social Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

This course is an examination of deviant be- 
havior, normalcy, and the differences between 
social ideals and social realities in the context of 
sociological theory. 

SOC 430 -Alcohol and Drug Studies 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

A course focusing on the various forms of al- 
cohol and drug abuse with emphasis on the 
stages of harmful dependence and addiction, 
there will be an examination of the legal and so- 
cial implications of addiction as well as ap- 
proaches to treatment and rehabilitation. 

SOC 450 -Independent Study (1 -5)-0-(1 -5) 

By invitation of the professor. Offered on de- 
mand. Open to transient students only with per- 
mission of the Dean of Arts, Sciences and 
Education at Armstrong. 




/. 





160 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



School of 

Health Professions 

Repella, James, Dean 

Goals and Objectives 

The faculty of the School of Health Professions 
believes that the development of the student as 
an individual is a primary objective of a college 
education. The central role and function of the 
School of Health Professions is to provide an ap- 
propriate academic, intellectual, and professional 
milieu to develop the skills required for a high 
level of professional competence. This includes 
the development of intellectual and physical com- 
petencies; personal values and beliefs; leader- 
ship abilities; a sense of integrity, self-worth, and 
self-reliance; and a sense of responsibility toward 
the community and society. To achieve these ob- 
jectives, the goals of the School are: 
To prepare graduates who possess, at the ap- 
propriate level, the competencies required in 
their professional endeavors, and whose 
practice is compatible with the ethics of 
democratic humanistic philosophy; 
To prepare an educational environment which will 
motivate the student to develop a life-long 
commitment to learning and services; stim- 
ulate creativity, flexibility, and independence 
of thought and judgement within acceptable 
professional and humanistic constraints; 
and foster appreciation for scholarship and 
critical reasoning; 
To develop the leadership abilities of students so 
they may function effectively as leaders both 
in their professions and in their communities; 
To anticipate and to identify problems and needs 
and to encourage change and open-mind- 
edness in finding solutions through appro- 
priate research. 
To develop the School as a planning and re- 
source center for professional growth and 
community service; 
To complement other Schools of the College by 
providing programs of a uniquely profes- 
sional character which enhance the educa- 
tional opportunities of Armstrong State 
College. 



Organization and Degrees 

The School of Health Professions includes the 
departments of Associate Degree Nursing; Bac- 
calaureate Degree Nursing; Dental Hygiene; 
Health and Physical Education, Respiratory Ther- 
apy; and the degree programs in Health Science, 
Medical Technology and Radiologic Technolo- 
gies. 

The following degree programs are offered 
within the School: 
Associate in Science in: 
Dental Hygiene 
Nursing 

Radiologic Technologies 
Respiratory Therapy 
Bachelor of Health Science 
Bachelor of Science in: 
Dental Hygiene Education 
Medical Technology 
Nursing 

Bachelor of Science in Education in Health 
and Physical Education 
Additional degree programs, those at the mas- 
ters level, are delineated in the graduate section 
of this catalog. 



Associate Degree Nursing 

Faculty 

Cross, Deanna, Department Head 

Caldwell, Eva 

Clark, Sandra 

Connor, Sara 

Dutko, Kathleen 

McGill, Mary 

Miller, Mary 

Pruden, Ethel 

Reilly, Nancy 

Williamson, Jane 



The Associate Degree Nursing Program pro- 
vides the student with the opportunity to obtain a 
general education and to study nursing at the col- 
lege level. The program is approved by the Geor- 
gia Board of Nursing and the National League for 
Nursing (NLN). Graduates are eligible to take the 
National Council of State Boards of Nursing Li- 
censure Examination (NCLEX-RN) for licensure to 
practice as Registered Nurses. Graduates must 
meet all legal requirements for licensure as es- 



ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING 



161 



tablished by the State Board of Nursing. Student 
nurses participate in nursing clinical experiences 
at local hospitals and other community agencies 
and are responsible for providing their own trans- 
portation. 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Associate Degree 
Nursing Program, the following must be main- 
tained: 

1. Natural science courses (CHE 201; ZOO 
208, ZOO 209, BIO 210) 

a. A grade of C or above is required for 
ZOO 208 and 209. 

b. A grade of D or above is required for 
CHE 201 and BIO 210. Only one D will 
be allowed. 

2. Nursing courses: 

a. A grade of C or above is required in 
each nursing course. 

b. A student may repeat a given nursing 
course only one time. 

c. A student may repeat two different 
nursing courses. 

d. A student who must repeat a course will 
be subject to availability of space in the 
subsequent course. 

e. Students who must repeat any one 
nursing course more than one time will 
be dismissed from the program. 

f. Students who must repeat more than 
two nursing courses will be dismissed 
from the program. 

3. Grade Point Average: 

An overall grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 is 
required to remain in the program. 

4. Regents' Exam 

All students must have passed the Regents' 
Exam before entering their last nursing course. 

5. CPR Certification 

All students are required to be certified in Basic 
Life Support (adult and child) prior to entering 
NUR210. 

Insurance 

To meet contractual obligations with the co- 
operating clinical agencies, the Department re- 
quires students to submit a completed health 
history and evidence of hospitalization insurance 
prior to the first day of class. Once admitted, all 
students must obtain nursing liability insurance. 
Nursing liability and hospitalization insurance 
must remain current throughout the program. 



Advanced Placement 

The first two nursing courses, Nursing 110 and 
111, may be exempted by one examination with 
credit awarded. Medical corpsmen and licensed 
practical nurses who have graduated and/or 
practiced in a clinical setting within the past two 
years are eligible to sit for this examination. Proof 
of the above is required. The examination may be 
taken only once. Students who successfully chal- 
lenge Nursing 110 and 111 are eligible to enter 
NUR 114. They will also be required to take NUR 
113, and complete all prerequisite courses. Suc- 
cessful completion of the examination does not 
guarantee admission into the program. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN NURSING 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

Area I 10 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

Area II 25 

1. ZOO 206, 209 10 

2. BIO 210, CHE 201 10 

3. MAT 101 5 

Area III 15 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. POS 113 5 

3. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 3 

1 . PE 1 1 7 or 1 66 and one activity 
course or three activity 

courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 55 

1. NUR 110, 111, 114, 113, (for ad- 
vanced placement students 

only) 210, 211, 212, 213 ... . 55 

C. Regents' and National Standardized 
Nursing Examinations 

TOTAL 108 

Curriculum Design 

Prerequisites 

ZOO 208 5 

CHE 201 5 

MAT 101 _5 

15 



162 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



1st Quarter hygiene, activity/exercise, safety, elimination, ox- 

NUR 11Q q ygenation, nutrition and sexuality. Principles of 

ZOO 209 5 pharmacology and administration of non-paren- 

ENG 101 ' 5 teral medications are presented. Concurrent clin- 

"~~ ical learning experiences are provided in 

extended care facilities and acute care hospitals. 

2nd Quarter NUR 1 1 1 _ Nurs|ng t0 Meet Bas|c Needs „ 

NUR 111 7 (3-12-7) 

BIO 210 5 Fall, Winter Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 110, 

ENG 102 ^_5 ZOO 209. Corequisite: BIO 210. 

17 A continuation of NUR 110. This course intro- 

. duces fluid/electrolytes, rest/comfort, emotional 

r uua er safety, love/belonging and self-esteem. The nurs- 

NUR 114 8 ing process is used for patients undergoing sur- 

PSY 101 5 gery with emphasis upon nursing skills, patient 

PE 117 or 166 2 teaching and interpersonal relationships. Con- 

*NUR 113 J2} current clinical learning experiences are provided 

15(17) in acute care hospitals. 

4th Quarter NUR 113-Transition to Associate Degree 

NUR 210 8 NUFSlng (2 "°" 2) 

wiqori ' oro c Offered on Demand. Prerequisites: Successful 

DCArnvflw h Exemption of NUR 110 and 111. Corequisite: BIO 

it AL> I IVI I Y 1 r\4 r\ 

14 This course is designed for the advanced 
5th or 6th Quarter placement student. Content includes review of 

dosage calculation and introduction to the con- 

NUR211 11 ceptual framework with emphasis on nursing 

p OS 113 _i_5 process, roles of the AD nurse, growth and de- 

16 velopment, communication and teaching/leam- 

5th or 6th Quarter in 9 

NUR 212 . 9 NUR 114 -Concepts of Adult Nursing I 

NUR 213 6 < 5 " 9 " 8 ) 

~jT Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 111, 

15 BIO 210. Corequisite: PSY 101. 

*For Advanced Placement Students Only Basic human needs are evolved into the con- 
cepts of oxygenation, metabolism, and percep- 

, tion/coordination. These concepts focus on 

OFFERINGS common health problems in which there is a ma- 
ladaptive response of the body's ability to meet 

NUR 110-Nursina to Meet Basic Needs I its oy W en < nutritional - elimination, and activity 

«mTJ% Nursm 9 t0 Meet basic Neeas ■ needs. Physical assessment skills are included. 

(J-9-6) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: Admission to 
the nursing program, ZOO 208, CHE 201, MAT 
101, eligibility for ENG 101. Corequisite: ZOO 
209. 

This course introduces the conceptual frame- 
work of the nursing program with emphasis on 
basic human needs, growth and development, 
biopsychosocial man, teaching/learning and 
roles of the nurse. The nursing process is used 
to promote adaptation with problems related to 



NUR 210-Concepts of Adult Nursing II 
(5-9-8) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 114. 
Corequisite: HIS 251/252. 

The second quarter of study of the physically 
ill adult. Basic human needs are evolved into the 
concepts of inflammation/immunity, perception/ 
coordination and metabolism. These concepts 
focus on common health problems in which there 
is a maladaptive response of the body's ability to 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 



163 



protect itself from physiological harm or meet 
metabolic and sensory needs. Rehabilitative as- 
pects of care expand the provider and teacher 
roles. 

NUR 211 -Concepts of Advanced Nursing 
(5-18-11) 

Fall, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: NUR 210 

Corequisite: POS 113. 

The third quarter of study of the physically ill 
adult. The concepts of oxygenation, metabolism, 
inflammation/immunity and perception/coordina- 
tion provide the basis for study of the critical care 
aspects of nursing. The student develops begin- 
ning skills as coordinator of care for patients with 
multiple needs. Transition from the role of student 
to practitioner, leadership skiils and trends/issues 
are emphasized. Concurrent ciinical learning ex- 
periences are provided in acute care hospitals. 

NUR 212-Nursing in the Maternal-Child 
Continuum (6-9-9) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 210. 
Corequisite: NUR 213. 

This course concentrates on the experience of 
the childbearing family/developing child as they 
impact upon the health care system. Emphasized 
is the use of the nursing process to promote ad- 
aptation during the stages of childbearing and 
into the life cycle from birth through adolescence. 
The teaching/learning interaction and develop- 
mental appropriateness of care are additional 
foci. Concurrent clinical learning experiences are 
provided on maternity and pediatric units in acute 
care hospitals. 

NUR 213-Mental Health-Psychiatric 
Nursing (3-9-6) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 210. 
Corequisite: NUR 213. 

This course focuses on the development of 
self-awareness and on the therapeutic use of self 
in assisting man to achieve mental health. The 
nursing process is used for the patient with prob- 
lems of psychosocial adaptation. Examined are 
therapeutic communication skills, teaching/learn- 
ing, developmental level and the roles of the psy- 
chiatric nurse. Concurrent clinical learning 
experiences are provided in a variety of com- 
munity/mental health facilities. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Nursing 

Faculty 

*Buck, Marilyn, Department Head 
*Bell, Eunice 

Conway, Marian 

Hart, Marcella 

Keller, Carola 

Levett, Nettie 

Massey, Carole 

Neuman, Bonnie 
*Repella, James 
*Roesel, Rosalyn 

Silcox, Elaine 



'Graduate Faculty 



The Armstrong State College Department of 
Baccalaureate Nursing offers entering freshmen, 
transfer students, and Registered Nurses the op- 
portunity to earn a Bachelor of Science in Nursing 
Degree. The American Nurses Association (ANA) 
and the National League for Nursing (NLN) have 
adopted a position statement calling for the bac- 
calaureate degree in nursing as the academic 
preparation for professional nursing practice. 
Graduates are prepared to provide comprehen- 
sive nursing care for people in a variety of set- 
tings. The BSN degree also provides the 
foundation for graduate education in nursing. In 
addition to the on-campus program, courses are 
also offered at the Brunswick Center to meet the 
needs of registered nurses in that area 

The program is approved by the Georgia Board 
of Nursing and is fully accredited by the National 
League for Nursing (NLN). Graduates who are not 
already RNs must meet all legal requirements for 
licensure as established by the State Board of 
Nursing in order to be eligible to take the National 
Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX-RN) for 
licensure as a Registered Nurse (RN). 



Progression Requirements 

For the generic Bachelor of Science program: 

1 . A "C" or better must be earned in each sci- 
ence course. 

2. A "C" or better must be earned in each nurs- 
ing course. No more than one nursing 



164 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



-course may be repeated and a "C" or better 
must be earned at the time to remain in the 
program. 

3. Any nursing course which the student does 
not satisfactorily complete may be repeated 
at its next offering. The course may be taken 
concurrently with a non-sequential course. 

4. An overall grade-point average (GPA) of 2.0 
is required to remain in the nursing program. 

5. Students must submit a completed health 
history prior to the first clinical experience 
and maintain a current health history record 
throughout the program. 

6. Students must submit proof of liability and 
health insurance prior to the first clinical ex- 
perience. This insurance must be main- 
tained while in the program. 

7. Students must obtain CPR certification prior 
to the first clinical experience. It must be 
maintained throughout the program. 

8. The Registered Nurse may challenge BSN 
310, 334, 335, 350, 422, 423 through written 
examinations. No more than one-fourth of 
the degree requirements may be taken by 
correspondence, extension, or examination. 
All required science courses must be com- 
pleted before enrollment in BSN 433 and/or 
BSN 436. (For further information see BSN 
Department) 

9. All students must have passed the Regents 
Exam before entering their last quarter. 

10. If a student does not matriculate each 
quarter, excluding Summer Quarter, the stu- 
dent must apply for readmission to the Col- 
lege and to the Department, (see 
Readmission page 33) 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING 



Area III 25 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

2. POS 1 1 3 and HIS 251 or 252 1 

3. PSY101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 210; PSY 295; SOC 201; 

ZOO 208, 209,215 30 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 or 166 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 82 

1. BSN 231, 310, 320, 334, 335, 
336 or 339, 340, 350, 422, 423, 

432, 433, 436 77 

C. Courses in Allied Fields 11 

1. LS311 1 

2. Electives ' 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examination .... 

Total 194 

*Students who have already completed CHE 201 
with a "C" or better may challenge CHE 121 and 
take CHE 122 or complete an approved lab sci- 
ence sequence of Core Area II. Students who 
have already completed an approved Area II lab 
science sequence may take CHE 201 to meet the 
prerequisite for ZOO 209. 



Curriculum Design 

-Freshman Year- 

Fall 

ENG 101 5 

CHE 121 .5 

MAT 101 5 

PE ' 1 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 

PHI 201; ENG 222 5 

Area II 20 

1. CHE 121, 122* 10 

2. MAT 101, 220 10 



16 



Winter 

ENG 102 or 192 5 

CHE 122 5 

HIS 114 or 191 .... : 5 

PE 103 or 108 1 



16 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 



165 



Spring 

ENG 201 or 292 5 

HIS 115 or 192 5 

ZOO 208 5 

PE 117 or 166 2 



Spring 

BSN 336 or BSN 339 3 

**BSN 350 or BSN 423 6 

**BSN 335, or 6 

Elective 5 



17 



-Sophomore Year- 

Fall 

PSY 101 5 

ZOO 209 5 

Area I Elective 5 

PE 1 



16 



Winter 

BIO 210 5 

MAT 220 5 

SOC 201 5 

LS 311 1 



14 or 15 
-Senior Year- 
Fall 

**BSN 350 or BSN 423 6 

**BSN 422 6 

BSN 432 or Elective 5 

17 

Winter 

BSN 433 or BSN 436 10 or 12 

Elective or BSN 432 5 



15 or 17 



Spring 



BSN 433 or BSN 436 10 or 12 



16 



10 or 12 



q . *By State law, each student who receives a di- 

b P nn 9 ploma or certificate from a school supported by 

PSY 295 5 the State of Georgia must demonstrate profi- 

BSN 231 5 ciency in United States History and Government 

ZOO 215 5 and Georgia History and Government. Students 

pc 1 at Armstrong State College may demonstrate 

such proficiency by successfully completing ex- 

— aminations for which credit will be awarded for 

16 Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252. If 

students elect to take courses instead of chal- 

-Junior Year- lenging them, students will be responsible for ar- 

Pall ranging their schedules to complete both of the 

courses before graduation. 

BSN 310 7 **Although clinical laboratory hours are com- 

BSN 320 5 puted on the basis of 6 hours per week; actual 

*Pol. Sci./Am. His 5 clinical laboratory hours are 12 hours every other 

week. 
17 



Winter 

**BSN 334 6 

BSN 340 5 

Elective, or 5 

**BSN 335 6 

16 or 17 



OFFERINGS 

BSN 231 -A Conceptual Framework for 
Professional Nursing (5-0-5) 

On demand. Prerequisite: LS 311, PSY 101, 
SOC 201. 

This course is designed for beginning students 
of professional nursing. The conceptual frame- 



166 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



work of the baccalaureate curriculum is exam- 
ined. Major emphasis is placed on an introduction 
to the concepts of Man, Health, and Nursing. 

BSN 310 -Concepts of Nursing Practice 
(4-9-7) 

Prerequisites: BSN 231, PSY 295, all required 
science courses. 

This introductory course provides the founda- 
tional knowledge for clinical nursing. Emphasis is 
placed on concepts for professional nursing 
practice that will assist individuals to meet health 
needs. The student assumes the role of profes- 
sional nurse by implementing various cognitive, 
psychomotor, and interpersonal skills to promote 
positive adaptation. 

BSN 320 -Health Appraisal of the Individual 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 215, BSN 231 or permis- 
sion of department head. 

This is a beginning course in physical assess- 
ment which provides knowledge and experience 
for the nursing student and interested health 
professional, with a focus on appraisal of the in- 
dividual throughout the lifecycle. Emphasis is 
placed upon understanding of physical assess- 
ment skills appropriate for nursing. Course didac- 
tic and laboratory components focus on normal 
findings of the physical appraisal and common 
deviations from normal are addressed as nec- 
essary. 

BSN 334 -Health Restoration of Adults I** 
(4-6-6) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310, 320. 

This course provides students with the oppor- 
tunity to assist adult individuals cope with alter- 
ations in the ability to meet human needs related 
to the concepts of oxygenation, fluid and electro- 
lytes, perception and coordination, and metabo- 
lism. Clinical experiences are provided in 
secondary health care settings. 

BSN 335 -Promotion of Psychosocial 
Adaptation** (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 310, 320. 

This course is designed to assist students to 
promote positive adaptive behavior of individuals 
and families with psychosocial problems through 
the use of the nursing process. Trends in mental 
health, legal issues and the role of the nurse in 
the psychiatric setting are examined. Clinical ex- 
periences are provided in secondary health care 
settings and community mental health facilities. 



BSN 336- Leadership in Nursing Care 
Management (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310. 

Management and leadership principles are in- 
troduced and applied to nursing. The focus of this 
course is on the leadership role of the profes- 
sional nurse in the management of health care. 

BSN 339-Topics in Professional Nursing 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: BSN 231 and RN licensure 
This course builds upon BSN 231. Major em- 
phasis is placed on the discussion and applica- 
tion of selected concepts and theories that 
underlie the practice of professional nursing. 

BSN 340 -Nursing and Family Health 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310 or permission of de- 
partment head. 

This course is designed to explore the family 
as a biopsychosocial unit of a multi-cultural so- 
ciety. Internal and external variables affecting the 
health and adaptation of the family system are 
considered. The nursing process is utilized as a 
framework to assess structural and functional 
needs, plan nursing interventions, and develop 
outcome criteria. 

BSN 350- Nursing and the Childbearing 
Family** (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN '334, 340. 

Using the developmental approach, this course 
focuses on health promotion and restoration of 
the childbearing family. The nursing process is 
utilized to assess health needs and promote pos- 
itive adaptation. Clinical learning experiences are 
provided in a variety of settings. 

BSN 422 -Health Restoration of Adults II** 
(4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 334, 335, 336, 340. 

This course provides students with the oppor- 
tunity to assume a beginning leadership role in 
the management of nursing care of adult individ- 
uals and their families who are experiencing ma- 
ladaptive responses related to complex 
alterations in the ability to meet basic human 
needs. Clinical experiences are provided in sec- 
ondary health care settings. 

BSN 423 -Health Restoration of the Child** 
(4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 340, 334. 
The student uses the nursing process as a 
problem solving approach in the care of children 



DENTAL HYGIENE 



167 



experiencing alterations in their ability to meet hu- 
man needs from infancy to adolescence. Clinical 
experiences are provided in secondary care and 
community settings. 

BSN 432 -Nursing Research (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Three clinical Nursing courses 
and MAT 220. 

This course focuses on the research process 
from problem identification to communication of 
results. The evolution of nursing research is ex- 
amined. The role that clinical nursing research 
plays in the improvement of the quality of care is 
emphasized. 

BSN 433 — Nursing and Community Health 
(5-15-10) 

Prerequisites: BSN 320, 340, 350, 422, 423. 

This course is designed to provide students 
with the knowledge and opportunity to utilize the 
nursing process to assist clients to attain their 
maximum level of wellness through the promotion 
and maintenance of health and the prevention of 
disease. The student functions as a beginning 
member of the interdisciplinary health care team 
to plan and provide comprehensive nursing care 
in selected community settings. 

BSN 436 -Professional Nursing Practlcum 
(4-24-12) 

Prerequisites: BSN 320, 340, 350, 422, 423 
This course provides the opportunity for stu- 
dents to synthesize knowledge from the liberal 
arts, sciences, and nursing as a basis for profes- 
sional nursing practice. Students practice the 
leadership role of the professional nurse in as- 
sessing, planning, implementing and evaluating 
nursing care in a selected clinical setting. Semi- 
nar sessions are provided for students to share 
experiences and to discuss trends and issues 
which influence change in professional nursing 
practice. 

BSN 360-lssues in Gerontological Nursing 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: PSY 1 01 , SOC 201 , BSN 31 0, or 
permission of department. 

Application of the nursing process to the older 
adult population is the focus of this course. The 
emphasis is on promotion of health among the 
population in order to foster successful aging 
through positive adaptation. The student will ex- 
plore nursing strategies which promote the health 
of older adults. 



BSN 450- Health Restoration of Individuals 
and Families Experiencing Critical Illness 
(2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: BSN 422 or permission of de- 
partment head. 

This course provides the opportunity for stu- 
dents to synthesize knowledge from the liberal 
arts, sciences, and nursing to assist in the pro- 
motion of positive adaptation of individuals and 
families experiencing multisystem failure. Critical 
thinking and problem solving opportunities from 
a nursing perspective are provided in selected 
critical care settings. 

BSN 460- Independent Study (V-V-[1-3]) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Senior status or permission of 
BSN department. 

The student, in consultation with the professor, 
will select the topic for supervised independent 
study. The student will submit an independent 
study proposal prior to the quarter in which the 
course is to be taken. 



Dental Hygiene 

Faculty 

VACANT, Department Head 
Coursey, Teresa 
Edenfield, Suzanne 
Tanenbaum, Barbara 

'Graduate Faculty 



The student must complete a curriculum of 120 
quarter hours in professional dental hygiene 
courses for the two-year program leading to the 
Associate in Science Degree in Dental Hygiene. 
Dental hygienists provide dental health services 
in private dental offices, civil service positions, in- 
dustry, and in various public health fields. They 
practice under the supervision of a dentist and 
must pass a national and a state board exami- 
nation for licensure. The curriculum is fully ap- 
proved by the Commission on Accreditation of 
Dental and Dental Auxiliary Educational Programs 
of the American Dental Association. 

A passing grade in all related natural science 
courses is a prerequisite to the 200 level Dental 
Hygiene courses; therefore, CHE 201, ZOO 208- 



168 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



209, and BIO 210 must be satisfactorily com- 
pleted before the student will be admitted into 
second-year status in the Dental Hygiene Pro- 
gram. 

The student must earn a "C" or better in each 
Dental Hygiene course.before registering for sub- 
sequent dental hygiene courses; therefore, a 
grade of "C" or better in the previous course(s) 
is a prerequisite for each dental hygiene course 
for which the student registers after the first 
quarter of the first year. An overall GPA of 2.0 is 
required for graduation from the program. 

Challenge examinations for specific dental hy- 
giene subject areas are available in the depart- 
ment. Contact the department head for 
information. 

Audited and/or repeated coursework may af- 
fect a student's academic progress in relation to 
requirements for financial aid. In addition, federal 
assistance and VA educational benefits will not 
be paid for audited and/or repeated coursework. 

The Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Ed- 
ucation program is comprised of preparatory 
courses that will enable the student to be em- 
ployed in areas such as dental hygiene and den- 
tal assisting instruction, dental health education 
in public school systems, and public health. The 
student will work directly with the dental hygiene 
faculty and participate in the student teaching 
practicums in various associate degree classes, 
clinics, laboratories, and extra-mural clinics. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN DENTAL 
HYGIENE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 48 

A rpo | "I R 

1. ENG101, 102, or 192 10 

2. DRS 228 5 

Area II 5 

1. MAT 101 5 

Area III 20 

1. PSY101 5 

2. SOC 201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. POS 113 5 

Area IV 5 

1. CHE 201 5 

AreaV 3 



1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. One activity course 1. 

B. Courses in the Major Field 57 

1. DH 111, 112, 113, 118, 120, 123, 
124, 211, 212, 213, 214, 216, 
219, 220, 221, 223, 224, 225, 

226, 227 57 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

1. BIO 210 .... . 5 

2. ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 120 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 91 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. PHI 201 -5 

Area II 10 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

Area III 25 

1. SOC 201 5 

2. HIS 251 or252and 114 or 191, 
115 or 192 15 

3. POS 113 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 101, 102 10 

2. CHE 121, 122 10 

3. DRS 228 5 

4. PSy101 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 77 

1. DH 111, 112, 113, 118,120, 123, 
124, 211, 212, 213, 214, 216, 
219, 220, 221, 223, 224, 225, 

226, 227 57 

2 DH 401, 402, 403, 404 20 

C. Courses in Related Fields 35 

1. BIO 210 5 

2. PSY 201 , or EDN 201 , PSY 295 1 

3. EDN 200, EDU335 10 

4. ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 203 



DENTAL HYGIENE 



169 



OFFERINGS 

DH 111 -Clinical Dental Hygiene I (2-6-4) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to introduce the stu- 
dent to the dental hygiene profession. The sub- 
ject matter includes fundamental knowledge of 
clinical procedures and techniques of removing 
deposits from the teeth. Clinical procedures are 
introduced on the manikins and the student is 
required to practice these techniques until profi- 
ciency is achieved. 

DH 112-113 — Clinical Dental Hygiene II and 
III (2-6-4) (1-9-4) 

Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequisite: 
DH 111. 

Students perform oral prophylactic techniques 
on patients in the clinic under supervision. The 
subject matter includes procedures which the hy- 
gienist will use in the performance of clinical du- 
ties. The student must apply acquired knowledge 
in all clinical situations. 

DH 11 8- Periodontics (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to give the student a 
basic understanding of periodontics. Emphasis is 
placed on periodontal health and disease in re- 
lation to the health of the total patient. Periodontal 
knowledge is applied in clinical situations. 

DH 120 -Dental Roentgenology (2-3-3) 

Winter. 

This course will include a series of lectures, 
demonstrations, and directed experience in the 
fundamentals of dental roentgenology. Intraoral 
techniques for the taking and processing of ra- 
diographs are taught and laboratory time will be 
devoted to demonstration and directed experi- 
ence. Clinical time in subsequent quarters will af- 
ford the application of the principles of clinical 
situations. 

DH 123 -Dental Anatomy and Oral 
Histology (3-2-3) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental 
hygiene student with the nomenclature, morphol- 
ogy, eruption sequence of the primary and sec- 
ondary dentition and oral histology and 
embryology of the oral cavity. 



DH 124 -Dental Materials (2-3-3) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to provide a general 
understanding of the chemical, physical and me- 
chanical properties of dental materials. The indi- 
cations ana limitations of materials will be 
stressed as well as proper manipulation of those 
materials used by dental hygienists. 

DH 211-212-213-Cllnlcal Dental Hygiene 
IV, V, VI (1-12-5) (1-15-6) (1-15-6) 

Fall, Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequi- 
sites: DH 111, 112, 113. 

These courses are a continuation of the pre- 
ceding clinical courses. Emphasis centers on im- 
proved proficiency in all areas of a working clinic. 
Lecture time is devoted mainly to the discussion 
of experiences encountered in clinical situations. 
Pertinent material related to the dental hygiene 
profession is included in these courses. 

DH 214-Anestheslology and Pharmacology 
(2-0-2) 

Winter. 

This course is a study of drugs and anesthetics 
with special consideration given to those used in 
dentistry. It is designed to acquaint the student 
with the principles of drug action in the human 
patient. 

DH 216-Dental Public Health (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

This course introduces the student to the var- 
ious aspects of public health with reference to the 
dental needs of the community. Special empha- 
sis is given to terminology, epidemiology, and 
interpretation of data related to community dental 
health programs. Directed field experience is a 
course requirement. 

DH 21 9 -Total Patient Care (0-3-1) 

Fall. 

This laboratory experience acquaints the stu- 
dent with the subject and practice of the various 
dental specialties in relation to the patient's total 
health. This course is also designed to acquaint 
the student with the expanding dental services 
provided by dental auxiliary personnel. 

DH 220- Directed Field Experience 
(0-4-1) 

Winter. 

The student is provided with a holistic ap- 
proach to dentistry by externing with private den- 
tal practitioners and public and military agencies. 



170 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



DH 221 —Scopes of Dental Hygiene Practice 
(1-0-1) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to acquaint students 
with various scopes of dental hygiene practice, 
the jurisprudence governing the practice of dental 
hygiene, and the structure and function of profes- 
sional associations. 

DH 223 -Applied Nutrition (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course presents the aspects of nutrition 
as applied to the practice of dentistry. Students 
are instructed in diet history and dietetic coun- 
seling. 

DH 224 -Head and Neck Anatomy (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental 
hygiene student with gross anatomical relation- 
ships in the head and neck. Special emphasis is 
given to the anatomy of the oral cavity and its 
clinical application. 

DH 225 -Preventive Dental Health 
Education I (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

The principles of prevention of oral diseases 
are presented. Many facets of prevention are in- 
cluded with emphasis on the utilization of oral 
physiotherapy aids and on education and moti- 
vation of patients in proper oral hygiene. Knowl- 
edge from this course and preceding clinical 
courses will be utilized in a paper to be presented 
to the class and clinical faculty. Clinical time in 
subsequent quarters will afford the application of 
these principles to clinical situations. 

DH 226 -Preventive Dental Health 
Education II (1-0-1) 

Winter. 

This course is a continuation of the preventive 
dentistry concepts. The student is familiarized 
with the practical application of modern methods 
of dental health education. Course content in- 
cludes developing teaching materials for dental 
health education, demonstrations, and presen- 
tation of materials. Directed field experience will 
be provided to allow the student practical appli- 
cation of techniques learned in the classroom. 

DH 227 — General and Oral Pathology 
(2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize dental 
hygiene students with the principles of general 



pathology in relation to the common diseases of 
oral regions. Emphasis is placed on clinical man- 
ifestations and the importance of early recogni- 
tion of abnormal conditions. 

DH 401 — Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education I (3-6-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Admission into the Dental 
Hygiene Education Program. 

This course is an introductory field experience 
in the college dental hygiene clinic, community 
agencies, and patient care facilities with empha- 
sis on observation, individual and small group 
teaching, and teacher aide work. The first profes- 
sional course for majors in Dental Hygiene Edu- 
cation. 

DH 402 - Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education II (3-6-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: DH 401. 

This course is a continuation of Dental Hygiene 
401 . Problems common to beginning dental hy- 
giene teachers, practices and procedures de- 
signed to accomplish program objectives, 
establishment and organization of content, meth- 
ods of evaluation and supervision in the dental 
hygiene clinic are included. 

DH 403 -Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education III (3-6-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: DH 402. 

This course is an advanced field experience 
designed to assist the student in the development 
of learning activities, teaching procedures, and 
the presentation of materials pertinent to dental 
hygiene education. The student will develop and 
teach selected units in the basic dental hygiene 
sequence at community agencies, and patient 
care facilities. 

DH 404 -Directed and Individual Study 
(3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is a directed individual study in an 
area of major interest with emphasis relevant to 
dental hygiene and future career objectives. Sci- 
entific research and evaluation methods will be 
reviewed and used in the student's individual 
project. 



HEALTH SCIENCE 



171 



Health Science 

Faculty 

'Simon, Emma, Coordinator 
Kennedy, Robert 
'Streater, James 

'Graduate Faculty 



The overall goal of the Bachelor of Health Sci- 
ence program is to make available an educational 
opportunity for persons interested in entering a 
health field and an academic program for expe- 
rienced health professionals who wish to further 
their career opportunities. More specifically, the 
objectives of the program are: 

1 . To prepare students with the knowledge that 
behavioral change can occur through edu- 
cation; 

2. To prepare students to foster health, health 
promotion, and disease prevention; 

3. To provide the opportunity for students to 
gain expertise in the health related areas of 
education, health education, administration, 
nursing and allied health professions, com- 
puter science, or health and fitness man- 
agement. 

The emphasis of the curriculum is to view 
"health" as different from "illness" and to teach 
new students and practicing health professionals 
of this difference. The curriculum will permit the 
student to earn a baccalaureate degree that re- 
flects expertise in health science while focusing 
on an applied health related area. Upon gradu- 
ation, these health professionals will implement 
the concepts they have learned and direct the 
efforts of the American public in the promotion, 
enhancement, and maintenance of health and in 
the prevention of health problems. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 



2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 

ENG 222; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. One of the following laboratory 
science sequences: 

BIO 101, 102; CHE 121, 122; 

CHE 128, 129; PHY 211, 212 10 

2. MAT 101 and 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course selected from: 

ANT 201, ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HS 100, CS 115 10 

2. HIS 251 or 252; DRS 228. ... 10 

3. PSY 101 5 

4. PEM 252 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 166, 101 and 103 or 108 4 

2. Two activity courses 2 

B. Electives 10 

C. Courses in the Major Field 60 

1. HS 350 - Health in the 
Community 5 

2. HS 200, - Health and Human De- 
velopment 1 5 

3. HS 201 - Health and Human De- 
velopment II 5 

4. HS 440 - Health Planning and 
Evaluation 5 

5. HS 445 - Seminar in Health 
Science 5 

6. HS 300 - Health Problems in a 
Changing Society 5 

7. HS 480 - Epidemiology 5 

8. PSY 406 - Behavior Modification 5 

9. PEM 352 - Physiology of 

Exercise 5 

10. HS 420- Nutrition 5 

11. PSY 220 - Introduction to Psy- 
chological Research 5 

12. HS 450- Health Science 
Practicum 5 

D. Courses in the Emphasis Area .... 30 
Area I -Health Promotion and Health 
Education 30 

1. HE 301 5 

2. PSY 415 5 

3. HE 261 3 

4. HE 262 2 

5. PSY 301 5 



172 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



6. HE 420 5 

7. HE 360 3 

8. EDN 240 2 

Area II -Computer Science 30 

1. CS 142 5 

2. CS 231 5 

3. CS 242 . .' 5 

4. CS308 5 

5. CS 331 5 

6. CS 431 5 

Area III -Education 30 

1 . EDN 460 5 

2. EDN 335 5 

3. EDN 200 5 

4. EXC310 5 

5. EDN 240 2 

6. EDN 202 3 

7. PSY301 5 

Area IV — Health Administration. ... 30 

1. ENG372 5 

2. PSY321 5 

3. Two courses selected from: PA/ 
POS 303 - POS 401, POS 403 
and POS 418 10 

4. BAD 362 5 

5. HE 301 5 

Area V- Health and Fitness 

Management 30 

1. PSY 315 5 

2. HE 420 5 

3. HE 301 5 

4. HS452. . . .' 5 

5. PSY320 5 

6. BAD 362 5 

Area VI — Nursing and Allied Health 

Professions 30 

Thirty (30) quarter hours of nursing or 
allied health major course work may be 
utilized. The thirty hours utilized will be 
determined by the Health Science pro- 
gram director. 

Regents' and Exit Examinations 

196 total hours 

Minor concentration 25 

The minor in health science requires 25 quarter 
hours with grades of "C" or better. The student 
will complete the following: 

1. HS 100, 480 

2. 15 quarter hours from: HE 301, 
HE 420, HS 350, HS 440 and HS 
445. 



NOTE: All BHS students must be cur- 
rently CPR certified prior to 
graduation. 



Health Science 

Gerontology Certificate Program 

Goal: The Certificate program provides a multi- 
disciplinary background in aging and presents 
the opportunity to explore aspects of aging and 
relevant to interests and career goals. 

Securing Admission to the Certificate Pro- 
gram: As soon as a student determines that he 
or she would like to complete the Gerontology 
Certificate Program, the student must complete 
the application for admission and return it to the 
Health Science Coordinator. Upon receipt of the 
application, the student will be invited to meet with 
an assigned faculty member to discuss the pro- 
posed program of study. A minimum grade of "C" 
or better must be earned in each course for the 
certificate to be awarded on the undergraduate 
level. A minimum overall grade point average of 
"B" or better must be earned for the certificate 
to be awarded on the graduate level. 

Curriculum Requirements: The Gerontology 

Certificate Program consists of six courses (30 
qtr. hours). The courses are as follows: 

1. HS 485 - Survey of Gerontology ..... 5 

2. PSY 475 - The Psychology of Aging ... 5 

3. PE 400 - Physical Activity and the Older 
Adult . 5 

4. HS 420 - Nutrition 5 

5. Elective - (from approved list) ..... .5 

6. HS 425 - Gerontological Practicum .... 5 
(Prerequisite/Corequisites: HS 485, HS 420, 
PSY 475, PE 400, and elective.) 



Health Science Offerings 

HS 100 -Introduction to Health Science 
(5-0-5) 

Exploration of the science of health. Based on 
the health (versus illness) model, this course will 
emphasize the enhancement of health as part of 
natural human development. The multifaceted 
health care delivery system will be introduced, 
and some ethical, philosophical, and socio-cul- 
tural issues of health care will be discussed. 



HEALTH SCIENCE 



173 



HS 200 -Health and Human Development I 
(5-0-5) 

A presentation of human growth and develop- 
ment theory. Emphasis will be placed on the 
physical, cognitive and psychosocial develop- 
ment of man from pre-natal development to the 
adolescent stage of the human lifespan. This will 
be examined from the perspective of enhancing 
health and concomitantly avoiding illness. 

HS 201 Health and Human Development II 
(5-0-5) 

The continuation of the study of human devel- 
opment from young adulthood to the completion 
of the life cycle. Special emphasis is placed on 
health concerns and lifestyle consequences of 
the adult years of the life span. 

HS 300- Health Problems In a Changing 
Society (5-0-5) 

A review of health status as a function of so- 
cietal change. For example, the effects on health 
of sewage disposal, speed-limits, cold-war, tech- 
nology, and such will be examined. 

HS 350 -Health In the Community (5-0-5) 

Analysis of major community health problems, 
their causes, the role of individuals, community 
institutions, and government. 

HS 385 -Survey of Gerontology (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to introduce students 
to the elements necessary for understanding the 
aging situation. Emphasis will be placed on the 
physiological and functional changes associated 
with the aging process: chronic diseases, illness 
and morbidity, death and dying, and effects of 
aging on health, attitudes, and activities. Re- 
search methods in gerontology, major public pol- 
icy issues, and financial issues will be included. 

HS 420 -Nutrition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Area II Lab Science sequence. 

Nutrition, as a major component of lifestyle, is 
related to enhancement of health and contribu- 
tion to illness. Basic concepts of nutrition and var- 
ious "diets" are studied. 

HS 425 -Gerontological Practlcum (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite/co-requisites: HS 485, PSY 475, 
PE 400, HS 420, and gerontology elective. 

This course is designed to assist the student 
in applying the knowledge obtained from previous 
courses in order to implement a chosen role in 
gerontology. Each sponsoring organization will 
provide a qualified supervisor. A member of the 



ASC Faculty will be assigned to the practicum; 
he/she will establish performance criteria and 
evaluate accordingly. 

HS 440- Health Planning and Evaluation 
(5-0-5) 

Planning and evaluation of health programs in 
a variety of settings. 

HS 445-Semlnar In Health Science 
(5-0-5) 

Corequisite/Prerequisite: HS 440. 

Health Science concepts are analyzed and 
synthesized. Emerging and emergent issues and 
trends are investigated. 

HS 450 -Health Science Practicum 
(1-8-5) 

Corequisite/Prerequisite: PSY 220, HS 445, 
440. 

This course provides the health science stu- 
dent the opportunity to be an active participant in 
an area of the health care industry. 

HE 452 -Health/Fitness Practicum (1-8-5) 

Practicum in health and fitness management. 

HS 480 -Epidemiology (5-0-5) 

The application of ecology to health and illness. 
An investigation into the various factors and con- 
ditions that determine the occurence and distri- 
bution of health, disease, and death among 
groups of individuals. 



Health Education Offerings 

HE 260 -Contemporary Health Issues 
(5-0-5) 

Study of major health topics along with their 
effects on modern society. Such topics as envi- 
ronmental pollution, medical ethics, health care 
costs, personal health, and health consumerism 
will be investigated. 

HE 261 -Health and Sex Education (3-0-3) 

A study of the relationship between health and 
sex education. Health promotion strategies deal- 
ing with sexual behavior, sexually transmitted dis- 
eases, pregnancy, pregnancy prevention, and 
parenthood are involved. Emphasis is on inter- 
ventions and curriculum material available for 
teachers and health educators. 



174 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HE 262 -Health and Drug Education (2-0-2) 

A study of the effects of tobacco, alcohol, and 
drug use and abuse on health. It includes an anal- 
ysis of the classification of drugs, the effects of 
drug usage, the legality of drug usage, and drug 
dependency. Emphasis is on interventions and 
curriculum material available for teachers and 
health educators. 

HE 301 -Marketing Health (5-0-5) 

A survey of marketing strategies utilized in 
health settings. Basic principles of communica- 
tion integrated with various media modalities are 
explored. The methods and media will be de- 
signed for the biopsychosocial requirements of 
the client. 

HE 360 -School Health Education (3-0-3) 

An investigation of the total school health en- 
vironment and health instruction. 

HE 420 -Health Education in Rehabilitation 
(5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with the information necessary to aid patients in 
achieving their highest rehabilitation potential. 
The main objective is to aid the client in coping 
and complying with the prescribed regimen. 

HE 460 -Health in the Curriculum (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HE 260, 261, 262, 360. 

The study of health education curriculum with 
emphasis upon materials and methods of teach- 
ing health education K-12. This course places 
special focus on the development of health ed- 
ucation curriculum, instructional units, writing ob- 
jectives, lesson and unit planning, and the 
relationship of health education to the total edu- 
cation program. 



Medical Technology 

Faculty 

Hardegree, Lester Jr., Program Director 
Edgar, John Ralph, Medical Director 
Rodgers, Anne 



Medical technology is a career in clinical lab- 
oratory science. Medical technologists perform 
and/or supervise the testing of blood, urine, spinal 
fluid and other body specimens. Applying the 
knowledge of chemistry, mathematics and biol- 
ogy, the medical technologist uses both manual 



and automated techniques to provide diagnostic 
data to physicians. 

The B.S. in Medical Technology curriculum is a 
4 year program. During the first two or three years 
students complete core curriculum courses in 
chemistry, biology, mathematics, humanities and 
social science. The professional medical tech- 
nology courses are sequenced to begin each fall 
quarter. These courses cover the major labora- 
tory areas (urinalysis, hematology, clinical chem- 
istry, blood banking, microbiology, serology), and 
are taught on campus. The clinical practicum is 
provided in the clinical laboratories of Candler 
General Hospital, the South Atlantic Red Cross 
Blood Center, Memorial Medical Center and St. 
Joseph's Hospital, all located in Savannah. Upon 
completion of the program, graduates are eligible 
to take the certification examination of the Board 
of Registry for Medical Technologists of the Amer- 
ican Society of Clinical Pathologists and the Clin- 
ical Laboratory Scientist examination of the 
National Certification Agency for Medical Labo- 
ratory Personnel. 

Post Acceptance Requirements 

Students accepted into the program will be re- 
quired to submit a complete Armstrong State Col- 
lege Health Professions Student Health Appraisal 
form. Prior to enrollment in the clinical practicum 
the student will be required to provide evidence 
of liability insurance and medical coverage. Stu- 
dents, are responsible for their own transportation 
to and from the clinical sites and are required to 
adhere to arranged hospital time schedule. 

Progression Requirements 

1. The student must earn a "C" or better in 
each Medical Technology course. 

2. A student may repeat a single MT course 
only one time and at the next offering pro- 
vided space is available. 

3. A student who must repeat a single MT 
course more than once or more than one 
MT course will be dismissed from the pro- 
gram with no option for readmission. 

4. The student must maintain an overall ad- 
justed Grade Point Average of 2.0 or better. 
A student who falls below the 2.0 GPA will 
be placed on "Suspension" for one quarter. 
If the student's GPA is not raised by the end 
of the next quarter, then the student will be 
dismissed from the program. 

5. The student must complete the Professional 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



175 



coursework within three (3) consecutive 
years from the date of their initial admission 
to the Medical Technology Program. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200 5 

Area II 20 

1. CHE 128, 129 10 

2. MAT 101, 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course selected from : ANT 

201, ECO 201, PSY101, SOC 

201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 101 5 

2. ZOO 208 5 

3. Electives in BIO, CHE and/or 

CS 20 

(Must contain at least 1 Biology 
or Zoology course which com- 
pletes a 10 hour sequence, and 
1 Chemistry course.) 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 96 

1. Upper Division Sequences ... 20 

BIO 351, 353 10 

CHE 341, 342 10 

2. Professional Courses 76 

MT 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 
360, 370, 380, 390, 420, 430, 
440, 450, 411, 421, 431, 441, 

451, 461, 490 77 

C. Regents' and Exit Examinations .... 

TOTAL ~198 



OFFERINGS 

MT 300 -Professional Foundations In 
Laboratory Science (3-0-3) 

An introductory course to acquaint the student 
with the role of the Medical Technologist and 
other laboratory personnel as a member of the 
health care team. Topics will include job respon- 
sibilities, accreditation, certification and licensure 
standards, career opportunities, professional or- 
ganizations, and professional ethics 

MT 310-Urlnalysls and Body Fluids 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A qualitative and quantitative study of the 
chemical and microscopic constituents of urine 
and other body fluids and the clinical significance 
of the test results. 
MT320-Clinlcal Microbiology I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: BIO 351 or permission of program 
director. 

A study of the relationship of bacteria to dis- 
ease. Major emphasis is placed on the isolation 
and identification of bacteria responsible for hu- 
man diseases. Also included is sensitivity testing 
and mycobacteriology. 
MT 330 -Clinical Hematology I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A qualitative and quantitative study of the 
formed elements of the blood. To include the 
complete blood count and specialized test pro- 
cedures. This course will also include the basic 
principles of hemostasis and blood coagulation. 

MT 340-Cllnlcal Immunohematology I 
(3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of basic immunohematologic principles 
and their application to the preparation and 
administration of whole blood and blood com- 
ponents. To include the selection and processing 
of donors, cross matching procedures, and an- 
tibody identification. 

MT 350-Cllnlcal Chemistry I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: CHE 342, and MT 360 or permis- 
sion of program director. 

A comprehensive study of the physiological 
principles, methodology and clinical significance 
of the biochemicals and elements found in the 
body fluids. 



176 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MT 360 -Clinical Instrumentation (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A basic study of the principles and operation 
of laboratory instrumentation. Emphasis will be 
placed on the individual components and the in- 
ter-relationship of the components. Electronics 
will be included. 

MT 370 -Clinical Serology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of the principles and procedures used 
in the isolation, identification and quantitation of 
diagnostically significant antigens and antibodies. 

MT 380 -Clinical Parasitology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis, life cycle, and lab- 
oratory identification of human parasites. 

MT 390 -Clinical Mycology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis and laboratory iso- 
lation and identification of fungi that can invade 
humans. 

MT 400 -Directed Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand with approval of program 
director. 

A study of selected Medical Technology topics 
designed to meet the needs of the student. Credit 
will depend upon the work to be done. May be 
repeated up to 10 quarter hours. 

MT 420 -Clinical Microbiology II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 320. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of special 
topics in microbiology. 

MT 430-Clinical Hematology II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 330. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of special 
topics in hematology. 

MT 440— Clinical Immunohematology II 
(2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 340. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of special 
topics in immunohematology. 



MT 450 -Clinical Chemistry II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 350. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of special 
topics in clinical chemistry. 

MT 41 1 - Phlebotomy Practicum (0-4-1 ) 

MT 421 -Clinical Microbiology Practicum 
(0-16-4) 

MT 431 -Clinical Hematology Practicum 
(0-16-4) 

MT 441 —Clinical Immunohematology 
Practicum (0-8-2) 

MT 451 -Clinical Chemistry Practicum 
(0-20-5) 

MT 461 -Clinical Urinalysis Practicum 

(0-8-2) 

Total (0-72-18) 

Prerequisites: Completion of respective didac- 
tive MT courses. 

A structured clinical laboratory experience 
where the students integrate theory and appli- 
cation under supervision in the identified content 
area. This will provide time and facilities to allow 
the students to develop speed, confidence, and 
organization and to analyze and solve technical 
problems. 

MT 490 — Management and Education 
(2-0-2) 

Basic concepts of laboratory management, 
leadership and education. 



Radiologic Technologies 

Faculty 

Gibson, Sharyn, Program Director 
*Tilson, Elwin 



'Graduate Faculty 



Radiologic Technology is a comprehensive 
term that is applied to the science of 
administering ionizing radiation, radionuclides, 
and other forms of energy to provide technical 
information and assistance to the physician in the 
diagnosis and treatment of diseases and injuries. 
This field offers four specific career specialities; 
radiography, nuclear medicine technology, 
radiation therapy technology and diagnostic 



RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES 



177 



medical sonography. At present, the Radiologic 
Technologies Program offers an Associate 
Degree in the specialty area of radiography. 

Program Goals 

The specific goals of the Program are as fol- 
lows: 

1 . To educate superlative clinicians. In addition 
to mastering basic skills necessary to per- 
form routine radiographic examinations, the 
Program's graduate will possess skills nec- 
essary to perform non-routine and special 
radiographic procedures. 

2. To expose the student to an in-depth anal- 
ysis of the art and science of radiography. 
The student will receive not only an indepth 
education to radiography but also in related 
natural and social sciences. 

3. To give the students a well rounded liberal 
arts education. In addition to the profes- 
sional component of the curriculum, the stu- 
dent receives a well rounded liberal arts 
education in so that the student will be able 
to effectively integrate into society. 

Professional Insurance, Transportation 

Local hospitals are affiliated with the college for 
the Clinical Education courses. Student radiog- 
raphers are responsible for providing their own 
transportation. 

Prior to matriculation through Clinical Educa- 
tion Courses, students are required to submit a 
completed health history form and evidence of 
professional liability insurance and health insur- 
ance. Specific information regarding these re- 
quirements will be distributed to students 
admitted to the Program. 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Program, the fol- 
lowing must be maintained: 

1. Science courses (ZOO 208, 209, CHE 201, 
CS 115). 

a. A "C" or better in at least three of these 
courses. 

b. A student may repeat only one of these 
courses; however, repeating may delay 
graduation. 

2. Radiography courses 

a. A "C" or better in each Radiography 
course. 

a. A student may repeat only one Radiog- 
raphy course. 



c. Students who must repeat more than 
one Radiography course will be dis- 
missed from the Program. 
3. Conditionally accepted students must meet 
all admission criteria as outlined in their ad- 
mission letter. In the event the conditionally 
accepted student does not achieve the 
aforementioned requirements, he or she will 
be dismissed from the program. 

Attendance and Advanced Standing 

A student must matriculate each quarter, in- 
cluding Summer Quarter, to remain in the Pro- 
gram. If, because of illness or other extenuating 
circumstances, a student must be away from 
school for a quarter, the student must seek formal 
approval from the Program Director for such an 
absence. If such approval is not sought and 
granted, the student will be dropped from active 
status and must reapply for admission before 
continuing in the Program. 

The Radiologic Technologies Program is com- 
mitted to a philosophy of educational flexibility to 
meet the needs of the profession. Individuals who 
are graduates of Certificate (hospital) Programs 
and working in the profession who are certified 
by the American Registry of Radiologic Technol- 
ogists may receive advanced standing by a proc- 
ess of exemption examinations and CLEP 
examinations. These individuals may be awarded 
Credit-By-Examination up to 45 quarter hours for 
previous professional education. Please contact 
the Program Director for details. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN RADIOLOGIC 
TECHNOLOGIES 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 33 

Area I 10 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

Area II 5 

MAT 101 5 

Area III 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

POS 113 5 

Area IV 5 

CHE 201 5 

AreaV 3 

Any three physical education 

credits 3 



178 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



B. Courses in the Major Field 60 

RAD 104, 115, 116, 117, 118, 

121, 122, 123 30 

RAD 200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 

221,222, 223,224 31 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

CS 115 5 

ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 109 



Radiologic Technologies Offerings 

RAD 104 -Principles of Radiographic 
Exposure (4-3-5) ep Prerequisites: Formal ad- 
mission to the Program. 

Factors influencing radiographic quality and 
conditions influencing exposures are presented. 
Attenuating devices, beam restricting devices, 
and accessory equipment are demonstrated. 
Technic charts and formation are vehicles for the 
application of the radiographic process. 
RAD 11 5- Radiographic Procedures and 
Radiation Protection (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram. 

The theory and principles of radiographic ex- 
aminations of the chest and abdomen are stud- 
ied. Emphasis is placed on radiographic 
examination of the visceral organs requiring the 
use of contrast media, spatial relationships, pa- 
tient positioning, radiation protection methodol- 
ogy, equipment manipulation, and quality 
evaluation of the study. Basic medical terminol- 
ogy will be included. 

RAD 116- Radiographic Procedures II 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram and RAD 115. 

The basic theory and principles of radiographic 
procedures of the extremities and shoulder girdle 
are studied. Emphasis is placed on osteo anat- 
omy, spatial relationships, patient positioning, 
equipment manipulation, and quality evaluation of 
the radiographic examinations. Basic medical ter- 
minology will be included. 

RAD 117 -Radiographic Procedures III 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram and RAD 116. 

The theory and principles of radiographic ex- 
aminations of the spines, bony thorax, and pelvic 



girdle are studied. Emphasis is placed on the os- 
teo anatomy, spatial relationships, patient posi- 
tioning, equipment manipulation, and quality 
evaluation of the radiographic examinations. 

RAD 11 8- Radiographic Procedures IV 
(3.5-1.5-4) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram and RAD 117. 

The theory and principles of facial bones, cran- 
ium, heart, breast, reproduction organs, and ad- 
ditional non-routine examinations are studied. 
Emphasis is placed on the osteo and soft-tissue 
anatomy, spatial relationships, patient position- 
ing, equipment manipulation, and quality evalua- 
tion of the radiographic examinations. 

RAD 121 -Clinical Education I (0-8-1) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram, permission of the instructor, and CPR cer- 
tified. RAD 115 must be taken as corequisite or 
prerequisite. 

Orientation to patient care, introduction to 
areas involving the field of radiology, and orien- 
tation to the clinical setting are presented. This is 
a supervised clinical practice in performing radi- 
ographic procedures, radiation protection, patient 
care, equipment orientation, radiographic tech- 
nique, darkroom procedures, and film quality 
evaluation, observing and participating in routine 
radiographic examinations is included. 

RAD 122-Clinlcal Education II (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: RAD 121 and permission of the 
instructor. RAD 116 must be taken as corequisite 
or prerequisite. 

This is a supervised clinical practice in perform- 
ing radiographic procedures with an emphasis on 
the competency evaluation of routine radi- 
ographic examinations. 

RAD 123 -Clinical Education III (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 122 and permission of the 
instructor. RAD 104 and RAD 117 must be taken 
as a corequisite or prerequisite. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in 
performing radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of routine 
radiographic examinations. 

RAD 200- Nursing Procedures (1.5-1.5-2) 

Prerequisite: Formal admission to the Program. 

The student is introduced to basic nursing 
techniques as they relate to the patient in the Ra- 
diology Department. Topics included are psycho- 
logical needs of patients, meeting physical 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 



179 



requirements of patients, transporting and mov- 
ing of patients, monitoring of patients, suctioning, 
catherization, administration of injections, I.V. 
maintenance, and dealing with emergency med- 
ical situations. Infectious disease processes will 
be studied. 

RAD 201/202 -Radiation Science I & II 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 or Permission of the in- 
structor. 

This course deals with the application of radia- 
tion physics as it relates to the production, prop- 
agation and detection of electromagnetic and 
particulate radiation. Emphasis will be given to 
mechanisms describing the interaction of X-rays 
with matter, photographic and electronic image 
detection, electronic circuitry, and the physical 
function of associated radiographic equipment. 

RAD 203-Radloblology (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: RAD 202, ZOO 209 or permission 
of instructor 

This course is designed to give the radiography 
student an understanding of the effects of radia- 
tion exposure, dose limits, and structural protec- 
tion requirements. Topics included will be 
somatic and genetic effects of radiation expo- 
sure, measurement and protection methods, plus 
NCRP and BRH standards. 

RAD 205 -Quality Assurance (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is a study of equipment testing and 
instrumentation, record keeping systems, and 
statistical analysis of equipment and supply 
usage. Emphasis will be given to testing proce- 
dures. QA program implementation, and federal 
government guidelines. 

RAD 221 -Clinical Education IV (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 123 and permission of the 
instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in 
performing radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of radi- 
ographic examinations. 

RAD 222 -Clinical Education V (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 221 and permission of in- 
structor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in 
performing radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of radi- 
ographic examinations. 



RAD 223 -Clinical Education VI (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 222 and permission of the 
instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in 
performing radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of radi- 
ographic examinations. 

RAD 224 -Clinical Education VII (0-24-4) 

Prerequisites: RAD 223, successful completion 
of Regents' Examination, and permission of in- 
structor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in 
performing radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of radi- 
ographic examinations. The program Exit 
Examination is included in this course. 

RAD 290 Selected Topics in Advanced 
Medical Imaging (4-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. 

This is an elective course that is offered upon 
demand. Topics such as neurovascular system 
examinations, central nervous system examina- 
tion, abdominal and peripheral vascular studies, 
heart studies, computerized imaging systems, 
and magnetic resonance imaging may be in- 
cluded. 



Respiratory Therapy 

Faculty 

Bowers, Ross, Department Head 

Di Benedetto, Robert, Co-Medical Director 

Mazzoli, Andrew, Director of Clinical 

Education 

Morris, Stephen, Co-Medical Director 

Smith, William 



For the two-year (seven consecutive quarters) 
program leading to the Associate in Science de- 
gree in Respiratory Therapy, the student must 
complete a curriculum of 59 quarter hours in ac- 
ademic courses and 63 quarter hours within the 
major. The A.S. degree from an accredited Res- 
piratory Therapy program qualifies the graduate 
for entry into the Registry credentialing system. 
The Registry is the highest professional credential 
available in the field of respiratory therapy. The 
credentialing process is a two-step nationally ad- 
ministered examination. Step 1 is a comprehen- 
sive written exam to be taken shortly after 



180 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



graduation. The graduate who passes this exam 
will earn the entry level credential C.R.T.T. and will 
be eligible to enter the registry credentialing sys- 
tem. The registry exam consists of a written and 
a clinical simulation component. The candidate 
who passes both parts of the registry exam will 
earn the credential Registered Respiratory Ther- 
apist. 

PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

For progression through the Associate Degree 
Program in Respiratory Therapy, the following 
must be maintained: 

1. Courses Related to the Major (CHE 201, 
202, ZOO 208, 209, 211, BIO 210) 

a. A student may carry no more 
than one grade of less than "C" 

b. A grade of "F" must be repeated 
the next quarter that the course 
is offered 

c. A student must have success- 
fully completed the requirements 
for Che 202 and ZOO 21 1 by the 
end of the summer quarter of the 
freshman year. Failure to comply 
with this requirement will result in 
suspension from the program. A 
student suspended from the pro- 

. gram will be eligible for readmis- 
sion 

d. A student who must repeat more 
than one course because of a 
grade of "F" will be dismissed 
from the program with no option 
for readmission 

2. Courses in the Respiratory Therapy Major 

a. A grade of "C" or better is re- 
quired for each course that is a 
prerequisite for a subsequent 
course. Failure to comply with 
this requirement will result in sus- 
pension from the program. 

b. A student who earns a grade of 
less than "C" must repeat that 
course the next quarter it is of- 
fered. 

c. A student may repeat a respira- 
tory therapy course only once. 

d. Students who must repeat a res- 
piratory therapy course more 
than one time will be dismissed 
from the program with no option 
for readmission. 



e. Students who must repeat more 
than one respiratory therapy 
course will be dismissed from 
the program with no option for 
readmission. 

3. Grade Point Average 

The maintenance of a 2.0 GPA is desirable 
throughout the respiratory therapy program. 
Students who fall below 2.0 are subject to 
the academic status classification identified 
in the Academic Regulations section of this 
catalogue. Students placed on academic 
Warning who do not raise their GPA to the 
minimum criteria for academic Good Stand- 
ing the subsequent quarter will be sus- 
pended from the program until such time 
they return to Good Standing. Courses used 
to raise the GPA must be approved by their 
academic advisor. 

4. Regents Exam 

Successful completion of the Regent's Exam 
is a requirement for all students receiving a 
degree from the University System of Geor- 
gia. The School of Health Professions re- 
quires that a student must have passed both 
parts of the Regent's Exam prior to their last 
quarter in their major. Failure to comply with 
this requirement will result in suspension 
from the program until such time that the 
exam is successfully completed. 

5. Exit Exam 

The University System of Georgia requires 
that all students take a comprehensive Exit 
Exam in their major field. The department of 
respiratory therapy uses a nationally vali- 
dated exam for this purpose. The exit exam 
is administered during the spring quarter of 
the sophomore year. All students are re- 
quired to earn a grade of 70% prior to the 
end of the spring quarter. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN RESPIRATORY 
THERAPY 

HOURS 

A. General Requirements , . 59 

Area I: Humanities 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

Area II: Mathematics and Natural Sci- 
ences 

1. MATH 101 5 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 



181 



Area III: Social Sciences 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. POS 113 5 

3. PSY 101 orSOC201 or ANT 

201 5 

Area IV: Courses Related to Major Field 

1. CHE 201, 202 8 

2. ZOO 208, 209, 211 13 

3. BIO 210 5 

Area V: Physical Education 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. PE Activity Course 1 

B. Courses in the Major Field 62 

1. RT100, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 
120, 121 32 

2. RT 211, 221, 212, 215, 216, 222, 
217, 223 31 

C. Regent's and National Standardized 
Self Assess Exams 

TOTAL 122 



OFFERINGS 

RT 100 -Medical Terminology (3-0-3) 

Offered: Fall and winter quarters. 

A study of the language of medicine: word con- 
struction; definition; abbreviations and symbols; 
and use of terms related to all areas of medical 
science, hospital service and the medical spe- 
cialties. Open to non-majors. 

RT 110- Patient Assessment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 208, CHE 201 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 1 10 is to teach the stu- 
dent the assessment skills required to evaluate 
and develop a respiratory care plan. By the com- 
pletion of RT 110 the student will be able to: re- 
view the medical record, conduct a patient 
interview, perform a physical examination of the 
chest, monitor and interpret vital signs, perform 
ventilatory monitoring procedures, interpret arte- 
rial blood gases and interpret the chest xray. The 
content of RT 110 is essential to the student's 
progression to the clinical phase of the curricu- 
lum. 

RT 113 — Respiratory Therapy Equipment 
(3-2-4) 

Prerequisite: CHE 202, RT 110 
Corequisite: CHE 202 
Offered: Spring Quarter 



A course designed to focus on the technology 
and equipment used in providing respiratory care. 
The student will be able to select and obtain 
equipment appropriate to the care plan, assem- 
ble and check for proper function and identify and 
correct equipment malfunctions. Quality control 
and asepsis procedures will also be emphasized. 

RT 114-General Patient Care (3-2-4) 

Prerequisite: RT 110 

Corequisite: RT 115, RT 113, 120 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

A course designed to focus on implementation 
and evaluation of the respiratory care plan. The 
student will develop the cognitive and technical 
skills necessary to initiate and evaluate the pa- 
tient's response to: 02 therapy, CPR, aerosol and 
humidity therapy, bronchial hygiene, IPPB therapy 
and airway care. A protocol for initia- ting a 
change in the care plan will also be emphasized. 

RT 120 -Applied Patient Care (0-8-2) 

Prerequisite: RT 110 

Corequisite: RT 114, 113, 115 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

A clinical practicum designed to orient the stu- 
dent to the hospital environment. Basic assess- 
ment skills and 02 rounds will be emphasized. 
Students will also participate in the cleaning, ster- 
ilization, assembly, and routine maintenance of 
equipment. 

RT 115- Pulmonary Pharmacology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 208, CHE 201, RT 110 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

This course is designed to give the student an 
in-depth look at drugs that directly affect the pul- 
monary system. During this course the student 
will study: route of drug administration, pharma- 
codynamics, drug interactions, mucokinesis and 
mocokinetic drugs, bronchospasm and bron- 
chodilators, cholinergic drugs cromolyn sodium, 
corticosteroids, antibiotics, antitiberculan drugs, 
respiratory stimulants and depressants, anes- 
thetics and neuromuscular blockers. 

RT 121 -Applied Respiratory Care I (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 120. 

Offered: Summer Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 121 is to provide the 
student sufficient opportunities to apply the cog- 
nitive, affective and psychomotor skills developed 
in RT 110 and RT 111 in the clinical setting. By 
the completion of this course the student will be 
able to: collect data necessary for developing the 



182 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



care plan, implement the prescribed care plan, 
evaluate the patient's response to therapy and 
modify or recommend modification of the care 
plan based on patient response. By the comple- 
tion of RT 121 the student will be able to dem- 
onstrate problem solving skills in the clinical 
setting. The clinical competencies developed in 
RT 121 are a prerequisite for progression to the 
critical care component of the curriculum. 

RT 11 6- Diagnostic Procedures (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 211, RT 110, RT 115. 

Offered: Summer Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 1 16 is to teach the stu- 
dent the cognitive and psychomotor skills nec- 
essary to perform or assist the physician in 
performing diagnostic procedures in the blood 
gas, pulmonary function and cardiovascular labs. 
The student will also develop competencies in 
cardiovascular assessment. By the completion of 
this course the student will be able to interpret 
diagnostic data and apply it to patient care. 

RT 211 -Adult Critical Care I (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 116, RT 121 

Offered: Fall Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 21 1 is to teach the stu- 
dent the cognitive and psychomotor skills nec- 
essary to establish and maintain the patient- 
ventilator system. Emphasis will be on knowledge 
of ventilatory support equipment as well as tech- 
niques for initiation assessment modification and 
discontinuation of ventilatory support systems. 
The content of RT 21 1 is essential for progression 
toRT212. 

RT 221 -Applied Respiratory Care II 
(0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 116, RT 121 

Offered: Fall Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 221 is to provide the 
student sufficient opportunities to apply the cog- 
nitive, affective and psychomotor skills developed 
in RT 1 16 and RT 21 1 in the clinical setting. Em- 
phasis will be placed on developing clinical com- 
petencies in the ICU, diagnostic lab and 
operating room setting. 

RT 212-Adult Critical Care II (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: RT 21 1 , RT 221 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 212 is to teach the stu- 
dent how to evaluate the effect of mechanical 
ventilation on other organs or body systems and 
to apply that knowledge to the total care of the 



patient. The student will develop a broader base 
for understanding the total patient care plan. Em-, 
phasis will be placed on hemodynamic monitor- 
ing, critical care pharmacology, fluid balance, 
shock and trauma. 

RT 222 -Applied Respiratory Care III 
(0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 211, RT 221 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 222 is to provide the 
student with sufficient opportunities to apply the 
cognitive, affective and psychomotor skills devel- 
oped in RT 211 and RT 212 to the care of the 
critically ill patient. The emphasis will be placed 
on patient monitoring and evaluating the effect of 
therapeutic procedures on other organs or body 
systems. The student will begin an orientation ro- 
tation to the Pediatric and Neonatal ICUs during 
this course. 

RT 21 5 -Perinatal Care (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 21 1 , 221 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 215 is to teach the stu- 
dent the cognitive, affective and psychomotor 
skills necessary to care for the critically ill pedia- 
tric patient and neonate. Emphasis will be placed 
on knowledge of ventilatory support equipment as 
well as techniques for initiation assessment, mod- 
ification and discontinuation of ventilatory support 
systems. The student will also study embryology, 
assessment of the fetus in utero, complicated 
pregnancies and deliveries, resuscitation of the 
newborn and abnormal pathophysiologic states. 

RT 21 6 -Cardiopulmonary Medicine (4-0-4) 

Prerequisites: RT211, 221 

Offered: Winter quarter. 

The primary goal is to focus on the pathophys- 
iology associated with cardiopulmonary diseases 
or conditions commonly seen in the hospital set- 
ting. Emphasis will be placed on assessment, 
rapid recognition, intervention and management 
of potential life-threatening conditions. Emphasis . 
will be placed on developing decision making and 
problem solving skills. 

RT 223 -Applied Respiratory Care IV 
(0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 212, RT 216, RT 215 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 223 is to provide the 
student with sufficient opportunities to apply cog- 
nitive, affective and psychomotor skills in the care 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 



183 



of the critically ill neonate and pediatric patient. 
Emphasis will be placed on care of patients re- 
quiring ventilatory support. Students will continue 
to develop their skills in the adult critical care unit. 
The student will also be oriented to the care of 
the chronically ill patient in the home or secondary 
care facility. 

RT 21 7- Seminar in Respiratory Care 
(2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: RT 212, RT 216, RT 215 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 217 is to provide an 
open forum for discussion of contemporary is- 
sues facing the profession and the health care 
delivery system. Topics to be discussed include 
credentialing, gerontology and the health care 
needs of the elderly, the shift in focus from pri- 
mary to secondary care facilities, care of venti- 
lator dependent patients in the home and the 
impact of DRG's and the prospective payment 
system on the traditional respiratory care service. 




184 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 




A 




186 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Academic Divisions 



Division of Education 

Faculty 

Newberry, Lloyd, Division Head 
*Agyekum, Stephen 

Anderson, Donald 

Ball, A. Patricia 
*Battiste, Bettye Anne 

Bjorn, Edith 
*Burgess, Clifford 
*Cosgrove, Maryellen 
*Dandy, Evelyn 
*Galloway, Herbert 
*Harwood, Pamela 

Schollaert, Warren 
*Stokes, William 
*Turnipseed, Patricia 

White, Susan 

*Graduate Faculty 



Philosophy, Goals, and Objectives 

The Division of Education offers a variety of de- 
gree programs designed for the preparation of 
competent teachers who are committed to ex- 
cellence in the profession and who are ultimately 
prepared to become decision makers in the 
classroom. Appropriate to this philosophy the fac- 
ulty have established three program outcomes 
which develop and exemplify the teacher as: (1) 
deliverer of content, (2) manager of classroom 
dynamics, and (3) developer of professional self. 

Pursuant and preamble to these outcomes the 
Division of Education has developed the following 
goals: 

To provide prospective teachers with profi- 
ciency in the content of their selected teaching 
field. 

To provide the prospective teacher with the ap- 
propriate learning theory and methodology nec- 
essary to successful implementation of 
classroom plans and procedures. 

To provide prospective teachers with the abili- 
ties and skills which will enable them to offer ap- 
propriate educational opportunities to students 
representing a variety of cultural and economic 
backgrounds. 



To provide prospective teachers with the abili- 
ties and skills that will enable them to meet the 
special needs of exceptional children. 

To provide a teacher education program that 
will offer the professional and educational atmos- 
phere conducive to the development of teachers 
who possess the highest qualities of character, 
commitment, and professional competence. 

Each degree program in the Division of Edu- 
cation is guided by an individual set of objectives 
which is specific to that degree program, but also 
reflects the Division goals. 

Degrees 

The Division of Education offers the following 
degrees: 

Bachelor of Science in Education in: 

Art Education 

Biology Education 

Business Education (with Savannah 
State College) 

Chemistry Education 

Early Elementary Education 

English Education 

Mathematics Education 

Middle School Education 

Music Education 

Social Sciences Education (History) 

Social Sciences Education (Political Sci- 
ence) 

Speech Correction 

Graduate degrees (M.Ed, and Ed.S.) are of- 
fered by Georgia Southern University in affiliation 
with Armstrong State College. For particulars, see 
the graduate section of the catalog. 

Academic Advisement 

Students desiring to pursue a teacher educa- 
tion program should seek academic advisement 
in the Division of Education during their first 
quarter of residence. An advisor will be assigned 
to each student and will assist the student in es- 
tablishing a program of study form which should 
be followed without deviation. These forms will be 
filed in the Division office and a copy provided to 
each student. It is the responsibility of the student 
to initiate and maintain the advisement process. 

Admission to Teacher Education 

A student wishing to pursue a teacher educa- 
tion program leading to teacher certification must 
apply for admission to the teacher education pro- 
gram. This application will be filed normally during 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



187 



the second quarter of the sophomore year or, for 
transfer students, in the first quarter of the junior 
year. Application forms may be secured from the 
Division of Education. 

The following criteria apply for admission to the 
teacher education program: 

1 . Completion of at least 60 quarter hours of 
college credit with a minimum 2.5 (un- 
rounded) GPA. 

2. Completion of EDN 200 and ENG 101, 102, 
and 201 or their equivalents, with a "C" or 
better in each course. 

3. Competence in oral and written expression. 

4. Indication of desirable attitude, character, 
and teaching potential. 

5. Statement of good health signed by a li- 
censed physician. 

6. Satisfactory completion of the Regents' Test. 
Students already holding baccalaureate de- 
grees from an accredited institution are ex- 
empted from the Regents' Test. 

7. Submission of four letters of recommenda- 
tion; such letters may be secured from col- 
lege or universities where applicants may 
have been previously enrolled. 

8. Submission of an up-to-date copy of the pro- 
gram of study planning sheet. 

Recommendation for Certificate 

To be recommended for a teaching certificate, 
a student must complete the degree require- 
ments for an approved teacher certification pro- 
gram of Armstrong State College and must 
complete at Armstrong State College a majority 
of the courses in each of the following areas: the 
professional sequence, the teaching field, and 
the related field. 

Liability Insurance Requirement 

All students who participate in courses for 
which field experiences (i.e., laboratory practi- 
cum) are required must provide evidence of lia- 
bility insurance (i.e., SGAE membership or must 
sign a waiver of insurance coverage). Students 
should consult advisors regarding this require- 
ment. 

September Practlcum 

The purpose of the September Practicum is to 
provide an opportunity for future teachers (1) to 
learn what teachers do at the beginning of a new 
school term, (2) to participate in experiences that 
will assist the prospective teacher with future de- 



cisions concerning teaching as a career, and (3) 
to become acquainted with the organization and 
curriculum of a particular school. 

The September Practicum occurs during the 
first two weeks of the public school term (usually 
in late August and early September) and should 
be scheduled during the student's junior or senior 
year. No credit is given for the September Prac- 
ticum, but it is a requirement in all of the teaching 
fields in the Armstrong State College Teacher Ed- 
ucation Program. 

Application for the September Practicum 
should be made during the first week of the 
Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in the 
forthcoming September. The student should con- 
tact the Director of Professional Laboratory Ex- 
periences. 

Student Teaching 

Student teaching, the culminating activity of the 
professional sequence, is provided in selected 
off-campus school centers. The full quarter of stu- 
dent teaching is arranged cooperatively by the 
college, the participating schools, and supervis- 
ing teachers Completed applications for ad- 
mission to student teaching must be 
submitted to the Director of Professional 
Laboratory Experiences during the first week 
of the quarter preceding student teaching. 
While student teaching, the student is required to 
adhere to established policies and procedures of 
the cooperating school system in addition to 
those policies and procedures established by the 
college. 

A student is admitted to student teaching at the 
time assignment is made. While student prefer- 
ences and other personal circumstances are 
considered, the college reserves the right to ex- 
ercise its discretion in placement. The student will 
receive a letter of assignment. Orientation to stu- 
dent teaching will be held during the first several 
days of the quarter in which student teaching is 
scheduled. The following requirements must be 
met before a student can enroll in student teach- 
ing: 

1. Completion of the core curriculum. 

2. Admission to Teacher Education. 

3. Completion of all teaching field courses. 

4. Satisfactory completion of the September 
Practicum and the Regents' Exam. 

5. Satisfactory completion of the Media Com- 
petency Exam or EDN 240. 

6. Have at least senior status. 



188 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



7. Completion of the basic 10 hours of meth- 
ods and curriculum at Armstrong. 

8. Have a 2.5 average on all courses at- 
tempted, and "C" or better in all courses 
acceptable toward the teaching field, profe- 
sional sequence, concentration, and related 
electives. 

9. Be endorsed by four approved full time 
members of the faculty, one of whom must 
be the student's advisor. 

10. Be endorsed by the Division of Education. 

Students who are completing requirements 
for certification as outlined in a State De- 
partment of Education Letter and are re- 
questing a student teaching assignment 
must have a minimum 2.5 GPA and be in 
good academic standing. They must also 
meet the requirements found in items 7, 9, 
and 10 above. 
A student will not be permitted to take addi- 
tional courses during student teaching. Student 
teachers are not permitted to teach in a school 
in which their children are enrolled. 

Program Completion 

A student must complete the college's ap- 
proved program for certification within the four 
years following admission to the Teacher Edu- 
cation program. In the event that the student does 
not complete the program in four years, the in- 
dividual must meet the requirements of the pro- 
gram in effect at that time. 

For acceptable completion, each course in the 
teaching field, professional education sequence 
concentration, and related fields must be passed 
with a grade of "C" or better. 

Exit Examination 

Students are required to take the Georgia 
Teacher Certification Test during student teach- 
ing or immediately upon completion of their de- 
gree program. 

Brunswick Center Programs 

The Bachelor of Science in Education with con- 
centrations in Early Childhood and Middle School 
Education is offered by Armstrong State College 
at Brunswick College through the Brunswick Cen- 
ter. The program, which is primarily an evening 
program, allows students who have an associate 
degree to complete their baccalaureate degree 
in Brunswick. Interested students should contact 



Dr. Gene Barber, Director of the Brunswick Cen- 
ter or Dr. Lloyd Newberry, Head, Division of Ed- 
ucation at Armstrong State College. 

Cooperative Program 

Savannah State College cooperates with Arm- 
strong State College in offering a major in Busi- 
ness Education. Coursework in the major field of 
study for this program is offered by Savannah 
State. Students interested in this program should 
contact the head of the Division of Education at 
Armstrong State College. 

Minor Concentration 

A minor in teacher education is available for 
students who do not wish to earn teacher certi- 
fication. The minor incorporates courses which 
address leading concepts and problems in the 
field of education. Students majoring in general 
studies, psychology, health science, and other 
fields may find this minor a valuable adjunct to 
their programs of study. For the minor to be of- 
ficially recognized, all courses in the minor must 
be passed with a grade of "C" or better. 

EDN 200 - Orientation to Teaching 5 

EXC 310 - Introduction to Exceptional 

Children 5 

EDN 201 - or PSY 201 - Human Growth and 

Development 5 

EDN 240 - Educational Media .2 

CS 296 - Computer Literacy for 

Educators 3 

One additional upper 

divisional education course 5 

(Illustrative courses include library 
media courses, EDN courses and 
EXC courses.) 
Total 25 

Bachelor Programs 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN EARLY ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192, 201 or 

292 15 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



189 



2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 

or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201, 202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, 201 orPSY201 ... 10 

2. DRS228, PSY101 10 

3. HIS 251 or 252 and GEO 21 1 or 
212 10 

AreaV 8 

1. EDN240and EDN 202 5 

2. CS296 3 

Area VI 8 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117, 166 ... . 5 

2. Activity courses 3 

B. Specialized Content Courses 48 

1 . ART 320, MAT 391 ; MUS 320 1 5 

2. PE 320 3 

3. EDN 324, 336, 342, 422, 424, 
434 

C. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC 310, EDN 304, 432, 436, 

471, 472, 473 35 

D. Electives 2-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191-194 



2. Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 
201, 202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. GEO 211 or 212 and HIS 251 or 
252 10 

2. DRS 228, PSY 1 01 , EDN 200 1 5 

3. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108; 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Concentration I Courses 20 

Language arts, mathematics, 
science, or social sciences 

C. Concentration II Courses 20 

Health and physical education, 
language arts, mathematics, mu- 
sic, science, social sciences, or 
art 

D. Specialized Courses 30 

CONTENT COURSES REQUIRED 
AND/OR APPROPRIATE FOR CON- 
CENTRATION CHOICES: 20 hours min- 
imum; 30 hours maximum 20-30 

1 . EDN 336, 342, 422, 428, 434 25 

2. MAT 391 or 393 5 

E. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EXC 310; EDN 304, 438, 450, 
471, 472, 473 30 

2. EDN 240 and CS 296 5 

F. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN MIDDLE SCHOOL EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area i 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 

or 290 10 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
BIOLOGY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 206 or 220 1 



190 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. BIO 101, 102 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191 ,115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 
201,202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200; PSY101, EDN 201 or 
PSY201 15 

2. CHE 128, BOT203 10 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Courses 13 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

ZOO 204 5 

CS296 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 45 

1. BIO 370, 480 and BOT 410 or 
ZOO 410 15 

2. BOT or ZOO courses numbered 
300+ 10 

3. CHE 129, 341, 342, 343, 344, 
345, 346 20 

C. Courses Related to Concentration . . . 15 

Three of the following: AST 201 , 
GEL 201, MET 201, and OCE 

301 or 430 15 

D. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 447, 471, 

472, 473 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 199 



Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from : ANT 201 ; ECO 
201, 202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. BIO 101, 102 10 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Courses 8 

HIS 251 or 252 and CS 296 . . 8 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. CHE 211, 341, 342, 343, 344, 
345, 346, 380, 491 30 

2. CHE 300 or above 10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration . . . 25 

1. PHS211, 212, 213 or 217, 218, 
219. 15 

2. BOT 203, MAT 206. ........ 10 

D. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 447, 471, 

472, 473 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 199 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
CHEMISTRY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. CHE 128, 129 10 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201,202; SOC201 5 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



191 



Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Courses 10 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; 

MUS 200 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. CS 142, MAT 216, 260, 311, 

321, 336 30 

2. MAT 416 or 470 5 

3. Choice of MAT 341, 346, 322, 
353, 309, 416 or 470 5 

C. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC310, EDN 335, 441 .... 15 

2. EDN 471, 472, 473 15 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
ENGLISH EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115, POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 
201, 202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1 . EDN 200, EDN 201 or PSY 201 , 
PSY 101 15 

2. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Courses 10 

HIS 251 or 252 and DRS 228 10 



B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. ENG 301, 311,312 15 

2. ENG 333 or 334 or 335 5 

3. ENG 313 or 314 5 

4. ENG 345 or 346 5 

5. ENG 382 5 

6. ENG 370 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration. . . 15 

1 . PHI 400 or approved elective 5 

2. DRS 350 or 351 5 

3. EDN 423 5 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1 . EXC 310, EDN 335, 428 or 445 1 5 

2. EDN 439, 471, 472, 473 ... . 20 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION (HISTORY) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200 and EDN 201 or PSY 

201 10 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

3. Approved language 

sequence through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

3. Required Elective: 

One course from ANT 201 , ECO 

201, SOC201 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 35 

1. HIS 251 or 252; HIS 371 or 377 10 

2. HIS 300 5 

3. Approved Non-Western HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

4. Approved 300+ US HIS course 5 



192 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



5. Approved European HIS 

course(s) 5-10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration ... 30 

1. ECO 201, 202, 363 10-15 

2. GEO 211, 212, elective. ... 10-15 

3. POS 305 5 

4. POS 317, 318 5-10 

D. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC310, EDN335, 449 .... 15 

2. EDN471, 472, 473 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196 



C. Courses Related to Concentration. . . 35 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Courses from three of the follow- 
ing: 

a. GEO 211, 212, elective . . 10-15 

b. ECO 201, 202, 363 .... 10-15 

c. 300+ HISelectives .... 10-15 

d. ANT, PSY, SOC electives . 10-15 

D. Professional sequence 30 

1. EXC310 5 

2. EDN 335, 449, 471 , 472, 473 25 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION 
(POLITICAL SCIENCE) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115oM92;POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1 . EDN 200 and EDN 201 or PSY 

201 10 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201, 202; any GEO course; SOC 
201 5 

3. Approved language 

sequence through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

3. Required elective; 

One course from ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 30 

1. POS 305 and 317 or 318. ... 10 

2. POS 333 or 334 5 

3. POS 320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 
424, 426, or 429 5 

4. POS 345, 346, 348, 349, 445 or 
447 5 

5. POS Upper Level Elective. ... 5 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
ART EDUCATION 



Hours 

A. General Requirements. . 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 
201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. ART 111, 112,213 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 63-68 

1. ART 201, 202, 204 15 

2. ART 271 , 272, 273** 10-15 

3. ART 313, 314, 330, 340, 350, 
351, 370, 400 38 

4. Elective 5 

C. Professional Sequence 25 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



193 



1. EXC310, EDN 335, 471, 472, 

473 25 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 194-199 

'*May not be duplicated in Area I. 



MUS 480 or 481 3 

C. Professional Sequence 25 

1. EXC310, EDN 335, 471, 472, 

473 25 

D. Recital Requirement (one-half of a sen- 
ior recital) 

TOTAL 196-199 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
MUSIC EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 191, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201,202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140 ... . 15 
AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 58 

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 236, 237, 
238,239 17 

2. MUS 240, a, b, c; 340, a, b, & 

c; 12 

312, 330, 331, 281 11 

361, 371, 372, 373, 412 41 

One of the following emphasesl 1-12 

a. Choral -MUS 353, 313, 423, 
480 and 314 or 315 12 

b. Instrumental - 

MUS 227, 352, 416, 424, 

481 12 

c. Keyboard-MUS 227, 425, 
420 or 421 , 423 or 424, 353 

or 352 12 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 106 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201; or 
ENG 222 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 195 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115, POS 113, ECO 

201 20 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101, DRS 228 15 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201, MAT 220, 

HIS 251 or 252 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 74 

1. BAD 201, ACC211, ACC 212 15 

2. BAD 225, ECO 202 10 

3. ADS 202, ADS 340, ADS 405, 
ADS 420 19 

4. BAD 302, BAD 317, BAD 320, 
BAD 340, BAD 360, BAD 462 30 

C. Professional Sequence 32 

1. EDN 240 2 

2. EXC 310, EDN 335, BED 350 15 

3. EDN 471, 472, 473 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Exams 

Total 202 

F. Secretarial Concentration 214 

1 . ADS 203, ADS 312, ADS 313 _J2 

Total 214 

Special Note: ACC (Accounting), OAD (Office 
Administration), BAD (Business Administration), 



194 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



and BE (Business Education) courses taught at 
SSC only. 

Courses taken in Area I may not be duplicated in 
Area IV. 

Prerequisites for admission to ADS 202 and ADS 
312 - Skill in typewriting and shorthand at ele- 
mentary level. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

NOTE: This program is listed in the Division ol 
Physical Education and Athletics. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN SPEECH CORRECTION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14 or 191,1 15 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. ANT 201 or ECO 201 or SOC 

201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200; PSY101.295 .... 15 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 55 

1 . EXC 220, 225, 230, 31 5, 335 25 

2. EXC 410, 411, 412, 413,415, 

420 30 

C. Courses Related to Concentration . . . 15 

PSY 328 5 

PSY 302 5 

Approved elective 5 

D. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC 310 5 

2. EDN 335, 422, 471 , 472, 473 25 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196 



Library Science/Media 

The Library Science/Media program has three 
emphases: (1) basic library skills courses and 
specialized skill courses designed to help stu- 
dents in specific subject areas develop research 
skills; (2) career courses for prospective media 
specialists and persons interested in public and 
special libraries; and (3) basic. research courses 
which may be elected by majors in other areas. 

Certification Program 

The NS-4 in media is a non-renewable certifi- 
cate that must be upgraded to an S-5 (master's 
level) within five (5) years. 

Certification in Library Media may be obtained 
by completing 40 quarter hours in media and re- 
lated courses with grades of "C" or better. This 
program must be incorporated into an existing 
teaching major. The following courses are re- 
quired for certification as a school library media 
specialist: 

Hours 

A. LM300, 310,320,410, 420, 

425 25 

B. EDN 240, 451; CS 296 . . . . . 10 

C. One course from: EDN 324, 41 8; 
EDN 423 5 

Non-Certification Program 

A student may choose any field of concentra- 
tion which allows a double major. The major in 
Library Media is comprised of the following: 



Hours 

. 25 



LM 300, 310, 320, 410, 420, 

425 

EDN 240, 451 ; CS 296 

or 115 . . . 10-12 

One course from: EDN 324, 418; 
EDN 423; DRS/JRN 347 .. . . 5 

TOTAL 40-42 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



195 



Library Media Minor 

A student choosing to minor in Library Media 
is required to complete the following courses with 
grades of "C" or better in each: 

Hours 

A. LM300, 310, 320 12 

B. LM 410, 420, 425 __I3 

TOTAL 25 

Learning Disabilities Add-On 

Learning Disabilities (grades K-12) may be 
added to certification in elementary or middle 
school education by successful completion of the 
following courses: 

EXC 312 - Introduction to Learning 

Disabilities 
EXC 430 - Teaching Children with Disabilities 
EXC 340 - Behavior Management 
EDN 320 - Tests and Measurements 
EXC 315 - Language Development 
Education students interested in an endorsement 
in Learning Disabilities need to see a Special Ed- 
ucation advisor in the Division of Education in or- 
der to identify the appropriate courses. 
The above "add-on" in LD would consist of a 
non-renewable provisional certificate at the T-4 
level in Learning Disabilities. In order for the stu- 
dent to obtain a non-provisional certificate, other 
requirements, outlined by the State Department 
of Education would have to be satisfied. 



Course Offerings 



EDN Offerings 

EDN 200 -Orientation to Teaching (5-0-5) 

The study of the status of education and of 
teaching as a profession. The student engages 
in directed self-study and plans for the achieve- 
ment of professional goals. Directed field expe- 
riences. 

EDN 201 -Human Growth and Development 
(5-0-5) 

A survey of lifespan development that focuses 
on physical, emotional, cognitive, and social de- 
velopment. Understnadings of growth and devel- 
opment are applied to classroom teaching and 
learning. 



EDN 202 -Health and the Young Child 
(3-0-3) 

Study of factors impacting upon the physical 
social and emotional health of young children, in- 
cluding food and nutrition, safety, disease and 
trauma. 
EDN 240 -Education Media (1-2-2) 

Workshop experience in the selection, utiliza- 
tion, evaluation, and preparation of various kinds 
of media. Emphasis is placed on utilization of me- 
dia in teaching. 

EDN 304-Childhood and Adolescence 
(4-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200. 

An overview of the developmental process of 
children from birth through adolescence. Stu- 
dents will explore various factors which affect de- 
velopment and will examine the inter-relationship 
of school achievement and societal factors. A lab- 
oratory component will include use of school and 
community resources. 

EDN 320 -Test and Measurements (5-0-5) 

A beginning course in measurement which 
covers statistical methods, research designs and 
research problems. Students are provided ex- 
periences in the administration and evaluation of 
psychological tests. 

EDN 324 -Literature for Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study of children's books and selections from 
books. Designed to assist future teachers in the 
selection of the best that has been written in the 
realm of children's literature for each period of the 
child's life. 

EDN 335-Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, General (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education; 
PSY 201 or EDN 202. 

The study of secondary school curriculum and 
methods. Detailed study is given to techniques of 
systematic observation, preparation of behavioral 
objectives, analysis of critical incidents, produc- 
tion of media materials, practices of classroom 
control, and examination of instruction models. 
Directed practicum. 

EDN 336- Elementary School Language 
Arts (5-5-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Designed to offer the student the opportunity 
to explore methods, content, and materials used 
in teaching the skills of communicative arts to 
children. Directed field experiences. 



196 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDN 342 — Elementary School Social 
Studies (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Focus upon fundamental social studies skills 
and processes needed by children. Directed field 
experiences. 

EDN 410 -Independent Study (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Students conduct an in-depth, closely super- 
vised instructor-approved study of a topic in ed- 
ucation. The student is required to evidence skills 
in independent research and study. 

EDN 41 5 -Adolescent Psychology (5-0-5) 

Focus on the phenomenon of modern adoles- 
cence. Emphasis upon the intellectual, cultural 
and personal transitions of the adolescent period. 

EDN 41 8 -Literature for the Middle School 
Learner (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Provides opportunity for prospective and in- 
service teachers to explore multimedia offerings 
of literary value and of significance to age level 
of learners found in the middle school. Relates 
literature to all areas of the middle school curric- 
ulum. 

EDN 422 -The Teaching of Reading K-4 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Study of the developmental reading program. 
Emphasis will be placed on reading skills, ap- 
proaches, techniques, materials and evaluation 
for classroom use. 

EDN 423 -Adolescent Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Admission to 
Teacher Education. 

A study of significant literature appropriate for 
adolescents. 

EDN 424-Practicum in Individual Reading 
Instruction (2-8-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN. 422. 

Designed to provide prospective teachers with 
directed practice in the teaching of reading. Spe- 
cial em hasis will be placed upon diagnosis and 
teaching of needed reading skills. Students will 
be required to tutor at least one remedial reader. 
Directed field experiences. 
EDN 428 -Reading in the Middle School 4-8 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Primary focus upon reading as a tool for ex- 
tending learning in the content areas of the mid- 
dle school. 



EDN 430 -Diagnosing and Prescribing for 
Learning Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422 or 428. 

Diagnostic and prescriptive process principles' 
underlying assessment and correction of learning 
problems., Designed to help the classroom 
teacher (1) determine performance levels and 
needs of pupils and (2) provide effective learning 
assistance. 

EDN 432 -Methods and Materials for K-4 
(5-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Examination of teaching resources, teaching 
strategies and the range of interpersonal relation- 
ships involved in teaching young children. Di- 
rected field experiences. 

EDN 434 -Methods and Curriculum of 
Elementary Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Interpretation of science for elementary school 
teaching: exploration of processes for translating 
meaning into classroom practice, emphasis upon 
inquiry, the discovery process and other science 
teaching strategies. 

EDN 436 -Curriculum and Teaching K-4 
(5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course is the study of early elementary 
curricula, existing administrative and instructional 
organizations, evaluation procedures, and expe- 
riences in curriculum at the primary level (K-4). It 
includes study and development of teaching ma- 
terials. 

EDN 438 -Curriculum and Teaching (4-8) 
(5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course is the study of Middle School cur- 
ricula, existing administrative and instructional or- 
ganizations, evaluation procedures, and 
experiences in curriculum at the middle school 
level (4-8). It includes study and development of 
teaching materials. Directed field experiences. 

EDN 439 -Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, English (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or 
EDN 201 and admission to Teacher Education. 

The study of secondary school English curric- 
ulum with emphasis upon materials and methods 
of teaching English. Directed observation. 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



197 



EDN 441 -Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MAT 260. 

The study of secondary school mathematics 
curriculum with emphasis upon materials and 
methods of teaching mathematics. Directed ob- 
servations. 

EDN 445 -Reading In the Secondary School 
(5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide students 
with the rationale for teaching reading as they 
teach their content areas in the secondary 
school. 

EDN 447 -Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, Science (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Admission 
to Teacher Education, PSY 201 or EDN 201 , and 
EDN 335. 

The study of secondary school science curric- 
ulum with emphasis upon materials and methods 
of teaching science. Directed observations. 

EDN 449-Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, Social Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion; PSY 201 or EDN 201 and EDN 335. 

The study of secondary school social science 
curriculum with emphasis upon materials and 
methods of teaching social science. Directed ob- 
servations. 

EDN 450-The Middle School (5-0-5) 

An overview of the history and purpose of the 
middle school; characteristics of the middle 
school learner, emphasis upon the nature and 
role of the middle school teacher and upon ap- 
propriate programs for the needs of middle 
school learners. 

EDN 451 -Teaching Media (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 240 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Laboratory course in designing and producing 
instructional media: transparencies, slides, tapes 
and other media for teaching. 

EDN 460 -Multi-Cultural Education 
(5-0-5) 

Designed to study the educational implications 
of cultural diversity. Examination of the school 
programs designed to meet the needs and inter- 
ests of children from different ethnic back- 
grounds. 



EDN 471 -Student Teaching 
Content (0-V-5) 



Knowledge of 



EDN 472 -Student Teaching -Instructional 
Methods and Materials (O-V-5) 

EDN 473 -Student Teaching -Professional/ 
Interpersonal Skills (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: See "General Requirements: 
Teacher Education Programs." Students are 
placed in selected schools for one quarter as full- 
time student staff members. No additional credit 
hours may be earned while student teaching. 
Classroom experiences and other staff respon- 
sibilities are jointly supervised by the college staff, 
supervising teachers and principals in the se- 
lected schools. Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Division of Education at 
Armstrong and of the college from which the stu- 
dent comes. 

EDN 481-482-483- Internship (0-V-1 to 5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of the Director of 
Professional Laboratory Experiences; criteria for 
meeting prerequisites are on file in the Director's 
office. 

Students who hold teaching positions in school 
and/or clinic settings will be supervised by Col- 
lege staff members for one academic year. Su- 
pervisors will observe and hold conferences with 
each candidate. Students must complete one ac- 
ademic year to receive credit. 



Exceptional Children Offerings 

EXC 220 -Introduction to Communicative 
^Disorders (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the types, etiologies, and re- 
mediation sources and techniques of various 
communicative dysfunctions in children and 
adults in the areas of language, articulation, voice 
and stuttering. Emphasis is on the recognition 
and awareness of these disorders, appropriate 
classroom strategies, and treatment referral. 

EXC 225 -Phonetics for Speech 
Correctlonlsts (3-4-5) 

Deals with the use of the International Phonetic 
Alphabet (IPA) in speech correction, IPA tran- 
scription of normal and defective articulation and 
the important characteristics of regional dialects 
are stressed. 



198 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EXC 230— Anatomy and Physiology of the 
Speech and Hearing Mechanism 
(4-2-5) 

Anatomy and physiology of the head, neck, and 
thorax from a speech and hearing standpoint. 
Special emphasis is placed on functional consid- 
erations of the respiratory system, larynx, oral and 
nasal structures, and ear. 

EXC 310 -Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200 and PSY 201 or EDN 
201. 

An orientation to exceptional children with em- 
phasis on educational implications and rehabili- 
tation requirements. Includes classroom 
discussion of and visitations to facilities for train- 
ing. 

EXC 31 2 -Introduction to Learning 
Disabilities (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 310. 

An introduction to the area of specific learning 
disabilities, with an emphasis on identification, 
terminology, and prevalence. 

EXC 31 5 -Normal Speech and Language 
Development (4-2-5) 

The study of normal language development 
with emphasis on oral language. This course 
traces developmental scales of speech and lan- 
guage growth across various age levels and in- 
cludes the relationship between speech and 
language. Observations. 

EXC 335 -Speech Science (4-2-5) 

Speech communication from a psychophysical 
standpoint. Study focuses on acoustics, physics 
of speech, transmission media, and physical 
analysis of speech. 

EXC 340 -Behavior Management for the 
Exceptional Child (5-0-5) 

A study of the application of behavioral princi- 
ples for the management and growth of excep- 
tional learners. Consultation in using the 
principles with other teachers and with parents 
will also be emphasized. 

EXC 410 -Introduction to Audiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

An introduction to the methods of hearing as- 
sessment through pure tone and speech audi- 
ometry, with a focus on rehabilitation of the 
hearing impaired. Supervised clinical practice. 



EXC 411 -Stuttering (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

An introduction to the problem of stuttering, it's 
possible causes and the management training of 
cases. Supervised clinical practicum. 

EXC 41 2 -Language Disorders (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

An introduction to language disorders of chil- 
dren and adults. Etiologies, evaluation proce- 
dures, and therapeutic approaches are studied. 
Major emphasis will be given to delayed language 
development. Supervised clinical practicum. 

EXC 41 3 -Organically Based 
Communication Problems (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

The course includes a study of the communi- 
cation problems related to disorders of voice, 
cleft palate, and cerebral palsy. Supervised clin- 
ical practicum. 

EXC 41 5 -Articulation Disorders (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 225, admission to Teacher 
Education. 

A study of the etiology, rationale, evaluation, 
and methods of therapy for disorders of articu- 
lation. The course includes the development of a 
therapeutic program, lesson plans, and super- 
vised clinical practicum. 

EXC 420 -Public School Program 
Administration (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Administration and implementation of public 
school speech therapy programs including iden- 
tification, case load selection, scheduling, inser- 
vice, and relationship of speech therapy to the 
total school program. Supervised clinical practi- 
cum. 

EXC 422 -Manual Language for the Deaf 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 
Offered on demand. 

A study of the practices, procedures and meth- 
ods in teaching manual language to the deaf, with 
a review of the historical philosophies and current 
trends and literature. At the conclusion of the 
course the student will have a working ability to 
communicate with a manual deaf individual as 
well as the ability to teach deaf children the proc- 
ess of manual language. 
EXC 430-Teaching Children with Learning 
Disabilities (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 213, Introduction to Learn- 
ing Disabilities and EDN 422, The Teaching of 
Reading; admission to Teacher Education. 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



199 



Teaching strategies for children with specific 
learning disabilities. A focus on approaches, 
techniques, and materials with directed applica- 
tion. 



Library Media/Science Offerings 

LM 300 -Introduction to Media Profession 
(2-0-2) 

An introductory course in which students ex- 
amine the role, functions and services of different 
types of libraries and information centers. Em- 
phasizes the role and responsibilities of librarians/ 
media specialists. Includes also the social role of 
libraries and library networks. The student is given 
an opportunity to be involved in public, school, 
and special libraries during field experience. 

LM 310 -Reference Sources (5-0-5) 

Study of basic reference sources, including 
searching strategies. The course has two phases: 
(1) study and evaluation of major types of refer- 
ences and information sources; (2) study of spe- 
cific sources of information in elementary and 
secondary schools as well as specific sources for 
a subject field. 

LM 320 -Cataloging and Classification 
(5-0-5) 

Introduction to the basic principles of catalog- 
ing and classification of multimedia materials 
combined with practical experience. Dewey Dec- 
imal and Library of Congress Classification; 
Sears and Library of Congress Subject headings; 
purchasing of printed library cards, and their ad- 
aptation and arrangement in the card catalog. 
Problems peculiar to the media specialist are 
considered. Practical experience is also offered. 

LM 410 -Media Selection (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

Selection of various types of media, based on 
fundamental principles and objectives. The 
course has three phases: (1) selection criteria, 
source lists and their use in media selection, pub- 
lishing, and order processing; (2) selection and 
evaluation of media for children considering cur- 
ricular considerations and understanding of the 
media specialist's responsibilities toward guid- 
ance in media; and (3) selection and evaluation 
of media for young adults considering curricular 



correlations and enrichment; recreational and de- 
velopmental needs; young adult services and 
programs. Includes field experiences. 

LM 420 — Administration of Information 
Centers (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: LM 300, 310, 320, 410. 

Study of organization and administration of all 
types of information centers including adminis- 
tering the budget, purchase of materials, person- 
nel, circulation, equipment, routines and 
schedules, maintenance of the collection, pre- 
ventive maintenance and minor repairs of equip- 
ment, and relations with administration and users 
will be considered. Students will examine the role 
of the media specialist in the curriculum process 
and media center instruction and orientation. 
School library media philosophies and educa- 
tional objectives will also be examined. Concur- 
rent enrollment in Media Internship is 
recommended. 

LM 425 -Media Internship (0-12-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: LM 300, 
310, 320, 410, with a grade of "C" or higher and 
concurrent enrollment in LM 420. 

Supervised experience in library media center, 
or other appropriate setting. Students must com- 
plete 120 clock hours of work. Offered on a pass/ 
fail basis. Application for the Internship must be 
made at least one quarter in advance. 

(The following library science courses are ad- 
ministered by the Director of Library Services and 
are taught by professional library faculty.) 

LS 110- Introduction to Library Research 
and Materials (1-0-1) 

An orientation to the library, library terminology, 
search strategy formation, and major library aids 
such as the card catalog, classification and sub- 
ject heading guides, periodical indexes and ab- 
stracts, encyclopedias, dictionaries, almanacs, 
handbooks and yearbooks, reviews, and criti- 
cisms, and biographical sources. This course will 
provide students with opportunities to learn how 
to access information in a variety of formats so 
that they can continue life-long learning, directed 
to the individual student's subject interest. 

LS 311 -Principles of Library Research and 
Materials (1-0-1) 

Study of two separate but complementary as- 
pects of library research, research methodology 
and research tools. The methodology section ad- 
dresses the way in which a research paper is 



200 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



written, from the selection of a topic to the paper's 
final bibliography. The study of tools focuses on 
various print, non-print and on-line resources and 
services available to the student preparing a 
scholarly* paper. Nursing and allied health re- 
sources are emphasized. 

LS 31 2 -Information Resources In the 
Humanities (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced refer- 
ence materials and search techniques in the hu- 
manities. 

LS 313 — Information Resources in the 
Social Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced refer- 
ence materials and search techniques in the so- 
cial sciences. 

LS 31 4 -Information Resources in the 
Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced refer- 
ence materials and search techniques in the sci- 
ences. 



SSC Business Education Offerings 

Special Note: The following courses are require- 
ments of varied Bachelor of Science in Education 
degree programs offered cooperatively with Sa- 
vannah State College. The courses are listed in 
alphabetical order by course description prefix. 
The prefix codes are spelled out in the degree 
programs themselves. 

ACC 21 1-21 2 -Principles of Accounting I 
and II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or 
better in Math 101 and 220. 

An introduction to the principles and proce- 
dures of accounting. Detailed study of the tech- 
nique and formation of balance sheets, income 
statements, ledger accounts, and journals. 

ACC 301 -302 -Intermediate Accounting I 
and II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 211-212. 

Theory and problems application of account- 
ing. Includes analysis, interpretation, and appli- 
cations of statements, investments, funds, and 
evaluations of fixed assets and liability accounts. 

ACC 325-326 -Federal Income Tax 
Procedures I and II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ACC 212. 

An analysis of the Federal Income Tax Law and 
its application to individuals and partnerships. Ex- 



tensive practical problems; preparation of re- 
turns. Part II emphasizes federal taxation on 
corporations and fiduciary returns, gift taxes and 
estate taxes. 

ACC 440 — Business Information Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ACC 302 or consent of instructor. 

Basic computer concepts applied to systems 
and methods design, data flow analysis, and the 
development of an understanding of a need for 
control procedures in a business information sys- 
tem. 



BAD 201 -Introduction to Business Data 
Processing (5-0-5) 

A concepts course on methods of processing 
data as related to business, includes the use of 
terminals and microcomputer systems as facili- 
tating units for the recording and reporting of 
data. Included in the course of study are the te- 
lecommunication terminal systems and the lan- 
guages necessary to communicate with a 
computing system. 

BAD 31 7 -Business Law I (5-0-5) 

A study of legal rights, social forces and gov- 
ernment regulations affecting business; an in 
depth study of the law of contracts; the law of 
personal property and bailments. 

BAD 225 — Business Communications 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: ENG 101. 

The application of basic principles of English 
grammar, basic report writing, and research tech- 
niques to presentations and written communica- 
tions in relation to new media enters into the 
consideration given to communication theory. 

BAD 320 -Business Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BAD 331. 

Principles, problems, and practices associated 
with the financial management of business insti- 
tutions; nature and types of equity financing, ma- 
jor types of short-term and long-term debt; 
capitalization; financial statements, working cap- 
ital requirements, reorganization; bankruptcy; 
methods of inter-corporate financing. Prerequi- 
site: BAD 331 . 

BAD 340 -Principles of Marketing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 

The distribution of goods and services from 
producer to consumers, market methods em- 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



201 



ployed in assembling, transporting, storage, 
sales and risk taking; analysis of the commodity, 
brands, sales methods and management; adver- 
tising plans and media. 
BAD 350 -Materials of Teaching Business 
Subjects (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: appropriate background in 
Business and Office Administration. 

An analysis of specialized methods used in 
teaching business subjects on t secondary level 
from which the student involves personal philos- 
ophy to determine teaching procedures. Includes 
basic principles and curriculum structure of gen- 
eral and vocational business education. 

BAD 360 -Business Organization and 
Management (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A comprehensive study of principles of busi- 
ness organization and management. Emphasis is 
placed upon reports by students in which they 
collect data and make analyses necessary for or- 
ganizing a business of their own choosing. 

BAD 400 -Personal Finance (5-0-5) 

Devoted to family financial matters including 
budgeting, expenditures, taxes, credit, savings, 
investments and insurance, mutual funds, estate 
planning, trusts, wills, estate and gift taxes. 

BAD 425 -Managerial Accounting (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 212, BAD 331 and BAD 
360. 

The study, interpretation and analysis of finan- 
cial statements as tools of the management de- 
cision-making process. Some knowledge of 
statistical procedures as well as basic accounting 
procedures are needed for studying this course. 

BAD 465 -Business Policy (5-0-5) 

The integration of knowledge of the various 
fields of business, with emphasis on decision 
making Case study approach. 

ECO 201 -Principles of Macro-Economics 
(5-0-5) 

Basic economic concepts, with emphasis on 
the role of government; national income and 
products; business cycles; money and banking; 
fiscal and monetary policy and international trade. 
ECO 202- Principles of Micro-Economics 
(5-0-5) 

Basic economic concepts continued from 201 . 
Factors of production; supply and demand; de- 
termination of prices and of income; monopolies; 



the problem of economic growth; and compara- 
tive economic systems. 

OAD 201 -Beginning Typewriting/ 
Keyboarding (1-4-3) 

Current typing techniques and the application 
of skills in typing letters, manuscripts, and simple 
tables. Minimum standard for passing: 30 words 
per minute on time writings. 

OAD 202 -Intermediate Typewriting 
(1-4-3) (See special note.) 

Introduction to production typewriting. Skill de- 
velopment in the typing of business letters, forms, 
tabulation, and formal reports. Minimum passing 
speed: 40 words per minute. 
OAD 203 -Advanced Typewriting (1-4-3) 

Production typewriting of office correspon- 
dence, business letters, forms, tabulations, re- 
ports, legal and medical documents. Prerequisite: 
OAD 202. Minimum passing speed 50 words per 
minute. 

OAD 300 -Office Machines (1-8-5) (Same as 
BAD 300) 

Acquaintanceship level of development on five 
basic classes of machines: adding and calculat- 
ing; copy preparation, duplication; keypunching; 
and word processing units. Prerequisite: Typing 
proficiency. 
OAD 301 -Office Procedures (5-0-5) 

The study of secretarial and/or clerical proce- 
dures and duties commonly encountered in busi- 
ness offices. Emphasis is also placed on the 
development of desirable personal traits. Typing 
proficiency required. 
OAD 311 -Beginners Shorthand (1-4-3) 

The acquisition of shorthand fundamentals. 
Minimum standard for passing: 60 words per min- 
ute for three minutes with 95 percent accuracy. 

OAD 31 2 -Intermediate Shorthand 
(1-4-3)**(See special note) 

Continued development of theory, reading and 
writing shills, introduction to new matter dictation, 
and transcription of mailable letters. Minimum 
standard for passing: 80 words per minute for 
three minutes with 95 percent accuracy. Prereq- 
uisites: OAD 202 and OAD 311. 

OAD 313-Advanced Shorthand (1-4-3) 

Continuation of 312 with added emphasis on 
dictation and transcription of simple letters and 
documents. Minimum standard for passing at the 
end of the course: 100 words per minute with 95 
percent accuracy. Prerequisite: OAD 312. 



202 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



OAD 340— Word Processing Concepts and 
Techniques (2-6-5) 

The development of basic concepts and op- 
erational techniques on selected Word Process- 
ing units. Prerequisite: OAD 301. Typewriting 
proficiency required. 

OAD 425— Administrative Management 
(5-0-5) 

A systems approach that provides the frame- 
work for understanding the role of the administra- 
tive manager in today's modern enterprise. In- 
depth treatment and analysis of the tools, tech- 
niques, and concepts which make the efforts of 
the administrator more effective. 

SPECIAL NOTE 

**OAD 202 - INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING 
AND OAD 312 - INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 
are designed for Office Administration majors 
who have demonstrated proficiency in typewriting 
and/or shorthand. 

A student who cannot perform effectively on the 
typing theory test and who cannot type at a min- 
imum rate of 30 words per minute should take 
OAD 201 -Beginners Typewriting prior to enroll- 
ing for the intermediate course. 

A student who cannot perform effectively on the 
shorthand theory and who cannot take shorthand 
at a minimum of 60 words per minute should take 
OAD 31 1 — Beginners Shorthand prior to enroll- 
ing for the intermediate course. 

Advisement and/or placement tests for these 
courses are given prior to beginning of each 
quarter. 



Division of Physical Education 
and Athletics 



Faculty 

VACANT, Division Head 
Aenchbacher, Edward 
Brewer, John 
Ford, Betty 
Knorr, Virginia 
Lariscy, Michael 
Roberts, Lynn 
Tapp, Lawrence 



Goals and Objectives 

The mission of the Division of Physical Edu- 
cation and Athletics is to teach a philosophy of 
life that prepares a student for success in any 
sustained and serious human effort. The aca- 
demic program, which has an emphasis on both 
health and physical education, is traditional yet 
varied. The service program is designed to pre- 
pare the student for a life-time of wellness. Ath- 
letic opportunities include intramural, 
intercollegiate, and recreational. Through both 
curricula and athletic experiences, a way of ex- 
periencing life's opportunities and challenges 
may be learned. 

To accomplish these objectives, the goals of 
the various units of the Division of Physical Edu- 
cation and Athletics are: 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER CERTI- 
FICATION PROGRAM: 

To provide instruction which will certify and 
qualify the student for teaching and directing 
physical education and fitness related activ- 
ities, and for further study in these fields. " 

To guide the student in the development of 
good health, physical skills, physical fitness, 
and proper social attitudes. 

To encourage student participation in a 
wholesome program of health-enhancing 
activities. 

To provide instruction which will certify and 
qualify the student for teaching Health and/ 
or for further study/research in Health. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION SERVICE PRO- 
GRAM: 

To prepare those students who have limited 
exposure to the divisional offerings for the 
task of management of life's decisions con- . 
cerning health and wellness. 

To provide a proficiency of content appro- 
priate for the student who has a limited ex- 
posure to the offerings of the division. 

To provide an environment of learning and 
enjoyment. 

THE INTRAMURAL PROGRAM: 

To provide a broad-based activities pro- 
gram. 



DIVISION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS 



203 



To appeal to students, faculty, and staff for 
participation. 

To place a high priority on the intramural pro- 
gram by assigning these activities high pro- 
file periods. 

To provide to all who participate an atmos- 
phere of learning and enjoyment regardless 
of athletic ability. 

THE INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC PRO- 
GRAM: 

To provide the opportunity for student-ath- 
letes to participate in an intercollegiate ath- 
letic program. 

To furnish a spectator sports program for the 
students and general public which in turn will 
provide a public relations opportunity for the 
college. 

To provide an environment for learning and 
enjoyment regardless of whether a student 
is a participant or a spectator. 

THE COMMUNITY EDUCATION SERVICE 
PROGRAM: 

To offer a range of activities designed to ap- 
peal to the community. 

To utilize the campus gymnasium and field 
facilities to enhance the community image of 
the college. 

To provide an environment of learning and 
enjoyment for the participants. 

Teacher Education Program 

General stipulations affecting the undergradu- 
ate teacher education programs at Armstrong 
State College are found in the Division of Edu- 
cation section. The stipulations for teacher edu- 
cation programs apply to all students in all 
teacher education programs. Refer specifically to 
those seven sections of the catalog in the Division 
of Education section entitled: Admission to 
Teacher Education, Recommendation for Certifi- 
cation, Liability Insurance Requirement, Septem- 
ber Practicum, Student Teaching, Exit Exam, and 
Program Completion. 

Required Activity Courses 

During the freshman year, all students should 
take PE 117 (Basic Health) or 166 (Safety and 
First Aid) and 103 or 108 (Swimming). During the 
sophomore year, students may elect any three 



Physical Education activity courses with the last 
two numbers being from 00 through 09. Students 
unable to participate in the regular program 
should plan an alternate program with the Coor- 
dinator of the Physical Education Certification 
Program. Students should note the Physical Ed- 
ucation Requirements section located in the Ac- 
ademic Policies and Information section of the 
catalog. 

Swimming Exemption 

A student who can show cause (a physical 
handicap for example) to be exempted from the 
swimming requirement should make an appoint- 
ment with the Coordinator of the Physical Edu- 
cation Certification Program. A student may 
request a swimming test to exempt swimming 
and to substitute another activity course through 
the Coordinator of the Physical Education Pro- 
gram. 

Advisement 

Any student who declares physical education 
as his/her major is assigned an advisor who is a 
faculty member. A conference should be sched- 
uled to determine any/all conditions and require- 
ments the student must meet in order to 
complete the degree and certification objectives. 
It is the responsibility of the student to initiate and 
maintain the advisement process. 

Transfer of Courses 

Provisions for transfer of credits are delineated 
in the Academic Regulations section of the cat- 
alog. The procedure for transferring CATES 
courses is published in the Graduate section of 
the catalog. 



Bachelor of Science in 
Education in Health and 
Physical Education 

The Bachelor of Science Degree in Education 
with a Major in Health and Physical Education 
provides the student with an opportunity to re- 
ceive a degree leading to teacher certification K- 
12 in the areas of Health and Physical Education. 
The program is approved by the National Council 
for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) 
and the Georgia State Department of Education. 
Students selecting this major should seek ad- 



204 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



visement in the Division of Physical Education 
and Athletics. Students pursuing this degree 
should refer to the Teacher Certification section 
of the catalog to find those stipulations affecting 
all undergraduate education programs at Arm- 
strong State College. 

Progression Requirements: 

1 . Successful completion of basic core require- 
ments 

a. General Requirements 

b. Regents Exam 

2. Application for Admission to Major Program 

a. Departmental Advisor Assigned 

b. Program of Study Established 

3. Application for Admission to Teacher Edu- 
cation (2.5 G.P.A. required) 

a. Media Competency Completion 

b. September practicum 

c. Application for Student Teaching As- 
signment 

4. Successful Completion of Departmental Re- 
quirements 

a. PEM451, 452,453 

b. All additional major courses 

c. Proficiency tests 

d. TCT 

5. Application for Graduation 

Minor Concentration 

The minor in physical education requires 25 
credit hours with grades of "C" or better. The 
student will select 25 hours from the following 
courses: 

1. PE 210, 216, 217, 219, 311, 321, 413, 421, 
PEM250, 251, 252,351, 352. 

2. No more than two courses from: PE 212, 
213, 214 or 215. 

See course offerings for the description of 
courses. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 103 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 



Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 
201, 202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, DRS228, PSY101 15 

2. EDN201 orPSY201 5 

3. HIS 251 or HIS 252 5 

4. CS 115orCS 120 5 

AreaV 5 

Five hours of activity courses 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 69 

1. PE 103 or 108 or 311 1 

2. PE 166 . . . 2 

3. PEM 250, 251., 252, 253, 254, 
351, 352,353,354, 355 48 

4. HE 260, 261 , 262, 360 and H.S. 
300 18 

C. Professional Sequence 33 

1. EXC310; EDN335, 471, 472, 

473 25 

2. PEM 451 , 452, 453 3 

3. HE 460; 5 

D. Electives . 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . _0 

TOTAL 197 



Physical Education Offerings 

SPECIAL NOTE: 

Swimming is required of all students as part of 
their 6 hours of physical education. Students with 
a valid Advanced Life Saving certificate or who 
have passed the Armstrong swimming test may 
be exempted from the swimming requirement.' 
Students able to swim in deep water should reg- 
ister for P.E. 108. If in doubt as to proper course, 
consult one of the Division's swimming instruc- 
tors BEFORE REGISTERING. All courses desig- 
nated PEM are required of majors. 

PE 100 -Beginning Weight Training 
(0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Emphasis on developing physical fitness 
through a variety of fundamental weight training 



DIVISION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS 



205 



exercises. Introduction of mechanical principles 
and techniques necessary for the understanding 
of weight training programs. Only one of PE 100 
or PE 204 may count as an activity course toward 
the six hours of required physical education. 

PE 101 -Lifetime Fitness (0-3-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Basic fitness concepts and their application to 
our everyday life. Students will select between two 
activity areas: jogging and flexibility/tone or lap 
swimming and aerobic dance. 

PE 102 -Team Sports (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Consists of two of the following sports: bas- 
ketball, volleyball and softball. 

PE 103 -Basic Swimming Skills (0-3-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. (PE 311 or 316 
may be substituted for PE 103 or 108). 

Skills and strokes for the student unfamiliar with 
or afraid of the water and who cannot swim. Sat- 
isfies Armstrong swimming requirement. 

PE 104 -Bowling (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic skills in bowling. Minimum of two games 
required per class period at student's expense. 
Must provide own transportation. 

PE 105 -Badminton (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Basic skills in badminton. Student must provide 
own racquet. 

PE 106 -Beginning Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. 

Fundamentals and practice in beginning tum- 
bling and gymnastic apparatus. Required of 
Physical Education majors. 

PE 107-Trampollne (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

The teaching of the proper care and use of the 
trampoline. Under strict supervision, the student 
learns to perform the following skills: seat drop, 
knee drop, front drop, pull over, cradle, turntable, 
swivel hips, and spotting. 

PE 108- Intermediate Swimming (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer (PE 311 or the 
American Red Cross WSI course may be substi- 
tuted for PE 103 or 108). 

Four basic strokes, skills, endurance and 
knowledge pertaining to safety in, on, or about 
water. Satisfies swimming requirement. 



PE 109 -Intermediate Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106 or permission of 
instructor. 

Continuation of PE 106 with additional practice 
of tumbling and gymnastic apparatus. 

PE 115-Offlclatlng of Football (2-2-2) 

Fall. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, 
and actual experience in officiating intramural 
games, approved community recreation games, 
and public school games. Students must provide 
own equipment and transportation. 

Students must provide own whistles, hats and 
transportation to any offcampus assignment. 

PE 116 -Officiating of Basketball (2-2-2) 

Winter. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, 
and actual experience in officiating in class 
games, intramural games, approved community 
recreation games and public school games. Elec- 
tive credit. 

Student must provide own whistle and trans- 
portation to any off-campus assignment. 

PE 117 -Basic Health (2-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
A basic course in health education with em- 
phasis on personal health. Required of majors. 

PE 166 -Safety and First Aid (3-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

The American Red Cross advanced course in 
safety and first aid and adult CPR. Required of 
majors. The student must provide the contents of 
a personal first aid kit, and, to receive a certifi- 
cation card, pay an administrative fee to the 
American Red Cross. 

PE200-Archery (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Basic skills in archery for recreational use. Stu- 
dents must provide own arm and fingerguards. 

PE 201 -Elementary Tennis (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Basic skills in tennis. Student must provide own 
racquet and one can of new tennis balls. 

PE 204 — Advanced Weight Training 
(0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: PE 100 or 
permission of instructor. 

Emphasis on continued development of phys- 
ical fitness through a variety of advanced weight 
training exercises. Improvement of maximal mus- 



206 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



cular strength and endurance in the main muscle 
groups of the body through progressive resis- 
tance exercises. Only one of PE 100 or PE 204 
may count as an activity course toward the six 
hours of required physical education. 

PE 205 -Folk Square, Social Dancing 
(0-2-1) 

Fall. 

Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, 
square, and social dancing. 

PE 206- Beginning Modern Dance (0-2-1) 

Fall. 

Introduction to the art of modern dance. In- 
cludes technique, exercise, basic improvisation, 
dance positions, and locomotor movement. 

PE 208 -Golf (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic techniques and instruction for the begin- 
ning golfer. Minimum of 36 holes of golf must be 
played outside of class at student's expense. 
Must provide six shag balls for class and trans- 
portation. 

PE 209— Intermediate Modern Dance 
(0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 206 or permission of 
the instructor. 

A continuation of PE 206 with emphasis on dy- 
namics, composition, and choreography. 

PE 210— Prevention and Treatment of 
Athletic Injuries (2-1-2) 

Winter. 

Theory and practice of caring for and prevent- 
ing injuries relating to a variety of sports. Students 
required to assist in laboratory experiences with 
treating and preventive training through the ath- 
letic, intramural or physical education programs. 
Student must provide own athletic tape. 

PE 21 2 -Coaching Football (3-0-2) 

Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play, coaching courses is required of 
majors. Minimum of two games must be scouted 
at student's expense. 

PE 21 3 -Coaching Basketball (3-0-2) 

Winter. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play, emphasizing methods and drills 
used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of majors. Minimum of two 
games must be scouted at student's expense. 



PE 21 4 -Coaching Baseball and Softball 
(3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skill 
and team play emphasizing methods and drill; 
used by leading coaches. One of the coachinc 
courses is required of majors. Minimum of twc 
games must be scouted at student's expense. 

PE 21 5 -Coaching Volleyball and Soccer 
(3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Introduction to the rules and fundamental skilh 
of volleyball and soccer. Individual developmen 
and application of successful coaching methods 
Coaching methods will include acquisition o 
sound organizational practices and understand 
ing of various coaching types. 

PE 21 6 -Basic Games (2-0-1) 

Spring. 

Designed to acquaint student with the various 
categories of games, the appropriateness fo 
each type of various age levels, proper progres 
sions, and the best ways to use games teacf 
physical skills, emotional and social skills, anc 
actual sports skills. 

PE 217— Techniques of Dance (2-0-1) 

Winter. 

Overview of the art of dance and its various 
categories. Stresses similarities and difference; 
in form, technique and history of the ballet mod 
ern dance, jazz dance, ballroom dance, square 
dance, aerobic dance and folk dance with em 
phasis on teaching and techniques. 
PE 21 9 -Techniques of Safety In 
Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106. 

Course designed to give majors thorough un 
derstanding of the basic principles of spotting ir 
gymnastics to assure maximum safety for learn 
ers as well as proper teaching progressions anc 
lead-up skills necessary at each level of learning 

PEM 250 -Introduction to Physical 
Education (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the fields of physical edu 
cation. Study will include a survey of historica 
foundations, relationships between health anc 
physical education, professional skills, and careei 
opportunities. 

PEM 251 -Intramurals and Recreation 
(3-0-3) 

This course is designed to prepare the studen 
to organize and administer intramural and recre- 
ational sports activities for elementary and sec- 



DIVISION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS 



207 



ondary schools, for the college level and for the 
community. Activities range from canoeing to 
horseshoes. Students are required to participate 
in field experiences and observations. Transpor- 
tation must be supplied by the student. 

PEM 252 -Human Anatomy and Kinesiology 
In Physical Education (5-0-5) 

A survey of selected systems of the body and 
the analysis of movement and application of me- 
chanical principles in physical education activity. 

PEM 253 -Individual and Dual Sports 
(3-4-5) 

Designed to acquaint student with the various 
individual and dual sports. The student will ana- 
lyze and gain practice in teaching activities such 
as: archery, badminton, bicycling, bowling, fenc- 
ing, fitness, golf, hiking, backpacking, racketball, 
tennis and weight training. 

PEM 254 -Team Sports Curriculum (3-4-5) 

Designed for the enhancement of sports skills 
and for the analysis and practice in teaching 
these skills. Team sports include: basketball, field 
hockey, flag/tag football, soccer, softball, speed- 
ball and volleyball. 

PE 311 -Advanced Life Saving Course In 
Swimming (1-2-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: 500 yard continuous swim 
using four basic strokes. 

The American Red Cross Advanced Life Saving 
Course. (May be substituted for PE 103 or 108). 

PE 31 6 -Water Safety Instructor (0-3-2) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Current Advanced Life- 
saving certificate. 

Course designed to teach proper methods, 
learning sequences, and skills for the purpose of 
certifying students as American Red Cross Water 
Safety instructors qualified to teach Beginning, 
Advanced Beginning, Intermediate Swimming 
and Advanced Lifesaving courses. Includes re- 
view of lifesaving skills and practice teaching. Re- 
j ; quired of majors: PE 207 or 316. 

PE 320 -Health and Physical Education for 
the Elementary School Teacher (3-0-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Ed- 
ucation. 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of 
health and physical education at the elementary 
school level. Designed to meet the requirement 
for elementary certification. 



PEM 351 —Measurement and Evaluation in 
Health, Physical Education (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Math 220. 

Lectures, laboratory and field experience in the 
development, evaluation and application of tests 
in health and physical education. Students will 
learn to utilize computer software for instructional 
and administrative purposes. 

PEM 352 -Physiology of Exercise (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 252. 

A study of body systems and their reactions to 
various types and levels of exercise. Study will 
include parts and functions of systems most in- 
volved in the exercise process. Students will in- 
vestigate various components of physical fitness, 
weight control, and exercise prescription. 

PEM 353 -Elementary School Physical 
Education (4-2-5) 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of 
elementary physical education including devel- 
opmental tumbling and gymnastics, basic move- 
ment patterns, fundamental and creative rhythmic 
activities, activities related to health-fitness and 
basic skill pattern development. Multicultural con- 
siderations in planning and implementing ade- 
quate elementary physical education programs to 
meet the needs and interests of all students will 
be explored. Directed field experience included. 

PEM 354 -Middle School Physical 
Education (4-2-5) 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of 
middle school physical education including 
stunts/tumbling/gymnastics, physical fitness con- 
cepts and activities, rhythmic and dance activi- 
ties, individual/partner/group games, lead-up and 
modified individual/dual/team sports. Multicultural 
considerations in planning and implementing ad- 
equate middle school physical education pro- 
grams to meet the needs and interests of all 
students will be explored. Directed field experi- 
ence included. 

PEM 355-Secondary School Physical 
Education (4-2-5) 

The study of curricular methods, media and as- 
sessment of secondary physical education pro- 
grams as they apply to the developmental levels 
of the secondary age student. Multicultural con- 
siderations in planning and implementing ade- 
quate secondary physical education programs to 
meet the needs and interests of all students will 
be explored. Directed field experience included. 



208 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PE 364 -Physical Education for the 
Exceptional Child (3-2-5) 

Student is introduced to methods of identifying 
and programming for the exceptional child. 

PEM 41 3 -Special Topics in Physical 
Education (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: PEM 351 . 

Research methods in health and physical ed- 
ucation. Allows students an opportunity for in- 
depth pursuit into areas of their interests. Open 
to majors only. Required of majors. 

PE 421 -Organization and Administration of 

Physical Education and Athletics 

(5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor or 
Admission to Teacher Education. 

Practice and policies in establishing, adminis- 
tering, and evaluating physical education and ath- 



letic programs. Such experiences as curriculum 
planning and selection, care and maintenance of 
equipment are included in this course. Open to 
majors only. 

PEM 451 -Laboratory Experience I (0-2-1) 

Prerequisites: PEM 253, 254. 

Laboratory experience in assisting and teach- 
ing activity courses in the basic physical educa- 
tion program. Students will assume instructor 
roles in class management, student assessment, 
and methods of instruction, within learning envi- 
ronment. 

PEM 452 - Laboratory Experience II (0-2-1) 

See PEM 451 for prerequisites and course de- 
scription. 

PEM 453 - Laboratory Experience III (0-2-1) 

See PEM 451 for prerequisites and course de- 
scription. 



It & 




210 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



International Intercultural 
Studies Program 

The International Intercultural Studies Program 
(IISP) of the University System of Georgia pro- 
vides students with a multitude of opportunities 
to study abroad while earning academic credit 
toward completion of degree requirements at 
their home campus. The IISP currently offers 
summer study abroad programs in Western Eu- 
rope, the Soviet Union, Israel, Canada, and Mex- 
ico, and quarter, semester, and academic year 
opportunities in several countries in Western Eu- 
rope. In 1989 approximately 350 participants en- 
rolled in one of these programs. 

Studying abroad enables students to increase 
knowledge of a foreign language, provides the 
opportunity to gain insights into and appreciation 
for the cultures and institutions of other peoples, 
facilitates the development of relevant career 
skills, and contributes to personal maturity, a 
sense of independence, self-knowledge, and 
confidence. 

IISP programs are open to all undergraduate 
students with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5; 
however, certain programs may require a higher 
GPA and completion of prerequisites. Graduate 
students are required to have a 3.0 GPA. Stu- 
dents in the University System of Georgia who are 
eligible for financial aid may use that aid toward 
IISP programs. A limited number of scholarships 
are available from some System institutions. For 
further information, see the Vice President and 
Dean of Faculty, or contact the IISP directly at 1 
Park Place South Building, Suite 817, Atlanta, GA 
30303. Telephone: 404-651-2450. 

The Freshman Experience 

Freshman Orientation Program— ASC 101 

In order to assist freshman students in making 
the transition to college, the college encourages 
new students to enroll in ASC 101. In addition to 
the course content, enrolled students will receive 
special advising and other services. The course 
is described as follows: 

ASC 101 -College: Strategies for Success 
(3-0-3) 

This course aims to provide the student with 
the skills, information, and guidance useful for 
success in coilege. It will focus on the purposes 



of higher education, tr\e roles of the student, and 
the resources available within the college for ac- 
ademic success and career choices. 



Developmental Studies 

Faculty 

Childress, Beth 
Geoffroy, Cynthia 
Harris, Karl 
Jones, Dianne 
Jones, Lee 
Richardson, Ed 
Smith, Carolyn 

The Department of Developmental Studies pro- 
vides a program of compensatory education for 
students whose academic deficiencies may pre- 
vent successful completion of collegiate studies. 
Students may be placed in departmental courses 
on the basis of the Collegiate Placement Exami- 
nation or Regents Test performances. Regularly 
admitted students may voluntarily enroll, subject 
to prerequisites, in any departmental courses. 
Conditionally admitted students must enroll in ac- 
cordance with the stipulations of their admission 
(see the Conditional Admission section of this 
Catalog) and policies of the Developmental Stud- 
ies program. (See next section.) 

Those entitled to Veterans Administration ed- 
ucational benefits may be certified for no more 
than 45 credit hours in departmental courses, if 
these courses are required for regular admission. 
At most, 15 hours may be certified in each of the 
English, mathematics, and reading areas. 

Policies of the Developmental 
Studies Program 

Every time a Developmental Studies student 
registers or preregisters until exiting the Devel- 
opmental Studies Program, he/she must have 
his/her ciass schedule approved by a Develop- 
mental Studies advisor or the Developmental 
Studies Counselor. 

The student is permitted four attempts to exit 
a Developmental Studies area. If a student fails 
to exit an area after the fourth attempt, he/she will 
be subject to Developmental Studies suspension. 

A complete list of Developmental Studies Pro- 
gram Policies is available in the Department of 
Developmental Studies. 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



211 



OFFERINGS 

DSE 098 -Grammar Review (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course is for the student who needs to 
review grammar fundamentals, to improve sen- 
tence writing skills, and to develop paragraphs. 
The student works toward competence in sen- 
tence construction, verb use, determination of 
subject-verb agreement, formation of possess- 
ives, punctuation, and other basics. Along with 
reviewing grammar, the student engages in ex- 
tensive writing practice, including sentence build- 
ing, sentence combining, and paragraph writing. 

DSE 099 -Basic Composition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: See Developmental Studies Poli- 
cies above. 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
This course is for the student who has already 
mastered the basic skills of composition but who 
needs additional practice in developing the es- 
say. It will help the student construct more mature 
and sophisticated sentence patterns, create coh- 
erent and well developed paragraphs, and organ- 
ize paragraphs into essays. 

DSM 098 -Introductory Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course offers a review of arithmetic inte- 
grated into an introductory algebra course. Top- 
ics include negative integers, simple polynomials, 
integer exponents, equations, word problems, 
factoring, some graphing, and simple radicals. 

DSM 099 -Intermediate Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Prerequisite: See Developmental Studies Poli- 
cies above. 

Topics include rational expressions, factoring 
of polynomials, linear and quadratic equations, 
graphs of linear functions, rational exponents, 
and radicals. 

DSR 098 -Reading Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course is appropriate for students expe- 
riencing difficulty in reading. Word attack skills, 
comprehension skills, and vocabulary building 
are stressed. 

DSR 025 -Developing Reading Maturity 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
This course is appropriate for students prepar- 
ing for the Regents. Examination, for students 



undergoing remediation due to unsuccessful per- 
formance on the reading portion of the Regents 
Examination, and for students experiencing mod- 
erate difficulty in reading. Comprehension skills, 
vocabulary enrichment, test-taking strategies, 
and reading fluency are stressed. 

DSS 099 -Effective Study Techniques 
(1-2-2) 

Offered on demand. 

The purpose of this course is development of 
systematic and efficient study habits for aca- 
demic success. Special emphasis will be placed 
on time management listening skills, memory 
techniques, reading flexibility, note-taking sys- 
tems, textbook mastery, and test-taking strate- 
gies. 



Military Science 

Faculty 

Scott, Daniel, Major, Department Head 
Johnson, Joseph, Captain 
Williams, Michael, Captain 
Staggs, Bryan, Sergeant First Class 



The Army Department of Military Science is a 
Senior Division Reserve Officer Training Corps 
(ROTC), Instructor Group, staffed by active Army 
personnel. The department provides a curriculum 
available to Armstrong State and Savannah State 
students that qualifies the college graduate for a 
commission as an officer in the United States 
Army, United States Army Reserve, or the United 
States National Guard. Qualifying for a commis- 
sion adds an extra dimension to the student's 
employment capability in that, upon graduation 
from the college, the student has either military 
or civilian employment options. 

The course of study offered in military science 
is designed not only to prepare both the student 
for service as a commissioned officer in the 
United States Army but also to provide knowledge 
and practical experience in leadership and man- 
agement that will be useful in any facet of society. 
Male and female students are eligible for enroll- 
ment. Each student is provided with a working 
knowledge of the organization and functioning of 
the Department of Defense and the role of the 
U.S. Army in national security and world affairs. 



212 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The course of study pursued by students dur- 
ing their freshman and sophomore years is the 
basic military science course and/or related skill 
activities. The course of study normally pursued 
by students during their junior and senior years 
is the advanced military science course. 

For selection and retention in the advanced 
course, a student must be physically qualified, 
should have maintained above average military 
and academic standing, and must demonstrate 
a potential for further leadership development. 

Graduates of the advanced course are com- 
missioned second lieutenants in the United 
States Army Reserve in the branch of service 
most appropriate to their interests and academic 
achievements, consistent with the needs of the 
Army. Regardless of the Branch selected, all of- 
ficers will receive valuable experience in manage- 
ment, logistics and administration. Graduates 
may be granted a delay in reporting for duty for 
graduate study, if requested. A small number of 
outstanding students are designated Distin- 
guished Military Graduates and are offered com- 
missions in the Regular Army each year. 

Basic Military Science 

Basic military science courses involve six quar- 
ters during the freshfnan and sophomore years. 
The student learns leadership and management 
and acquires essential background knowledge of 
customs and traditions, weapons, map reading, 
tactics and survival. Equally important, these 
courses have the objective of developing the stu- 
dent's self-discipline, integrity and sense of re- 
sponsibility. 

Advanced Military Science 

The general objective of this course of instruc- 
tion is to produce junior officers who by educa- 
tion, training, attitude and inherent qualities are 
suitable for continued development as officers in 
the Army. There are two avenues available for the 
student to be eligible for entry into the advanced 
program and obtain a commission as a second 
lieutenant. 

(a) satisfactory completion of, or placement credit 
for, the basic program at Armstrong State or at 
any other school, college or university offering 
basic ROTC and meeting the entrance and re- 
tention requirements established by the Army. 

(b) to be an active duty veteran or junior ROTC 
cadet graduate eligible for placement credit. 



Placement 

Veterans entering the military science pro- 
grams will receive appropriate placement credit 
for their active military service. Students who have 
completed military science courses in military 
preparatory schools or junior colleges may be 
given appropriate credit. Students with at least 
three years of high school ROTC may also be 
granted placement credit. Placement credit or six 
quarters of basic military science, or the equiva- 
lent thereof, is a prerequisite to admission into 
the advanced program. 

Alternate Programs for Admittance 

Students with two years of coursework remain- 
ing, but who have not completed basic military 
science, are eligible to be considered for selec- 
tion into the advanced military science program. 
Those selected under the provisions of the two- 
year advanced program must satisfactorily com- 
plete a basic summer camp of six weeks duration 
prior to entering the advanced program. Students 
attending the basic camp at Fort Knox, Kentucky, 
are paid at active army rates and given a travel 
allowance from their home to camp and return. 
Attendance at Basic Camp is voluntary and incurs 
no military obligation until the student returns and 
decides to sign a contract to pursue his commis- 
sion. 

Participating Students and Aliens 

Some students and aliens may participate in 
the Advanced Course classes provided they meet 
the requirements outlined in Army Regulations. 
They receive no subsistence allowance and may 
only participate in classroom instruction. For spe- 
cific details on this program, see the Department 
Head before registering for a course. 

Advanced Summer Camp 

Students contracting to pursue the advanced 
courses are required to attend advanced summer 
camp, normally between their junior and senior 
academic years at Fort Riley, Kansas. Students 
attending this camp are paid at active army rates 
and given travel allowance from their home to 
camp and return. 

Financial Assistance 

All contracted advanced cadets are paid a sub- 
sistence allowance of $100 per month while en- 
rolled in the advanced course. 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



213 



Scholarship Program 

Each year the U.S. Army awards two- and 
three-year scholarships to outstanding young 
men and women participating in the Army ROTC 
program who desire careers as Army officers. 
The Army pays tuition, fees, books and laboratory 
expenses incurred by the scholarship student. In 
addition, each student receives $100 per month 
for the academic year. Individuals desiring to 
compete for these scholarships should apply to 
the Military Science Department. 

Army ROTC Uniforms, Books and Supplies 

Students enrolling in the Army ROTC program 
will be issued U.S. Army uniforms, books and 
supplies by the Military Science Department. No 
fees or deposits of any kind will be required. Uni- 
forms must be returned before commissioning or 
upon disenrollment from the ROTC program. 

MIL Courses 

The basic course of six quarters duration con- 
sists of two hours of classroom work per week. 
In the classroom, the student acquires knowledge 
of military leadership, weapons, tactics, basic mil- 
itary skills, and physical fitness. In field training 
exercises, potential for leadership is progressively 
developed. 

The advanced course consists of three hours 
of classroom work and one hour of leadership 
laboratory per week. During the spring quarter 
prior to advanced camp the student will enroll in 
MIL 303 to prepare for attendance at Advanced 
Camp. HIS 357 (American Military History) is nor- 
mally taken spring quarter of the senior year. The 
coursework during the advanced course empha- 
sizes techniques and management and leader- 
ship and the fundamentals and dynamics of the 
military team. Field training exercises provide the 
student with applied leadership experiences. 

Professional Military Education (PME) 
Requirements 

The Army's Professional Military Education re- 
quirements are established to provide cadets with 
the training and enrichment necessary to suc- 
cessfully compete in the Army. In addition to com- 
pleting a baccalaureate degree, the cadet must 
Complete one undergraduate course from each 
of the five designed fields of study (Some of these 
requirements may be waved for nursing majors). 
The five PME designated fields of study are listed 



below and the courses that meet the Cadet Com- 
mand PME requirement: 

A. Written Communications Skills: ENG 101, 
ENG 102, and ENG 192. 

B. Human Behavior: PSY 101, SOC 201, HIS 
114, HIS 115, and ANT 201. 

C. Math Reasoning: MAT 101 and MAT 103. 

D. Military History: HIS 357. 

E. Computer Literacy: CS 1 1 5, CS 1 20, CS 1 42, 
and CS 296. 

Minor Concentration 

The department offers a minor in Military Sci- 
ence. The program is designed to prepare the 
student for a commission in the United States 
Army and is offered to, but not required of, those 
students participating in the advanced course of 
Army ROTC instruction. Whatever the major, a 
Military Science minor will strengthen the stu- 
dent's management, leadership, and interper- 
sonal communication skills. The minor requires: 

Fourteen credit hours with grades of "C" or 
better in the following upper division military sci- 
ence courses: 301, 302, 303, 401, 402, 403; HIS 
357 and five additional credit hours of coursework 
approved by the Department Head. 



OFFERINGS 

MIL 101 -Army Leadership (1-1-2) 

A study of the various aspects of leadership 
doctrine and how to apply the doctrine in various 
situtations. 

MIL 102-Basic Weapons (1-1-2) 

A study of characteristics of basic military 
weapons with emphasis on the principles and 
fundamentals of rifle marksmanship. The stu- 
dents will have an opportunity to fire selected 
weapons at a U.S. Army installation. 

MIL 103-Baslc Survival (2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing mil- 
itary techniques used to sustain human life when 
separated from logistical support. A field trip for 
qualified students is used to enable them to prac- 
tice techniques learned. 

MIL 104-Marauder Platoon Operations 
(1-1-1) 

Audit only. 

An organization designed to train and prepare 
the small unit leader with the necessary skills to 



214 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



be effective in his role of leadership. Skills cov- 
ered will be patrolling, military mountaineering, 
leadership, operations orders, and a physical 
training program. Students are required to attend 
the leadership laboratory and planned field train- 
ing exercises. 

MIL 201 -Map Reading and Land 
Navigation (1-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 101, 102, 103, or approval of 
Department Head. 

A study of basic map reading as applied by the 
small unit leader. 

MIL 202 -Basic Tactics and Operations 
(1-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 101, 102, 103, 201, or ap- 
proval of Department Head. 

A study of small unit tactics, operations and 
troop leading procedures to include the com- 
bined arms teams to the platoon with primary in- 
terest on the rifle squad. 

MIL 203— Mountaineering Techniques 
(2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: MIL 101, 103, 201, 202, or ap- 
proval of Department Head. 

A study and practical exercise introducing the 
fundamentals of rappelling, first aid, knot tying, 
and safety. A field trip to utilize skills is included. 
Acceptable as a P.E. requirement. 

MIL 206-Basic Self-Defense I (0-2-1) 

Prerequisites: MIL 103 or 203, or approval of 
Department Head. 

A basic self-defense course which provides a 
study of defensive philosophy, vulnerable areas 
of the body, exercises, kicks, strikes, throws, and 
arm bars. The course also includes basic self- 
defense strategy and practical exercises utilizing 
all of the techniques taught in the course. Ac- 
ceptable as P.E. requirement. 
MIL 301 —Leadership and Management I 
(3-1-3) 

Prerequisites: Basic Course or equivalent and 
approval of Department Head. Participating and 
alien students who qualify must have the approval 
of the Department Head and the U.S. Army ROTC 
Cadet Command. 

A study of the psychology of leadership, tech- 
niques of management, and methods of instruc- 
tion to include practical application. 

MIL 302 — Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team I (3-1-3) 

Prerequisites: Basic Course or equivalent and 
approval of Department Head. Participating and 
alien students who qualify must have the approval 



of the Department Head and the U.S. Army ROTC 
Cadet Command. 

A study of tactics applied at the platoon and 
company level to include a study of the modern 
battlefield and current military tactical doctrine. 

MIL 303 -Leadership Seminar (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302. 

A series of seminars, laboratories and experi- 
ences to prepare the student for Advanced Sum- 
mer Camp. 

MIL 304 -Military Skills Practicum (V-V-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: Military 303 and permis- 
sion of Department. 

The study and practical application of military 
skills and leadership ability during a six week en- 
campment experience. Grading for this course 
will be done on a satisfactory, unsatisfactory ba- 
sis. Instruction and evaluation is jointly accom- 
plished by college staff and selected ROTC 
personnel assigned to 3rd Region. 

MIL 401 —Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team II (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301 , 302. 

A study of command and staff duties and re- 
sponsibilities of the professional officer to include 
operations, intelligence, administration and logis- 
tics. 

MIL 402 — Leadership and Management 
(3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302. 
A study of the military justice system and serv- 
ice orientation. 

MIL 403 -The Transition from Cadet to 
Lieutenant (1-1-2) 

Prerequisites: MIL 301, 302. 

A study of the practical aspects of the infor- 
mation that a new officer needs to know when 
reporting to his first duty assignment. This in- 
cludes administration, normal additional duties 
and includes a seminar with a current platoon 
leader and platoon sergeant and a field trip to a. 
typical company. 



Naval ROTC Program 

Faculty 

Cdr. Claven Williams, USN, Department Head 
Cdr. Gordon C. Lannou, Jr., USN 
LT Matthew W. Gill, USNR 
LT Alfredo Arredondo, USN 



NAVAL ROTC PROGRAM 



215 



LT Thelonious U. Vaults, USNR 
LT Scott A. Maddock, USNR 



General 

Naval Reserve Officer Training Corps (NROTC) 
prepares students for commissioned service as 
regular or reserve officers in the Navy or Marine 
Corps. 

Students enrolled in NROTC are referred to as 
Midshipmen (MIDN) or as Naval Science Stu- 
dents (NSS) and are classified based on Naval 
Science academic status as follows: 

ASC Student NROTC Midshipmen 

Senior 1/C (First Class) 

Junior 2/C (Second Class) 

Sophomore 3/C (Third Class) 

Freshman 4/C (Fourth Class) 



Naval Science Curriculum 



Basic Program 

ALL MIDSHIPMEN 

Hours 

A. Naval Science 24 

NSC 101, 102, 103 9 

NSC 210, 202,203 15 

B. Advanced Program-Navy Option 

Naval Science 20 

NSC 301, 302,303 12 

NSC 401, 402, 403 8 

C. Advanced Program-Marine Corps Option 
Naval Science 14 

NSC 303, 304, 305 8 

NSC 404, 405 6 

D. Additional and Substitute Requirements 
NSC 450 Naval Drill (0-2-0), required each 
academic term by all midshipmen. NSC 103, 
303, and 450 satisfies 6hours of physical ed- 
ucation requirements. 

E. Navy Scholarship Midshipmen 

(1) Requirements 53 

Math 206-207-208 (to be completed by 

end of Sophomore Year) 15 

Physics 217-218-219 (to be completed 

by the end of Junior Year) 18 

Computer Science 136 or 142 



or 246 or 120 5 

Must complete 2 quarters from the 

following list of courses: 10 

HIS 357 and PSC 201 (SSC) 
Must complete one academic term in a ma- 
jor Indo-European or Asian Language prior 

to commissioning 5 

(2) Navy Option in a non-technical curricula 
shall complete a sufficient number of 
technical electives from the below list to 
comprise 50 percent of all electives not 
required by the academic major or 
NROTC Program. Calculus and Physics 
courses count towards satisfying this re- 
quirement: 
Business (SSC): BAD 331, 332, 416 
Chemistry: any listed course 
Math, Physics, Physical Science: any 
listed courses except Math 290, 391, 
and 393. 

Computer Science: CS 120, 136, 142, 
246 

Engineering Courses: Any listed course 
except EGR 100, 170, 171 

Navy College Program Midshipmen (non- 
scholarship). Must complete 1 year of Math, col- 
lege algebra or higher, by the end of the Junior 
Year and 1 year Physical Science by the end of 
the Senior Year as a requisite for commissioning. 
The Physical Science requirement can be met by 
completing a one-year sequence, or two courses, 
in any area of physical science. One Mathematics 
course may be selected from the fields of com- 
puter science or statistics. 

Marine Corps Option. All students shall take, 
during the Junior or Senior year, HIS 357 and PSC 
201 (SSC). (Courses must be approved by the 
Marine Corps Officer Instructor and should not 
create an academic overload (increase time re- 
quired for degree completion/commissioning 
and/or require student to carry more than 18 
hours). 

NROTC Uniforms, Books, and Instructional 
Materials 

Will be issued at no cost to Naval Science stu- 
dents. Uniforms must be returned before com- 
missioning or upon disenrollment from the 
NROTC Program; books and other instructional 
materials must be returned at the end of each 
academic term. 



216 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Scholarship Program 

Two and three-and-a-half year scholarships 
that pay tuition, fees, books and laboratory ex- 
penses, in addition, scholarship midshipmen also 
receive a $100 per month tax free stipend during 
the academic year. 

Financial Assistance 

All midshipmen in the advanced NROTC Pro- 
gram (Junior and Senior Years) are paid a $100 
per month tax free subsistance allowance (same 
as $100 per month stipend for scholarship mid- 
shipmen). 

Summer Training Cruises 

All scholarship midshipmen will go on Summer 
Training Cruises each year. While on summer 
training, midshipmen will be paid active duty Navy 
rates and will be provided travel, room and board 
at government expense. 

4 and 2-Year NROTC Programs 

4-year program students enroll in the program 
as Freshmen and participate until graduation. 
. 2-year program students enter the program 
after they complete approximately 90 hours (end 
of Sophomore year) and complete a six-week 
professional, academic, and physical training 
program conducted each summer by the Navy, 
normally in Newport, Rl and referred to as Naval 
Science Institute (NSI). Academic work at the Na- 
val Science Institute is the equivalent of the 
NROTC basic course and 18 hours of credit will 
be given to students who successfully complete 
NSI. 



Naval Science Offerings 

NSC 101 -Introduction to Naval Science 
(2-1-3) 

Introduce midshipmen to NROTC Program 
mission, organization, regulations, and broad 
warfare components of the naval service. In- 
cluded is an overview of officer and enlisted rank 
and rating structure, training and education, pro- 
motion and advancement, and retirement poli- 
cies. The course also covers naval courtesy and 
customs, a study of the organization of the naval 
service, career opportunities, and the duties of a 
Junior Officer in the naval service. Students are 
familiarized with the major challenges facing to- 



day's naval officer, especially in the areas of lead- 
ership and human resources management. Fall, 
Winter. 

NSC 102-Seapower and Maritime Affairs 
(5-0-5) 

A survey of American Naval and Maritime his- 
tory from the American Revolution to the present 
with emphasis on major developments. Attention 
will be focused on Mahan's geopolitical theory; 
economic and maritime forces; U.S. military and 
maritime strategy; and a comparative analysis of 
American and Soviet maritime strategies. Winter. 

NSC 103 -Basic Sailing I (Classroom) 
(1-1-1) 

A basic foundation course that provides stu- 
dents with the fundamental knowledge and skills 
to be a competent crew member. The course 
covers the basic theory of sailing, nomenclature, 
seamanship, boat equipment and safety, and in- 
land waters navigation rules for sailing craft. An 
"A" crew qualification will be issued upon com- 
pletion. Prerequisite: Student must be a certified 
third class swimmers. Fall, Spring. (PE Credit) 

NSC 201 -202 -Navigation I & II (3-2-5) 

An in-depth study of piloting and celestial nav- 
igation theory, principles, and procedures. Stu- 
dents learn piloting navigation: the use of charts, 
visual and electronic aids, and the theory and op- 
eration of magnetic gyro compasses. Celestial 
navigation is covered in-depth including the ce- 
lestial, coordinate system, an introduction to 
spherical trigonometry, the theory and operation 
of the sextant, and a step-by-step treatment of 
the sight reduction process. Students develop 
practical skills in both piloting and celestial navi- 
gation. Other topics discussed include tides, cur- 
rents, effects of wind and weather, plotting, use 
of navigation instruments, types and character- 
istics of electronic navigation systems. Fall, Win- 
ter sequences. 

NSC 203 -Leadership and Management I 
(5-0-5) 

A comprehensive study of the principles and 
concepts of institutional management, organiza- 
tional and human behavior, and effective leader- 
ship. Students will develop additional knowledge 
and practical skills in the areas of communication 
theory and practices; Human Resources Man- 
agement; Stress Management; Counseling; 
Group Dynamics; and the nature and dynamics 



NAVAL ROTC PROGRAM 



217 



of individual and institutional change, human re- 
sistance to change and the strategy for imple- 
menting change. Spring 

NSC 301 -Naval Ships Systems I 
(Engineering) (5-0-5) 

A detailed study of ship characteristics and 
types including ship design, hydrodynamic 
forces, stability, compartmentation, propulsion, 
electrical and auxiliary systems, interior commu- 
nications, ship control, and damage control. 
Basic concepts of the theory and design of 
steam, gas turbine, and nuclear propulsion, ship- 
board safety and firefighting are also covered. 
Spring 

NSC 302 -Naval Operations (5-0-5) 

A study of the international and inland rules of 
the nautical road, relative-motion vector-analysis 
theory, relative motion problems, formation tac- 
tics, and ship employment. Also included is an 
introduction to Naval Operations and aspects of 
ship handling and afloat naval communication. 
Prerequisites: NSC 201-202. Winter 

NSC 303 -Intermediate Sailing (On-water) 
(1-3-2) 

Basic hands-on sail training leading to qualifi- 
cation as "B" skipper qualification. Practical skills 
to be mastered consist of rigging and sailing from 
a pier: sail to weather; sail two figure eight 
courses with two tacks and two jibes; man over- 
board maneuver; a capsize; and return to dock 
and secure. Prerequisites: NSC 103. Spring. (PE 
credit) 

NSC 304-305 -Evolution of Warfare I & II 
(3-0-3) 

This course historically traces the development 
of warfare from the dawn of recorded history to 
the present, focusing on the impact of major mil- 
itary theorists, strategists, tacticians, and tech- 
nological developments. Students acquire a 
basic sense of strategy, develop an understand- 
ing of military alternatives, and become aware of 
the impact of historical precedent on military 
thought and actions. Fall, Winter 

NSC 306 -Marine Corps Laboratory (0-3-0) 

A course for Marine Corps Option students 
which stresses the development of leadership, 
moral, and physical qualifications necessary for 
service as Marine Corps officers. Practical labo- 
ratory exercises in mission and organization of 
the Marine Corps, duties of interior guards, intro- 
duction to military tactics, troop leadership pro- 



cedures, rifle squad weapons and theory of 
physical conditioning program. This course 
serves to prepare students for the Marine Corps 
Summer Training at Officer Candidate School 
(BULLDOG). Spring 

NSC 401 -Naval Ships Systems II 
(Weapons) (5-0-5) 

This course outlines the theory and employ- 
ment of weapons systems. Students explore the 
processes of detection, evaluation, threat analy- 
sis, weapon selection, delivery, guidance, and na- 
val ordinance. Fire control systems and major 
weapons types are discussed. The concepts of 
command-control-and-communications are ex- 
plored as a means of weapons systems integra- 
tion. Winter. 

NSC 402 -Naval Operations Laboratory 
(0-1-0) 

Practical laboratory exercises conducted in a 
dynamic, composite and time oriented fleet en- 
vironment to further develop and improve surface 
warfare skills for Navy Option midshipmen. Win- 
ter. 

NSC 403 -Leadership and Management II 
(3-0-3) 

A study of the Management responsibilities of 
a junior Naval Officer. The course covers coun- 
seling methods, military justice administration, 
Naval human resources management, directives 
and correspondence, naval personnel, adminis- 
tration, material management and maintenance, 
and supply systems. This course builds on and 
integrates the professional competencies devel- 
oped in prior course work and professional train- 
ing. This course prepares final quarter 
midshipmen for the personal and professional re- 
sponsibilities of a Junior Officer reporting aboard 
and relieving. Prerequisite: NSC 203. Spring. 
NSC 404-405 -Amphibious Warfare I & II 
(3-0-3) 

A historical survey of the development of am- 
phibious doctrine and the conduct of amphibious 
operations. Emphasis is placed on the evolution 
of amphibious warfare in the 20th century, es- 
pecially during World War II. Present day potential 
and limitations on amphibious operations, includ- 
ing the rapid deployment force concept. Fall, Win- 
ter. 

NSC 450. Naval Drill (0-2-0) 

Introduces students to basic military forma- 
tions, movements, commands, courtesies and 
honors, and provides practice in Unit leadership 



218 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



and management. Physical conditioning and 
training are provided to ensure students meet 
Navy/Marine Corps physical fitness standards. 
Successful completion of three quarters of this 
course by NROTC students satisfies the Col- 
lege's six hour Physical Education requirement. 
NSC 450 is required each quarter for all NROTC 
students (450.1 for Freshman and Sophomores; 
450.2 for Junior and Seniors). 








220 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



FACULTY ROSTERS 



Permanent, Full-Time Members of the 
Teaching Corps or Administrative Staff 

(This list includes only individuals who have fac- 
ulty voting privileges. The number in parentheses 
after the names represents the initial year of em- 
ployment at Armstrong State College.) 



Abercrombie, Susan (1990) 

Head of Public Services 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.Ln., Emory University 
B.A., California State University 

*Adams, Joseph V. (1970) 

Dean of Arts and Sciences 

Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., University of Alabama 

MA, Baylor University 

BA, Tennessee Temple College 

Aenchbacher, Louis E., Ill (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

*Agyekum, Stephen K. (1979) 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., University of Georgia 
A.B., Johnson C. Smith University 

Anderson, Donald D. (1966) 

Registrar & Director of Admissions 
Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., Auburn University 
MA, George Peabody College 
B.S., Georgia Southern College 

*Anderson, James N. (1985) 

Head of Fine Arts Department 

Professor of Music 

Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin 
M.M., University of Houston 
B.M.E., Wichita State University 

♦Andrews, Carol M. (1988) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
BA, Furman University 



*Arens, Olavi (1974) . 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Columbia University 
MA, Columbia University 
A.B., Harvard University 

*Babits, Lawrence E. (1981) 

Associate Professor of History and 
Archaeology 
Ph.D., Brown University 
M.A., University of Maryland 
B.A., University of Maryland 

Baker, Julia G. (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Furman University 

Bail, Ardella P, (1968) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.S., Atlanta University 
A.B., Fisk University 

*Barnard, Jane T. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 
M.S., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Georgia Southern College 

*Battiste, Bettye A. (1980) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Florida 
M.Ed., State University of New York 
B.S., Savannah State College 

*Bell, Eunice A. (1988) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ph.D., Michigan State University 
M.S.N., Vanderbilt, University 
B.S.N. , Vanderbilt, University 

*Beumer, Ronald J. (1975) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of Arkansas 
B.S., University of Dayton 

Bjorn, Edith (1990) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ph.D., State University of New York 
M.S., State University of New York 
M.Ed., East Stroudsburg State College 
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College 

Bowers, Ross L., Ill (1979) 

Head of Respiratory Therapy Department 
Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 

MHS, Armstrong State College 

B.S., Georgia State College 



*Graduate Faculty 



FACULTY 



221 



Brewer, John G. (1968) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Brower, Moonyean S. (1967) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
MA, University of Massachusetts 
B.S., University of Massachusetts 

Brown, George E. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 
M.S.S.W., Atlanta University 
B.S.W., Armstrong State College 
A.B., Armstrong State College 

*Brown, Hugh R. (1968) 

Professor of English 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.A.T., St. Michael's College 
B.S., Xavier of Ohio 

♦Brown, Sarah (1989) 

Assistant Professor of History and Historic 

Preservation 

M.Phil., George Washington University 
M.A., George Washington University 
B.A., Arkansas College 

Buck, Joseph A., Ill (1968) 

Vice President for Student Affairs and 
Development 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., Florida State University 
B.A., Auburn University 

*Buck, Marilyn M. (1974) 

Head of Baccalaureate Nursing Department 

Professor of Nursing 

Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Boston University 

♦Burgess, Clifford V. (1979) 

Professor of Education 
Ed.D., Auburn University 
M.A., George Peabody 
A.B., Mercer University 

Burnett, Robert A. (1978) 

President 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina 
M.A., University of North Carolina 
B.A., Wofford College 



Butler, Frank A. (1985) 

Vice President and Dean of Faculty 

Professor of Physics 

Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic 
B.S.E.S., University of Miami 

Byrd, James T. (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.S.P.H., University of North Carolina 
A.B., University of North Carolina 

Caldwell, Eva (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N.. Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Armstrong State College 

Carpenter, Suzanne (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
M.S., University of North Carolina 
B.S., Auburn University 
A.A., Lake-Sumter Junior College 

Childress, Beth (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Reading 
M.A., New York University 
B.A., Temple University 

Clark, Sandra H. (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Armstrong State College 

Cochran, John H., Jr. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Atlanta University 
B.A., Paine College 

Comaskey, Bernard J. (1966) 

Assistant Professor of History 
M.A., New York University 
B.A., Fordham College 

Connor, Sara E. (1980) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 

Assistant to the Dean 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 

Conway, Marian (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
B.S.N. , Georgia College 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 



'Graduate Faculty 



222 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



*Cooksey, Thomas L. (1987) 

Assistant Professor of English and Philosophy 
Ph.D., University of Oregon 
M.A., California Polytechnic State University 
B.A., University of California 

*Cosgrove, Maryellen S. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ph.D., University of Connecticut 
MA, University of Connecticut 
B.S., University of Connecticut 

Coursey, Teresa (1971) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., West Liberty State College 

Cross, Deanna S. (1989) 

Head of Associate Degree Nursing 
Associate Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., Boston College 

M.S.N., Boston College 

B.S.N. , University of Akron 

Daassa, Dali (1990) 

Assistant Professor of French 
MA, University of Avignon 
B.A., University of Avignon 

*Dandy, Evelyn B. (1974) 

Professor of Education 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.Ed., Temple University 
B.S., Millersville State College 

Douglass, W. Keith (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 
M.A., Syracuse University 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

Dubus, Judy (1990) 

Reference/Bibliographic Instruction Librarian 
Instructor of Library Science 

M.S., Florida State University 

A.B., University of Georgia 

*Duncan, John D. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Emory University 

M.A., University of South Carolina 

B.S., College of Charleston 

Dutko, Kathleen (1978) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
MA, New York University 
B.S.N., Niagara University 



*Ealy, Steven D. (1982) 

Associate Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Claremont Graduate School 
BA, Furman University 

Edenfield, Suzanne (1983) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Findeis, John (1968) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S., University of Illinois 
B.S., University of Illinois 

Ford, Elizabeth J. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Winthrop College 

*Galloway, Herbert F. (1982) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
M.M., Florida State University 
B.M., Florida State University 

Geoff roy, Cynthia D. (1978) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S., University of South Carolina 
B.A., Westfield State College 

Gibson, Sharyn (1983) 

Director of Radiologic Technologies Program 
Assistant Professor of Radiologic Technologies 

M.H.S., Armstrong State College 

B.S., St. Joseph's College 

AA, Armstrong State College 

*Gross, Jimmie (1967) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Auburn University 
B.D., Southern Theological 
B.A., Baylor University 

Guillou, Laurent J., Jr. (1970) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University 
M.S., Louisiana State University 
B.S., Louisiana State University 

♦Hansen, John R. (1967) 

Professor of Mathematics 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S., Troy State College 



*Graduate Faculty 



FACULTY 



223 



Hardegree, Lester E., Jr. (1982) 

Director of Medical Technology Program 
Assistant Professor of Medical Technology 
M.Ed., Georgia State University 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Harris, Henry E. (1966) 

Head of Chemistry and Physics Department 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology 
B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology 

Harris, Karl D. (1971) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Tennessee 
B.A., Carson-Newman College 

Harris, Robert L (1981) 

Associate Professor of Music 

D.M.A., University of Washington 
M.M., University of the Pacific 
B.M., University of the Pacific 

Hart, Marcel la (1986) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.N., University of Washington 
B.S.N. , St. John College 

*Harwood, Pamela L. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ed.D., Auburn University 
M.A., Appalachian State University 
B.S., Appalachian State University 

*Hlzer, Todd J. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Old Dominion University 

Hollinger, Karen (1990) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., University of Illinois 
M.A., Loyola University 
B.A., Loyola University 

Hopkinson, Caroline (1989) 

Instructor of Library Science 

M.L.I.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee 
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison 

♦Hudson, Anne L (1971) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Tulane University 
M.S., Tulane University 
B.A., Hollins College 



Hudson, Sigmund (1985) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Tulane University 
M.S., Clarkson University 
A.B., Dartmouth College 

Jaynes, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 
M.S., University of North Carolina 
B.A., Appalachian State University 

Jenkins, Marvin V. (1968) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Jensen, John G. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Art 
M.F.A., University of Arizona 
B.S., University of Wisconsin 

*Jensen, Linda G. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Art 

M.F.A., Memphis State University 
M.A.T., Memphis State University 
B.A.E., University of Mississippi 

Jodis, Stephen (1990) 

Instructor of Computer Science 
M.S., Auburn University 
B.C.E., Auburn University 

John, Beverly M. (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 
M.S.W., Atlanta University 
B.S., Benedict College 

Jones, Dianne (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.Ed., William Carey College 
B.S., Mississippi State University 

* Jones, Gerald A. (1984) 

Associate Professor of Engineering and 
Physics 

Director of Engineering Studies 
Ph.D., Mississippi State University 
M.S., Mississippi State University 
B.S., Mississippi State University 

Jones, Lee Brewer (1990) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Georgia 
B.A., West Georgia College 



'Graduate Faculty 



224 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Kearnes, John (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Utah 
M.A., Andrews University 
B.A., Union College 

Keller, Carola (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , University of Virginia 

Kennedy, Robert (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Health Science 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.S.P.H., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Appalachian State University 

*Kllhefner, Dale Z. (1973) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Purdue University 
M.Ed., Washington State University 
B.S., Elizabethtown College 

Knorr, Virginia W. (1973) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga) 
B.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga) 

*Lane, Joseph M., Jr. (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Lanier, Osmos, Jr. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Auburn University 
B.A., LaGrange College 

Larlscy, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Lee, Byung Moo (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.L.S., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., Yon Sei University 

Levett, Nettie M. (1975) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Florida A & M University 



Magnus, Robert E. (1972) 

Director of Administrative Computing 

Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed.D., Mississippi State University 
M.Ed., Mississippi State University 
B.G.E., University of Omaha 

'Martin, Grace B. (1980) 

Head of Psychology Department 
Director of General Studies Program 
Associate Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

M.S., Florida State University 

B.A., Armstrong State College 

Martin, William B. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., Duke University 
B.A., Armstrong State College 

Massey, Carole M. (1976) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 

Matthews, Robert E. (1989) 

Instructor of Computer Science 
M.S., Iowa State University 
B.A., Simpson College 

Mazzoli, Andrew J. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
M.H.S., Medical University of South Carolina 
B.S.; State University of New York Medical 
Center 

McGill, Mary T. (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S.N., Emory University 
B.S.N. , University of Miami 

McMillan, Tim (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.S., University of Florida 
B.S., University of South Carolina 

*Megathlin, William L (1971) 

Dean of Academic and 
Enrollment Services 
Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 

M.Ed., University of Georgia 

B.A., Presbyterian College 



*Graduate Faculty 



FACULTY 



225 



Miller, Mary (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Medical College of Virginia 

Munson, Richard E. (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and 

Computer Science 

Ph.D., Rutgers University 

M.S., Rutgers University 

B.A., Houghton College 

*Murphy, Dennis D. (1981) 

Professor of Criminal Justice 
J.D., University of Florida 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B.A., University of Florida 

Neuman, Bonnie (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S.N.. Wayne State University 
B.S.N. , University of Michigan 

♦Newberry, S. Lloyd (1968) 

Head, Division of Education 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S.Ed., University of Georgia 

Noble, David (1969) 

Associate Professor of German and Latin 
Ph.D., McGill University 
A.M., Boston University 
A.B., Boston University 
Diploma Litterarium Latinarum, Pontificia 
Universitas Gregoriana 

Nordquist, Richard F. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., University of Leicester 
B.A., State University of New York 

Norsworthy, Gary (1980) 

Dean, Coastal Georgia Center 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.A., Florida State University 
B.A., Florida State University 

♦Palefsky, Elliot H. (1971) 

Associate Professor of Psychology 
Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
Ed.S., Georgia Southern College 
Ed.M., Temple University 
B.S., University of Georgia 



*Palmlotto, Michael J. (1987) 

Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 
M.P.A., City University of New York 
B.S., Mercy College 

Paton, Jennie C. (1989) 

Instructor of Library Science 

M.A., University of South Carolina 
B.A., University of South Carolina 

Patterson, Robert L. (1966) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
MA, University of Kentucky 
B.A., Kentucky Wesleyan 

Plngel, Allen L (1969) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.A.T., University of North Carolina 
B.A., University of North Carolina 
Pruden, Ethel B. (1985) 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.N., University of South Carolina 
B.S.N., SUNY - Buffalo 

*Pruden, George B., Jr., (1982) 

Associate Professor of History 
Ph.D., American University 
M.A., American University 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.A., Wake Forest 

♦Raymond, Richard (1983) 

Professor of English 
Ph.D., Miami University 
M.A., University of Wyoming 
B.A., University of Wyoming 

Relyea, Kenneth (1990) 

Head of Biology Department 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., Tulane University 
M.S., Florida State University 
B.A., Florida State University 

Reilly, Nancy E. (1990) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ph.D., University of Michigan 
M.S., University of Michigan 
B.S.N., Georgetown University 

*Repella, James F. (1976) 

Dean of Health Professions 

Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 
M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania 
B.S.Ed., Temple University 



*Graduate Faculty 



226 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



*Rhee, Steve Y. (1974) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Missouri 
MA, University of Oregon 
B.A., University of Oregon 

Richardson, Edwin G. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Maine 
B.A., University of South Florida 

Roberts, Lynn T. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Rodgers, Anne T. (1985) 

Associate Professor of Medical Technology 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.A.T., University of Massachusetts 
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University 

*Roesei, Rosalyn L. (1984) 

Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., North Texas State University 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
.B.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 

*Roth, Lorie(1983) 

Associate Professor of English 
Ph.D., Kent State University 
M.A., Kent State University 
B.A., Kent State University 

Saadatmand, Yassaman (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Economics 
Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 
M.B.A., James Madison University 
B.S., National Iranian Oil Company College 
of Finance 

Schmidt, John C. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Art 
M.F.A., Ohio University 
B.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University 

Schollaert, Warren L (1990) 

Associate Professor of Education 
E.D.D., University of Georgia 
MA, Roosevelt University 
B.A., Arizona State University 

*Schultz, Lucinda D. (1986) 

Associate Professor of Music 
D.MA, University of Colorado 
M.M., Colorado State University 
B.S., Dickinson State College 



Scott, Daniel B., Major (1991) 

Head of Military Science Department 
Assistant Professor of Military Science 
MA, Central Michigan University 
B.S., South Carolina State College 

Shipley, Charles (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska 
M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology 
M.A., University of Nebraska 
BA, University of North Dakota 

Silcox, Elaine (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B.S.N., University of Florida 

*Simon, Emma T. (1974) 

Acting Associate Graduate Dean 

Professor of Dental Hygiene 

Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.H.E., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Sisson, Michelle W. (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
J.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S.Ed., University of Georgia 

Smith, Carolyn G. (1977) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S.', Armstrong State College 

Smith, James (1990) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
MA, Vanderbilt University 
BA, Berry College 

Smith, Pamela E. (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Biology 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Smith, William J., Jr. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Medical University of South Carolina 

Stegall, John L. (1981) 

Vice President for Business and Finance 
M.B.A, University of Georgia 
B.S., Indiana State University 



*Graduate Faculty 



FACULTY 



227 



*Stokes, William W. (1967) 

Assistant Dean of Arts, Sciences, and Education 
Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Florida 

M.Ed., University of Florida 

B.A., University of Florida 

♦Stone, Janet D. (1975) 

Associate Professor of History 
Ph.D., Emory University 
M.A., Purdue University 
A.B., Randolph-Macon Women's College 

Stratton, Cedrlc (1965) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of London 

*Streater, James, Jr. (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Health Science 
Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.A., University of South Carolina 

*Strozler, Robert I. (1965) 

Head of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 
Arts Department 
Professor of English 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

MA, Florida State University 

A.B., University of Georgia 

Suchower, John (1969) 

Assistant Professor of Drama-Speech 
M.A., University of Detroit 
BA, Fairfield University 

*Tanenbaum, Barbara G. (1972) 

Associate Professor of Dental Hygiene 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 

Tapp, Lawrence M. (1959) 

Professor of Physical Education 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee 
M.S., University of Tennessee 
B.S., University of Tennessee 

Thorne, Francis M. (1965) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., Stetson University 

*Tllson, Elwln R. (1982) 

Associate Professor of Radiologic 
Technologies 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., San Francisco State University 
B.S., Arizona State University 



*Turnlpseed, Patricia H. (1986) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Alabama 
M.A., University of Alabama 
B.A., University of Alabama 

Vogelsang, Kevin (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
D.M.A., University of Cincinnati 
M.M., University of Cincinnati 
B.M., University of Cincinnati 

*Warllck, Roger K. (1970) 

Head of History Department 
Professor of History 

Ph.D., Boston University 

B.A., Arizona State University 

Welsh, John A., Ill (1967) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
BA, Davidson College 

*Wheeler, Ed R. (1987) 

Head of Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 

Science 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

B.A., Samford University 

White, Laurie (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.S., University of Florida 
B.A., University of Virginia 

White, Susan S. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Winthrop College 

White, Virginia (1966) 

Program Director, Continuing Education 
Assistant Professor of English 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 

M.A.T., Emory University 

A.B., Vanderbilt University 

♦Whiten, Morris L (1970) 

Professor of Physics 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Williams, Michael (Capt.) (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
B.B.A., Campbell University 



'Graduate Faculty 



228 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Williamson, Jane B. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S.N., University of Georgia 

Worthington, Clarke S. (1967) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Emory University 
MA, Northern Illinois University 
B.A., University of Arizona 



Emeriti Faculty 

Anchors, Lorraine (1954-1983) 

Professor of English Emerita 

Ashmore, Henry L. (1965-1982) 

President Emeritus 

Beecher, Orson (1942-1982) 

Professor of History Emeritus 

Boney, Madeline (1967-1982) 

Professor of History Emerita 

Brooks, Sammy Kent (1966-1990) 

Professor of English Emeritus 

Coyle, William (1957-1987) 

Professor of Political Science 
Emeritus 

Davenport, Leslie B., Jr. (1958-1983) 

Professor of Biology Emeritus 

Davis, Lamar W. 

Professor of Business Administration Emeritus 



Gadsden, Ida (1956-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Harmond, Thelma (1963-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Killorin, Joseph I. (1947-1988) 

Professor of Philosophy & Literature Emeritus 

Lawson, Cornelia (1972-1987) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

McCarthy, John C. (1962-1990) 

Professor of Political Science Emeritus 

McClanahan, Billie F. (1981-1989) 

Assistant Professor of English Emerita 

Newman, John (1968-1987) 

Professor of Political Science 
Emeritus 

Pendexter, Hugh III (1965-1983) 

Professor of English Emeritus 

Robbins, Paul (1966-1986) 

Professor of Chemistry Emeritus 

Robinson, Aurelia (1972-1986) 

Associate Professor of Education Emerita 

Sartor, Herman (1964-1981) 

Professor of Education Emeritus 

Sims, Roy Jesse (1955-1990) 

Professor of Physical Education Emeritus 

Stanfield, Jule (1952-1981) 

Vice President for Business and Finance 
Emerita 

Winn, William (1957-1971) 

Professor of Mathematics Emeritus 



THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM 229 



Officers of Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia 

H. Dean Propst Chancellor 

David S. Spence Executive Vice Chancellor 

Henry G. Neal Executive Secretary 

James E. Cofer Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Treasurer 

Thomas E. Daniel Vice Chancellor External Affairs 

Arthur Dunning Vice Chancellor Services and Minority Affairs 

Peter S. Hoff Vice Chancellor Academic Affairs 

James B. Mathews Vice Chancellor Information Technology 

Thomas F. McDonald Vice Chancellor Student Services 

Haskin R. Pounds Vice Chancellor Research and Planning 

Cathie Mayes Hudson Assistant Vice Chancellor/Planning 

T. Don Davis Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Personnel 

Mary Ann Hickman Asst. Vice Chancellor Affirmative Action 

H. Guy Jenkins, Jr Asst. Vice Chancellor Facilities 

Thomas E. Mann Asst. Vice Chancellor Facilities 

David M. Morgan Asst. Vice Chancellor Academic Affairs 

Roger Mosshart Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Budgets 

Ernest Murphrey Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Accounting Systems and Procedures 

Douglas H. Rewerts Vice Chancellor Facilities 

J. Pete Silver Asst. Vice Chancellor Academic Affairs 

Joseph H. Szutz Asst. Vice Chancellor Research 



University System of Georgia 

244 Washington St., S.W. 

Atlanta, Georgia 30334 



Officers of Administration 

Robert A. Burnett President 

Frank A. Butler Vice President and Dean of Faculty 

John L. Stegall Vice President for Business and Finance 

Joseph A. Buck Vice President for Student Affairs and Development 

William L. Megathlin Dean, Academic and Enrollment Services 

Joseph V. Adams Dean, School of Arts, Sciences, and Education 

James F. Repella Dean, School of Health Professions 

Gary F. Norsworthy Dean, Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Education 

Donald D. Anderson Registrar and Director of Admissions 

Lynn Benson Director, Counseling Services 

John Brewer Director, Athletics 

Bob Fawcett Director, Academic Computing Services 

Daniel Harrell Director, Finance 

Al Harris Director, Student Activities 

Byung Moo Lee Director, Library Services 

Michele Lee Director, College Communications 

Robert Magnus Director, Administrative Computing Services 

VACANT Director, Career Planning and Placement 

Josephine Murphy Director, Alumni Affairs 

Alfred Owens Director, Minority Affairs and Minority Recruitment 

Len Rozier Director, Plant Operations 

Ellen Shawe Director, Student Financial Aid and Veterans Affairs 

Alice Sheplar Assistant Registrar 

Ellen Struck Director, Personnel 

VACANT Assistant Director of Admissions 

Joann Windeler Director, Business Services 

Virginia White Program Director, Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Education 



230 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Institutions of the University System of Georgia 
Universities 

Athens 30602 August 30912 

University of Georgia - h; B.J.M.S.D Medical College of Georgia - h; A,B,M,D 

Atlanta 30332 Stateboro 30460 

Georgia Institute of Technology - h; B,M,D Georgia Southern University - h; A,B,M,S,cD 

Atlanta 30303 

Georgia State University - A.B.J.M.S.D 

Senior Colleges 

Albany 31 705 Marietta 30061 

Albany State College - h; B,M Kennesaw College - A,B 

Americus 31 709 Marietta 30060 

Georgia Southwestern College - h; A.B.M.S Southern Technical Institute - h; A,B,M 

Augusta 30910 Milledgeville 31061 

Augusta College - A.B.M.S Georgia College - h; A,B,M,S 

Carrollton 30118 Morrow 30260 

West Georgia College - h; A,B,M,S Clayton State College - A,B 

Columbus 31993 Savannah 31 41 9 

Columbus College - A.B.M.S Armstrong State College - h; A,B,M 

Dahlonega 30597 Savannah 31404 

North Georgia College - h; A.B.M Savannah State Colleqe - h; A.B.M 

Fort Valley 31 030 Valdosta 31 698 

Fort Valley State College - h; A.B.M Valdosta State College - h; A,B,M,S,cD 

Two-Year Colleges 

Albany 31 707 Douglas 31 533 

Darton State College South Georgia College - h; A 

Atlanta 30310 Gainesville 30503 

Atlanta Metropolitan College - A Gainesville College - A 

Bainbridge 31717 Macon 31297 

Bainbridge College - A Macon College - A 

Barnesville 30204 Rome 30163 

Gordon College - h; A Floyd College - A 

Brunswick 31523 Swainsboro 30401 

Brunswick College - A East Georgia College - A 

Cochran 31014 Tifton 31793 

Middle Georgia College - h; A Abraham Baldwin Agri. College - h; A 

Dalton 30720 Waycross 31501 

Dalton College - A Waycross College — A 

h - On-Campus Student Housing Facilities Degrees Awarded: A - Associate; B - Baccalaureate; 

J - Juris Doctor; M - Masters; S - Specialist in Education; D - Doctorate 

cD — Doctorate ottered in cooperation with a University System university, with degree awarded by the university 



THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM 



231 



Board of Regents 

Anderson, John, Jr Hawkinsville 

Brown, James E Dalton 

Cowan, Joel H Atlanta 

Clark, John H Moultrie 

Cousins, W. Lamar Marietta 

Frier, Thomas H., Sr Douglas 

Gignilliat, Arthur M., Jr Savannah 

Greene, Joseph Augusta 

McMillan, Elridge W Atlanta 

Phillips, Barry Atlanta 

Rhodes, Edgar L Bremen 

Robinson, John, W., Jr Americus 

Turner, William B Columbus 

Ward, Jackie M Atlanta 

Yancey, Carolyn D Atlanta 



Locations of Universities 
and Colleges 




232 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Index 



Academic Computing Center 20 

Academic Progress 44 

Academic Standing 50 

Accelerated Admission Program 29 

Accreditations , 11 

Administrative Officers 229 

Admissions 24 

Accelerated Program 29 

Conditional 25 

Early 29 

General Information 24 

Graduate 68 

International Students 30 

Provisional 25 

Readmission 28 

Regular 24 

Special Categories 29 

Transfer Students 27 

Transient Students 28 

Veterans 30 

Vocational Rehabilitation , 30 

Admission Requirements to Specific 

Programs 31 

Art & Music 31 

Dental Hygiene 33 

Dental Hygiene Education 33 

Health Science 35 

Medical Technology 35 

Nursing (Associate) 31 

Nursing (Baccalaureate) 32 

Radiologic Technologies . . 34 

Respiratory Therapy 34 

Teacher Education 186 

Adults Back to College Program 20 

Advisement 48 

Alumni Association 12 

Application Fee 39 

Art & Music Department 1 03 

Arts and Sciences (School of) 88 

ASC 101 210 

Associate Degree 

General Requirements 62 

Athletics 19 

Attendance 50 

Auditing 51 

Baccalaureate Degree 

General Requirements 62 

Biology Department 91 



Bookstore 20 

Brunswick Center 14 

Calendar (Academic) inside front cover 

Career Planning 19 

Chemistry Department 96 

Classification of Students 48 

Coastal Georgia Center for 

Continuing Education 15 

College Preparatory Curriculum 24 

Collegiate Placement Examination 25 

Continuing Education 15 

Cooperative Education Programs 13 

Core Curriculum 56 

Counseling 19 

Course Offerings 

Accounting (SSC) 200 

Anthropology 1 54 

Art 107 

Astronomy 102 

Biology 93 

Botany 94 

Business Administration (SSC) 200 

Chemistry 96 

Computer Science 151 

Criminal Justice 117 

Dental Hygiene ■ 1 69 

Developmental Studies 211 

Drama/Speech 1 38 

Economics 119 

Education 

Business 200 

EDN 195 

Exceptional Children 197 

Library Media/Science 199 

Engineering 101 

English 139 

Entomology 95 

Film 142 

French 142 

Geography — 1 27 

Geology 102 

German 143 

Health Education 1 73 

Health Science 1 72 

History.... 128 

Journalism : 145 

Latin 144 

Library Media 1 99 



INDEX 



233 



Linguistics 145 

Mathematics 1 48 

Medical Technology 1 75 

Meteorology 1 02 

Military Science 213 

Museum and Preservation Studies 133 

Music 109 

Naval ROTC 216 

Nursing 

Associate Degree (NUR) 162 

Baccalaureate Degree (BSN) 165 

Oceanography 1 02 

Office Administration (SSC) 201 

Philosophy 145 

Physical Education 204 

•Physical Science 102 

Physics 102 

Political Science 121 

Psychology 1 55 

Public Administration 121 

Radiologic Technologies 1 78 

Reading Skills 211 

Respiratory Therapy 181 

Sociology 157 

Spanish 144 

Study Techniques 211 

Zoology 95 

Courses 

Auditing 51 

Course Load 48 

Dropping 51 

Lettering System for 63 

Numbering System for 62 

Overload 48 

Repeating 51 

Withdrawing from College 51 

Credit by Examination 26 

Cross Enrollment 15 

Dean's List 50 

Degree Programs (Categories) 64 

Cooperative 13 

Dual-Degree 13 

Four-Year 12 

Pre-Professional 13 

School of Arts and Sciences 64 

School of Health Professions 64 

Two-Year 12 

Degree Programs (Requirements of) 55 

Dental Hygiene Department 167 

Development Activities 12 



Developmental Studies Department 210 

Dismissal (Academic) 50 

Drop/Add 51 

Education Division 186 

Engineering Transfer Program 13 

Evening Courses 13 

Expenses (Student) 38 

Faculty Roster 220 

Fees 39 

Financial Aid 40 

Financial Obligations 40 

Food Service 39 

Freshman Experience (Orientation) 210 

General Studies 89 

Government Benefits 44 

Government Department 113 

Grade Appeals 49 

Grade Reports 48 

Graduate Admissions 68 

Graduate Admissions Requirements to 

Criminal Justice (MS) 71 

Education (MEd) 72 

Health Science (MHS) 79 

History (MA) 81 

Nursing 83 

Graduate Degrees 68 

Graduate Programs 

Criminal Justice 70 

Education 

Business Education 78 

Early Elementary Education 73 

English 75 

Mathematics 75 

Middle School Education 74 

Science Education 76 

Secondary Education 77 

Social Studies Education 76 

Special Education 77 

Health Science 79 

History 81 

Nursing 83 

Handicapped Students 20 

Health Professions (School of) 160 



234 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Health Science Program 171 

History Department 125 

History/Government State Requirements 62 

History of the College 11 

Honor Code 51 

Honors 50 

Housing 39 

International Students 30 

Intramurals 19 

Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 

Arts Department 1 35 

Lettering System for Courses 63 

Library Media Program 1 94 

Library Services 20 

Location 11 

Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department 1 46 

Mathematics and English Placement 61 

MEd Certification Program 72 

Medical Technology Program 1 74 

Medical Withdrawals 51 

Military Science Program 21 1 

Minority Advisement Program 20 

Naval Science Program 214 

Notice of Fee Change 38 

Numbering System for Courses 62 

Nursing Department (Associate) 161 

Nursing Department (Baccalaureate) 163 

Nursing, Master's Program 83 

Off-Campus Courses 13 

Orientation 18 

Overloads 48 

Parking Regulations 20 

Physical Education Division 202 

Physical Education Requirements 61 

Placement Services 19 

Placement (English and 

Mathematics) 61 



Political Science 62 

Pre-Professional Programs 13 

Probation (Academic) 50 

Provisional Admission 25 

Psychology Department 153 

Purpose of the College 10 

Purpose of the Graduate Program 70 

Radiologic Technologies Program 176 

Readmission 28 

Refunds 40 

Regents' Engineering Transfer 

Program 27 

Regents' Testing Program 60 

Regional Criminal Justice 

Training Center 15 

Registration 

Late Fee 39 

Repeating Courses 51 

Residency Reclassification 39 

Residency Requirements 38 

Respiratory Therapy Department. 1 79 

Satisfactory Academic Progress 44 

Savannah 11 

Scholarships 42 

Student 

Government 18 

Involvement ■ 18 

Organizations 18 

Publications 19 

Study Load 48 

Suspension (Academic) 50 

Testing 

Collegiate Placement Examination 25 

English and Mathematics 

Placement Tests 61 

Regents' Testing Program 60 

Services 19 

Transfer Students 

Financial Aid 42 

Requirements of Applicants 27 

Transient Students 28 

Veterans 

Admissions 30 

Financial Aid 44 

Vocational Rehabilitation 30 



INDEX 235 



Withdrawals (Medical) 51 

Withdrawing from College 51 

Writing Center 20 



236 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Where to Write or Call 

There is a central mail room on campus. Specific information may be obtained by writing to 

the offices listed below and adding: 

Armstrong State College 

1 1 935 Abercorn Street ln Geor 9 ia 

Savannah GA 31419 1997 (outside Chatham County) Call 1-800-633-2349 



ADMISSION 

Director of Admissions 

927-5277 

ALUMNI 
Alumni Affairs 
927-5264 

ATHLETICS 
Director of Athletics 
927-5336 

BUSINESS MATTERS 

Vice President for Business & Finance 

927-5255 

CAREER PLANNING & PLACEMENT 
Director of Career Planning 

and Placement 
927-5269 

CATALOG 

Director of Admissions 
927-5277 

CONTINUING EDUCATION 
Coastal Georgia Center for 

Continuing Education 
927-5322 

COUNSELING 
Director of Counseling 
927-5269 

FINANCIAL AID, GRANTS, LOANS, 

WORK-STUDY ELIGIBILITY 
Director of Student Financial Aid 
927-5272 

GENERAL ACADEMIC AND 

FACULTY MATTERS 
Vice President and Dean of Faculty 
927-5261 

GIFTS, GRANTS & BEQUESTS 
Vice President for Student 

Affairs & Development 
927-5271 

GRADUATE STUDY 
Director of Admissions 
927-5277 

HOUSING 
Director of Housing 
927-5269 



OFFICE OF MINORITY AFFAIRS 
Director of Minority Recruitment 
927-5252 

PUBLIC INFORMATION 

Director of College Communications 

927-5211 

SECURITY 
Campus Security 
927-5236 

TEACHER CERTIFICATION 
Certification Officer 
927-5294 

TESTING 
927-5269 

TRANSCRIPTS 
927-5275 

TUITION, PAYMENT OF BILLS, REFUNDS 
Vice President for Business & Finance 
927-5255 



Special Notice 

The statements set forth in this Catalog are 
for information purposes only and should not 
be construed as the basis of a contract be- 
tween a student and this institution. 

While the provisions of the Catalog will gen- 
erally be applied as stated, Armstrong State 
College reserves the right to change any pro- 
vision listed in this Catalog, including but not 
limited to academic requirements for grad- 
uation, without actual notice to individual stu- 
dents. Every effort will be made to keep 
students advised of any such changes. In- 
formation on changes will be available in the 
Offices of the Registrar, the Vice President 
of Student Affairs, and the academic deans. 
It is especially important that students note 
that it is their responsibility to keep them- 
selves apprised of current graduation re- 
quirements for their particular degree 
program. 

Armstrong State College is an affirmative ac- 
tion equal opportunity education institution 
and does not discriminate on the basis of 
sex, race, age. religion, handicap, or national 
origin in employment, admissions, or activi- 
ties. 




System of Georgia